From b20a3604b8e9265dc23f534db1bc4ac8ced92986 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 26 Mar 2022 16:35:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 005/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index f1db85eb3f..ea742f5b21 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	12	d63e	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσιν πάντες	1	they might all be judged	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	12	pkw8		οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	“those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth”
-2TH	2	13	w83a			0	General Information:	Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.
+2TH	2	13	w83a			0	General Information:	If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	13	bcd5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul now changes topics.
-2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic.
-2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
+2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR "we must thank God at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

From 318462554bf9743a6c43f3ea788b94433d1d7dd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 26 Mar 2022 16:48:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 006/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index ea742f5b21..a8c531dd68 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	13	bcd5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul now changes topics.
 2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
 2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR "we must thank God at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
+2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From d56b8b64179ffc7e8872949699020cd708883cfa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 26 Mar 2022 17:01:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 007/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index a8c531dd68..50bd44cf90 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
 2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR "we must thank God at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
-2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

From e0b8ec22d60e56a0a3e7a1506090c5f72ee66c2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 30 Mar 2022 13:23:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 008/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index 50bd44cf90..e6dfa13df9 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR "we must thank God at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	15	u9ss		ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.

From bae45b1f5973ee35516559ff7c5dccdd6ec2d9cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 30 Mar 2022 13:26:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 009/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index e6dfa13df9..625e40108f 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. This can also be stated to remove the abstract nouns "salvation," "sanctification," "belief," and "truth." AT: "to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	15	u9ss		ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
 2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From c6bd9d4bb9ba1bdcad95966684c920904dd3c7b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 31 Mar 2022 08:34:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 010/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index 625e40108f..2b42d505ff 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. This can also be stated to remove the abstract nouns "salvation," "sanctification," "belief," and "truth." AT: "to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. This can also be stated to remove the abstract nouns "salvation," "sanctification," "belief," and "truth." Alternate Translation: "to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	15	u9ss		ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
 2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 3c4c4b103f50c9486aac9952810d32e617bcfd9a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 31 Mar 2022 13:23:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 011/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index 2b42d505ff..37baa5a706 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. This can also be stated to remove the abstract nouns "salvation," "sanctification," "belief," and "truth." Alternate Translation: "to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: "to be among the first people who believe" or "among the first people whom God was saving" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	15	u9ss		ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
 2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 037987884c55f57ce83f369a56ea50fe372825ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 15:31:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 013/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 493a8fca28..78967fe658 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “If my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “If my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From efb2582341824685595eb6eb224a1a75c25e37ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 15:31:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 014/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 78967fe658..5292b79cc0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “If my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “If my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From c8a1a47bd10f7f872a43521997cb2aae1bafdde5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 16:30:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 015/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5292b79cc0..93388e5557 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “If my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “If my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 8def86182fbcdf5e6b852ea72589c9c9de7292af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 16:45:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 016/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 93388e5557..6f76ca8fa8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “If my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 3d43a1c72cb0f5ec916911323cf9ea8c20f8af2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 16:46:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 017/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6f76ca8fa8..d18e0aa02a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From cc47445c623731e9c3fb0c3828a1777cf1c6700c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 16:50:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 018/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d18e0aa02a..3e014a398a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From eeeb8742852d09e23b6ec88bd19e663c748715e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 16:52:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 019/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3e014a398a..1dd2580ff4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 679ae60bcbfab52f37bd7d8c5ae8c942e7211e27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:29:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 021/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1dd2580ff4..a70092c3f7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md),[14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From ce69fe0f05376980b7d222621ecf6555060b7243 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:30:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 022/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a70092c3f7..014b3ce9c4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md),[14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 988acd6e5f5c98e67aa0dd0a8d479c171cfef572 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:35:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 023/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 014b3ce9c4..f016f07963 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 4f3a873d3bfd764a0613be68ac6242af1e51d311 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:40:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 024/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f016f07963..3e95fbb06a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	1	1	er9g		ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
+JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here, this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”

From f0368cd475fec12ecbdaaccc25458d4770ae0ca8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:41:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 025/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3e95fbb06a..a65f958c54 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From f2f8b52b0ff8ccf5cb13eb0905f2d414ae556379 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:48:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 026/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a65f958c54..a981144831 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, Jesus uses the plural form o
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)<br>2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)<br>3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God. As the Son of God, he had supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).
+JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).
 JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 6aac5b5a6549e684035de0cb631827c656b6c6e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:55:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 027/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a981144831..47ea290c15 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, Jesus uses the plural form o
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).
+JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
 JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Althou
 JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Here, the word **men** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Here, both instances of the word **man** represent people in general. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)<br>2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### The kingdom of God<br><br>The kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>### Born again<br><br>A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	1	yl6f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	1	s9p9	writing-participants	ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ,	1	Now	Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 292f64d87877b88edfd59b160e0c5a24ea3d9786 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:57:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 028/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 47ea290c15..93151e7db6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can al
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)<br>2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)<br>3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)<br>4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)<br>5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)<br>6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)<br>7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)<br><br>[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])<br><br>### “an hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim in their land ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “in spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
+JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
 JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0	General Information:	John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])

From 3fb91c2a7a877b36ee149ef28eeac67398317f81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 17:59:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 029/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 93151e7db6..e300a4eb3f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can al
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
+JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
 JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0	General Information:	John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])

From d17e2e02c5f56343797b8e7cdce0ef224b3c63b1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 18:36:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 030/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e300a4eb3f..cee3094e6c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υ
 JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
 JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)<br>2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)<br>3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)<br>4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>In the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus mak
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)<br>2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)<br>3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From c717950d2f53539a9f1d98c614bf75a8bf91489b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 18:39:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 031/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cee3094e6c..c8ad1e4fce 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ JHN	6	70	jl5i	figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστι
 JHN	6	71	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	71	joha	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου	1		**Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)<br>2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)<br>3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)<br>4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)<br>5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)<br>6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)<br>7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse [53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Believing in him”<br><br>A recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br><br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br><br>This is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In verses [33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.<br><br>### Irony<br><br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br><br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in verse [2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
+JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)\n2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)\n3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)\n4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)\n5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)\n6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)\n7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Believing in him”\n\nA recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### “My time has not yet come”\n\nThis phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.\n\n### “Living water”\n\nThis is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nIn [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.\n\n### Irony\n\nNicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Did not believe in him”\n\nJesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in verse [2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία	1		In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

From b3100e3bf40012ad81ff09f6e89d736f94652653 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 18:44:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 032/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c8ad1e4fce..18df30365c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υ
 JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
 JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.

From 52815989f1cddf10a3cb62b7ec02582ecb1fa0a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 18:49:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 033/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 18df30365c..48cd65127f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus mak
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 001b1b2b8e98b417830267b43935376b0ad06fe8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 18:53:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 034/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 48cd65127f..7d2d980165 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see
 JHN	7	52	jm59	figs-explicit	προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	no prophet comes from Galilee	The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	52	i0im		ἐγείρεται	1		Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears”
 JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)<br>2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)<br>3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)<br>4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)<br>5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)<br>6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse [1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses [8:1–11](../08/01.md). Verses [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>Generally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)\n2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)\n3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)\n4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)\n5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)\n6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nGenerally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	While some texts have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md), the best and earliest texts do not include them. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here, John records Jesus using **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **light**, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ JHN	8	58	rnw4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	8	58	k4tp	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	qwe6	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1		**Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)<br>2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)<br>3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “A sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([John 9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([John 9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([John 9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)\n2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)\n3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Who sinned?”\n\nMany of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “A sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “He does not keep the Sabbath”\n\nThe Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Seeing and being blind\n\nJesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([John 9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([John 9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([John 9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	1	un4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Now	**And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	9	2	w44c	figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ?	1	who sinned, this man or his parents … blind?	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	2	zzh8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 1b89b041982f8d727ef8cedda416644cb798fefd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 19:04:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 035/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7d2d980165..7426a389a7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ JHN	8	58	rnw4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	8	58	k4tp	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	qwe6	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1		**Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)\n2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)\n3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Who sinned?”\n\nMany of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “A sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “He does not keep the Sabbath”\n\nThe Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Seeing and being blind\n\nJesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([John 9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([John 9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([John 9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)\n2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)\n3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Who sinned?”\n\nMany of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “A sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “He does not keep the Sabbath”\n\nThe Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Seeing and being blind\n\nJesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	1	un4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Now	**And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	9	2	w44c	figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ?	1	who sinned, this man or his parents … blind?	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	2	zzh8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχε
 JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1		See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth,’ your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	ch0y	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)<br>2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)<br>3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)<br>4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)<br>5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([John 10:1–6](../10/01.md)).<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [John 10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
+JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)\n2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)\n3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)\n4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)\n5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Blasphemy\n\nBlasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parable\n\nParables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).\n\n### Sheep\n\nJesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])\n\n### Sheep pen\n\nA sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”\n\n### Laying down and taking up life\n\nJesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
 JHN	10	1	gzd8	figs-parables		0	General Information:	In [verses 1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus speaks a parable, which he then uses for teaching purposes in [verses 7–18](../10/07.md). Here, the “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus and “sheep” is a metaphor for people. “His own sheep” are the people who follow Jesus, and the **thief**, **robber**, and “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. Since Jesus does not explain the meaning of this parable here, you should not explain the metaphors within the parable itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees whom he was speaking with at the end of the last chapter. This section continues the story which began in [9:35](../09/35.md).
 JHN	10	1	i3tj	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From 78f736a87545e006a1aac71d033407ce852cee9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:12:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 036/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7426a389a7..a0ffc126ba 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτ
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)<br>2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. Once the body had decomposed, which was a one-year process in Jewish tradition, the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then ([John 11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”<br><br>In [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
+JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then ([John 11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who write Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

From fbba5af3157beb32aa3a972fbb5a4549faabd84f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:15:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 037/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a0ffc126ba..c3c037dfff 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτ
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then ([John 11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
+JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who write Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

From b54a73d713bf2a02c20760d11d8dc2aec04f9c8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:22:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 038/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c3c037dfff..1b60aeeb4e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@ JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτ
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
+JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who write Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)<br>2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)<br>4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)<br>5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)<br>6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>In [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		**Lazarus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From cbc4610c633e8179a714da6e739bff271a6eb5cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:22:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 039/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1b60aeeb4e..167dcf53ba 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father
 JHN	12	49	l77y	figs-doublet	τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω	1		Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper” or the “Lord’s Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. Verses 1–4 explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 6db3d1fad1e9d5d36491cc0fbb8245299af8194a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:25:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 040/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 167dcf53ba..e5a56a40d2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@ JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρν
 JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)<br>2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God lives. It does not refer to the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
+JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
 JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In verses 1–7, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Here, Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this use of **heart** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ru
 JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)<br>2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)<br>3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Remain in me”<br><br>Jesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([John 15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “If my words remain in you” as “If you live according to my teachings.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br>
+JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([John 15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “If my words remain in you” as “If you live according to my teachings.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. The way that a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, we recommend that you translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

From 35861c7f1fada2199c79756049b423283e998d54 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:28:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 041/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e5a56a40d2..8e6d8fc027 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ru
 JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([John 15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “If my words remain in you” as “If you live according to my teachings.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n
+JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([John 15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “If my words remain in you” as “If you live according to my teachings.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. The way that a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, we recommend that you translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

From 61139c507f93b13f90cceef6620bad4eb0dfd82b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:35:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 042/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8e6d8fc027..ad38afe314 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@ JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ru
 JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([John 15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “If my words remain in you” as “If you live according to my teachings.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n
+JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. The way that a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, we recommend that you translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

From d29ee5f751895b80cf3bcf5f7d9983bf0a25a1da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:37:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 043/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ad38afe314..2b8e0e5e69 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this use of **beginning** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br>2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)<br>3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)<br>4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) has continued for many years, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
 JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 354e39ec40640d14907303f95add7b668365bd07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:41:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 044/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2b8e0e5e69..5a13d95b7d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this use of **beginning** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) has continued for many years, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
 JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 79ab2a24228cd0fa239f22e177f82d665c49771b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:43:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 045/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5a13d95b7d..92ade73151 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this use of **beginning** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
 JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητ
 JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they are objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here Jesus uses **in me** to refer to being united with him or having a close relationship with him. If this use of **in me** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:<br><br>1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)<br>2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)<br>3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
+JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:\n\n1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)\n2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)\n3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])\n\n### Jesus is eternal\n\nJesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Prayer\n\nJesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
 JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
 JHN	17	1	an1o	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that things about what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From b5bc58b9a1f78a2cb1e4796c5a8825acdd80e3de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:44:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 046/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 92ade73151..465b682205 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2249,7 +2249,7 @@ JHN	17	25	xpf5	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world
 JHN	17	26	xpi3	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά	1	I made your name known to them	Here, **name** refers to God himself. See how you translated this word in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	26	gk2j	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ	1	love … loved	Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	26	ilzj	figs-idiom	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	love … loved	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)<br>2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)<br>3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)\n2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)\n3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”\n\nThe Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).\n\n### King of the Jews\n\nWhen Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 1–2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	18	1	pxtm	figs-possession	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	John is using the possessive form to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say this in whatever way is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

From f826d206fc823bedc4732498e233a1eed33aa663 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 20:52:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 047/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 465b682205..e0305d856a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραβ
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
-JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. Once the body had decomposed, which was a one-year process in Jewish tradition, the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nThese are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
+JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nThese are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
 JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with thorns on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 0e4223454a3f4f4b89a2dc8baa2a8db6f17ac827 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 21:04:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 048/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e0305d856a..e450343cd0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραβ
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
-JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nThese are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
+JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
 JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with thorns on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰο
 JHN	19	42	c70e	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	42	jsyu	figs-explicit	τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	42	jtfz	figs-euphemism	ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to describe the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
+JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
 JHN	20	1	a8vl	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	1	sb4m	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	20	1	qj3j	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1		See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From a0fbdb0e73423eadaa8dc41a92f8f4be427d7d2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 21:05:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 049/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e450343cd0..787e9da83f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραβ
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
-JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
+JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
 JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with thorns on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 6b3197f79fc25016b9946f0225b4473c50999304 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 21:18:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 050/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 787e9da83f..c5d2757578 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ JHN	20	10	p5um	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτο
 JHN	20	11	kmzj	figs-explicit	Μαρία	1		**Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	12	bl51	figs-pastforfuture	θεωρεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	12	p9aw	figs-explicit	δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	12	vzkb	figs-explicit	ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	12	vzkb	figs-explicit	ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus’ head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	12	r6yy	figs-activepassive	ἔκειτο	1	She saw two angels in white	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had laid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	13	v5uj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	13	hjqb		γύναι	1		See how you translated the similar use of **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md).

From c5f0fa643e45e12ee4e31600bd8f97892bf989a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 21:54:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 051/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c5d2757578..e8836bee17 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ JHN	19	30	vq53	figs-activepassive	τετέλεσται	1	He bowed his head and g
 JHN	19	30	vz56	figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	This clause is an idiom meaning “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	31	jtq9	figs-infostructure	οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	31	zuk9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	31	c49h	figs-explicit	παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when they Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	31	c49h	figs-explicit	παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	h3j1	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	day of preparation	According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	oeeb	figs-genericnoun	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1		John is speaking of the three crosses that the men were hanging on, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	19	31	rodw	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1		John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover Festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@ JHN	19	41	uib1	figs-activepassive	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου 
 JHN	19	41	qd1a	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	41	bx6g	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	42	c70e	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN	19	42	c70e	figs-infostructure	ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	42	jsyu	figs-explicit	τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	42	jtfz	figs-euphemism	ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))

From a0b5a37d6cb87ea7fa0c7d1cae1b2f420d63baef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 21:56:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 052/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e8836bee17..1a6ddeac01 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2362,7 +2362,7 @@ JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
 JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with thorns on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	2	f1rj	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν	1		In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made of thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	2	f1rj	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν	1		In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	**Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	19	4	hn1f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	4	zd8v	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From cca0825542a84ad25f196c9d0d456cb062fd09fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:03:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 053/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1a6ddeac01..c3efd3dec5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@ JHN	19	14	qi7t	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the sixth hour	Here John uses the
 JHN	19	14	lc5y	figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Pilate said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	15	vi6h	figs-explicit	ἆρον! ἆρον!	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	15	krld	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	19	15	tlj2	figs-explicit	τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω	1	Should I crucify your King?	Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
+JHN	19	15	tlj2	figs-explicit	τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω	1	Should I crucify your King?	Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	15	osy8	figs-irony	λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω?	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	19	16	t3yb	writing-pronouns	τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified	In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	19	16	dw2m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2424,7 +2424,7 @@ JHN	19	20	w41e	figs-explicit	Ῥωμαϊστί	1	Latin	**Latin** was the languag
 JHN	19	21	qk7w	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	21	js2b	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	21	ixay	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	19	22	sus9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	22	sus9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	22	vgn9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	23	s74c	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	also the tunic	The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background	δὲ	1		There is a break from the main story liner that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

From adf4debdfc41c92ac0e7d6153154cef19daa71f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:03:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 054/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c3efd3dec5..ef3ddaaa36 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@ JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 1–2 give backg
 JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	18	1	pxtm	figs-possession	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	John is using the possessive form to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say this in whatever way is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	**Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	3	j08o		ὑπηρέτας	1		See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
 JHN	18	3	h1u5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	4	sh2u	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If this causal use of **knowing** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

From 2a4e694f0ed8de948d367fa6d52cc2627a9494f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:09:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 055/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ef3ddaaa36..91cf562f40 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2294,7 +2294,7 @@ JHN	18	17	r82l	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν
 JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	18	g8xj	figs-infostructure	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	Now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	οἱ δοῦλοι	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is plainly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	20	ltlp	figs-hyperbole	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	18	20	s4k6	figs-genericnoun	ἐν συναγωγῇ	1		Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])

From 1e9552debaa3782e7c73cb188660a34fb758b7fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:10:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 056/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 91cf562f40..d9812be801 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say **this o
 JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put** a man **to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ba7ee3678c26a46429cf3a9b317d3d5a0b0d3c09 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:17:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 057/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 16 ++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d9812be801..faf7b006bd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ JHN	16	11	llxw	figs-pastforfuture	κέκριται	1		This could mean: (1) Satan
 JHN	16	13	j7gr	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of Truth	See how you translated this phrase in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	he will guide you into all the truth	Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this use of **truth** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	pter	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could see the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could see the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	mzns		τὰ ἐρχόμενα	1		Alternate translation: “things that are about to happen” or “things that will soon take place”
 JHN	16	14	srk5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	16	14	nfxp	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **the things of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (2) who Jesus is and what he has said and done. Alternate translation: “my true identity and the things I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ JHN	16	25	r73l		παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγε
 JHN	16	25	bq3q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	26	sd3d	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will ask in my name	See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	26	vf63	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	you will ask in my name	See how you translated this phrase in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	16	26	s8a5	figs-explicit	οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here Jesus implies that he will not have to **ask the Father** on behalf of his disciples because they will have direct access to God after he becomes alive again. If this statement would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not say to you that I will need to ask the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	26	s8a5	figs-explicit	οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here Jesus implies that he will not have to **ask the Father** on behalf of his disciples because they can ask God directly after Jesus becomes alive again. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not say to you that I will need to ask the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	26	cy76	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	27	b49q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I came from the Father	Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	28	wyz7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father … going to the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\
 JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
 JHN	17	1	an1o	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that things about what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	17	1	k7tb	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse you, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	1	k7tb	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	l8sa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this use of **hour** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	1	ya24	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	the hour has come	**Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ JHN	17	6	u8lc	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν	1	kept
 JHN	17	8	bzvc	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	kept your word	See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	9	ndb1	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	I do not pray for the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	10	mql5	figs-activepassive	δεδόξασμαι ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	17	10	q0tm	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		This could mean: (1) **all things** are the means by which Jesus is glorified. Alternate translation: “by means of them” (2) Jesus is glorified **in** **all things**. Alternate translation: “within them”
+JHN	17	10	q0tm	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		This could mean: (1) **all things** are the means by which Jesus is glorified. Alternate translation: “by means of them” (2) Jesus is glorified **in** **all things**. Alternate translation: “within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	11	viya	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ…πρὸς σὲ ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will no longer … I am about to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	17	11	bk2h	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this world with people who oppose you, but they are in this hostile world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	11	kp1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ JHN	17	11	yq9z	figs-metonymy	τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόμ
 JHN	17	12	s5kw	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	I kept them in your name	See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	12	a4s8	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	12	buiv	figs-pastforfuture	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Jesus uses the past tense **perished** to refer to eternal punishment as if it had already happened, even though **the son of destruction** had not yet **perished**. If this use of the past tense might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “not one of them will perish, except for the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	17	12	az2m	figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of destruction** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	12	az2m	figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	12	dkpa	figs-idiom	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of** is an idiom used to describe what a person is like. The defining characteristic of Judas was that he would be destroyed because he betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one characterized by destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	17	12	dh0a	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** in another way. Alternate translation: “the son that must be destroyed” or “the son whom you will destroy”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	12	blz4	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the scriptures would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he would fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2218,7 +2218,7 @@ JHN	17	14	bc1y	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου	1	I have given them your
 JHN	17	14	qf43	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	14	wz9e	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1		The phrase **from the world** could refer to: (1) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “they do not belong to the world, just as I do not belong to the world” (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “they did not come from the world, just as I did not come from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	15	hg22	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this use of **world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	15	s3vp	figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	keep them from the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this use of **the evil one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	15	s3vp	figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	keep them from the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	16	pw1m	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ εἰσὶν, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	keep them from the evil one	See how you translated **from the world** in [verse 14](../17/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	17	qtld	figs-imperative	ἁγίασον	1	Set them apart by the truth	**Sanctify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	17	y53e	figs-explicit	ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Set them apart by the truth	The phrase **by the truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them by means of the truth” (2) the realm in which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them in the truth” (3) both the means and realm of the disciples’ sanctification. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them by means of and in the truth” See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ JHN	17	19	zam3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐ
 JHN	17	19	z4z8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	19	x08k	figs-explicit	ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	20	n7mp	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν	1	those who will believe in me through their word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	21	jwiu	figs-explicit	ἵνα…ἵνα	1		The first **that** indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	21	jwiu	figs-explicit	ἵνα…ἵνα	1		The first **that** in this verse indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them into two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	21	s8a1	figs-doublet	σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί	1	they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	21	v6i7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	Father	Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
@@ -2238,7 +2238,7 @@ JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be br
 JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	spot	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this use of **them** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	24	da83	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	24	pd24	figs-pastforfuture	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	17	24	xh1a	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 8db6d0858dd3f274278c8da4f589d381aa3907e4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:21:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 058/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 16 ++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index faf7b006bd..deaeffeed9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2024,7 +2024,7 @@ JHN	15	4	qvv9	figs-explicit	μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑ
 JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	I am the vine, you are the branches	See how you translated **vine** in [verse 1](../15/01.md) and “branch” in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	5	r4di	figs-explicit	ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	He who remains in me and I in him	See how you translated this similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	5	hzh4	figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	he bears much fruit	See how you translated **bears fruit** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this use of **nothing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1		In middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
 JHN	15	6	d5mt	figs-explicit	μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί	1		See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2048,11 +2048,11 @@ JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**
 JHN	15	11	rcv8		ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ	1	I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you	Alternate translation: “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
 JHN	15	11	r1p1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	so that your joy will be complete	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that you will be joyful to the fullest extent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	13	uqny		μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ	1		Alternate translation: “The greatest love a person can have for his friends is to voluntarily die for them” or “The best way that a person can show that he loves his friends is to willingly die for them”
-JHN	15	13	bu8j	figs-explicit	τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this use of **life** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	13	bu8j	figs-explicit	τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	13	emyr	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ	1	life	See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	15	15	b56f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	16	qj98	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν φέρητε	1	bear fruit	In this verse, **bear fruit** could mean: (1) preach the gospel to people who respond by trusting in Jesus, as suggested by the use of **go** before **bear**. Alternate translation: “would lead people to believe in me” (2) live in a manner that pleases God, as **bear fruit** is used in [verses 2–8](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “would do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	16	v3je	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this use of **remain** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	16	v3je	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	16	kc4z	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	that your fruit should remain	This phrase introduces a purpose clause. It could mean: (1) the content of this clause is the purpose for Jesus choosing his disciples. Alternate translation: “and he chose you so that whatever you would ask” (2) the content of this clause is the purpose for the disciples’ fruit remaining. Alternate translation: “and this fruit would remain so that whatever you would ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	15	16	bcy1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	16	acqo	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1		See how you translated this in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my na
 JHN	15	21	hs9x	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	22	m75h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that he did come and speak to the world. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not come and spoken to them, but I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	15	22	uble	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically the the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this use of **sin** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically the the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	23	u9u7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Because I have done the works that no one else did among them, they have sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	15	24	rnt4	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He has done **works that no one else did** among the people. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, but I did, they would have no sin, but they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@@ -2088,13 +2088,13 @@ JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **begi
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
-JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	2	hhgj	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυναγώγους	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	2	i79b	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	2	xueq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of what **an hour** refers to. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	16	3	k4r6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	16	4	b8z1	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	4	b8z1	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	4	blb2	figs-metonymy	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν	1	when their hour comes	See how you translated **hour** in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	4	dh5i	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀρχῆς	1	in the beginning	See how you translated **beginning** in [15:27](../15/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	5	gbpt	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ JHN	16	11	x2z1	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1
 JHN	16	11	dp4r	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	11	llxw	figs-pastforfuture	κέκριται	1		This could mean: (1) Satan has already been condemned to future judgment. Alternate translation: “has already been condemned” (2) Satan’s future judgment is so certain that Jesus uses the past tense. Alternate translation: “will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	16	13	j7gr	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of Truth	See how you translated this phrase in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	he will guide you into all the truth	Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this use of **truth** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	he will guide you into all the truth	Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	pter	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could see the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	mzns		τὰ ἐρχόμενα	1		Alternate translation: “things that are about to happen” or “things that will soon take place”

From acfbc13d31753f8fe159c48c623959e677eb12e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:27:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 059/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 24 ++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index deaeffeed9..c556136970 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ JHN	14	6	jdwf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the truth	Here John uses the prese
 JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this use of **the way** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this use of **the truth** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Here Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this use of **the life** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this use of **through me** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	7	wx89	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγνώκατε με	1	Father	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	14	8	wwv7	translate-names	Φίλιππος	1		**Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1938,7 +1938,7 @@ JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I
 JHN	14	10	seon	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	10	e3li	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	11	ew6g	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	I am in the Father, and the Father is in me	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	14	11	r2w8	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	11	r2w8	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	12	gh64	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν,	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	14	12	icjc	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος ποιήσει	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me will also do the works that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	14	12	h2rh	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1950,19 +1950,19 @@ JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν
 JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	13	zr8g	figs-123person	ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Son	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “in me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	14	14	sgk6	figs-idiom	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	If you ask me anything in my name	See how you translated **in my name** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	14	15	bws1	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this use of **keep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **Helper** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this term might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	15	bws1	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Here Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this use of **orphans** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this use of **live** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	19	cil5	figs-pastforfuture	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ	1	the world	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I live** to refer to when he comes back to life after his death. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Because I will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will know that I am in my Father	**On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will know that I am in my Father	**On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1972,16 +1972,16 @@ JHN	14	21	qsu7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**F
 JHN	14	21	jd80	figs-explicit	ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus will reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection, as also stated in [verse 19](../14/19.md). Alternate translation: “I will show myself to him after I live again” (2) Jesus will reveal his character to the minds of anyone who loves and obeys him, as suggested by his statement in [verse 23](../14/23.md). Alternate translation: “I will reveal to him what I am like” (3) Jesus will both reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection and reveal his character to everyone who loves and obeys him. Alternate translation: “I will reveal myself to him after I live again and will reveal what I am like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	Judas (not Iscariot)	Here, **Judas** is the name of a man who was another disciple of Jesus. He was not the other disciple named **Judas** who was from the village of Kerioth and betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	14	22	qet7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	14	22	a7aa	figs-explicit	τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	**Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	22	a7aa	figs-explicit	τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	**Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	22	v7dr	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	When **Judas** says **us**, he is speaking of himself and Jesus’ other disciples, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xez7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xk31	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	23	ad6d	figs-exclusive	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	My Father	When **Jesus** says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and God the Father, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If **make a dwelling place with** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	dj2n	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους μου…τηρεῖ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	24	c3ju	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say that meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this use of **mine** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	jhdc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ…Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ JHN	14	28	gtk5	figs-explicit	ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν	1	t
 JHN	14	28	ymq4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	29	cj9y	figs-ellipsis	εἴρηκα ὑμῖν	1	Father	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have told you this” or “I have told you what will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	30	ah3s	figs-explicit	ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this phrase in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ruler … is coming	Here **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this phrase might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ruler … is coming	Here **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 0e816201f44b5c30afac321631507536fd44aea0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:31:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 060/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c556136970..545319539e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1792,8 +1792,8 @@ JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλ
 JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here, Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this use of **keep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this use of **judge** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	u4o4	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1		See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	48	wtwv		τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	on the last day	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	48	uxjk		τὸν κρίνοντα…κρινεῖ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse.

From 75fac8ddb08e27b294614240299bd201c80ffa97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:34:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 061/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 545319539e..036eb27e6b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1816,14 +1816,14 @@ JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word
 JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this use of **hands** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	4	t7cu	figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this use of **gets up from supper** might confuse your readers, you could sat the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
 JHN	13	4	gfe4	figs-explicit	λαβὼν λέντιον	1		Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	5	qfqd	figs-pastforfuture	βάλλει	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	5	adm9	figs-activepassive	ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	6	hevx	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	6	bz27	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας?	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	**Peter** is using a rhetorical question here to show that he does not want Jesus to wash his feet. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash my feet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	13	7	o7nf	figs-explicit	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this use of **these things** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	7	o7nf	figs-explicit	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	8	oy8j	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	8	f6dg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	If I do not wash you, you have no share with me	**Jesus** uses two negative statements to convince **Peter** to allow him to **wash** his **feet**. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I must wash you so that you can have a share with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, Jesus’ use of **no share with me** could imply: (1) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to receive his **share** of the inheritance that God promised to give his people. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will not share in God’s promised inheritance with me” (2) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being his disciple. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will no longer be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1837,11 +1837,11 @@ JHN	13	10	tv57	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1		Here Jesus uses the word **you**
 JHN	13	11	tzj7	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	11	ccz4	figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Not all of you are clean	See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	12	p45l	figs-rquestion	γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν?	1	Do you know what I have done for you?	Here Jesus uses a question to emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	13	13	m9z8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος	1	You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’	Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	13	m9z8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος	1	You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’	Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	14	xlgr	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Διδάσκαλος	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, and I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε	1	you should also do just as I did for you	Jesus is using a statement to give an instruction. Jesus is telling his disciples to follow his example and serve one another. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “you also must do just as I did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	13	16	h6gt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this use of **greater** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **slave** and **master**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **messenger** and **the one who sent him**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1863,9 +1863,9 @@ JHN	13	21	bq84	figs-explicit	ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι	1	troubled
 JHN	13	21	j7x1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	23	xvi8	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	23	z8ze	translate-unknown	ἀνακείμενος	1	lying down at the table	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If **against the chest** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this use of **this one** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος…λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this use of **that one** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος…λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	b22k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 42798460329025b07498b8cc10c626e03a6abdd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:49:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 062/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 036eb27e6b..79f61fac55 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1696,14 +1696,14 @@ JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated
 JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
 JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this sign	Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this use of **this** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this sentence might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this use of **world** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **gone after**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this use of **Greeks** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “Non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “Non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	20	rbrb		τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	This refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ JHN	12	22	e9vn	figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ	1		**Philip** tells
 JHN	12	22	vzih	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	22	b9re	figs-explicit	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		**Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified	See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	23	zj5j	figs-explicit	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this use of **glorified** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	23	zj5j	figs-explicit	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will ho
 JHN	12	27	ytv9	figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης?	1	what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’?	Here, Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην	1	this hour	In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this use of **this** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	28	t69i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this use of **name** and **it** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here, John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translat
 JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this use of **voice** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this use of **ruler** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	31	o63p	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	32	ms6n	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1747,7 +1747,7 @@ JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτό
 JHN	12	33	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	34	swpp	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this use of **lifted up** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	jzfm	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Here, Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@ JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your rea
 JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this use of **loved** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	43	pib1	figs-gendernotations	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	12	43	oyf8	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

From fd3e2271bb01ce79bd34f4e35f34104860e8bb3b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 22:53:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 063/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 28 ++++++++++++++--------------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 79f61fac55..27dae0fa64 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1564,16 +1564,16 @@ JHN	11	27	mk4e	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	She said to him	Here John uses th
 JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	28	yd61	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **Teacher**, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here, John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	31	zpe9		οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	31	q0iv	figs-distinguish	οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν	1		This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-JHN	11	32	zmp7	figs-explicit	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this use of **fell down** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	32	zmp7	figs-explicit	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	32	j2wr		Κύριε, εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	See how you translated this sentence in [11:21](../11/21.md).
 JHN	11	33	ct82		τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	33	qef6	figs-doublet	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John combines these phrases to express the intense emotional distress that Jesus was feeling. Alternate translation: “he was very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	11	33	s5uz	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	33	w7f8	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this use of **spirit** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	33	w7f8	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this would be confusing in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	35	bj6b	figs-explicit	ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	The word translated **wept** is different than the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	36	b6ee		οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	loved	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ JHN	11	38	e72n		ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		See how you tran
 JHN	11	38	xu7k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it	John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	39	hevw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	39	l2pd	translate-kinship	ἡ ἀδελφὴ	1	Martha, the sister of Lazarus	**Martha** was Lazarus’ oldest **sister**. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a older or oldest **sister** here. Alternate translation: “the oldest sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	39	lt1d	figs-explicit	τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν	1		This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	39	lt1d	figs-explicit	τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν	1		This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	40	c082	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	40	q5mw	figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?	Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	40	mpl5	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1597,12 +1597,12 @@ JHN	11	44	h203	translate-unknown	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ
 JHN	11	44	n5yj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	45	rlf4			0	General Information:	[Verses 45–54] explain what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead.
 JHN	11	45	ksi3		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
-JHN	11	47	yl3k	figs-explicit	Συνέδριον	1		The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	47	yl3k	figs-explicit	Συνέδριον	1		The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	y70t	translate-names	Συνέδριον	1		**Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	q01y	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	ha2e		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	48	ah4r	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον	1	take away both our place and our nation	Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	48	zy0k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἔθνος	1		Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1659,28 +1659,28 @@ JHN	12	6	qoun	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		John is l
 JHN	12	6	ol4t	figs-activepassive	τὰ βαλλόμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	7	z6s7	figs-ellipsis	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus is stating the purpose for which Mary did not sell the perfume. In this case he would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. This translation would require supplying those words from Judas’ objection in [verse 5](../12/05.md) and making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (2) Jesus is giving the purpose for his command in the previous clause. In this case he would be implying that there was some leftover perfumed oil which Mary could later put on his dead body. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial	If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	8	wo1a	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	8	wo1a	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	8	b6lf	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	You will always have the poor with you	See how you translated **the poor** in the [verse 6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	12	8	qctd	figs-you	ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε	1		In this verse, every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. \\(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	9	ycv6	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	9	ilgp	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	10	nt9p		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		See how you translated this word in [11:53](../11/53.md).
-JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	kjk7	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	n6gl		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	because of him	See how you translated this in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
-JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many** **Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this use of **went away** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many** **Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	12	f1im			0	General Information:	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel.
 JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	John uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One the day after that happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	12	sy8h	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. If this use of **festival** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** too express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **palm tree branches**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover Festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this word would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this use of name might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From fd0d3a09e4d5a190dd70494a904c23a35ea848e3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:03:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 064/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 26 +++++++++++++-------------
 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 27dae0fa64..e1e7fc2ff1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for h
 JHN	10	3	q48q	figs-ellipsis	ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	3	ploz	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ	1		In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	3	db3c	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This is implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	3	zxsd	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα	1		Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	3	zxsd	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα	1		Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	4	n1ta	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	5	z8dm	grammar-collectivenouns	τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν	1		Here, the word **voice** is singular in form, but it refers to all of the strangers’ voices as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the voices of strangers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-parables	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parable	This **parable** is an illustration from the work of shepherds that uses metaphors. See the discussion of parables in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “this analogy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -1396,8 +1396,8 @@ JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Here, Jesus uses **thief** fi
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-ellipsis	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	10	zho7	writing-pronouns	ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this use of **life** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this use of **abundantly** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
 JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this use of **shepherd** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here, Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		Here, Jesus uses
 JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this use of **hand** and **snatch** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this use of **one** might be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	30	rs4j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I and the Father are one	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	31	a42t	figs-explicit	ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν	1		**The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1489,13 +1489,13 @@ JHN	10	36	bkl5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Thi
 JHN	10	37	wyd2	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in the works	Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and God. If this use of **in** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	t8mj	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this use of **first** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, 
 JHN	11	18	icrj	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	18	d35v	translate-bdistance	ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	11	19	pxw3	writing-background		0		This verse gives background information about the people who were present when this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	11	19	ctr6	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	about their brother	Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **Jews** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	19	ctr6	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	about their brother	Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	19	m26v	translate-kinship	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	about their brother	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	20	k7dy	figs-quotations	ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται	1	about their brother	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this statement as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “she heard that Jesus was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	11	21	ef5h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	my brother would not have died	**Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@@ -1552,12 +1552,12 @@ JHN	11	23	hf5m	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	Your brother will rise ag
 JHN	11	24	f0qy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he will rise again	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	24	z7el	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise again	See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	24	bco7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	he will rise again	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	11	24	lxqk	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	25	ky99	figs-explicit	ἡ ἀνάστασις	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this use of **resurrection** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	25	o9qv	figs-explicit	ἡ ζωή	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this use of **life** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	25	chs2	figs-explicit	κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	even if he dies	Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	25	ef7a	figs-explicit	ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **live**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	26	a6gs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ζῶν	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **living**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	24	lxqk	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	25	ky99	figs-explicit	ἡ ἀνάστασις	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	25	o9qv	figs-explicit	ἡ ζωή	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	25	chs2	figs-explicit	κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	even if he dies	Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	25	ef7a	figs-explicit	ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	26	a6gs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ζῶν	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	fue3	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	js8v	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	11	27	mk4e	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	She said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From c406885920589999f645714038c51bf072bce4db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:06:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 065/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e1e7fc2ff1..0bb64c52b4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1275,13 +1275,13 @@ JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, Jesus uses **Night**
 JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here, Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this use of **wash** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	7	ror0	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	Here, John provides a brief break in the story line in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	q68b	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	which is translated “Sent”	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If **seeing** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	8	d1vq	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1		This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	10	m97n	figs-activepassive	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this sentence with an active form and say who the people thought might have done the action. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1292,24 +1292,24 @@ JHN	9	11	b5zf	figs-explicit	νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος	1		See how y
 JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	13	cu14	figs-pastforfuture	ἄγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If your readers might misunderstanding this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	14	qxy9	figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	15	d6xd	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this use of **again** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	15	d6xd	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	15	exy2	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	15	g2vb	figs-explicit	ἐνιψάμην	1		See how you translated **washed** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	16	hdh9	figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	he does not keep the Sabbath	The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	16	hdh9	figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	he does not keep the Sabbath	The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	16	h0tt	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	16	k4sy	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?	1	How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?	Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	16	qn73		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	9	16	jeyz	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	17	lxnf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this clause might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	19	npf9	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If **full maturity** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities … those authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	22	dgp7	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν	1	would confess him to be the Christ	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would confess Jesus as the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1336,10 +1336,10 @@ JHN	9	32	bzxd	figs-activepassive	τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		If yo
 JHN	9	33	tt5e	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	Here, the formerly blind man uses a double negative sentence pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be **from God**. If this double negative pattern would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God would be able to do anything like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	9	33	pyin	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	9	33	sd3s	figs-explicit	μὴ ἦν…παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated **from God** in [verse 16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this use of **anything** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders used a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **born in sins**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here, **threw him out** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
 JHN	9	35	amfh	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 4690f19ed8732b74c3620d1a58b0cfc76e827f6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:08:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 066/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0bb64c52b4..01299ea360 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1146,9 +1146,9 @@ JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπά
 JHN	8	22	mi1t		ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
 JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In verses [23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	23	zug9	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this meaning for **below** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	a7ny	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	23	qlv4	figs-explicit	τῶν ἄνω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this meaning for **above** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	23	qlv4	figs-explicit	τῶν ἄνω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	svn1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this use of **world** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
@@ -1162,7 +1162,7 @@ JHN	8	26	xj8y	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ,
 JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	27	i7gq	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is a special title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this use of **lifted up** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	qsch	figs-123person	ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me, the Son of Man, up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	28	er3s	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	tcs5	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word *
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	40	s615	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	42	nh4m	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	8	42	mk2w	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	42	p7iv	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1
 JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this use of **truth** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	hqmo		ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1		Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
 JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here, Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this use of **it** would be misunderstood by your readers, you can state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	46	kh6a	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	8	46	ibp1	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι?	1	why do you not believe me?	John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ JHN	8	48	ovbe	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ	1		Most Jewish peop
 JHN	8	48	fk8t		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	8	49	pgts		ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
 JHN	8	50	wmmd	figs-abstractnouns	ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου	1	there is one seeking and judging	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	8	50	fg43	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	there is one seeking and judging	Here, **one** refers to God. If this use of **one** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	50	fg43	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	there is one seeking and judging	Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From ed0f64631d74eece2a0db77a9b4fac86b0a20847 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:10:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 067/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 01299ea360..208d08fbca 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ JHN	7	24	b7zy	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνε
 JHN	7	25	ts7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is not this the one they seek to kill?	Here, **the Jerusalemites** are using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the one they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	26	n5pi	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν	1	they say nothing to him	They Jerusalemites use this phrase in order to imply that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	26	s2un	figs-explicit	μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός?	1	It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it?	Here, the Jerusalemites ask this question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that the rulers really know this is the Christ?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	26	f1jp	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1		This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If this information would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	26	f1jp	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1		This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	27	rqq8	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		Here, John records the Jerusalemites saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	zxh7		ἔκραξεν	1	cried out	Alternate translation: “spoke in a loud voice”
 JHN	7	28	ah7u	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ JHN	7	34	p7w6	figs-infostructure	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, ο
 JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	**The Jews** here refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	35	ojvy	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		John records the **Jews** using the possessive form to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ JHN	7	38	wtl7	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ 
 JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here, **scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **says** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here, **rivers** is used figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this meaning for **rivers** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this use of **living** would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	38	ebk7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If your language does not use **stomach** in this way, then you can say the meaning with a different expression. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** ref
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, John records Jesus using an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. If this use of **following** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this use of **darkness** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the the possessive form to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **life**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In verses [14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ JHN	8	17	l6ln	figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀλ
 JHN	8	18	gfd3	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	the Father who sent me bears witness about me	In addition to Jesus himself, God the **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father who sent me also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	18	ayl5	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	18	ycc8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	2	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	19	o66t	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1		In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **know**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	19	o66t	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1		In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	19	b26z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	19	wcd1	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε.	1		Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	8	20	p01r	writing-background		0		In this verse, John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

From 5db89579f885e2d6708b8e5c937970deed85292c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:13:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 068/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 208d08fbca..0f0205559a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -966,9 +966,9 @@ JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in verse [2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία	1		In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	3	x8ce	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	brothers	These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this use of **works** could be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1		Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. If this use of **himself** would be confusing in your language, you could use another way to show emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	7	4	uj59		ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι	1		Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
 JHN	7	4	mc8r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1		John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -998,10 +998,10 @@ JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	See how you t
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
 JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	u12l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	15	k8wh	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	15	oqzy	figs-explicit	μὴ μεμαθηκώς	1		Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this use of **educated** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	15	oqzy	figs-explicit	μὴ μεμαθηκώς	1		Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	16	h7mr	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	of him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	17	vlcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	18	u5h6	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1014,12 +1014,12 @@ JHN	7	19	bfd2	figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι?	1
 JHN	7	20	hdud	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “The crowd of people” or “Someone in the crowd of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	20	l1rq		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	You have a demon	Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	7	20	r9wi	figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Who seeks to kill you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	21	b63z	figs-explicit	ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this use of **work**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	21	l1zf	figs-explicit	πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	22	o9n9	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand what **this** refers to, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	21	b63z	figs-explicit	ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	21	l1zf	figs-explicit	πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	22	o9n9	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	d8sw	writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors	Here, John records Jesus providing additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	7	22	w22v	figs-explicit	τῶν πατέρων	1		Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this use of **fathers** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	22	cs9z	figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	on the Sabbath you circumcise a man	Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	22	w22v	figs-explicit	τῶν πατέρων	1		Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	22	cs9z	figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	on the Sabbath you circumcise a man	Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	dl6z	figs-genericnoun	ἄνθρωπον	1		Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	23	t21u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receive circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	7	23	k04n	figs-genericnoun	λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος	1		See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])

From 5b2dfb44bdb8914112f2fd7c82f3d3e8fe6884e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:23:34 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 069/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 24 ++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0f0205559a..e404d30375 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **l
 JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, John records Jesus using **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here, John records Jesus using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ
 JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	hkr8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of Man, and would drink my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	53	quje	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	53	j1ga	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν	1	you will not have life in yourselves	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this use of **life** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	53	j1ga	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν	1	you will not have life in yourselves	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life	The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	54	etdh	figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		As in the previous verse, these two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here,**raise him up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -902,19 +902,19 @@ JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here, John re
 JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	55	j4ud	figs-doublet	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1		As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	56	eaoy	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα	1		See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	56	rjpa	figs-ellipsis	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	57	y334	figs-explicit	ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ	1		Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	krma	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	57	oczm	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If it is confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	57	nhp9	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	57	oczm	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	57	nhp9	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	The phrase **eating me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might be confusing in your language, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this would be confusing in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	58	r174	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would be confusing in your language, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background	ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum	Here John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ JHN	6	59	qt4h	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If y
 JHN	6	59	ukxi	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this use of **hard** would be confusing in your language, you could say this with a different expression. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here, the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	61	g3z7	writing-pronouns	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -930,14 +930,14 @@ JHN	6	61	j2gj	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1		Here and throughout verses [61–71](../06/
 JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον?	1		Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	62	v4tr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, going up to where I was before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	62	ibnq	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this use of **alive** might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	ygqi	figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1		Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “human nature” (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this use of **profit** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	63	plw8		πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
 JHN	6	63	gb29		καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
-JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this use of **life** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	Here, John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	64	rlhr	figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες	1		The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	e9ex	writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 90f5bafcf4faa426d762c090b3f630c513ad56d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:26:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 070/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 28 ++++++++++++++--------------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e404d30375..1869bd8f75 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -761,12 +761,12 @@ JHN	6	12	qp1n	figs-quotations	λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτο
 JHN	6	13	h64z	translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1		Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	14	d7lp	figs-gendernotations	οἱ…ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	14	gmat		ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
-JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	14	g8zb	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	15	rfbr		γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
 JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
-JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		Capernaum is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses, John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -776,19 +776,19 @@ JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and one half or five and one half kilometers” or “about thee or three and one half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	6	19	diko	figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	20	tjg9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	22	v8cn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	6	22	ho60	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν	1		Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	22	ho60	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν	1		Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1		In this verse, John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	26	yef5	figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active or reflexive form. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 
 JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man … God the Father	** Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-idiom	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1		To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one whom he has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -812,26 +812,26 @@ JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using
 JHN	6	32	e6s1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
 JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If it would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly and you may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here, John records Jesus using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here, John records Jesus using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in verse [31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	fpgo	figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this use of **coming** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	38	cpi9	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 801a148026239b26e76fc454f045c1436c342ff5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:28:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 071/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 24 ++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1869bd8f75..18ce664e58 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore*
 JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
 JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	46	hg54	writing-pronouns	ἦλθεν	1		In this verse **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ…Καφαρναούμ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town and **Capernaum** is the name of a city. Both were in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -571,14 +571,14 @@ JHN	4	49	ui6f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	4	49	y3vi		κύριε	1		The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	49	ycdt	figs-imperative	κατάβηθι	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	50	n5mo	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate whom they are speaking to. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	x2ta	figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	y2e9	writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	52	qdye		ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about one o’clock in the afternoon”
-JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ JHN	5	2	w377	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1		When John says **in Hebrew** in
 JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	5	2	luz3		στοὰς	1	roofed porches	These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
 JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1		This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers to the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers to the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	6	w97q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	7	aeu3		κύριε	1	Sir, I do not have	The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now
 JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “So the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	10	qydu	figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
-JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”
 JHN	5	11	kpkd	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	5	12	r7nx	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ JHN	5	15	auad	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews*
 JHN	5	16	efg2	writing-background	καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ.	1	Now	The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	16	ef9i	writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 JHN	5	17	ijd8	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς	1	is working	Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus replied to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸ
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Here, **shows** and **show** are used figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	20	y4yy	writing-pronouns	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	This could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ JHN	5	25	croa	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		As in the p
 JHN	5	25	voy8	figs-explicit	ἀκούσουσιν…οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, **heard** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated “hearing” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will heed … those who have heeded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	25	k1ii	figs-explicit	ζήσουσιν	1		This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	26	x136	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	26	f5vq	figs-explicit	ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	life	Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	26	f5vq	figs-explicit	ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	life	Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	26	yv7o	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son, to have life in myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment	The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “he gave me … I am the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -684,11 +684,11 @@ JHN	5	30	f3za	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω	1		Jesus is leav
 JHN	5	30	n8o9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **judgment** and **righteous** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	30	ayn1	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	31	f9vc	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.	1		Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	32	nr3l	figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	another	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	32	nr3l	figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	another	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	33	athw	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	5	34	dseu	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phra
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here, John records Jesus speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, John records Jesus speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who are **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 6d5ff334d71c2a8d13cb218d42821a4d769eaf6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:36:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 072/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 30 +++++++++++++++---------------
 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 18ce664e58..7208a8368a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ JHN	3	16	vg6z	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates tha
 JHN	3	16	h4ht		οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
 JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	16	xryx	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates tha
 JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	17	zv1i		ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
 JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -376,16 +376,16 @@ JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
 JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. You can also say who did the action, which is indicated to be Herod in Mark 6:17. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **dispute** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be minunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “look! He is baptizing” or “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Her
 JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		Here, **increase** is used figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -411,12 +411,12 @@ JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase ref
 JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a seal on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ 
 JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
 JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0	General Information:	John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		This is a region in t
 JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in verse [3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	5	ff7t	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	6	vwdf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1		This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ JHN	4	15	hd9f		ἀντλεῖν	1	draw water	Here, **draw** refers to scooping w
 JHN	4	16	ii7c	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	h5pt	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	c2qi	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	This is an impor
 JHN	4	21	nu5m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	you will worship the Father	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **salvation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	23	bs1p	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** cou
 JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	24	pfdv		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
 JHN	4	25	ip1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including who she was speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -534,10 +534,10 @@ JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One
 JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to join others or participate with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
-JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From b8f2377d8e0ef66d71f223819d182a4cfdf967f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:40:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 073/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 30 +++++++++++++++---------------
 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7208a8368a..6b61d91fca 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers
 JHN	1	42	f5wo	writing-quotations	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the Apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	43	qzfk	figs-pastforfuture	καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ JHN	1	47	e1ke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	1	47	ka53	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	1	48	am5y	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in some way. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	50	d53b	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	Because I said to you … do you believe?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background	καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει πόθεν ἐστίν
 JHN	2	9	xfwq	figs-pastforfuture	φωνεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **man** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-background		0		In this verse, John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	11	ear7	figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1		John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. See how you translated this in verse [1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -256,12 +256,12 @@ JHN	2	14	qu9k	figs-explicit	κερματιστὰς	1	money changers	Jewish auth
 JHN	2	14	i8lv	figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, **consume** is used figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	2	18	r5rw	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **t
 JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
-JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	Here, John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	23	st3f	writing-pronouns	ὡς δὲ ἦν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα	1	the signs that he did	See how you translate
 JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
 JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Here, the word **men** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Here, both instances of the word **man** represent people in general. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	1	yl6f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	1	s9p9	writing-participants	ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ,	1	Now	Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -306,27 +306,27 @@ JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλεία
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1		See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he is **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	8	mxjc		οὕτως ἐστὶν	1		This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
 JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
-JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	9	g4ji	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι?	1	How can these things be?	This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	9	phe2	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	10	gw2h	figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things?	Jesus is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand	The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	10	vx3u	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	11	jt1f	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus said **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to him and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	3	11	j1k1	figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	12	y4e9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	3	12	pt4x	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε	1	I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you	Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	3	12	mf2x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπίγεια	1		Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	12	mf2x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπίγεια	1		Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	12	c6ia	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε?	1	how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things?	Here, Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	13	ld0m	figs-123person	ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	13	ocj0	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	14	tb3s	figs-simile	καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up	In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

From 922cdd43b212361273bc4979006f3dc78b8c453d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:43:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 074/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 36 ++++++++++++++++++------------------
 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6b61d91fca..140b6d4db6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐ
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	4	dv2f	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	In him	Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **of** indicates to whom the **light** is given. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **having been sent**. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **f
 JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	14	jo83	writing-pronouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ glory” or “the Word’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -95,19 +95,19 @@ JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	This
 JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
-JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
 JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
 JHN	1	21	vk6r	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	21	h2dv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context and may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
-JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	23	a732	writing-pronouns	ἔφη	1	He said	**He** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -115,32 +115,32 @@ JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ
 JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of Isaiah in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story recorded in [1:19-27](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	28	u0iq	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	tfxy	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		**Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here, John speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	31	c6q5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα φανερωθῇ	1		Here, **so that** indicates the purpose for which John was baptizing people. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of revealing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, John used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -149,14 +149,14 @@ JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγ
 JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As Luke 3:22 makes clear, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	34	wzc9	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	36	kuol	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -164,13 +164,13 @@ JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **th
 JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	38	qxej	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	38	kkey		ποῦ μένεις	1		Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
-JHN	1	38	so66	figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις	1		This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	38	so66	figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις	1		This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	39	lio4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to them … he was staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	39	k5m2		μένει	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse.
-JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	39	tb9j		ὥρα…δεκάτη	1	tenth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
 JHN	1	40	x8g8			0	General Information:	Verses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
-JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	40	q0bp	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	40	jmyp		Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
 JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 9688fa4ef800f394cfb781b7a0b7af21cd1d4b7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:45:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 075/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 140b6d4db6..6e6f0d19ab 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο
 JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	4	dv2f	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	In him	Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	4	dv2f	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	In him	Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In Jesus” or “In the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From edf8f273ba783f300f6c00140a866f159b4d6bae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:58:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 076/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6e6f0d19ab..6102740917 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ JHN	1	12	w20o	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** and all singular thi
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
 JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	13	no4j	writing-pronouns	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	13	no4j	writing-pronouns	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **born** is used figuratively to describe God changing a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάν
 JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story recorded in [1:19-27](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	1	28	u0iq	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	28	u0iq	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	tfxy	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		**Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 9b7f6b22ef3ac0d333652caff99e5f80636368e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 9 May 2022 23:59:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 077/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6102740917..586a4ff96f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ JHN	1	12	w20o	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** and all singular thi
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
 JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	13	no4j	writing-pronouns	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **born** is used figuratively to describe God changing a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”

From bfbdda77425381a0cd3028983b6e0ea3a89f9f3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 00:00:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 078/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 586a4ff96f..bb70d6fd88 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son o
 JHN	1	50	d53b	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	Because I said to you … do you believe?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	1	50	oubk	writing-pronouns	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in verse [48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	50	oubk	figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [verse 48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From e6e578237680eaee8fd33864efb9714ad9662dfd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 15:04:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 079/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++----------
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bb70d6fd88..16e9363f46 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο
 JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	4	dv2f	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	In him	Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In Jesus” or “In the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -24,7 +23,6 @@ JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
-JHN	1	7	m4fo	writing-pronouns	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to John the Baptist. It does not refer to Jesus or the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through John the Baptist” or “through John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here, **light** is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -36,13 +34,11 @@ JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the un
 JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	t1qv		οὐκ ἔγνω	1		Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge”
-JHN	1	11	jr6d	writing-pronouns	εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν	1	He came to his own, and his own did not receive him	**He**, **his**, and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came to his own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	11	jvgs	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια…οἱ ἴδιοι	1		Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	11	h13y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	1	11	va1w		αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	receive him	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. Alternate translation: “did not accept him” or “did not welcome him”
 JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
-JHN	1	12	w20o	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** and all singular third person pronouns in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
 JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -61,7 +57,6 @@ JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1)
 JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	1	14	jo83	writing-pronouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ glory” or “the Word’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
@@ -70,7 +65,6 @@ JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	This is an imp
 JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	15	ql6u	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	15	yfuv	figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one of whom I said that he is coming after me who has become greater than me, for he was before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	1	15	k7rm		ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	He who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
@@ -108,7 +102,6 @@ JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμε
 JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
 JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	23	a732	writing-pronouns	ἔφη	1	He said	**He** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -144,14 +137,13 @@ JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here,
 JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	31	c6q5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα φανερωθῇ	1		Here, **so that** indicates the purpose for which John was baptizing people. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of revealing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, John used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	31	jr9r	writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	descending	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As Luke 3:22 makes clear, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	34	wzc9	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -160,7 +152,7 @@ JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The p
 JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to the two disciples John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to the two disciples of John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	38	qxej	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	38	kkey		ποῦ μένεις	1		Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”

From 138fd5a268d4a7e261ae25e3e043c8a094a178f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 15:11:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 081/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 17 ++++-------------
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 16e9363f46..2a4d78b9aa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -238,8 +238,7 @@ JHN	2	11	ear7	figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1		John wrote mu
 JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. See how you translated this in verse [1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	11	z3tk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	revealed his glory	Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	2	12	gw2f	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	2	12	mmkj	writing-pronouns	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	2	12	ay2r	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	2	12	mmkj	figs-explicit	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	12	h9tu		κατέβη	1	went down	This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana.
 JHN	2	12	x3f7	translate-names	Καφαρναοὺμ	1	his brothers	**Capernaum** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	13	xr29		ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
@@ -255,7 +254,7 @@ JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, **consume** is used figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	2	18	r5rw	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		Here, the Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -267,7 +266,6 @@ JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here,
 JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	Here, John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	2	23	st3f	writing-pronouns	ὡς δὲ ἦν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
 JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people had a superficial faith, only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -306,11 +304,11 @@ JHN	3	8	mxjc		οὕτως ἐστὶν	1		This phrase connects this sentence wit
 JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
 JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	9	g4ji	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι?	1	How can these things be?	This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	3	9	phe2	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	9	phe2	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	10	gw2h	figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things?	Jesus is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand	The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	10	vx3u	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	10	vx3u	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	11	jt1f	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus said **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to him and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	3	11	j1k1	figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -333,7 +331,6 @@ JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** intr
 JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	3	16	xryx	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -429,7 +426,6 @@ JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτ
 JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	2	qz7h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	4	3	op81	writing-pronouns	ἀφῆκεν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		This is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in verse [3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -445,7 +441,6 @@ JHN	4	7	g82d	figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This i
 JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	9	l2qh	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	Then the Samaritan woman said to him	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	John records the woman using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
 JHN	4	10	redz	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@@ -469,7 +464,6 @@ JHN	4	17	h5pt	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	19	c2qi	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -504,7 +498,6 @@ JHN	4	28	iu9d	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **the
 JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
 JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	30	zd7g	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here, Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in verse [34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -538,7 +531,6 @@ JHN	4	42	ciyt	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴ
 JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	4	43	u2e7	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθεν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus departed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	43	gj2f	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	44	t1li	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	For Jesus himself declared	The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@@ -550,7 +542,6 @@ JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Thi
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	4	46	hg54	writing-pronouns	ἦλθεν	1		In this verse **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ…Καφαρναούμ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town and **Capernaum** is the name of a city. Both were in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “royal official” identifies this man as a someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	4	47	brcf	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 658108f322fa493e1ba03b1687af89bc4232a123 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 15:15:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 082/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 21 +++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2a4d78b9aa..8cda79256c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	Your language mi
 JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”
 JHN	5	11	kpkd	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	5	12	r7nx	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	12	r7nx	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	12	kryx	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ εἰπών σοι, ἆρον	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who said to you to pick it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	5	13	qtsj	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ἰαθεὶς	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	13	tijo	figs-ellipsis	τίς ἐστιν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -601,13 +601,12 @@ JHN	5	14	qo3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers
 JHN	5	14	h39z	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	See	John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	15	auad	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	efg2	writing-background	καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ.	1	Now	The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	5	16	ef9i	writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	16	ef9i	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
-JHN	5	17	ijd8	writing-pronouns	ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς	1	is working	Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus replied to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	18	zrmw	writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -625,7 +624,7 @@ JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jes
 JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Here, **shows** and **show** are used figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	20	y4yy	writing-pronouns	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	20	y4yy	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	This could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	c96p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -657,7 +656,7 @@ JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Fath
 JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “he gave me … I am the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	h9em	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **authority** and **judgment** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	28	sr8j	writing-pronouns	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	28	h9l7	figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “will hear my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -673,7 +672,7 @@ JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάν
 JHN	5	33	athw	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	5	34	dseu	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	34	dseu	figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	35	qczd	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Here, John records Jesus using the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -724,7 +723,6 @@ JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		John is
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
-JHN	6	8	ih44	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ…αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of men who were Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	diq0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	9	k3k6	translate-unknown	πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	five bread loaves of barley	The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -901,14 +899,13 @@ JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθ
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background	ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum	Here John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	59	qt4h	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν	1		Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	59	ukxi	writing-pronouns	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here, the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	61	g3z7	writing-pronouns	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	6	61	g3z7	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	61	j2gj	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1		Here and throughout verses [61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον?	1		Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	62	v4tr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, going up to where I was before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -923,7 +920,7 @@ JHN	6	63	gb29		καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) give life. Alt
 JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	Here, John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	64	rlhr	figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες	1		The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	65	e9ex	writing-pronouns	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	6	65	e9ex	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	c3cl	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 8353da44363e8c75c90a184a44d8542763ec65dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 15:16:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 083/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 3 +--
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8cda79256c..4af2257176 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here, the word **father** f
 JHN	8	39	wg9n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	8	40	s615	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	42	nh4m	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@@ -1292,7 +1292,6 @@ JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your lang
 JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities … those authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	22	dgp7	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν	1	would confess him to be the Christ	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would confess Jesus as the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))

From ad3cfb9d8a076c312192af7e3f1f7a5999dfb09c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 15:38:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 084/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4af2257176..2cf8dca95d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -382,12 +382,12 @@ JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ
 JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here, **heaven** is used figuratively to refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	**You** here is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	Here, the words **bride** and **bridegroom** are used figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	29	nd5o	figs-123person	ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου	1		John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “But me, the friend of the bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	29	nfvx	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1		These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		Here, **increase** is used figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ
 JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers to the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	6	w97q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	7	aeu3		κύριε	1	Sir, I do not have	The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	7	kul6		εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	into the pool	See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md).
 JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
 JHN	5	8	eqe4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Get up	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 04a21436e23290b4b94ad07d00033155f0283bf8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 15:45:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 085/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 40 ++++++++++++++++++++--------------------
 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2cf8dca95d..dfa8d3e989 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -5,10 +5,10 @@ JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here, this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
-JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	All things were made through him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	All things were made through him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		Here, **the light shi
 JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **having been sent**. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ JHN	1	16	yrg8		ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν	1		Here, **even** indicates
 JHN	1	16	b9r1	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	grace after grace	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract noun **grace** here with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	16	avst		χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1		Here, **after** could mean: (1) the second “grace” replaces the first “grace,” which is the most common use for this word. This meaning could indicate that the first “grace” refers to “the law” and the second “grace” refers to “Grace and truth” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “grace in place of grace” or “grace instead of grace” (2) the second “grace” is in addition to the first “grace.” Alternate translation: “grace in addition to” or “grace upon grace”
 JHN	1	17	iata	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο	1		John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. But grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JHN	1	17	xsbj	figs-activepassive	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	17	xsbj	figs-activepassive	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	17	kup2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη	1		The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to the many laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the group of laws was given” or “God’s laws were given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	1	17	wios	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1		**Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of Isaiah in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -168,14 +168,14 @@ JHN	1	40	jmyp		Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Simon** was also called **Peter*
 JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	41	vfsj	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	41	roca	translate-names	Σίμωνα	1		These is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title Messiah means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	42	f5wo	writing-quotations	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the Apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1
 JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	2	2	xm3r	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	2	2	xm3r	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	3	kt44	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	3	spbw	figs-declarative	οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1		John records Jesus’ mother using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	2	3	mge0		οἶνον	1		Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish culture, see the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter.
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his
 JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.  Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερ
 JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	Verses 21 and 22 are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
 JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	Here, John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ JHN	3	5	il52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly
 JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **enter into** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things
 JHN	3	13	ld0m	figs-123person	ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	13	ocj0	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	14	tb3s	figs-simile	καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up	In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JHN	3	14	f9yi	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the wilderness	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	14	f9yi	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the wilderness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	14	savl	figs-123person	ὑψωθῆναι…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	14	krir	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	15	e9ls	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -339,12 +339,12 @@ JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to th
 JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	17	zv1i		ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
 JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	17	kuow	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	17	kuow	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	17	exd0		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
 JHN	3	18	zl5p		οὐ κρίνεται…ἤδη κέκριται	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty”
 JHN	3	18	x14j	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	18	tmz7	figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not condemn the one who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	18	t21p	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	18	tmz7	figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God does not condemn the one who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	18	t21p	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **name** stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	18	q8ku		τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
 JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -357,19 +357,19 @@ JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates ano
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	q77t		ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
 JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
 JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. You can also say who did the action, which is indicated to be Herod in Mark 6:17. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **dispute** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 1dd3ca43475101c46d21afd49d0641c58db9ed3f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 15:46:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 086/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dfa8d3e989..f512c42296 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -371,14 +371,14 @@ JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	This is the name of a
 JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **dispute** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be minunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “look! He is baptizing” or “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here, **heaven** is used figuratively to refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	**You** here is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

From 86445f5421b3e98b9b79b38c10aa5db72c47ff94 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 16:25:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 087/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f512c42296..f195cb7969 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another step
 JHN	5	8	eqe4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Get up	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in verses [10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “On the day that Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “So the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	5	10	qydu	figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	5	10	qydu	figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
 JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”

From 5a8f34c7e9abce3807c82b4b6401c0bc1cc9b5dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 16:40:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 088/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 48 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f195cb7969..24c3819d05 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	Alter
 JHN	5	11	kpkd	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	5	12	r7nx	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	12	kryx	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ εἰπών σοι, ἆρον	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who said to you to pick it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	5	13	qtsj	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ἰαθεὶς	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	5	13	qtsj	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ἰαθεὶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	13	tijo	figs-ellipsis	τίς ἐστιν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	13	sgx1	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1		This could refer to: (1) the reason why Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “because a crowd was in the place” (2) the time when Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “while a crowd was in the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	13	qzpi	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλου	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ JHN	5	33	athw	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰω
 JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	5	34	dseu	figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	35	qczd	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Here, John records Jesus using the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ JHN	6	11	l6pm	translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους	1		This means **loaves**
 JHN	6	11	mnw3	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσας	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	11	wi9d	figs-synecdoche	διέδωκεν	1	he gave it	Here, **he** refers to “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	11	ib37	figs-explicit	τῶν ὀψαρίων	1		These **fish** are the two **fish** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	12	leym	figs-activepassive	ἐνεπλήσθησαν	1		If your language does not use passive voice, you could say this in an active or reflexive form. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	12	leym	figs-activepassive	ἐνεπλήσθησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	12	z5o3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	12	qp1n	figs-quotations	λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, συναγάγετε	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he says to his disciples to gather up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	6	13	h64z	translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1		Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		Capernaum is the n
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses, John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had two, four, or six people who **rowed** with oars together on each side side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having pushed the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and one half or five and one half kilometers” or “about thee or three and one half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	6	19	diko	figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησο
 JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN	6	26	yef5	figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active or reflexive form. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	26	yef5	figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself because he is the source of salvation who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	27	plfi	figs-ellipsis	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	27	w74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δώσει; τοῦτον	1		These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Thi
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If that use of **fathers** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -839,10 +839,10 @@ JHN	6	44	rr2m		ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν	1	draws	Alternate translation: “woul
 JHN	6	44	um43	figs-gendernotations	αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	44	g2ia	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	If your language does not use passive voice, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	45	wnjr	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	6	45	fken	figs-activepassive	ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use passive voice, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	45	fken	figs-activepassive	ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	orme	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	45	xmzr	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ	1		Here, **comes** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “comes to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	46	i9mp	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ JHN	6	64	rlhr	figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ π
 JHN	6	65	e9ex	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	c3cl	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		This phrase is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this meaning for **walking** would be confusing in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ JHN	7	22	dl6z	figs-genericnoun	ἄνθρωπον	1		Jesus is speaking of any Jew
 JHN	7	23	t21u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receive circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	7	23	k04n	figs-genericnoun	λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος	1		See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	23	owuc	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	23	ltsk	figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this phrase in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	7	23	ltsk	figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, **broken** is used figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **broken**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1068,12 +1068,12 @@ JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you tran
 JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd whom Jesus had just spoken with, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	47	z95z	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε?	1	Have you also been deceived?	**The Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	47	i47o	figs-activepassive	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	7	47	i47o	figs-activepassive	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	48	e8vu	figs-rquestion	μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων?	1	Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees?	Here, **the Pharisees** use the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	48	zkmd	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	49	n0am	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “this group of people” or “these many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	49	y4wf	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	49	jk8j	figs-activepassive	ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	7	49	jk8j	figs-activepassive	ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier	John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	50	yw8i		εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
 JHN	7	50	hj1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@ JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my ju
 JHN	8	16	ev1r	figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	I am not alone	Here, Jesus implies that he is **not alone** when he judges people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	16	cbrc	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	16	r7dx	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	17	r2r8	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	it is written	If you language does not use the passive voice, you could this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	8	17	r2r8	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Mosses” did it. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	8	17	l6ln	figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν	1	the testimony of two men is true	Here, Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If it would be helpful to your readers, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the testimony of two men agrees, then it is valid” or “if two men say something that agrees, then it should be considered to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	18	gfd3	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	the Father who sent me bears witness about me	In addition to Jesus himself, God the **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father who sent me also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	18	ayl5	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1241,10 +1241,10 @@ JHN	8	59	qwe6	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1		**Jesus** and his Jewish o
 JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)\n2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)\n3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Who sinned?”\n\nMany of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “A sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “He does not keep the Sabbath”\n\nThe Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Seeing and being blind\n\nJesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	1	un4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Now	**And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	9	2	w44c	figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ?	1	who sinned, this man or his parents … blind?	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	2	zzh8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	2	zzh8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	3	q69k	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out some information that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he was born blind so that the works of God might be revealed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	3	agwa	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	9	3	omt9	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form, and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	3	omt9	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	3	j9re	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the man’s body, especially his blind eyes. Alternate translation: “in his body” (2) the man’s body and spirit. Alternate translation: “in his body and spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	9	4	qs5q	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1257,16 +1257,16 @@ JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	9	7	ror0	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	7	ror0	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	Here, John provides a brief break in the story line in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	q68b	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	which is translated “Sent”	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	8	d1vq	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1		This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	9	10	m97n	figs-activepassive	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this sentence with an active form and say who the people thought might have done the action. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	10	m97n	figs-activepassive	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	10	yy53	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	Here, **eyes** **opened** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	11	nii1	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς	1	smeared it on my eyes	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this clause with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	11	nii1	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς	1	smeared it on my eyes	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	11	a42y	figs-explicit	πηλὸν ἐποίησεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	11	b5zf	figs-explicit	νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος	1		See how you translated **wash** in [verse 7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1287,8 +1287,8 @@ JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθα
 JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	19	npf9	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	19	npf9	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities … those authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1309,15 +1309,15 @@ JHN	9	30	d9uh	figs-exclamations	ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστό
 JHN	9	30	i3gm	figs-explicit	πόθεν ἐστίν	1	that you do not know where he is from	See how you translated **from** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	30	lent	figs-metonymy	ἤνοιξέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused me to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	31	e7ec	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει	1	does not listen to sinners … listens to him	Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this meaning for **hear** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	32	b2xt	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἠκούσθη	1	it has never been heard that anyone opened	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can use an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	32	b2xt	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἠκούσθη	1	it has never been heard that anyone opened	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	32	hstv	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν…ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused one having been born blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	32	bzxd	figs-activepassive	τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	32	bzxd	figs-activepassive	τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	33	tt5e	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	Here, the formerly blind man uses a double negative sentence pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be **from God**. If this double negative pattern would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God would be able to do anything like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	9	33	pyin	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	9	33	sd3s	figs-explicit	μὴ ἦν…παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated **from God** in [verse 16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders used a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here, **threw him out** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ JHN	10	8	xa5u	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **hear
 JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this use of **saved** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Here, Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])

From 47ee2ad86eca9c353fe223aeb93e3f6c61e47e27 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 16:48:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 089/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 48 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 24 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 24c3819d05..a5761f35e4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός
 JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here, Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	11	p4tv	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	lays down his life	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this use of the phrase might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	12	bbwn	translate-unknown	τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος	1	The hired servant	A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	j3rc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει	1		This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep and then the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@ JHN	10	33	khfg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ βλασφημίας	1		If your lang
 JHN	10	33	w0v8	figs-explicit	βλασφημίας	1		Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [verse 30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this use of **law** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here, Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus a
 JHN	10	35	ieot	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς	1	the word of God came	**If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	36	fj9f	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	You are blaspheming	If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instance of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1514,9 +1514,9 @@ JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρ
 JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
 JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	16	e043	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		**Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	If your language does not us the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ	1	he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put him in the tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ	1	he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put him in the tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	18	icrj	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	18	d35v	translate-bdistance	ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	11	19	pxw3	writing-background		0		This verse gives background information about the people who were present when this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@ JHN	11	40	lfrs	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If you
 JHN	11	41	lj5j	figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	Jesus lifted up his eyes	Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	41	j54b	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	42	gw6t	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people that is standing around” or “the many people who are standing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	11	44	x4cb	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	11	44	x4cb	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	44	h203	translate-unknown	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	Wrapping a dead body in strips of **cloth** was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his feet and hands having been bound with burial cloths, and his face having been wrapped with a burial cloth” or “his feet, hands, and face having been wrapped in clothes for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	11	44	n5yj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	45	rlf4			0	General Information:	[Verses 45–54] explain what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead.
@@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ JHN	11	51	mw4e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢ
 JHN	11	51	eh17	figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους	1	die for the nation	See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	gee2	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἔθνους	1		See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	mle1	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here, John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between children and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation, but you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	52	tpe1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say the two passive phrases in this verse with an active form and say who would do those actions. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	11	52	tpe1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	53	psay		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
@@ -1625,7 +1625,7 @@ JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	If
 JHN	12	3	ki9d	translate-unknown	μύρου	1	perfume	Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	qblr	figs-possession	μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	perfume	John is using the possessive form to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	3	b3sa	translate-unknown	νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	nard	The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	12	3	pq7c	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου	1	The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	3	pq7c	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου	1	The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	4	frgx	translate-names	Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the one who would betray him	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	4	qbja	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the one who would betray him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	5	e8d7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς?	1	Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?	Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he though the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ JHN	12	6	ri5l	writing-background		0		In this verse, John interrupts the story to
 JHN	12	6	sl8u	figs-infostructure	εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he said this because he was a thief, not because it was a concern to him about the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	12	6	mgm8	figs-nominaladj	τῶν πτωχῶν	1		See how you translated **the poor** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	12	6	qoun	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	12	6	ol4t	figs-activepassive	τὰ βαλλόμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	6	ol4t	figs-activepassive	τὰ βαλλόμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	7	z6s7	figs-ellipsis	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus is stating the purpose for which Mary did not sell the perfume. In this case he would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. This translation would require supplying those words from Judas’ objection in [verse 5](../12/05.md) and making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (2) Jesus is giving the purpose for his command in the previous clause. In this case he would be implying that there was some leftover perfumed oil which Mary could later put on his dead body. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial	If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	8	wo1a	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1664,13 +1664,13 @@ JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the n
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and saw who did the action. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this use of **daughter** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
 JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	16	u9hf	figs-explicit	ἐδοξάσθη	1	when Jesus was glorified	Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the prophets has written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets has written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
@@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@ JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come f
 JHN	12	23	zj5j	figs-explicit	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here, Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this use of **grain of wheat** would confuse your readers, you could use a similar or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, Jesus uses **the one loving his life** figuratively to refer to considering one’s own physical life to be more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1718,8 +1718,8 @@ JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		H
 JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	31	o63p	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	31	o63p	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	32	ms6n	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
 JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -1739,12 +1739,12 @@ JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you h
 JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	The phrase **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43], John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	**Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you can say this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metonymy	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this use of **arm** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -1757,7 +1757,7 @@ JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	Here, **turn
 JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	Here, Isaiah uses **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this use of **heal** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	H
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
 JHN	13	4	gfe4	figs-explicit	λαβὼν λέντιον	1		Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	5	qfqd	figs-pastforfuture	βάλλει	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	5	adm9	figs-activepassive	ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	13	5	adm9	figs-activepassive	ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	6	hevx	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	6	bz27	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας?	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	**Peter** is using a rhetorical question here to show that he does not want Jesus to wash his feet. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash my feet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	13	7	o7nf	figs-explicit	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ JHN	13	9	bjgq	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	13	9	irnh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον,	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	10	dp8l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to dirty roads. If this use of **washed** and **feet** might be confusing in your language, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	13	10	bbon	figs-activepassive	ὁ λελουμένος	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	13	10	bbon	figs-activepassive	ὁ λελουμένος	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this use of **clean** might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	tv57	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1		Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	13	11	tzj7	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1825,11 +1825,11 @@ JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων το
 JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **slave** and **master**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **messenger** and **the one who sent him**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, and you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who would do the action, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those whom he is speaking to will be blessed for serving each other because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην	1		Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	**The one eating bread with me** is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	18	wr0c	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1859,10 +1859,10 @@ JHN	13	29	rv4z	figs-quotations	τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ	1	th
 JHN	13	30	dw7m	writing-background	ἦν δὲ νύξ	1	It was night	Here John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	31	wi4o	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	31	apde	figs-pastforfuture	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		In this verse, Jesus uses the past tense **has been glorified** twice figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	31	gd4y	figs-123person	ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have been glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	31	o91a	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated it in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	31	n421	figs-activepassive	ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	13	31	n421	figs-activepassive	ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	32	i7yz	translate-textvariants		0		In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	13	32	bfxt	writing-pronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	13	32	uaj7	figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

From 21f4a1843d9e0aa22baa6181ca5e53341c79b4db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 16:53:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 090/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 20 ++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a5761f35e4..373be69d65 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ JHN	14	12	ui5t	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει
 JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	13	bn30	figs-ellipsis	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Jesus is leaving out some a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-idiom	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself was requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	13	zr8g	figs-123person	ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Son	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “in me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	14	14	sgk6	figs-idiom	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	If you ask me anything in my name	See how you translated **in my name** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Fat
 JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	21	x8m8	figs-explicit	τηρῶν αὐτὰς	1		Here, **keeping** means obeying. See how you translated this word in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	21	qsu7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	21	jd80	figs-explicit	ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus will reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection, as also stated in [verse 19](../14/19.md). Alternate translation: “I will show myself to him after I live again” (2) Jesus will reveal his character to the minds of anyone who loves and obeys him, as suggested by his statement in [verse 23](../14/23.md). Alternate translation: “I will reveal to him what I am like” (3) Jesus will both reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection and reveal his character to everyone who loves and obeys him. Alternate translation: “I will reveal myself to him after I live again and will reveal what I am like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	Judas (not Iscariot)	Here, **Judas** is the name of a man who was another disciple of Jesus. He was not the other disciple named **Judas** who was from the village of Kerioth and betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2006,16 +2006,16 @@ JHN	15	5	hzh4	figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	he
 JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1		In middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
 JHN	15	6	d5mt	figs-explicit	μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί	1		See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Here Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	6	ura6	figs-metaphor	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	The first **they** refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	7	knr4	figs-explicit	μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	ask whatever you wish	See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	7	lpzq	figs-idiom	τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ	1	ask whatever you wish	This is an idiom that means to obey Jesus. See how you translated a similar expression in [8:31](../08/31.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	15	7	m38f	figs-ellipsis	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	ask whatever you wish	Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	15	7	mcz5	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be done for you	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	7	mcz5	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be done for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	8	pq2t	figs-pastforfuture	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	Jesus is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “My Father will be glorified in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	15	8	yq67	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You glorify my Father in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	8	yq67	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You glorify my Father in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	8	z1ww	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	See how you translated a similar expression in [verse 5](../15/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	Alternate translation: “show that you are my disciples” or “demonstrate that you are my disciples”
@@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ JHN	15	10	thg9	figs-explicit	τηρήσητε…τετήρηκα	1	If you keep m
 JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-metaphor	μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου…μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	See how you translated the similar clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	11	rcv8		ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ	1	I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you	Alternate translation: “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
-JHN	15	11	r1p1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	so that your joy will be complete	If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that you will be joyful to the fullest extent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	11	r1p1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	so that your joy will be complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that you will be joyful to the fullest extent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	13	uqny		μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ	1		Alternate translation: “The greatest love a person can have for his friends is to voluntarily die for them” or “The best way that a person can show that he loves his friends is to willingly die for them”
 JHN	15	13	bu8j	figs-explicit	τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	13	emyr	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ	1	life	See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the ve
 JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2093,7 +2093,7 @@ JHN	16	10	r121	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is
 JHN	16	10	fmk5	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με	1	Father	Jesus uses this phrase to imply that anyone who could **see** him saw true righteousness. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will no longer see my righteous example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	11	l71y	figs-explicit	περὶ…κρίσεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	11	x2z1	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	the ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	11	dp4r	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	16	11	dp4r	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	11	llxw	figs-pastforfuture	κέκριται	1		This could mean: (1) Satan has already been condemned to future judgment. Alternate translation: “has already been condemned” (2) Satan’s future judgment is so certain that Jesus uses the past tense. Alternate translation: “will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	16	13	j7gr	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of Truth	See how you translated this phrase in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	he will guide you into all the truth	Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@ JHN	16	19	rwoq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι εἶπον	1		The word **t
 JHN	16	19	ya90		μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1		See how you translated this statement in [verses 16](../16/16.md).
 JHN	16	20	jx6s	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the world will be glad	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	20	p6v5	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	16	20	p6v5	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	20	i94b	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	21	km17	figs-genericnoun	ἡ γυνὴ ὅταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς; ὅταν δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως διὰ τὴν χαρὰν, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Jesus is speaking of women in general, not of one particular **woman**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “When women give birth, they have pain because their hour has come, but when they have given birth to their children, they no longer remember their suffering, because of the joy that men have been born into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	16	21	c71q	figs-metonymy	ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **hour**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 05659b41db15bb6300146ffb0d021ce9d0fff849 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 16:58:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 091/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 373be69d65..2b896ed5a3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom J
 JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here, this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
 JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	All things were made through him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	ro
 JHN	4	47	brcf	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	47	p2nv	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	47	eqga	writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	This statement is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	4	48	hlts	figs-you	ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε	1		The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	48	n3ot	figs-hendiadys	σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of Jesus’ miraculous **signs**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 JHN	4	49	ui6f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 25a717d1848f16e867353982cc0498e7e379aade Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 17:47:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 092/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 34 +++++++++++++++++-----------------
 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2b896ed5a3..a59f96dfa2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1809,9 +1809,9 @@ JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μ
 JHN	13	9	bjgq	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	9	irnh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον,	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	10	dp8l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to dirty roads. If this use of **washed** and **feet** might be confusing in your language, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	bbon	figs-activepassive	ὁ λελουμένος	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this use of **clean** might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	tv57	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1		Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	13	11	tzj7	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	11	ccz4	figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Not all of you are clean	See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1822,8 +1822,8 @@ JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν,
 JHN	13	16	h6gt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **slave** and **master**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **messenger** and **the one who sent him**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, and you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those whom he is speaking to will be blessed for serving each other because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ JHN	13	31	n421	figs-activepassive	ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτ
 JHN	13	32	i7yz	translate-textvariants		0		In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	13	32	bfxt	writing-pronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	13	32	uaj7	figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN	13	33	zki6	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. You could translate this in a non-figurative way, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	33	zki6	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	13	33	zrqu	figs-infostructure	καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	33	sjwl	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -1884,9 +1884,9 @@ JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one
 JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
 JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In verses 1–7, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Here, Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this use of **heart** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Here, Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	1	rq43	figs-declarative	πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε	1		Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this use of **house** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	2	n3wl		εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	Father	The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?”
 JHN	14	3	sadi	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν πορευθῶ	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1895,9 +1895,9 @@ JHN	14	5	aode	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated this name in
 JHN	14	5	o21d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	5	j2go	figs-rquestion	πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1		**Thomas** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	14	6	jdwf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the truth	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this use of **the way** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this use of **the truth** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Here Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this use of **the life** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Here Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	7	wx89	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγνώκατε με	1	Father	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spi
 JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Here Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this use of **orphans** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Here Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is
 JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Here Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Here Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1988,15 +1988,15 @@ JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will kno
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
-JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. The way that a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, we recommend that you translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	15	1	hqj7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Here, Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this use of **farmer** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Here, Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	t4ne		ὁ γεωργός	1	my Father is the gardener	While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer”
 JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away”
 JHN	15	2	enrh		καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	takes away	The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean”
-JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this use of **clean** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	3	ls0g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	3	l5zz	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	you	The words **You** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	15	4	qvv9	figs-explicit	μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν…ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε	1	Remain in me, and I in you	See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:56](../06/56.md). See also the discussion of **Remain in me** in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔ
 JHN	15	6	d5mt	figs-explicit	μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί	1		See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Here Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	6	ura6	figs-metaphor	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	The first **they** refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	6	ura6	writing-pronouns	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	The first **they** refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	7	knr4	figs-explicit	μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	ask whatever you wish	See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	7	lpzq	figs-idiom	τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ	1	ask whatever you wish	This is an idiom that means to obey Jesus. See how you translated a similar expression in [8:31](../08/31.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ JHN	15	8	z1ww	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**
 JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	See how you translated a similar expression in [verse 5](../15/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	Alternate translation: “show that you are my disciples” or “demonstrate that you are my disciples”
 JHN	15	9	nf5v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Here, Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this use of **remain in** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Here, Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	thg9	figs-explicit	τηρήσητε…τετήρηκα	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	Here, **keep** and **kept** refer to obeying. See how you translated this word in [14:15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-metaphor	μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου…μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	See how you translated the similar clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From f4ec5af887b977e6925d2927fb0fa2555ce07178 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 17:52:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 093/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a59f96dfa2..51b9b2f278 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ JHN	10	17	i59j	figs-infostructure	διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀ
 JHN	10	17	kpr5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	17	wc4l	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	I lay down my life so that I may take it again	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Here, Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this use of **take up** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	18	z4xh	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, Jesus figuratively refers to someone killing him as if life were an object that could be taken away. If this use of **takes away** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	18	z4xh	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus refers to his life figuratively as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	rnj4	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν…θεῖναι αὐτήν	1	I lay it down of myself	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die … to voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I lay it down of myself	The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	10	18	lo79	figs-metaphor	πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 5b02960ad9498ab5e44e33b8fcfbf4444a5fbc6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:09:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 094/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 32 ++++++++++++++++----------------
 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 51b9b2f278..5719bd795a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to:
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Here, the word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Here Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		Here, Jesus uses an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “they have become my disciples” or “they obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ JHN	11	2	c6r9	figs-events	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν 
 JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	3	i2ar	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	11	3	czm1	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pray attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	3	czm1	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	4	nk3g	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If this use of **not to** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	4	q343	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1594,13 +1594,13 @@ JHN	11	51	kw41	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from himself** c
 JHN	11	51	mw4e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this clause, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	51	eh17	figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους	1	die for the nation	See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	gee2	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἔθνους	1		See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	11	52	mle1	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here, John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between children and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation, but you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	52	mle1	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	52	tpe1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	53	psay		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
 JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **walked openly** is a metaphor for “walked around where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	54	cg66		τὴν χώραν	1	the country	Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	54	h5jk	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	There he stayed with the disciples	Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus
 JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here, Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this use of **grain of wheat** would confuse your readers, you could use a similar or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, Jesus uses **the one loving his life** figuratively to refer to considering one’s own physical life to be more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, Jesus uses **the one hating his life** figuratively to refer to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hate” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this use of **hating** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -1729,12 +1729,12 @@ JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		Jesus is using the name of
 JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	jzfm	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Here, Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	k6td	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Here, Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this use of **walk** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Here Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Here, Jesus refers to evil as **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully as if the darkness of sin has taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here, Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		This phrase figuratively refers to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	The phrase **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43], John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1748,17 +1748,17 @@ JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπ
 JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metonymy	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this use of **arm** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		Isaiah uses the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		Isaiah uses the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this use of **see** and **eyes** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Isaiah uses the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	Here, **turn** is used figuratively to mean repent, which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this use of **turn** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	Here, Isaiah uses **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this use of **heal** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	Here, John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		Here, John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	43	pib1	figs-gendernotations	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

From f0f3c71a02e53bec7f8d57653bf7012edfcf0507 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:17:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 095/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 28 ++++++++++++++--------------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5719bd795a..bd253228a4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1356,20 +1356,20 @@ JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-parables	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parab
 JHN	10	6	i3ot	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	this parable	In this verse, **them**, **those ones**, and **they** refer to the Pharisees, whom Jesus was speaking with in [9:40–41](../09/40.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) in order to teach about himself, those who believe in him, and those who deceive the people.
 JHN	10	7	q4hs	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this use of **gate** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	7	wk8s	figs-possession	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	**Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this use of **Everyone** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here, Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this use of **thief** and **robber** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here, Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	o7ou	figs-explicit	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [verse 1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	8	xa5u	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this meaning for hearing would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	8	xa5u	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this use of **saved** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Here, Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Here, Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Here, Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -1378,10 +1378,10 @@ JHN	10	10	zho7	writing-pronouns	ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the sh
 JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
-JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this use of **shepherd** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here, Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	11	p4tv	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	lays down his life	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this use of the phrase might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	12	bbwn	translate-unknown	τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος	1	The hired servant	A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1392,17 +1392,17 @@ JHN	10	14	fg93	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός
 JHN	10	15	qr9g	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τὸν Πατέρα	1	The Father knows me, and I know the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	15	pn9w	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	15	mwpf	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Here, Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this use of **other sheep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **sheep pen** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Here, Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	v95z	figs-ellipsis	κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν	1	I have other sheep	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	16	kq11	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν	1	I have other sheep	Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Here, Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Here, Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	bobi	figs-metaphor	εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Here, Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	17	kd16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
 JHN	10	17	i59j	figs-infostructure	διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1		Here, **this** refers to all the information in the second clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because I lay down my life so that I might take it up again, the Father loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	10	17	kpr5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	17	wc4l	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	I lay down my life so that I may take it again	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Here, Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this use of **take up** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Here, Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	z4xh	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus refers to his life figuratively as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	rnj4	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν…θεῖναι αὐτήν	1	I lay it down of myself	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die … to voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I lay it down of myself	The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

From e9961a6248b099c1b3111cf51eb14a7545aa7723 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:25:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 096/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 34 +++++++++++++++++-----------------
 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bd253228a4..29bb6c84bf 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1168,15 +1168,15 @@ JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερ
 JHN	8	36	w3q1	figs-123person	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here, Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this use of **frees** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here, Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this use of **free** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here, Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	37	p4xm	translate-names	Ἀβραάμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	37	orw8	figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If your readers might understand this idiom, you could use a similar idiom in your language or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	38	m62y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	38	f9yu	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If that use of **father** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	wg9n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -1185,15 +1185,15 @@ JHN	8	42	nh4m	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ
 JHN	8	42	mk2w	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	42	p7iv	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	43	ig11	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε?	1	Why do you not understand my words?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	8	43	yham	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this meaning for **hear** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	43	yham	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	43	cf8v	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	It is because you cannot hear my words	Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	44	vgy1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	You are of your father, the devil	The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	csgm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	44	pmda	figs-explicit	ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1		Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1		The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this use of **truth** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	hqmo		ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1		Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
-JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here, Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here, Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	46	kh6a	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1213,14 +1213,14 @@ JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some o
 JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον	1	keeps my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Here, Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	52	bwhv		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
 JHN	8	52	dxll	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	52	wzq3	figs-quotesinquotes	σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	52	zah1		ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If anyone keeps my word	See how you translated this in the previous verse.
-JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	52	il4r	figs-metaphor	θανάτου	1		See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	53	shp3	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν?	1	You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you?	The Jews use this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	53	p38s	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	father	Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ JHN	8	54	ab13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1		**Father** is an i
 JHN	8	54	lomt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	wofu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1		Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “Your forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here, Jesus uses **my day** to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this use of **day** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	hv5g	figs-metaphor	εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1250,8 +1250,8 @@ JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	When Jesus says **us** here, he is i
 JHN	9	4	qs5q	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	4	mv5u	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	4	x8rx	figs-explicit	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here, Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this use of **day** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this use of **Night** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here, Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here, Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your lang
 JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities … those authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))
 JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ JHN	9	29	vv43	figs-explicit	τοῦτον…πόθεν ἐστίν	1	where this
 JHN	9	30	d9uh	figs-exclamations	ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε	1		If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation and may need to make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This is amazing! You do not know” or “How remarkable! You do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 JHN	9	30	i3gm	figs-explicit	πόθεν ἐστίν	1	that you do not know where he is from	See how you translated **from** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	30	lent	figs-metonymy	ἤνοιξέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused me to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	31	e7ec	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει	1	does not listen to sinners … listens to him	Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this meaning for **hear** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	31	e7ec	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει	1	does not listen to sinners … listens to him	Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	32	b2xt	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἠκούσθη	1	it has never been heard that anyone opened	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	32	hstv	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν…ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused one having been born blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	32	bzxd	figs-activepassive	τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “a
 JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders used a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here, **threw him out** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here, **threw him out** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
 JHN	9	35	amfh	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	mxkw	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν αὐτὸν	1		Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1330,12 +1330,12 @@ JHN	9	37	z3rk	figs-123person	καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκε
 JHN	9	38	emlm		Κύριε	1		Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is the **Lord,** he calls Jesus **Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	9	38	gf4d	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύω	1		Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not understand these uses of these words, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	9	40	d8mm	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	John records several **Pharisees** using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here to be **blind** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. If your readers would not understand this use of **blind**, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here to be **blind** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	See how you translated **blind** in [verses 39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1		See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth,’ your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	ch0y	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)\n2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)\n3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)\n4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)\n5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Blasphemy\n\nBlasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parable\n\nParables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).\n\n### Sheep\n\nJesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])\n\n### Sheep pen\n\nA sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”\n\n### Laying down and taking up life\n\nJesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.

From 8662c41fbccb6dc6b8beb43656369221b8e28c29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:38:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 097/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++---------------------
 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 29bb6c84bf..ba32fea1dd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -675,8 +675,8 @@ JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that
 JHN	5	34	dseu	figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	35	qczd	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Here, John records Jesus using the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Here, John records Jesus using the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μ
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here, John records Jesus speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here, John records Jesus speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		Capernaum is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses, John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had two, four, or six people who **rowed** with oars together on each side side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having pushed the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and one half or five and one half kilometers” or “about thee or three and one half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θ
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one whom he has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If that use of **fathers** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here,
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Here, **sees** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Here, **sees** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
@@ -850,13 +850,13 @@ JHN	6	46	lcz8	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος
 JHN	6	47	de5y	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	47	t8lk	figs-ellipsis	ὁ πιστεύων	1	he who believes	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me” or “the one believing that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	48	iih2	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this use of **fathers** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	49	mr3u	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα	1	died	See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	This is the bread	Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	50	y1x9	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1		John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	50	gse5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἄρτος	1		See how you translated this in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here, Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here, the word **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here, Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here, the word **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life” that Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	T
 JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this would be confusing in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	58	r174	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pr
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		This phrase is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this meaning for **walking** would be confusing in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ JHN	7	11	er5u	figs-explicit	ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, John r
 JHN	7	12	qc8f	figs-explicit	γογγυσμὸς	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quietly discussing” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	glq8	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον	1		Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	12	me4d	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθός ἐστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **good** in another way. Alternate translation: “He is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here, **leads** **astray** refers figuratively to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here, **leads** **astray** refers figuratively to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
@@ -1043,12 +1043,12 @@ JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ο
 JHN	7	36	dyy1		ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
 JHN	7	37	elc6			0	General Information:	About three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
 JHN	7	37	ipem		ἔκραξεν	1		See how you translated this in verse [28](../07/28.md).
-JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here, John records Jesus using **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this use of **thirst** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here, John records Jesus using **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this use of **come** and **drink** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here, John records Jesus using **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here, John records Jesus using **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	u9cx	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	38	wtl7	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the scriptures say that rivers of living water will flow from his stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here, **scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **says** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here, **rivers** is used figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this meaning for **rivers** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here, **rivers** is used figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	38	ebk7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1088,16 +1088,16 @@ JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early text
 JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)\n2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)\n3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)\n4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)\n5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)\n6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nGenerally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	While some texts have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md), the best and earliest texts do not include them. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here, John records Jesus using **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **light**, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here, John records Jesus using **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, John records Jesus using an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. If this use of **following** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this use of **darkness** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the the possessive form to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In verses [14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here, John records Jesus using **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this use of **flesh** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here, John records Jesus using **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	15	j79i	figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	16	ys2e	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ JHN	8	28	tcs5	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this
 JHN	8	28	zysh	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	As the Father taught me, I speak these things	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	29	w9cl	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1159,14 +1159,14 @@ JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια
 JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	John records the Jews using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	34	i2pn	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here, John records Jesus using the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this use of **slave** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here, John records Jesus using the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	35	nfyp	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…δοῦλος οὐ μένει…ὁ Υἱὸς μένει	1		Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this use of **house** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	35	mknn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	36	w3q1	figs-123person	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here, Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this use of **frees** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here, Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here, Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	37	p4xm	translate-names	Ἀβραάμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 166fe1ff912eccfa7e7386d740b80915945c8802 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:42:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 098/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 30 +++++++++++++++---------------
 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ba32fea1dd..77de8deb36 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here,
 JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1		See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he is **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he is **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	8	mxjc		οὕτως ἐστὶν	1		This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
 JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
 JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verd
 JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -390,15 +390,15 @@ JHN	3	29	nfvx	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1		These words mean basically
 JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		Here, **increase** is used figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		Here, **increase** is used figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phras
 JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
-JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα 
 JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		The word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -508,8 +508,8 @@ JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one w
 JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Here, Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Here, Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Here, Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Here, Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -618,10 +618,10 @@ JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son … I, the Son, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Here, see is used figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Here, see is used figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Here, **shows** and **show** are used figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Here, **shows** and **show** are used figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	20	y4yy	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -636,10 +636,10 @@ JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν
 JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this meaning for **hearing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it was a place a person could enter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it was a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
 JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	25	v33w	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 2aa1f3cff60cab07b88d0210b978fc6c0e9e3f07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:47:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 099/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 77de8deb36..43ef82ece2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -11,22 +11,22 @@ JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐ
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **of** indicates to whom the **light** is given. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		Here, **the light shines** is a metaphor. John speaks figuratively of God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
 JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here, **light** is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figurative to refer to God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 960400c327c149b06308ca4a7f73a2350f3542d0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:49:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 100/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 43ef82ece2..1f3ad4912e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates the means by w
 JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figurative to refer to God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 4c5dec61f6342b191d8eb95810342d86fcb85330 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:57:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 101/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1f3ad4912e..8ae4820808 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ JHN	1	11	va1w		αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	receive him	Here, **recei
 JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
-JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **born** is used figuratively to describe God changing a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 26b68b2d0c8283c82a7f1b056d5677b823cc262c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 20:58:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 102/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8ae4820808..48cbbda42c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ JHN	1	11	va1w		αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	receive him	Here, **recei
 JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
-JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **born** is used figuratively to describe God changing a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 8349610f74a47baca356cb8f49aaba6b6bc0fed8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:11:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 103/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 48cbbda42c..e8ac5e1dd3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the righ
 JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **born** is used figuratively to describe God changing a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	oj53		ἐκ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of Isaiah in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers
 JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story recorded in [1:19-27](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	28	u0iq	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 4b54878db9a0ca199f52effa73d9e295ff65a6a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:12:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 104/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e8ac5e1dd3..c87f3da53b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **be
 JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here, John speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 7e6ed8e76197ac1925bd01442c30daac82b69375 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:13:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 105/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c87f3da53b..080143bf03 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **be
 JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here, John speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).

From d7ffea8830b0746030d730fc84b766dff56f17c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:16:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 106/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 080143bf03..2e8c121c0f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The n
 JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here, John speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since this is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -143,14 +143,14 @@ JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase
 JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	36	kuol	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to the two disciples of John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 53d03d31fbae6f14d217a6b5cdefcf61261f9381 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:18:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 107/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2e8c121c0f..27bfe7c991 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was wri
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, **consume** is used figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -281,11 +281,11 @@ JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase
 JHN	3	2	sxo1	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	2	n84a	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	2	skq8	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	3	2	hxcr	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **with him** is used figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	2	hxcr	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	nz18	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	3	svpx	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1		The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	3	3	t8pt		γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	born again	Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
-JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	Here this phrase refers both to the place where God currently rules in heaven and the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	4	z64b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	a second time	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 005887ed9e785312471b640ac4ffbabfebd2b00f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:19:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 108/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 27bfe7c991..11ffd4388c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ JHN	3	3	nz18	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly
 JHN	3	3	svpx	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1		The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	3	3	t8pt		γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	born again	Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
 JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	Here this phrase refers both to the place where God currently rules in heaven and the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	Here this phrase refers to both the place where God currently rules in heaven and to the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	4	z64b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	a second time	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι?	1	He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 754da1a80cdd2b20fd63049222ca7548d3bbeb64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:32:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 109/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 36 ++++++++++++++++++------------------
 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 11ffd4388c..994b91d3a0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννη
 JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι?	1	He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	5	il52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **enter into** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **enter into** figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -349,18 +349,18 @@ JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομ
 JHN	3	18	q8ku		τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
 JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
-JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
-JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	q77t		ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
 JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
@@ -384,21 +384,21 @@ JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	**You** here i
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	Here, the words **bride** and **bridegroom** are used figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	John the Baptist uses **bride** and **bridegroom** figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	29	nd5o	figs-123person	ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου	1		John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “But me, the friend of the bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	29	nfvx	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1		These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		Here, **increase** is used figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phras
 JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
-JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα 
 JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		The word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -503,13 +503,13 @@ JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imp
 JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here, Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in verse [34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
 JHN	4	34	bnke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here, Jesus uses **food** as a metaphor that represents obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Here, Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Here, Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ JHN	5	13	qzpi	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλου	1		The word **crowd** is a sin
 JHN	5	14	rl0k	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	14	h1ri	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει	1	Jesus found him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	14	qo3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	14	h39z	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	See	John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	14	h39z	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	See	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	15	auad	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	efg2	writing-background	καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ.	1	Now	The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	16	ef9i	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -618,10 +618,10 @@ JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son … I, the Son, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Here, see is used figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Here, **shows** and **show** are used figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	20	y4yy	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From e8ce766c944115228ba08b6fd832ced527f5ca77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:32:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 110/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 994b91d3a0..d8830f4936 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group
 JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it was a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
 JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	25	v33w	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 2c3ba3b24edbd278cd1132b5bd0a03622de9a258 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:39:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 111/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++---------------------
 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d8830f4936..653f3ba52e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -675,8 +675,8 @@ JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that
 JHN	5	34	dseu	figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	35	qczd	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Here, John records Jesus using the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Jesus uses the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus uses the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μ
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here, John records Jesus speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θ
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one whom he has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -823,12 +823,12 @@ JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here,
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Here, **sees** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
 JHN	6	41	e216	figs-synecdoche	οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	41	wwa5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	I am the bread	Here, the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	41	wwa5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	I am the bread	Here the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	42	z0zh	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “How then does he now say that he has come down from heaven?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -850,17 +850,17 @@ JHN	6	46	lcz8	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος
 JHN	6	47	de5y	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	47	t8lk	figs-ellipsis	ὁ πιστεύων	1	he who believes	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me” or “the one believing that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	48	iih2	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Jesus uses **fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	49	mr3u	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα	1	died	See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	This is the bread	Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	50	y1x9	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1		John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	50	gse5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἄρτος	1		See how you translated this in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here, Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here, the word **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **die** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life” that Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, John records Jesus using **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here, John records Jesus using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	T
 JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here Jesus uses**fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	58	r174	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ JHN	7	11	er5u	figs-explicit	ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, John r
 JHN	7	12	qc8f	figs-explicit	γογγυσμὸς	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quietly discussing” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	glq8	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον	1		Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	12	me4d	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθός ἐστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **good** in another way. Alternate translation: “He is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here, **leads** **astray** refers figuratively to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
@@ -1043,12 +1043,12 @@ JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ο
 JHN	7	36	dyy1		ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
 JHN	7	37	elc6			0	General Information:	About three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
 JHN	7	37	ipem		ἔκραξεν	1		See how you translated this in verse [28](../07/28.md).
-JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here, John records Jesus using **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here, John records Jesus using **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here Jesus uses **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	u9cx	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	38	wtl7	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the scriptures say that rivers of living water will flow from his stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here, **scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **says** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here, **rivers** is used figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here Jesus uses **rivers** figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	38	ebk7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1088,16 +1088,16 @@ JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early text
 JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)\n2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)\n3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)\n4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)\n5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)\n6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nGenerally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	While some texts have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md), the best and earliest texts do not include them. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here, John records Jesus using **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, John records Jesus using an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. If this use of **following** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the the possessive form to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In verses [14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here, John records Jesus using **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	15	j79i	figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	16	ys2e	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ JHN	8	28	tcs5	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this
 JHN	8	28	zysh	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	As the Father taught me, I speak these things	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	29	w9cl	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1159,14 +1159,14 @@ JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια
 JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	John records the Jews using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	34	i2pn	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here, John records Jesus using the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here Jesus uses the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	35	nfyp	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…δοῦλος οὐ μένει…ὁ Υἱὸς μένει	1		Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this use of **house** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	35	mknn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	36	w3q1	figs-123person	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here, Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here, Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	37	p4xm	translate-names	Ἀβραάμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 742fe6b6cbf13ff0438f61f9d1e3d2a94cd0b4c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:41:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 112/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 653f3ba52e..1420159ded 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1168,15 +1168,15 @@ JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερ
 JHN	8	36	w3q1	figs-123person	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here, Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	37	p4xm	translate-names	Ἀβραάμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	37	orw8	figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If your readers might understand this idiom, you could use a similar idiom in your language or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	38	m62y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	38	f9yu	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here the people use **father** figuratively to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	wg9n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here Jesus uses **children** figuratively to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -1191,9 +1191,9 @@ JHN	8	44	vgy1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ δ
 JHN	8	44	csgm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	44	pmda	figs-explicit	ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1		Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1		The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	hqmo		ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1		Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
-JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here, Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	46	kh6a	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some o
 JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον	1	keeps my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Here, Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	52	bwhv		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
@@ -1223,13 +1223,13 @@ JHN	8	52	zah1		ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If anyon
 JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	52	il4r	figs-metaphor	θανάτου	1		See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	53	shp3	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν?	1	You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you?	The Jews use this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	8	53	p38s	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	father	Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	53	p38s	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	father	See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	53	cei7	figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς?	1	Who do you make yourself out to be?	The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	54	ab13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	54	lomt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	56	wofu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1		Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “Your forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	56	wofu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here, Jesus uses **my day** to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this use of **day** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	hv5g	figs-metaphor	εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 80d25ba91f66e9722131374d1fa1257b8a8a59fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:44:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 113/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1420159ded..0ad1d16281 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1250,8 +1250,8 @@ JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	When Jesus says **us** here, he is i
 JHN	9	4	qs5q	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	4	mv5u	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	4	x8rx	figs-explicit	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here, Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here, Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your lang
 JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities … those authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))
 JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “a
 JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders used a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here, **threw him out** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
 JHN	9	35	amfh	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	mxkw	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν αὐτὸν	1		Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not
 JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	9	40	d8mm	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	John records several **Pharisees** using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here to be **blind** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here the Pharisees use **blind** figuratively to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	See how you translated **blind** in [verses 39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1		See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth,’ your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From b97595e0a8926e676a57ff6aae295556372cc124 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:45:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 114/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0ad1d16281..e89d6b20bc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1356,20 +1356,20 @@ JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-parables	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parab
 JHN	10	6	i3ot	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	this parable	In this verse, **them**, **those ones**, and **they** refer to the Pharisees, whom Jesus was speaking with in [9:40–41](../09/40.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) in order to teach about himself, those who believe in him, and those who deceive the people.
 JHN	10	7	q4hs	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	7	wk8s	figs-possession	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Her, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	**Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this use of **Everyone** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here, Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	o7ou	figs-explicit	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [verse 1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	xa5u	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here, Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Here, Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Here Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Here, Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

From d7e365405cdc136518e85f8b9fbe4036ab9f952c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:54:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 115/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 22 +++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e89d6b20bc..cf37a79fe3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1369,40 +1369,40 @@ JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1
 JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Here Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Here, Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-ellipsis	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	10	zho7	writing-pronouns	ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
-JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here, Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	11	p4tv	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	lays down his life	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	12	bbwn	translate-unknown	τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος	1	The hired servant	A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	j3rc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει	1		This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep and then the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	10	13	ra00	figs-activepassive	μισθωτός	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	10	13	szr8	figs-metaphor	οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων	1	does not care for the sheep	Here, Jesus compares a **hired man** who abandons **the sheep** to the Jewish leaders and teachers who do not care for God’s people. See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “he is not concerned about the sheep, just like your leaders are not concerned about God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	13	szr8	figs-metaphor	οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων	1	does not care for the sheep	Jesus compares a **hired man** who abandons **the sheep** to the Jewish leaders and teachers who do not care for God’s people. See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “he is not concerned about the sheep, just like your leaders are not concerned about God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	14	fg93	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	See how you translated this in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	15	qr9g	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τὸν Πατέρα	1	The Father knows me, and I know the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	15	pn9w	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	15	mwpf	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Here, Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	v95z	figs-ellipsis	κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν	1	I have other sheep	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	10	16	kq11	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν	1	I have other sheep	Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Here, Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	bobi	figs-metaphor	εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Here, Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	kq11	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν	1	I have other sheep	Here, **hear** refers to listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	bobi	figs-metaphor	εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	17	kd16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
 JHN	10	17	i59j	figs-infostructure	διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1		Here, **this** refers to all the information in the second clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because I lay down my life so that I might take it up again, the Father loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	10	17	kpr5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	17	wc4l	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	I lay down my life so that I may take it again	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Here, Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	z4xh	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus refers to his life figuratively as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	rnj4	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν…θεῖναι αὐτήν	1	I lay it down of myself	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die … to voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I lay it down of myself	The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

From cc6234cf96d742352605e205915acf1213140bef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 21:55:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 116/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cf37a79fe3..1b5ec7d31b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1428,7 +1428,7 @@ JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to:
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Here Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		Here, Jesus uses an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “they have become my disciples” or “they obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here, the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus uses the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here, Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered
 JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	53	psay		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
 JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	54	cg66		τὴν χώραν	1	the country	Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	54	h5jk	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	There he stayed with the disciples	Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
@@ -1729,9 +1729,9 @@ JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		Jesus is using the name of
 JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	jzfm	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	k6td	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Here Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Here, Jesus refers to evil as **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully as if the darkness of sin has taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1754,11 +1754,11 @@ JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τ
 JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	Here, John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		Here, John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	43	pib1	figs-gendernotations	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -1767,9 +1767,9 @@ JHN	12	44	t7cq	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event tha
 JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	44	kcnd	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	45	s6xx	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here, Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here, Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 18b72e84a31d4492ddf5a476d32c60aad069d5d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:05:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 117/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 22 +++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1b5ec7d31b..78aeb296ee 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1884,9 +1884,9 @@ JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one
 JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
 JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In verses 1–7, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Here, Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	1	rq43	figs-declarative	πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε	1		Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	2	n3wl		εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	Father	The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?”
 JHN	14	3	sadi	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν πορευθῶ	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1896,8 +1896,8 @@ JHN	14	5	o21d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	14	5	j2go	figs-rquestion	πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1		**Thomas** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	14	6	jdwf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the truth	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Here Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	7	wx89	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγνώκατε με	1	Father	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spi
 JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Here Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is
 JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Here Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1988,10 +1988,10 @@ JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will kno
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
-JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Here Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	15	1	hqj7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Here, Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	t4ne		ὁ γεωργός	1	my Father is the gardener	While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer”
 JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away”
@@ -2007,8 +2007,8 @@ JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here
 JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1		In middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
 JHN	15	6	d5mt	figs-explicit	μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί	1		See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Here Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	6	ura6	writing-pronouns	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	The first **they** refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	6	ura6	writing-pronouns	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	The first **they** in this verse refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	7	knr4	figs-explicit	μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	ask whatever you wish	See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	7	lpzq	figs-idiom	τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ	1	ask whatever you wish	This is an idiom that means to obey Jesus. See how you translated a similar expression in [8:31](../08/31.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ JHN	15	8	z1ww	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**
 JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	See how you translated a similar expression in [verse 5](../15/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	Alternate translation: “show that you are my disciples” or “demonstrate that you are my disciples”
 JHN	15	9	nf5v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Here, Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	thg9	figs-explicit	τηρήσητε…τετήρηκα	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	Here, **keep** and **kept** refer to obeying. See how you translated this word in [14:15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-metaphor	μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου…μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	See how you translated the similar clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From e68bb41f36c43c080e607d280ec957bfccfceb59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:06:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 118/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 78aeb296ee..ddfcca3401 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ JHN	15	21	eh1v	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς
 JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, Jesus uses **my name** figuratively to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	21	hs9x	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	22	m75h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that he did come and speak to the world. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not come and spoken to them, but I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-JHN	15	22	uble	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	22	uble	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically the the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	23	u9u7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Because I have done the works that no one else did among them, they have sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -2079,7 +2079,7 @@ JHN	16	4	dh5i	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀρχῆς	1	in the beginning	See how you tr
 JHN	16	5	gbpt	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	5	c542	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ	1		Here Jesus uses **and** to emphasize his surprise they they are not asking him where he is going like they had done previously in [13:36](../13/36.md) and [14:5](../14/05.md). Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “but none of you are even asking” or “but how is it that none of you asks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	5	cq44	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρωτᾷ με, ποῦ ὑπάγεις	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asks me where I am going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	16	6	zhlg	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Here Jesus speaks of **sadness** figuratively as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	16	6	zhlg	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Jesus speaks of **sadness** figuratively as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	6	kr4d	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	7	g3ze	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you	If it would be more natural in your language, you can translate this double negative expression in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Helper will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	16	7	d1zd		Παράκλητος	1	Comforter	See how you translated this in [14:26](../14/26.md).

From 38c0cc035eac39d33a20a02976d3f1aca3708060 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:08:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 119/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ddfcca3401..8e9c96c356 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδ
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **of** indicates to whom the **light** is given. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From be4aca603411a205b7eb23d8b2687dba9533bb61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:14:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 120/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 40 ++++++++++++++++++++--------------------
 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8e9c96c356..5f8a35c515 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ 
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
 JHN	4	10	redz	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	4	10	i9eg		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
-JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **gift** that comes from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	4	10	oywu	figs-123person	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	10	ua0b	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν,	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	4	10	zub5	figs-extrainfo	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	living water	The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -659,8 +659,8 @@ JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how yo
 JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	28	h9l7	figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “will hear my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	5	29	vwuo	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1		In this phrase, John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	5	29	vwuo	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	30	bzmq	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	30	f3za	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	30	n8o9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **judgment** and **righteous** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** re
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in verse [31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	fpgo	figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -932,10 +932,10 @@ JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		Alternatively, even if y
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		**Simon Peter** is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple. He is sometimes referred to as **Simon** or **Peter**. See how you translated this name in verse [8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** uses the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		John records **Peter** using the possessive form to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	69	o3w6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		John records **Peter** using the possessive form to describe a **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	70	k335	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	70	jl5i	figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1		The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ JHN	7	12	qc8f	figs-explicit	γογγυσμὸς	1		Although the word translated
 JHN	7	12	glq8	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον	1		Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	12	me4d	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθός ἐστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **good** in another way. Alternate translation: “He is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
 JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρ
 JHN	7	35	ojvy	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		John records the **Jews** using the possessive form to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		John records the **Jews** using **of** to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	36	dyy1		ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
@@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου
 JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, John records Jesus using an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. If this use of **following** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the the possessive form to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ JHN	8	38	f9yu	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρ
 JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here the people use **father** figuratively to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	wg9n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here Jesus uses **children** figuratively to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1243,11 +1243,11 @@ JHN	9	1	un4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Now	**And** here shows that
 JHN	9	2	w44c	figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ?	1	who sinned, this man or his parents … blind?	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	2	zzh8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	3	q69k	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out some information that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he was born blind so that the works of God might be revealed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	9	3	agwa	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	9	3	agwa	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	3	omt9	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	3	j9re	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the man’s body, especially his blind eyes. Alternate translation: “in his body” (2) the man’s body and spirit. Alternate translation: “in his body and spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	9	4	qs5q	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	9	4	qs5q	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	4	mv5u	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	4	x8rx	figs-explicit	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1256,7 +1256,7 @@ JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here, Jesus us
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	7	ror0	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	Here, John provides a brief break in the story line in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus c
 JHN	10	1	i3tj	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	1	xq1f	translate-unknown	αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	sheep pen	A **sheep pen** is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	1	zz7x	figs-explicit	κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “the gate guard” or “the person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	3	q48q	figs-ellipsis	ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	3	ploz	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ	1		In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ JHN	10	6	i3ot	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	this parable	In this verse, **th
 JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) in order to teach about himself, those who believe in him, and those who deceive the people.
 JHN	10	7	q4hs	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	7	wk8s	figs-possession	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	10	7	wk8s	figs-possession	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Her, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	**Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this use of **Everyone** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ JHN	10	36	wzhd	figs-123person	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀ
 JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father … Son of God	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	36	r7ex	figs-ellipsis	βλασφημεῖς	1		Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	36	bkl5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	37	wyd2	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	10	37	wyd2	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		Here Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in the works	Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ JHN	11	12	hn2j	figs-euphemism	εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	if he has fallen asle
 JHN	11	13	h3kl	writing-background		0		In this verse, John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	13	tt6v	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνοι	1		Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	13	leg3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	11	13	pf8u	figs-possession	τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου	1		John is using the possessive form to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	11	13	pf8u	figs-possession	τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου	1		John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
 JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
 JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised fro
 JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1	a litra of perfume	**Mary** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	12	3	ki9d	translate-unknown	μύρου	1	perfume	Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	12	3	qblr	figs-possession	μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	perfume	John is using the possessive form to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	12	3	qblr	figs-possession	μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	perfume	John is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	3	b3sa	translate-unknown	νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	nard	The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	pq7c	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου	1	The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	4	frgx	translate-names	Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the one who would betray him	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1760,9 +1760,9 @@ JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refer
 JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	43	pib1	figs-gendernotations	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	12	43	oyf8	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	12	43	oyf8	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	44	t7cq	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events in [verses 20–36](../12/20.md). The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	44	kcnd	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 6c430bfec6aa6b4bb10312d3ed343767baaf6d59 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:16:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 121/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5f8a35c515..e920fd1f39 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ JHN	14	14	sgk6	figs-idiom	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀν
 JHN	14	15	bws1	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1961,7 +1961,7 @@ JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησ
 JHN	14	24	dj2n	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους μου…τηρεῖ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	24	c3ju	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say that meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	jhdc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ…Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	26	lbgf	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν.	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ JHN	17	26	ilzj	figs-idiom	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	love … loved	Here,
 JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)\n2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)\n3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”\n\nThe Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).\n\n### King of the Jews\n\nWhen Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 1–2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	18	1	pxtm	figs-possession	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	John is using the possessive form to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say this in whatever way is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	18	1	pxtm	figs-possession	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	John is using **of** to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	**Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	3	j08o		ὑπηρέτας	1		See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
@@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@ JHN	19	24	umc2	translate-unknown	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβα
 JHN	19	24	us8x	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	24	j1f9	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	24	yrxw	figs-quotemarks	διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	19	25	octl	figs-possession	τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		John is using the possessive form to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	19	25	octl	figs-possession	τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	19	25	b38l	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή	1		**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	26	gkf1	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα	1	the disciple whom he loved	See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	26	mva3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ JHN	19	37	h4kq	writing-quotations	ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here Joh
 JHN	19	38	ca0b	writing-newevent	μετὰ…ταῦτα	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	38	xtva	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	d3hz	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	19	38	e3ap	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	19	38	e3ap	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	19	38	h7ra	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	38	t22g	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	ojo8	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ JHN	20	24	krgw	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	Didymu
 JHN	20	24	x8jz	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	20	25	n8vc	figs-infostructure	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe, unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	25	i7ex	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	Unless I see … his side, I will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	20	25	ss17	figs-possession	τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων	2		Thomas is using the possessive form to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
+JHN	20	25	ss17	figs-possession	τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων	2		In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
 JHN	20	25	xasr	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated **his side** in [verse 20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	25	iqn0	figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	26	vzm5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From d0b8b84429f4c72f6c9092882867bc53893b9faa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:21:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 122/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e920fd1f39..f4b702e954 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ JHN	2	9	t0zb		ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος…ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος
 JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background	καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει πόθεν ἐστίν, οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ	1	but the servants who had drawn the water knew	John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	9	xfwq	figs-pastforfuture	φωνεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **man** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, the head waiter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-background		0		In this verse, John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	11	ear7	figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1		John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -271,8 +271,8 @@ JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα α
 JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people had a superficial faith, only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα	1	the signs that he did	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
-JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Here, the word **men** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Here, both instances of the word **man** represent people in general. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Although both instances of the word **man** are masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	1	yl6f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son o
 JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
 JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσι
 JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, John records Jesus speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who are **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Here, **men** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ JHN	6	8	diq0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense i
 JHN	6	9	k3k6	translate-unknown	πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	five bread loaves of barley	The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	9	xwu8	figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους?	1	what are these among so many?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	10	hnaw	figs-quotations	εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναπεσεῖν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to make the men sit down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-JHN	6	10	n9ft	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN	6	10	n9ft	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	10	v4h0	figs-infostructure	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι.	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “So the men sat down, about 5,000 in number. (Now there was a lot of grass in the place.)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	6	10	pf33	writing-background	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1	Now there was a lot of grass in the place	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place where the people were all coming together had a lot of grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	10	iz32		ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι	1	So the men sat down, about five thousand in number	Here, **men** refers specifically to adult males. Although the term for “men” used earlier in this verse refers to a group that included men, women, and children, here John is counting only the **men**.
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ JHN	6	44	zis9	figs-explicit	ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1		Here, **come** does
 JHN	6	44	jb73	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	44	k7ld	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	44	rr2m		ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν	1	draws	Alternate translation: “would pull him” or “would drag him”
-JHN	6	44	um43	figs-gendernotations	αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN	6	44	um43	figs-gendernotations	αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	44	g2ia	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From c3f5ac0ee576d5fc4e419c9509f890a0ca762ce9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:35:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 123/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 40 ++++++++++++++++++++--------------------
 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f4b702e954..b1f777e588 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The tru
 JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	t1qv		οὐκ ἔγνω	1		Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge”
 JHN	1	11	jvgs	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια…οἱ ἴδιοι	1		Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	11	h13y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔ
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
 JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	oj53		ἐκ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
-JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here, John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	jjyp	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	v4t0		ἐκ	2		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	pbur		ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		The term **man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here,
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
 JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of Isaiah in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -130,13 +130,13 @@ JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold**
 JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since this is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	31	c6q5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα φανερωθῇ	1		Here, **so that** indicates the purpose for which John was baptizing people. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of revealing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, John used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	descending	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As Luke 3:22 makes clear, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ JHN	2	3	mge0		οἶνον	1		Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish cultur
 JHN	2	4	xo8k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	4	a2ji		γύναι	1	Woman	**Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
 JHN	2	4	jc75	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι?	1	why do you come to me?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me or you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	2	4	v5x5	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	My time has not yet come	The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	2	4	v5x5	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	My time has not yet come	The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	2	5	d5wy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	6	y7p3	translate-bvolume	μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two to three metretes	A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 JHN	2	7	hv80	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ
 JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	Here, John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
-JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people had a superficial faith, only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα	1	the signs that he did	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύ
 JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **enter into** figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1		See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ JHN	3	14	krir	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See
 JHN	3	15	e9ls	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	3	16	vg6z	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	h4ht		οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
-JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -338,14 +338,14 @@ JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus
 JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	17	zv1i		ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
-JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	17	kuow	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	17	exd0		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
 JHN	3	18	zl5p		οὐ κρίνεται…ἤδη κέκριται	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty”
 JHN	3	18	x14j	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	18	tmz7	figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God does not condemn the one who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	18	t21p	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **name** stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **name** represents Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	18	q8ku		τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
 JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have tes
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here, **heaven** is used figuratively to refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here, John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	**You** here is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He m
 JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here, John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -525,11 +525,11 @@ JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσελ
 JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	42	u7ev	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1		Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	42	ciyt	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	43	gj2f	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ JHN	4	49	y3vi		κύριε	1		The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to
 JHN	4	49	ycdt	figs-imperative	κατάβηθι	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	50	n5mo	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate whom they are speaking to. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	x2ta	figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐ
 JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”

From 992a3eb11f67f56cb03004474c74c9132551542b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:48:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 124/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 42 +++++++++++++++++++++---------------------
 1 file changed, 21 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b1f777e588..c70f44e18a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -694,10 +694,10 @@ JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	yo
 JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
-JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1		John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	44	g7qd	figs-ellipsis	πιστεῦσαι	1	believe	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	44	rn78		δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες	1		Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ JHN	5	45	kk5q	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μω
 JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in verse [31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -861,13 +861,13 @@ JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life” that Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here, John records Jesus using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	mims	grammar-connect-logic-goal	φαγεῖν	1		The Jews are stating the purpose for which the flesh would be given to them. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	53	q8jl	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον
 JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background	ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum	Here John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here, the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phras
 JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	ygqi	figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1		Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “human nature” (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	63	plw8		πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
 JHN	6	63	gb29		καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
 JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγε
 JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		**Simon Peter** is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple. He is sometimes referred to as **Simon** or **Peter**. See how you translated this name in verse [8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** uses the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	69	o3w6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -952,14 +952,14 @@ JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works
 JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1		Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. If this use of **himself** would be confusing in your language, you could use another way to show emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	7	4	uj59		ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι	1		Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
 JHN	7	4	mc8r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1		John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	5	mz2b	writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1	For even his brothers did not believe in him	This sentence is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	5	bs7f	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	See how you translated this in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	7	6	bcul	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	6	n5bj	figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	My time has not yet come	This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	6	z9gv	figs-yousingular	ὁ ὑμέτερος	1		All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	7	6	shs9		ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	1	your time is always ready	Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you”
-JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	**The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	**The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	7	s92r	writing-pronouns	μισεῖ…περὶ αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		In this verse, **it** refers to the people in **the world**. If you translated **the world** with a plural noun, then you should change these pronouns to plural form as well. Alternate translation: “they hate…about them…their works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	7	e5hq		ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	I testify about it that its works are evil	Alternate translation: “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
 JHN	7	8	ax6v	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε	1		John records Jesus saying **go up** to refer to going to Jerusalem because that city is at a higher elevation than Galilee, which is where Jesus and his brothers were at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate where they would go. Alternate translation: “You go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ JHN	7	28	rc3g	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με
 JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	7	30	e0ce	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1		Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **hour**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	31	uuzq	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “from among the group of people” or “from among the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	31	y5m8	figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν?	1	When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?	The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	31	x8e4		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@ JHN	7	35	ojvy	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders
 JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		John records the **Jews** using **of** to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	36	dyy1		ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
 JHN	7	37	elc6			0	General Information:	About three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
@@ -1052,13 +1052,13 @@ JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος
 JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	38	ebk7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If your language does not use **stomach** in this way, then you can say the meaning with a different expression. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	39	n599	figs-explicit	οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1		Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	40	xvts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from verse [38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in verse [39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	7	40	schi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “some from the group of people” or “some from the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. if this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	John records these people using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1
 JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	While some texts have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md), the best and earliest texts do not include them. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, John records Jesus using an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. If this use of **following** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ JHN	8	19	o66t	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν
 JHN	8	19	b26z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	19	wcd1	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε.	1		Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	8	20	p01r	writing-background		0		In this verse, John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	8	20	xa7h	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	20	xa7h	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	20	witr	translate-unknown	τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ	1		A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	8	20	b11j	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	21	ls93	writing-newevent	εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς	1		**Then again** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he said to them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using *
 JHN	8	23	a7ny	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	qlv4	figs-explicit	τῶν ἄνω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	svn1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this use of **world** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
 JHN	8	24	he1k	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	that I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “that I am the I AM” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself in the previous verse: “that I am from above” See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	25	t7tv	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1	They said	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1139,7 +1139,7 @@ JHN	8	26	f9pp	figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής
 JHN	8	26	n3gf	figs-extrainfo	ὁ πέμψας με…παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1		These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	26	ivk5		ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν	1		Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
 JHN	8	26	xj8y	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα	1		Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	27	i7gq	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is a special title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύ
 JHN	8	34	i2pn	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here Jesus uses the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	35	nfyp	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…δοῦλος οὐ μένει…ὁ Υἱὸς μένει	1		Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this use of **house** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	35	mknn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 270e6fbc57c97fa31c2aabee2890412e3ecebbc2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 22:59:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 125/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c70f44e18a..815a62ea44 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your
 JHN	19	27	a8x3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	See, your mother	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	19	27	q615	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	19	27	q615	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	28	uynk	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	knowing that everything was now completed	**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	28	crd3	figs-activepassive	ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	knowing that everything was now completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	28	pxie	figs-explicit	πάντα	1	knowing that everything was now completed	Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2542,8 +2542,8 @@ JHN	20	19	e7cb	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 
 JHN	20	19	g8bu	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
 JHN	20	19	qsmq	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	19	zj7j	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
-JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-metonymy	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	20	20	a444	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευρὰν	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-metonymy	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	20	a444	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευρὰν	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	20	nb0v	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον	1	he showed them his hands and his side	This could refer to: (1) the time when the disciples rejoiced, as in the UST. (2) the reason why the disciples rejoiced. Alternate translation: “because they saw the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	20	21	ylp8	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2569,8 +2569,8 @@ JHN	20	26	r3iz	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων	1
 JHN	20	26	m5tl	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated this in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	27	j85h	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	27	xgwl	figs-explicit	ὧδε	1		Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	27	ai73	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖράς μου	1		Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	20	27	tax6	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευράν μου	1		Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	27	ai73	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖράς μου	1		Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	27	tax6	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευράν μου	1		Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	27	ncc3	figs-doublet	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	Do not be unbelieving, but believe	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	20	27	n4pi	figs-ellipsis	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	believe	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	29	zgv1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2657,7 +2657,7 @@ JHN	21	22	e3xi	writing-pronouns	ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν	1	If
 JHN	21	22	tef8	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι	1	I come	Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	John is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
+JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
 JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	23	c2cr	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the Apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ec3dba05b661646d62269b6c673f0971c36eefca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:05:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 126/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 16 ++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 815a62ea44..3f03196f9f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2056,14 +2056,14 @@ JHN	15	24	rnt4	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ 
 JHN	15	24	v23s	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they would have no sin	See how you translated this in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father** referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this use of **beginning** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
@@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the
 JHN	16	20	p6v5	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	20	i94b	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	21	km17	figs-genericnoun	ἡ γυνὴ ὅταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς; ὅταν δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως διὰ τὴν χαρὰν, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Jesus is speaking of women in general, not of one particular **woman**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “When women give birth, they have pain because their hour has come, but when they have given birth to their children, they no longer remember their suffering, because of the joy that men have been born into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	16	21	c71q	figs-metonymy	ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **hour**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	16	21	c71q	figs-metonymy	ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	21	m474	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract nous **suffering** in another way. Alternate translation: “she no longer remembers that she suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	22	j7ge	figs-metaphor	χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	your heart will be glad	See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	23	qoi2	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **in that day** refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ JHN	16	26	s8a5	figs-explicit	οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρω
 JHN	16	26	cy76	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	27	b49q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I came from the Father	Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	28	wyz7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father … going to the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	16	28	l3zb	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον	1	world	Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	16	28	l3zb	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον	1	world	Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	29	sol1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1	world	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	16	29	i23p	figs-parables	παροιμίαν	1	world	See how you translated this word in [verse 25](../16/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 JHN	16	30	u18y	figs-explicit	οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις, ἵνα τίς σε ἐρωτᾷ	1	world	By saying that Jesus does not need anyone to ask him questions, his disciples are implying that Jesus already knows what people will ask him before they ask. Since he already knows what they will ask him, he does not need them to ask him. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2158,21 +2158,21 @@ JHN	17	1	an1o	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to ever
 JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	17	1	k7tb	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	l8sa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this use of **hour** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	1	ya24	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	the hour has come	**Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	1	bk1m	figs-123person	σου τὸν Υἱόν…ὁ Υἱὸς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	17	2	jzlt	grammar-connect-logic-result	καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός	1		Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	17	2	cpi0	figs-123person	αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ…δώσῃ	1	all flesh	Throughout this verse Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this use of **flesh** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br>
+JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
 JHN	17	3	i5pm		αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ	1	all flesh	The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever”
 JHN	17	3	zmsw	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	all flesh	Jesus uses **the one whom you sent** and **Jesus Christ** to refer to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this use of **work** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	5	k9ra	figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί	1	Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made	Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	5	g8at	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	5	ximp	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	Father	Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	5	xhph	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ δόξῃ	1	Father	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	5	s4p3	figs-activepassive	πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Jesus uses **name** figuratively to refer to God himself. If this use of **name** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Jesus uses **name** figuratively to refer to God himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	6	hn8z	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	from the world	See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	6	u8lc	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν	1	kept your word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	8	bzvc	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	kept your word	See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From ec012c86a26501a1c8eb0f706be73a55919a0d53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:14:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 127/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 28 ++++++++++++++--------------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3f03196f9f..e3dee7677c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1711,10 +1711,10 @@ JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is a
 JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην	1	this hour	In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	28	t69i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this use of **name** and **it** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here, John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this use of **voice** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1740,12 +1740,12 @@ JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, bel
 JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43], John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	**Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metonymy	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this use of **arm** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1768,9 +1768,9 @@ JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπε
 JHN	12	44	kcnd	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	45	s6xx	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	u4o4	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1		See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος 
 JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this use of **hands** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	4	t7cu	figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
@@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ JHN	13	37	ye6m	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my
 JHN	13	38	qp88	figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις?	1	Will you lay down your life for me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	13	38	juha	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1		Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	If your readers would misunderstand this negative statement, you could express it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely deny me three times before the rooster crows”
-JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
@@ -1913,7 +1913,7 @@ JHN	14	10	hc1z	figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τ
 JHN	14	10	li33	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν	1	Do you not believe … in me?	See how you translated this expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	10	e4se	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	10	wh9w	figs-you	τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	10	seon	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	10	e3li	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	11	ew6g	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	I am in the Father, and the Father is in me	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@ JHN	14	15	bws1	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρ
 JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1953,13 +1953,13 @@ JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης
 JHN	14	22	qet7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	22	a7aa	figs-explicit	τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	**Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	22	v7dr	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	When **Judas** says **us**, he is speaking of himself and Jesus’ other disciples, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xez7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xk31	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	23	ad6d	figs-exclusive	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	My Father	When **Jesus** says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and God the Father, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	dj2n	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους μου…τηρεῖ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	24	c3ju	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say that meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	24	c3ju	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this would confuse your readers, you could say that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρ
 JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away”
 JHN	15	2	enrh		καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	takes away	The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean”
 JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	3	ls0g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	3	ls0g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	3	l5zz	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	you	The words **You** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	15	4	qvv9	figs-explicit	μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν…ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε	1	Remain in me, and I in you	See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:56](../06/56.md). See also the discussion of **Remain in me** in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	I am the vine, you are the branches	See how you translated **vine** in [verse 1](../15/01.md) and “branch” in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From af0158a1883eec9e7135b72a6b976ffc8ebe554a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:17:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 128/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e3dee7677c..56dc3601eb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an impo
 JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	37	p4xm	translate-names	Ἀβραάμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	37	orw8	figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If your readers might understand this idiom, you could use a similar idiom in your language or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	38	m62y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	38	f9yu	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here the people use **father** figuratively to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1227,10 +1227,10 @@ JHN	8	53	p38s	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	father	See how yo
 JHN	8	53	cei7	figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς?	1	Who do you make yourself out to be?	The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	54	ab13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	54	lomt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	wofu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here, Jesus uses **my day** to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this use of **day** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here Jesus uses **my day** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	hv5g	figs-metaphor	εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ JHN	9	4	mv5u	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one wh
 JHN	9	4	x8rx	figs-explicit	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here, Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1410,12 +1410,12 @@ JHN	10	18	lo79	figs-metaphor	πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν	1		See how you
 JHN	10	18	s13n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	19	wft1	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 JHN	10	19	g4rs	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	19	nici	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	19	nici	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	20	uoce		δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of him!” or “He must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	10	20	gm3r	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε?	1	Why do you listen to him?	Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	10	21	zrwb	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου	1		Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	21	zrwb	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου	1		Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	21	mj2b	figs-rquestion	μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι?	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	The people are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that a **demon** could heal a **blind** person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	10	21	dcau	figs-metonymy	τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to caused the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	21	dcau	figs-metonymy	τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to caused the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	22	f9cm	writing-background		0	General Information:	Some Jews begin to question Jesus during **the Festival of Dedication**. This verse gives background information about the time when the events of [verses 24–39](../10/24.md) took place. The next verse gives background information about the place where those events too place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	10	22	w25f	translate-unknown	τὰ ἐνκαίνια	1	Festival of Dedication	The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	23	v6wn	figs-synecdoche	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus was walking in the temple	**Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 6bcf26b8360f4c473fcbf0671a01803bbd761441 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:18:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 129/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 56dc3601eb..0a0b7b9eb5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν 
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		Here, Jesus uses an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “they have become my disciples” or “they obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this use of **hand** and **snatch** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are g
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
 JHN	10	35	ieot	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς	1	the word of God came	**If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in
 JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and God. If this use of **in** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	t8mj	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1660,12 +1660,12 @@ JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers
 JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** too express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **palm tree branches**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover Festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this use of name might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this use of **daughter** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
 JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	Thi
 JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this use of **world** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “Non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 67374a20f2f6d0080496a0cd309bd602a61224be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:20:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 130/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0a0b7b9eb5..78d5207242 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατ
 JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here, John records Jesus speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	yo
 JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
 JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -952,14 +952,14 @@ JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works
 JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1		Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. If this use of **himself** would be confusing in your language, you could use another way to show emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	7	4	uj59		ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι	1		Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
 JHN	7	4	mc8r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1		John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	5	mz2b	writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1	For even his brothers did not believe in him	This sentence is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	5	bs7f	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	See how you translated this in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	7	6	bcul	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	6	n5bj	figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	My time has not yet come	This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	6	z9gv	figs-yousingular	ὁ ὑμέτερος	1		All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	7	6	shs9		ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	1	your time is always ready	Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you”
-JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	**The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	**The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	7	s92r	writing-pronouns	μισεῖ…περὶ αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		In this verse, **it** refers to the people in **the world**. If you translated **the world** with a plural noun, then you should change these pronouns to plural form as well. Alternate translation: “they hate…about them…their works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	7	e5hq		ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	I testify about it that its works are evil	Alternate translation: “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
 JHN	7	8	ax6v	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε	1		John records Jesus saying **go up** to refer to going to Jerusalem because that city is at a higher elevation than Galilee, which is where Jesus and his brothers were at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate where they would go. Alternate translation: “You go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ff0109199b357de4f78e1466496b0732a8b17459 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:21:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 131/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 78d5207242..f99808a96d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The tru
 JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	t1qv		οὐκ ἔγνω	1		Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge”
 JHN	1	11	jvgs	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια…οἱ ἴδιοι	1		Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	11	h13y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔ
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
 JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	oj53		ἐκ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
-JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	jjyp	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	v4t0		ἐκ	2		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	pbur		ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		The term **man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”

From 1f00c0dfa814d9d4b89e102326fce0a3f2310eaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:29:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 132/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f99808a96d..e2b91e483d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men**
 JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	t1qv		οὐκ ἔγνω	1		Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge”
 JHN	1	11	jvgs	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια…οἱ ἴδιοι	1		Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	11	h13y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+JHN	1	11	h13y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	1	11	va1w		αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	receive him	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. Alternate translation: “did not accept him” or “did not welcome him”
 JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”

From 1e6c5320298151ec439ab5fd2cd06dee012d24a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:37:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 133/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e2b91e483d..84e36312c4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of Go
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
-JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	oj53		ἐκ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	13	jjyp	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	1	13	jjyp	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	v4t0		ἐκ	2		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	pbur		ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		The term **man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”
-JHN	1	13	bljo	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	1	13	bljo	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ JHN	1	21	vk6r	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man.
 JHN	1	21	h2dv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context and may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. You may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
 JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subjec
 JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	50	d53b	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	Because I said to you … do you believe?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, these words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	50	oubk	figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [verse 48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1
 JHN	4	6	yjzo		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
 JHN	4	7	kswz	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	7	g82d	figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	John records the woman using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From e1a58e9cf2bd5ecab47a00b5aa2f953ff88f5f12 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:43:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 134/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 38 +++++++++++++++++++-------------------
 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 84e36312c4..8f2fcbce7a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας
 JHN	8	35	nfyp	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…δοῦλος οὐ μένει…ὁ Υἱὸς μένει	1		Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	35	mknn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	36	w3q1	figs-123person	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@ JHN	8	48	fk8t		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		See how you translated this phr
 JHN	8	49	pgts		ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
 JHN	8	50	wmmd	figs-abstractnouns	ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου	1	there is one seeking and judging	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	8	50	fg43	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	there is one seeking and judging	Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον	1	keeps my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμέ
 JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	q68b	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	which is translated “Sent”	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	8	d1vq	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1		This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	9	8	d1vq	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1		This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	10	m97n	figs-activepassive	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	10	yy53	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	Here, **eyes** **opened** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ JHN	9	35	v3a0	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See
 JHN	9	36	gurg		κύριε	1		The formerly blind man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. He does not yet know that Jesus is the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	9	37	z3rk	figs-123person	καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “and I, the one who is speaking with you, am that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	38	emlm		Κύριε	1		Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is the **Lord,** he calls Jesus **Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	9	38	gf4d	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύω	1		Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	9	38	gf4d	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύω	1		Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ JHN	10	1	xq1f	translate-unknown	αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	sheep pe
 JHN	10	1	zz7x	figs-explicit	κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “the gate guard” or “the person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	10	3	q48q	figs-ellipsis	ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	10	3	q48q	figs-ellipsis	ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	3	ploz	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ	1		In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	3	db3c	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This is implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	3	zxsd	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα	1		Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-ellipsis	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-ellipsis	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	10	zho7	writing-pronouns	ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ JHN	10	15	pn9w	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι	1	I lay dow
 JHN	10	15	mwpf	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	v95z	figs-ellipsis	κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν	1	I have other sheep	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	10	16	v95z	figs-ellipsis	κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν	1	I have other sheep	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	16	kq11	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν	1	I have other sheep	Here, **hear** refers to listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	bobi	figs-metaphor	εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1463,7 +1463,7 @@ JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀ
 JHN	10	36	fj9f	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	You are blaspheming	If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instance of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	36	wzhd	figs-123person	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father … Son of God	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	36	r7ex	figs-ellipsis	βλασφημεῖς	1		Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	10	36	r7ex	figs-ellipsis	βλασφημεῖς	1		Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	36	bkl5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	37	wyd2	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		Here Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ JHN	11	39	l2pd	translate-kinship	ἡ ἀδελφὴ	1	Martha, the sister of Laza
 JHN	11	39	lt1d	figs-explicit	τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν	1		This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	40	c082	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	40	q5mw	figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?	Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	11	40	mpl5	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	11	40	mpl5	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	40	pbc9	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This could mean: (1) God receives the glory. Alternate translation: “the glorification of God” (2) glory that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the glory from God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	11	40	lfrs	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “God glorified” or “how glorious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	41	lj5j	figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	Jesus lifted up his eyes	Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ JHN	11	51	eh17	figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθ
 JHN	11	52	gee2	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἔθνους	1		See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	mle1	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	52	tpe1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	53	psay		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
 JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1611,7 +1611,7 @@ JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They
 JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ JHN	12	5	tted	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1		Judas is using the adjective **
 JHN	12	6	ri5l	writing-background		0		In this verse, John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	6	sl8u	figs-infostructure	εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he said this because he was a thief, not because it was a concern to him about the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	12	6	mgm8	figs-nominaladj	τῶν πτωχῶν	1		See how you translated **the poor** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN	12	6	qoun	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	12	6	qoun	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	6	ol4t	figs-activepassive	τὰ βαλλόμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	7	z6s7	figs-ellipsis	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus is stating the purpose for which Mary did not sell the perfume. In this case he would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. This translation would require supplying those words from Judas’ objection in [verse 5](../12/05.md) and making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (2) Jesus is giving the purpose for his command in the previous clause. In this case he would be implying that there was some leftover perfumed oil which Mary could later put on his dead body. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial	If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ JHN	13	8	oy8j	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	13	8	f6dg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	If I do not wash you, you have no share with me	**Jesus** uses two negative statements to convince **Peter** to allow him to **wash** his **feet**. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I must wash you so that you can have a share with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, Jesus’ use of **no share with me** could imply: (1) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to receive his **share** of the inheritance that God promised to give his people. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will not share in God’s promised inheritance with me” (2) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being his disciple. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will no longer be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	9	bjgq	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	9	irnh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον,	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	13	9	irnh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον,	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	10	dp8l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	bbon	figs-activepassive	ὁ λελουμένος	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1828,12 +1828,12 @@ JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those whom he is speaking to will be blessed for serving each other because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην	1		Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	**The one eating bread with me** is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	18	wr0c	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	13	19	qd39	figs-ellipsis	ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I tell you this now before it happens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	13	19	qd39	figs-ellipsis	ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I tell you this now before it happens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	19	gg19	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this in [8:24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for chapter eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	20	di3t	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	20	zcyh	figs-doublet	ὁ λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει…λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει	1		In this verse, **receiving** and **receives** mean to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “the one accept him” or “did not welcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος…λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here,
 JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	b22k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means **Satan** took complete control of Judas. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	27	agd7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	28	r37z	writing-background		0		In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md), John interrupts the main story line in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1921,9 +1921,9 @@ JHN	14	11	r2w8	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works**
 JHN	14	12	gh64	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν,	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	14	12	icjc	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος ποιήσει	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me will also do the works that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	14	12	h2rh	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	12	ui5t	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	14	12	ui5t	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	13	bn30	figs-ellipsis	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Jesus is leaving out some a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	14	13	bn30	figs-ellipsis	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Jesus is leaving out some a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-idiom	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself was requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1971,7 +1971,7 @@ JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in
 JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	27	m6qq	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid	See how you translated this clause in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 3732f85ee75e6593f927a09847fc86a313db92a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 10 May 2022 23:52:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 135/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 36 ++++++++++++++++++------------------
 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8f2fcbce7a..5b2206af9e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1980,7 +1980,7 @@ JHN	14	28	ayiy	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, 
 JHN	14	28	s3t3	figs-explicit	πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	I am going to the Father	Here Jesus implies that he will return to his **Father**. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	28	gtk5	figs-explicit	ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν	1	the Father is greater than I	Here Jesus could mean: (1) that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (2) that Jesus functions in a subordinate role to the Father for all time. Alternate translation: “the Father has a superior role than I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	28	ymq4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	29	cj9y	figs-ellipsis	εἴρηκα ὑμῖν	1	Father	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have told you this” or “I have told you what will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	14	29	cj9y	figs-ellipsis	εἴρηκα ὑμῖν	1	Father	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have told you this” or “I have told you what will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	30	ah3s	figs-explicit	ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this phrase in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ruler … is coming	Here **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -2012,7 +2012,7 @@ JHN	15	6	ura6	writing-pronouns	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ 
 JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	7	knr4	figs-explicit	μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	ask whatever you wish	See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	7	lpzq	figs-idiom	τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ	1	ask whatever you wish	This is an idiom that means to obey Jesus. See how you translated a similar expression in [8:31](../08/31.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	15	7	m38f	figs-ellipsis	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	ask whatever you wish	Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	15	7	m38f	figs-ellipsis	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	ask whatever you wish	Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	15	7	mcz5	figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	it will be done for you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	8	pq2t	figs-pastforfuture	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	Jesus is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “My Father will be glorified in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	15	8	yq67	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father is glorified in this	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You glorify my Father in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ JHN	18	13	je4z	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ
 JHN	18	14	kzvh	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	14	xq5l	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	14	fkx1		συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
-JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	15	p7ms	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [6:8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	15	xshi	figs-explicit	ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν	1		Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	15	hch7	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2333,7 +2333,7 @@ JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **
 JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** Festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
@@ -2355,7 +2355,7 @@ JHN	19	7	x7bg	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδ
 JHN	19	7	vr7p	figs-idiom	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	7	xt93	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	19	8	lw3u	figs-metonymy	τοῦτον τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	19	8	nx2u	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	19	8	nx2u	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	9	seyo	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	9	lb11	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	10	wcm8	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς?	1	Are you not speaking to me?	Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ JHN	19	10	iap3	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔ
 JHN	19	11	x2as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1	You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You only have authority over me because that authority has been given to you from above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	19	11	fxu9	figs-metaphor	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	11	i7nu	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	11	vc79	figs-ellipsis	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	19	11	vc79	figs-ellipsis	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@ JHN	19	16	j6jg	figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον	1		The phrase **led him away** im
 JHN	19	17	qv6j	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	17	mwy4	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	17	hs8e		Γολγοθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
-JHN	19	18	fb84	figs-ellipsis	μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο	1	with him two other men	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	19	18	fb84	figs-ellipsis	μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο	1	with him two other men	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	19	cx5s	figs-explicit	ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	19	ziak	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	19	gk8e	figs-activepassive	ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.	1	There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2408,7 +2408,7 @@ JHN	19	22	vgn9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have wr
 JHN	19	23	s74c	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	also the tunic	The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background	δὲ	1		There is a break from the main story liner that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	23	sk7l	figs-activepassive	ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου	1	also the tunic	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	24	ks7m	figs-ellipsis	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	19	24	ks7m	figs-ellipsis	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	24	umc2	translate-unknown	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	24	us8x	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	24	j1f9	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ JHN	19	31	gz48	figs-explicit	κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη
 JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main story line in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει	1	The one who saw this	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	36	uyvo	writing-quotations	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2506,8 +2506,8 @@ JHN	20	7	v9yg	translate-unknown	ὀθονίων	1		See how you translated this i
 JHN	20	7	yc78	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον	1	but was folded up in a place by itself	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it up in one place by itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	8	vl84	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	8	b7h5	figs-123person	εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and I believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	20	8	ww3z	figs-ellipsis	εἶδεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	20	8	eydm	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n
+JHN	20	8	ww3z	figs-ellipsis	εἶδεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	8	eydm	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n
 JHN	20	9	jywe	writing-background	γὰρ	1	they still did not know the scripture	**For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
 JHN	20	9	u5q9	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	rise	Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	10	p5um	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς	1	went back home again	Since the disciples were staying within walking distance of Jesus’ tomb, the **homes** they went to must have been in Jerusalem. They did not go back to their homes in Galilee. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2535,7 +2535,7 @@ JHN	20	17	hogb	figs-pastforfuture	ἀναβαίνω	1	I will go up to my Father
 JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-doublet	πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return to. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n
 JHN	20	18	unzu	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	18	m6xn	figs-go	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	Your language may say “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-JHN	20	18	zf17	figs-ellipsis	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	18	zf17	figs-ellipsis	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	19	qj6n	figs-explicit	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	See how you translated **the first of the week** in [verse 1](../20/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	19	hh2g	translate-ordinal	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
 JHN	20	19	e7cb	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the doors of where the disciples were, were closed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples having closed the doors of where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ JHN	20	20	nb0v	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον
 JHN	20	21	ylp8	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	21	hw1z	figs-infostructure	καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	20	21	vhzq	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	21	vhzq	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	22	vjs8	translate-symaction	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
 JHN	20	22	avgi	figs-explicit	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	22	v9el	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2563,7 +2563,7 @@ JHN	20	25	n8vc	figs-infostructure	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερ
 JHN	20	25	i7ex	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	Unless I see … his side, I will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	20	25	ss17	figs-possession	τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων	2		In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
 JHN	20	25	xasr	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated **his side** in [verse 20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	20	25	iqn0	figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	25	iqn0	figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	26	vzm5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	26	r3iz	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων	1	while the doors were closed	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	26	m5tl	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated this in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2572,11 +2572,11 @@ JHN	20	27	xgwl	figs-explicit	ὧδε	1		Jesus uses **here** to refer to the plac
 JHN	20	27	ai73	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖράς μου	1		Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	27	tax6	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευράν μου	1		Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	27	ncc3	figs-doublet	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	Do not be unbelieving, but believe	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	20	27	n4pi	figs-ellipsis	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	believe	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	27	n4pi	figs-ellipsis	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	believe	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	29	zgv1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	29	q81m	figs-ellipsis	πεπίστευκας…πιστεύσαντες	1	you have believed	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I have become alive again … having believed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	29	q81m	figs-ellipsis	πεπίστευκας…πιστεύσαντες	1	you have believed	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I have become alive again … having believed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	29	sax7	figs-activepassive	μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες	1	you have believed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God blesses those not having seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	20	29	q9fb	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἰδόντες	1	who have not seen	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	29	q9fb	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἰδόντες	1	who have not seen	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	30	yd1j	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	In verses 30–31 John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	20	30	azxu		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	20	30	xz6j	figs-activepassive	ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	signs that have not been written in this book	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since John wrote this Gospel, you should use the first person pronoun “I” to indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “which I have not written in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ JHN	20	31	zlc5	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** could mean: (
 JHN	20	31	am9l	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται	1	but these have been written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	31	mlqg	figs-you	πιστεύητε…ἔχητε	1	but these have been written	In this verse **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) people who are reading this Gospel and do not trust in Jesus for salvation. Alternate translation: “you might believe … you might have” (2) people who are reading this Gospel and already believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you would continue believing … you would continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	20	31	p5k4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	20	31	uem2	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύοντες	1	life in his name	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	31	uem2	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύοντες	1	life in his name	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	31	ip1i	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
 JHN	20	31	vgwe	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	31	qxdy	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	life in his name	Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 89d0fe012ed148ccc54b3910a959d8e82fca7ab9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 14:59:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 136/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 30 +++++++++++++++---------------
 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5b2206af9e..f8ac5bb199 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ JHN	1	13	pbur		ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		The term **man** used
 JHN	1	13	bljo	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
 JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
 JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ JHN	5	7	kul6		εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	into the pool	See how you
 JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
 JHN	5	8	eqe4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Get up	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in verses [10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “On the day that Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “So the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	10	qydu	figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
 JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -599,15 +599,15 @@ JHN	5	14	rl0k	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		This introduces a new ev
 JHN	5	14	h1ri	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει	1	Jesus found him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	14	qo3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	14	h39z	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	See	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	15	auad	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	5	15	auad	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	efg2	writing-background	καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ.	1	Now	The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	16	ef9i	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesu
 JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
-JHN	6	41	e216	figs-synecdoche	οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	41	e216	figs-synecdoche	οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	41	wwa5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	I am the bread	Here the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here, John records Jesus using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	mims	grammar-connect-logic-goal	φαγεῖν	1		The Jews are stating the purpose for which the flesh would be given to them. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -967,17 +967,17 @@ JHN	7	8	evk6	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρω
 JHN	7	10	jz6l	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	when his brothers had gone up to the festival	See how you translated this phrase in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	7	10	z4ym	figs-explicit	καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη	1	he also went up	See how you translated “go up” in verse [8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	10	rw5v	figs-doublet	οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ	1	not publicly but in secret	These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not want to attract public attention in Jerusalem. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	7	11	i6cl	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	7	11	i6cl	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	11	er5u	figs-explicit	ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “Where is that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	qc8f	figs-explicit	γογγυσμὸς	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quietly discussing” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	glq8	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον	1		Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	12	me4d	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθός ἐστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **good** in another way. Alternate translation: “He is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
 JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	7	15	u12l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	7	15	u12l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	15	k8wh	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ JHN	7	33	xm7p		ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι
 JHN	7	33	d666	figs-extrainfo	ὑπάγω	1		Here, Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	33	b4m8	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	then I go to him who sent me	This phrase refers to God. See how you translated this in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	34	p7w6	figs-infostructure	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	where I go, you will not be able to come	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	**The Jews** here refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	35	ojvy	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ JHN	8	21	ls93	writing-newevent	εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς	1
 JHN	8	21	lxox	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ὑπάγω…ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω	1		Two times in this verse Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to God in heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	21	d70v	figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν	1		Here, **sin** is singular. This could refer to one: (1) the specific sin of rejecting Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “in your sin of unbelief” (2) sinfulness in general. Alternate translation: “in your state of sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	8	21	m0w8	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	22	upxp	figs-explicit	μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	22	mi1t		ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ JHN	8	47	lien	figs-explicit	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐκ τοῦ Θ
 JHN	8	47	nmmq	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Although **He** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “A person who is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	8	47	njo6	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει…ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated **hear** in verse [43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heed … you do not heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	47	l7gy	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the words of God	Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer what God has said. See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “the things that God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	48	vu1h	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews	See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	8	48	vu1h	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	48	cic5	figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις?	1	Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?	**The Jews** use a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	48	ovbe	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ	1		Most Jewish people in Jesus’ time hated and despised Samaritans, so his Jewish opponents here called Jesus a **Samaritan** in order to insult him. Use the natural form in your language to indicate that this is an insult. Alternate translation: “you are one of those accursed Samaritans” or “you are an enemy Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	48	fk8t		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον	1	keeps my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Here, Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	52	bwhv		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
 JHN	8	52	dxll	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	52	wzq3	figs-quotesinquotes	σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

From 1d30abb09ba5f5477cc974293e6b0c4c845b5a39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:00:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 137/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f8ac5bb199..2b346d3fe0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1286,12 +1286,12 @@ JHN	9	17	lxnf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present
 JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	19	npf9	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities … those authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))

From b01d787e0ee2dcd1b97863d659d4454d0b069cf1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:05:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 138/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2b346d3fe0..5d3308a66f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμ
 JHN	10	18	lo79	figs-metaphor	πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	s13n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	19	wft1	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
-JHN	10	19	g4rs	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	10	19	g4rs	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	19	nici	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	20	uoce		δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of him!” or “He must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	10	20	gm3r	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε?	1	Why do you listen to him?	Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1422,7 +1422,7 @@ JHN	10	23	v6wn	figs-synecdoche	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τ
 JHN	10	23	henb	figs-possession	τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος	1	porch	Here, the possessive form describes **the porch** that was associated with King **Solomon** in some way. It may have been the only remaining part of the temple built during the time of **Solomon**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the porch associated with Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	23	hw7y	translate-names	Σολομῶνος	1	porch	**Solomon** is the name of a man, the king who oversaw the building of the first Jewish temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	10	23	cs2b	translate-unknown	στοᾷ	1	porch	A **porch** was a structure with a roof, had at least one wall missing, and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	10	24	m8ja	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews surrounded him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	10	24	m8ja	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews surrounded him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	This is an idiom which means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated this in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδ
 JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	30	rs4j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I and the Father are one	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	31	a42t	figs-explicit	ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν	1		**The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	32	uvdo	figs-explicit	πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ…αὐτῶν ἔργον	1		See how you translated **works** in [verse 25](../10/25.md). Alternate translation: “many good miracles … of those miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	32	kttb		ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the source of the **good works**. Alternate translation: “originating from the Father” (2) the one who enabled the **good works**. Alternate translation: “given to me by the Father”
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background	ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μ
 JHN	11	5	w6tg	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	6	vx3p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here, the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus uses the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ JHN	13	32	i7yz	translate-textvariants		0		In some Bibles, this verse begins with
 JHN	13	32	bfxt	writing-pronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	13	32	uaj7	figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	13	33	zki6	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	13	33	zrqu	figs-infostructure	καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	33	sjwl	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	34	nmf5	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους	1	love	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “just as I have loved you, so also you must love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])

From 703830a031d0d957dfa4fa40d4625e0ee97d1bd5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:14:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 139/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5d3308a66f..c9be0529ec 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ JHN	19	38	ca0b	writing-newevent	μετὰ…ταῦτα	1		**After this** introd
 JHN	19	38	xtva	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	d3hz	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	38	e3ap	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	19	38	h7ra	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	19	38	h7ra	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	38	t22g	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	ojo8	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	mjy8	translate-names	Νικόδημος	1	Nicodemus	**Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ JHN	20	19	qj6n	figs-explicit	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the firs
 JHN	20	19	hh2g	translate-ordinal	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
 JHN	20	19	e7cb	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the doors of where the disciples were, were closed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples having closed the doors of where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	19	g8bu	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
-JHN	20	19	qsmq	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	20	19	qsmq	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	19	zj7j	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
 JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-metonymy	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	20	a444	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευρὰν	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 6bb3a0b0cd033afcae557f9276091c9b06fced07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:30:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 140/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c9be0529ec..6f56ab9cb4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2339,8 +2339,8 @@ JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστή
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
 JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
-JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with thorns on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	f1rj	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν	1		In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	**Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	19	4	hn1f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From b3e1ba29e13d741f23a9d09f2a4ac633f1bc1171 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:32:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 141/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6f56ab9cb4..4accc7b19d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	Thi
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this use of **law** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here, Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
@@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is imp
 JHN	11	47	q01y	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	ha2e		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	48	ah4r	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον	1	take away both our place and our nation	Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	48	zy0k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἔθνος	1		Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	49	efq8	writing-participants	εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας	1	a certain man among them	This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1
 JHN	11	55	rsgm		τῆς χώρας	1		Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2325,7 +2325,7 @@ JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	H
 JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	37	ltn9	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	who belongs to the truth	This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	37	b8gv	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει	1	who belongs to the truth	Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this use of **voice** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	ygns	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?	1	What is truth?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

From 4673d27f2b00b209706c14156adc730293d872ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:34:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 142/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4accc7b19d..4d3e5a0983 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1
 JHN	11	55	rsgm		τῆς χώρας	1		Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From b866236b0539fc74b624da2026b4af9cae32ba0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:38:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 143/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 16 ++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4d3e5a0983..d2eac1b49c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ JHN	1	13	pbur		ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		The term **man** used
 JHN	1	13	bljo	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
 JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
 JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
@@ -789,21 +789,21 @@ JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If
 JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	e6s1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
-JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here, John records Jesus using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here, John records Jesus using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in verse [31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowd
 JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
-JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	u12l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ JHN	8	56	wofu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated
 JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here Jesus uses **my day** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	hv5g	figs-metaphor	εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	58	rnw4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	58	k4tp	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From b6d9f18600fd7c2f7f41e1b56412c69623a93a06 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:42:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 144/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d2eac1b49c..55bfcebfb1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ JHN	6	71	joha	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου
 JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)\n2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)\n3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)\n4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)\n5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)\n6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)\n7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Believing in him”\n\nA recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### “My time has not yet come”\n\nThis phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.\n\n### “Living water”\n\nThis is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nIn [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.\n\n### Irony\n\nNicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Did not believe in him”\n\nJesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in verse [2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία	1		In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	3	x8ce	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	brothers	These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ JHN	7	26	s2un	figs-explicit	μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ 
 JHN	7	26	f1jp	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1		This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	27	rqq8	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		Here, John records the Jerusalemites saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	zxh7		ἔκραξεν	1	cried out	Alternate translation: “spoke in a loud voice”
-JHN	7	28	ah7u	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	7	28	ah7u	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	28	w35k	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	of myself	See how you translated this phrase in verse [17](../07/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	a2h9	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	he who sent me is true	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	rc3g	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1		Here, **true** could mean: (1) real. In this case, Jesus would be saying that he the God who is real sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful. In this case, Jesus would be saying that God is truly the one who sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the true sender” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με 
 JHN	8	29	w9cl	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	This is an idiom that means to obey **Jesus**. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, then you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Here, Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])

From b36f78191b36af8e8843253bd88ff1a20f7756e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:43:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 145/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 55bfcebfb1..2aa5768ac6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις,
 JHN	8	58	rnw4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	58	k4tp	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	59	qwe6	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1		**Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	8	59	qwe6	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1		**Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)\n2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)\n3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Who sinned?”\n\nMany of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “A sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “He does not keep the Sabbath”\n\nThe Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Seeing and being blind\n\nJesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	1	un4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Now	**And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	9	2	w44c	figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ?	1	who sinned, this man or his parents … blind?	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1608,7 +1608,7 @@ JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1
 JHN	11	55	rsgm		τῆς χώρας	1		Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 9e8b3837e4b98e48e4f6247714a5667aa3700bf9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:46:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 146/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2aa5768ac6..6045462a22 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ JHN	4	25	ip1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including who she was speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including the people whom she was speaking to, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	26	lvgs	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	26	rbgo	figs-123person	ὁ λαλῶν σοι	1		Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I who am speaking to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ JHN	9	3	q69k	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θ
 JHN	9	3	agwa	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	3	omt9	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	3	j9re	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the man’s body, especially his blind eyes. Alternate translation: “in his body” (2) the man’s body and spirit. Alternate translation: “in his body and spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	9	4	qs5q	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	4	mv5u	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	4	x8rx	figs-explicit	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ JHN	20	2	g2rn	figs-explicit	μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦ
 JHN	20	2	jm40	figs-123person	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a first person form earlier in the verse, then you will need to use the first person plural “us” here. Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	2	igzt	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	20	2	mkmh	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	20	2	xd3w	figs-exclusive	οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1		When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	20	2	xd3w	figs-exclusive	οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1		When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	20	3	d6g3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	3	ci46	figs-verbs	ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο	1		If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 JHN	20	3	g0ky	writing-pronouns	ἤρχοντο	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **they** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@ JHN	21	2	m4gx	translate-names	Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how yo
 JHN	21	2	xyiv	figs-explicit	οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου	1		This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	2	e1qx	translate-names	Ζεβεδαίου	1		**Zebedee** is the name of a man. He was the father of the disciples John and James ([Matthew 4:21](../../mat/04/21.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	3	pqlw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
-JHN	21	3	zow1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	21	3	zow1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	21	3	p8f0	figs-go	ἐρχόμεθα	1		Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	21	3	l2s6	figs-explicit	ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1		Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	4	j7jx	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 58a5128399a8c9a2a16e725bfc0f59860eadf767 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 15:47:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 147/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6045462a22..700cb3257b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ JHN	1	13	bljo	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1		John is leaving out so
 JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ JHN	1	15	lrd7		ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	for he was before me	Here, *
 JHN	1	16	punh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, John is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	1	16	iriv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	16	p3zg	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ	1	fullness	Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **fullness** with an equivalent expression that says this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	1	16	vmyz	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς πάντες	1		Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	1	16	vmyz	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς πάντες	1		Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	16	yrg8		ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν	1		Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have received, that is, grace” or “have received, namely, grace”
 JHN	1	16	b9r1	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	grace after grace	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract noun **grace** here with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	16	avst		χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1		Here, **after** could mean: (1) the second “grace” replaces the first “grace,” which is the most common use for this word. This meaning could indicate that the first “grace” refers to “the law” and the second “grace” refers to “Grace and truth” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “grace in place of grace” or “grace instead of grace” (2) the second “grace” is in addition to the first “grace.” Alternate translation: “grace in addition to” or “grace upon grace”
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ JHN	1	21	h2dv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. You may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
 JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκ
 JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	10	vx3u	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	11	jt1f	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus said **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to him and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus says **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to him and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	3	11	j1k1	figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	12	y4e9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	3	12	pt4x	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε	1	I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you	Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 88f18febdb43f201bc32dc0135072bcdcefca28e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:16:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 148/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 700cb3257b..dd5f232e1b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2221,7 +2221,7 @@ JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them**
 JHN	17	24	da83	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	24	pd24	figs-pastforfuture	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	17	24	xh1a	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	24	fiv7	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the creation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **foundation** in another way. Alternate translation: “before we founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	17	24	fiv7	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the creation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before we founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	24	hz83	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	25	ur9j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Righteous Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	25	xpf5	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world did not know you	Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who are opposed to God. Alternate translation: “those who are against you did not know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-doublenegatives	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον ε
 JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover Festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	29	g7jo	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		**Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	29	c9aj	figs-abstractnouns	τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **accusation**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	18	29	c9aj	figs-abstractnouns	τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -2322,13 +2322,13 @@ JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here, **
 JHN	18	37	pfgj	figs-extrainfo	σὺ λέγεις ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι	1	I have come into the world	Here Jesus is probably answering Pilate’s question in the affirmative. However, since he doesn’t clearly say, ‘Yes, I am a king,’ you do not need to explain the meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	18	37	wt50	figs-parallelism	ἐγὼ εἰς τοῦτο γεγέννημαι, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus came to the earth to tell people the truth about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason I came here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	37	ltn9	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	who belongs to the truth	This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	37	b8gv	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει	1	who belongs to the truth	Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	ygns	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?	1	What is truth?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes hims
 JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	il9r	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he brought Jesus out	Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	13	v2ss	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	xbpv		Γαββαθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.

From 325589514318b2a5bc71cd802d4b610b9ba281a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:17:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 149/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dd5f232e1b..4cc4cae0aa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2322,13 +2322,13 @@ JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here, **
 JHN	18	37	pfgj	figs-extrainfo	σὺ λέγεις ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι	1	I have come into the world	Here Jesus is probably answering Pilate’s question in the affirmative. However, since he doesn’t clearly say, ‘Yes, I am a king,’ you do not need to explain the meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	18	37	wt50	figs-parallelism	ἐγὼ εἰς τοῦτο γεγέννημαι, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus came to the earth to tell people the truth about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason I came here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	37	ltn9	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	who belongs to the truth	This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	37	b8gv	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει	1	who belongs to the truth	Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	ygns	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?	1	What is truth?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 9ddd0f58908b2f4c8b3ed6ce85c5c670dc555185 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:18:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 150/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4cc4cae0aa..615ba0af75 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes hims
 JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	il9r	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he brought Jesus out	Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	13	v2ss	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	xbpv		Γαββαθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.

From 13c4e6594a1c86c06a4f78650b8ea9dc7bfa826a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:24:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 151/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 30 +++++++++++++++---------------
 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 615ba0af75..2a590dffb5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ JHN	9	16	hdh9	figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	he does n
 JHN	9	16	h0tt	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	16	k4sy	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?	1	How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?	Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	16	qn73		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN	9	16	jeyz	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	9	16	jeyz	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	17	lxnf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ JHN	9	36	gurg		κύριε	1		The formerly blind man calls Jesus **Sir** in order
 JHN	9	37	z3rk	figs-123person	καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “and I, the one who is speaking with you, am that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	38	emlm		Κύριε	1		Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is the **Lord,** he calls Jesus **Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	9	38	gf4d	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύω	1		Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	9	40	d8mm	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	John records several **Pharisees** using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1408,7 +1408,7 @@ JHN	10	18	rnj4	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν…θεῖναι
 JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I lay it down of myself	The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	10	18	lo79	figs-metaphor	πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	s13n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	19	wft1	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
+JHN	10	19	wft1	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 JHN	10	19	g4rs	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	19	nici	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	20	uoce		δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of him!” or “He must be under the control of a demon!”
@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ JHN	10	32	kttb		ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) th
 JHN	10	32	t5q8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	32	tx8h	figs-irony	διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε	1	For which of those works are you stoning me?	Here, Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	10	33	bq1l	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	See how you translated this in [verse 31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	33	khfg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ βλασφημίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **blasphemy** in another way. Alternate translation: “because you blaspheme” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	10	33	khfg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ βλασφημίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you blaspheme” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	10	33	w0v8	figs-explicit	βλασφημίας	1		Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [verse 30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθ
 JHN	11	3	czm1	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	4	nk3g	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If this use of **not to** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	4	q343	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	4	y9vx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1		Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	asqb	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	11	4	ad99	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ JHN	11	23	j8p2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Y
 JHN	11	23	hf5m	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	Your brother will rise again	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	24	f0qy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he will rise again	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	24	z7el	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise again	See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	11	24	bco7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	he will rise again	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	11	24	bco7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	he will rise again	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	24	lxqk	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	25	ky99	figs-explicit	ἡ ἀνάστασις	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	25	o9qv	figs-explicit	ἡ ζωή	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ JHN	11	40	c082	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	11	40	q5mw	figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?	Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	40	mpl5	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	40	pbc9	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This could mean: (1) God receives the glory. Alternate translation: “the glorification of God” (2) glory that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the glory from God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	11	40	lfrs	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “God glorified” or “how glorious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	11	40	lfrs	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God glorified” or “how glorious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	41	lj5j	figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	Jesus lifted up his eyes	Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	41	j54b	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	42	gw6t	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people that is standing around” or “the many people who are standing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ 
 JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	31	o63p	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς
 JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1969,7 +1969,7 @@ JHN	14	26	n7ez		ὁ…Παράκλητος	1	Father	See how you translated this
 JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ JHN	16	7	g3ze	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παρά
 JHN	16	7	d1zd		Παράκλητος	1	Comforter	See how you translated this in [14:26](../14/26.md).
 JHN	16	8	bpu5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit who is called “the Helper” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	16	8	i78r	figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	world	See how you translated this in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	8	im9o	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως	1	world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **sin**, **righteousness**, and **judgment** in other ways. Alternate translation: “about what is sinful and about what is righteous and about the fact that God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	16	8	im9o	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως	1	world	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin**, **righteousness**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “about what is sinful and about what is righteous and about the fact that God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	8	gihm	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	world	Here, **righteousness** could refer to: (1) God’s **righteousness** that **the world** does not have. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness that the world lacks” (2) the false **righteousness** in **the world**, such as the actions of the Pharisees that people thought were **righteous**. Alternate translation: “about the world’s false righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	9	v4hk		περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	about sin, because they do not believe in me	Alternate translation: “about their sinfulness because they are guilty of sin by not believing in me”
 JHN	16	10	t4qe	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2117,10 +2117,10 @@ JHN	16	19	ya90		μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πά
 JHN	16	20	jx6s	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the world will be glad	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	20	p6v5	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	16	20	i94b	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	16	20	i94b	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sorrow** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	21	km17	figs-genericnoun	ἡ γυνὴ ὅταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς; ὅταν δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως διὰ τὴν χαρὰν, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Jesus is speaking of women in general, not of one particular **woman**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “When women give birth, they have pain because their hour has come, but when they have given birth to their children, they no longer remember their suffering, because of the joy that men have been born into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	16	21	c71q	figs-metonymy	ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	21	m474	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract nous **suffering** in another way. Alternate translation: “she no longer remembers that she suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	16	21	m474	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **suffering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she no longer remembers that she suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	22	j7ge	figs-metaphor	χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	your heart will be glad	See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	23	qoi2	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **in that day** refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	23	g4qt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -2170,7 +2170,7 @@ JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the
 JHN	17	5	k9ra	figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί	1	Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made	Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	5	g8at	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	5	ximp	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	Father	Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	17	5	xhph	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ δόξῃ	1	Father	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	17	5	xhph	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ δόξῃ	1	Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	5	s4p3	figs-activepassive	πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Jesus uses **name** figuratively to refer to God himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	6	hn8z	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	from the world	See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ JHN	17	12	a4s8	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο,
 JHN	17	12	buiv	figs-pastforfuture	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Jesus uses the past tense **perished** to refer to eternal punishment as if it had already happened, even though **the son of destruction** had not yet **perished**. If this use of the past tense might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “not one of them will perish, except for the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	17	12	az2m	figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	12	dkpa	figs-idiom	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of** is an idiom used to describe what a person is like. The defining characteristic of Judas was that he would be destroyed because he betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one characterized by destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	17	12	dh0a	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** in another way. Alternate translation: “the son that must be destroyed” or “the son whom you will destroy”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	17	12	dh0a	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the son that must be destroyed” or “the son whom you will destroy”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	12	blz4	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the scriptures would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he would fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	13	p71q	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	13	jp4v	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I might give them my full joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 0cd8f94600039ab528def80a6cbfee81a0d8bfcf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:35:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 152/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 41 ++++++++++++++++++++---------------------
 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2a590dffb5..e39a3b9e3d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ JHN	1	16	iriv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If
 JHN	1	16	p3zg	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ	1	fullness	Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **fullness** with an equivalent expression that says this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	16	vmyz	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς πάντες	1		Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	16	yrg8		ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν	1		Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have received, that is, grace” or “have received, namely, grace”
-JHN	1	16	b9r1	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	grace after grace	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract noun **grace** here with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	1	16	b9r1	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	grace after grace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	16	avst		χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1		Here, **after** could mean: (1) the second “grace” replaces the first “grace,” which is the most common use for this word. This meaning could indicate that the first “grace” refers to “the law” and the second “grace” refers to “Grace and truth” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “grace in place of grace” or “grace instead of grace” (2) the second “grace” is in addition to the first “grace.” Alternate translation: “grace in addition to” or “grace upon grace”
 JHN	1	17	iata	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο	1		John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. But grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	1	17	xsbj	figs-activepassive	ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	17	kup2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη	1		The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to the many laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the group of laws was given” or “God’s laws were given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	1	17	wios	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1		**Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	18	vf9q		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
 JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
 JHN	1	18	rflq	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. Alternate translation: “who is close to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐ
 JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-background		0		In this verse, John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	11	ear7	figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1		John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. See how you translated this in verse [1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	2	11	z3tk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	revealed his glory	Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	2	11	z3tk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	revealed his glory	Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	2	12	gw2f	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	12	mmkj	figs-explicit	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	12	h9tu		κατέβη	1	went down	This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana.
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1
 JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	q77t		ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
-JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way.. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	This is the name of a town ne
 JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **dispute** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **dispute**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be minunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not re
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
 JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0	General Information:	John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
@@ -477,11 +477,11 @@ JHN	4	21	nu5m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	you will worship
 JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **salvation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	23	bs1p	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit”
-JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	24	pfdv		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
 JHN	4	25	ip1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father 
 JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	This could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	c96p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	22	b2l6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ	1	For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	22	sc4t	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν	1		Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	5	22	sc4t	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν	1		Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way.. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	22	dtxw	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ	1		As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	23	iqn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1		**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son…The one not honoring me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ JHN	5	26	f5vq	figs-explicit	ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν,
 JHN	5	26	yv7o	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son, to have life in myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment	The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “he gave me … I am the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	27	h9em	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **authority** and **judgment** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	5	27	h9em	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority** and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, J
 JHN	5	29	vwuo	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	30	bzmq	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	30	f3za	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	5	30	n8o9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **judgment** and **righteous** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	5	30	n8o9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **righteous**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	30	ayn1	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	31	f9vc	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.	1		Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -971,7 +971,6 @@ JHN	7	11	i6cl	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** r
 JHN	7	11	er5u	figs-explicit	ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “Where is that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	qc8f	figs-explicit	γογγυσμὸς	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quietly discussing” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	glq8	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον	1		Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	12	me4d	figs-abstractnouns	ἀγαθός ἐστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **good** in another way. Alternate translation: “He is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -985,8 +984,8 @@ JHN	7	15	oqzy	figs-explicit	μὴ μεμαθηκώς	1		Here, the Jewish leaders
 JHN	7	16	h7mr	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	of him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	17	vlcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	18	u5h6	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	18	z5bx	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ; ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “seeks to make himself glorious, but the one seeking to make the one who sent him glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	7	18	xf9j	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	7	18	z5bx	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ; ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seeks to make himself glorious, but the one seeking to make the one who sent him glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	7	18	xf9j	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	19	c7xq	figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον?	1	Did not Moses give you the law?	John records Jesus using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	19	c85j	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον…ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	19	iwv8		ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	keeps the law	Here, **does** means to keep, follow, or obey. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
@@ -1008,8 +1007,8 @@ JHN	7	23	ltsk	figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1
 JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, **broken** is used figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **broken**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	24	mrll	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ὄψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **appearance** in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	7	24	b7zy	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	7	24	mrll	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ὄψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	7	24	b7zy	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	25	ts7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is not this the one they seek to kill?	Here, **the Jerusalemites** are using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the one they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	26	n5pi	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν	1	they say nothing to him	They Jerusalemites use this phrase in order to imply that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	26	s2un	figs-explicit	μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός?	1	It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it?	Here, the Jerusalemites ask this question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that the rulers really know this is the Christ?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1063,7 +1062,7 @@ JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	Se
 JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	John records these people using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	The **Scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	7	43	h7d3	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **division**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	7	43	h7d3	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “in the group of people” or “among the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd whom Jesus had just spoken with, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1099,7 +1098,7 @@ JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀ
 JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In verses [14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	15	j79i	figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	8	16	ys2e	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	8	16	ys2e	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
 JHN	8	16	ev1r	figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	I am not alone	Here, Jesus implies that he is **not alone** when he judges people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	16	cbrc	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1155,7 +1154,7 @@ JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	This is an idiom that means to obey **Jesus**. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, then you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Here, Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
+JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
 JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	John records the Jews using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	34	i2pn	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1207,7 +1206,7 @@ JHN	8	48	cic5	figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτ
 JHN	8	48	ovbe	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ	1		Most Jewish people in Jesus’ time hated and despised Samaritans, so his Jewish opponents here called Jesus a **Samaritan** in order to insult him. Use the natural form in your language to indicate that this is an insult. Alternate translation: “you are one of those accursed Samaritans” or “you are an enemy Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	48	fk8t		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	8	49	pgts		ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
-JHN	8	50	wmmd	figs-abstractnouns	ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου	1	there is one seeking and judging	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	8	50	wmmd	figs-abstractnouns	ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου	1	there is one seeking and judging	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	8	50	fg43	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	there is one seeking and judging	Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1269,7 +1268,7 @@ JHN	9	10	yy53	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθ
 JHN	9	11	nii1	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς	1	smeared it on my eyes	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	11	a42y	figs-explicit	πηλὸν ἐποίησεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	11	b5zf	figs-explicit	νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος	1		See how you translated **wash** in [verse 7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	13	cu14	figs-pastforfuture	ἄγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From c8708bbb412b091eb5a00dab94ab588f9bb88b0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:36:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 153/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e39a3b9e3d..dbdf679115 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -57,13 +57,13 @@ JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1)
 JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	15	yfuv	figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one of whom I said that he is coming after me who has become greater than me, for he was before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ JHN	1	15	q75h		ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν	1	is greater than I am
 JHN	1	15	lrd7		ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	for he was before me	Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born”
 JHN	1	16	punh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, John is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	1	16	iriv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	16	p3zg	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ	1	fullness	Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **fullness** with an equivalent expression that says this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	1	16	p3zg	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ	1	fullness	Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fullness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	16	vmyz	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς πάντες	1		Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	16	yrg8		ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν	1		Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have received, that is, grace” or “have received, namely, grace”
 JHN	1	16	b9r1	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	grace after grace	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

From 5c099e03c4689725c3a7df90a48791f770041896 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:44:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 154/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dbdf679115..9921b0af9a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ JHN	2	14	i8lv	figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next v
 JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.  Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -605,11 +605,11 @@ JHN	5	16	ef9i	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what
 JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
-JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus uses the
 JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
-JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here, John records Jesus speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to et
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
 JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1		John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν ε
 JHN	6	27	plfi	figs-ellipsis	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	27	w74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δώσει; τοῦτον	1		These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει	1	eternal life which the Son of Man will give you	This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man … God the Father	** Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man … God the Father	**Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-idiom	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1		To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here, John recor
 JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here, John records Jesus using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here, John records Jesus using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

From f3961c87bbe66f34704819ceca0da5fafe5d725a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:45:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 155/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 20 ++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9921b0af9a..ad682d4b15 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1
 JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
-JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		I
 JHN	1	18	vf9q		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
 JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
 JHN	1	18	rflq	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. Alternate translation: “who is close to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ JHN	2	14	i8lv	figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next v
 JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.  Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
@@ -472,14 +472,14 @@ JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the
 JHN	4	21	klz9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Believe me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	21	tisq		γύναι	1		Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
 JHN	4	21	eccs	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	4	21	nu5m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	you will worship the Father	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	23	bs1p	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit”
 JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	24	pfdv		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
@@ -605,11 +605,11 @@ JHN	5	16	ef9i	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what
 JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
-JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus uses the
 JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
-JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here, John records Jesus speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to et
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
 JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1		John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here, John recor
 JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here, John records Jesus using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here, John records Jesus using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

From 5cbc038ea4d377963adf5ec5474834deb949d5f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:46:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 156/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ad682d4b15..9de98acba5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ JHN	8	26	ivk5		ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν	1		Here, **true**
 JHN	8	26	xj8y	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα	1		Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	27	i7gq	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is a special title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	qsch	figs-123person	ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me, the Son of Man, up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	28	er3s	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From c873b7c240941f721b3f2e7b6afa8439d817286d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:51:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 157/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9de98acba5..1effe3ccc2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1921,7 +1921,7 @@ JHN	14	12	gh64	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν,	1	Truly
 JHN	14	12	icjc	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος ποιήσει	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me will also do the works that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	14	12	h2rh	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	12	ui5t	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	13	bn30	figs-ellipsis	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Jesus is leaving out some a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-idiom	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself was requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 5b72c984acbfce89408d2cce55ed4cbf535a51c8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:52:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 158/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1effe3ccc2..751726782a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ JHN	16	26	sd3d	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will
 JHN	16	26	vf63	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	you will ask in my name	See how you translated this phrase in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	26	s8a5	figs-explicit	οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here Jesus implies that he will not have to **ask the Father** on behalf of his disciples because they can ask God directly after Jesus becomes alive again. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not say to you that I will need to ask the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	26	cy76	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	16	27	b49q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I came from the Father	Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	16	27	b49q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I came from the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	28	wyz7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father … going to the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	28	l3zb	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον	1	world	Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	29	sol1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1	world	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2209,7 +2209,7 @@ JHN	17	20	n7mp	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν	1	those who
 JHN	17	21	jwiu	figs-explicit	ἵνα…ἵνα	1		The first **that** in this verse indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them into two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	21	s8a1	figs-doublet	σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί	1	they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	17	21	v6i7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	Father	Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
+JHN	17	21	v6i7		ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1		Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
 JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	22	p4mj	figs-infostructure	κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	The glory that you gave me, I have given to them	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From f12abf056fb8588b4ca653de74ea36c7a410b8bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:55:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 159/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 751726782a..fc404091cc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθ
 JHN	1	38	qxej	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	38	kkey		ποῦ μένεις	1		Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
 JHN	1	38	so66	figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις	1		This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	39	lio4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to them … he was staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	1	39	lio4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	39	k5m2		μένει	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse.
 JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	39	tb9j		ὥρα…δεκάτη	1	tenth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”

From ac68b672ea932cbb4500ed55c69ec406a8dbd488 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 16:58:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 160/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fc404091cc..80f38baab1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ JHN	16	26	cy76	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is
 JHN	16	27	b49q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I came from the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	28	wyz7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father … going to the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	28	l3zb	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον	1	world	Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	29	sol1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1	world	To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	16	29	sol1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1	world	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	16	29	i23p	figs-parables	παροιμίαν	1	world	See how you translated this word in [verse 25](../16/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 JHN	16	30	u18y	figs-explicit	οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις, ἵνα τίς σε ἐρωτᾷ	1	world	By saying that Jesus does not need anyone to ask him questions, his disciples are implying that Jesus already knows what people will ask him before they ask. Since he already knows what they will ask him, he does not need them to ask him. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	31	c8cu	figs-rquestion	ἄρτι πιστεύετε?	1	Do you believe now?	This could mean: (1) Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (2) Jesus is asking a question in order to express doubt that the disciples really believe in him, since he knows they will soon leave him. Alternate translation: “Do you really trust me now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 0d0bb5b7d29306db0036cfa0c7658d381fbfbfa9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:08:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 161/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 ++
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 80f38baab1..6557d2cf12 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -251,6 +251,7 @@ JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου ο
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.  Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -841,6 +842,7 @@ JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here, to
 JHN	6	44	g2ia	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	6	52	q5nw	writing-quotations	ἐμάχοντο…πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “then the Jews began to argue among themselves, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	45	wnjr	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	45	fken	figs-activepassive	ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	orme	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From bb801a516dfef09ed00f6ee094cfd1369cf9140a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:09:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 162/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6557d2cf12..76fcd94754 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -843,6 +843,7 @@ JHN	6	44	g2ia	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **t
 JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	52	q5nw	writing-quotations	ἐμάχοντο…πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “then the Jews began to argue among themselves, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	7	15	z0db	writing-quotations	ἐθαύμαζον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews marveled, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	45	wnjr	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	45	fken	figs-activepassive	ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	orme	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 62d2134bddefb474247e45136303c4b71f8e317f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:28:55 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 163/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 ++++++
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 76fcd94754..c170e4335e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -844,6 +844,11 @@ JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν το
 JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	52	q5nw	writing-quotations	ἐμάχοντο…πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “then the Jews began to argue among themselves, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	7	15	z0db	writing-quotations	ἐθαύμαζον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews marveled, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	7	28	ht31	writing-quotations	διδάσκων…καὶ λέγων	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “while he was teaching he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	7	37	n3um	writing-quotations	ἔκραξεν λέγων	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	8	12	pvpr	writing-quotations	πάλιν…αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν…λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “spoke to the people again, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	9	2	hf1y	writing-quotations	ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν…λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	9	19	umip	writing-quotations	ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	45	wnjr	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	45	fken	figs-activepassive	ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	orme	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1452,6 +1457,7 @@ JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	Thi
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	11	3	ue08	writing-quotations	ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here, Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

From cfd759205fa75088e29af687d1174582aa16268e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:30:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 164/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c170e4335e..2ee360c60a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1458,6 +1458,7 @@ JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν 
 JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	11	3	ue08	writing-quotations	ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	11	32	sn74	writing-quotations	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα αὐτῷ	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here, Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

From b4fb709d9a1e646e2aa0c1c9d991412bb3f5b4af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:31:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 165/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2ee360c60a..4e57ab6849 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1673,6 +1673,7 @@ JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the n
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	21	rfff	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.

From 4da68a9e944c6d394896821afef27bef9cb87b75 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:32:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 166/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4e57ab6849..5d75fd6224 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1674,6 +1674,7 @@ JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John inte
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	21	rfff	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	23	dkmf	writing-quotations	ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.

From dcdde15eef8a365fe848e78f330a1cca00ea77f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:34:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 167/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5d75fd6224..ac29155d17 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2069,6 +2069,7 @@ JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the ve
 JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 5fd5adb28f49d6247c72a83a5e9bcdcd3a22a112 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:35:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 168/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ac29155d17..073e15dcc8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2070,6 +2070,7 @@ JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they
 JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From cd11118fa26e7cb77ff77c39141649bb555fcb05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:35:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 169/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 073e15dcc8..9436840234 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2071,6 +2071,7 @@ JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is writte
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	 ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 26e2b1ab5b31b6da5ace3991402ec990a6103368 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:40:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 170/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9436840234..242d6f6518 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2072,6 +2072,7 @@ JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐ
 JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	 ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 976da93070849823f6975e740851e7b4ea81eb25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:48:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 171/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 16 ++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 242d6f6518..ccf9ad0bf2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the
 JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.  Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, *
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ JHN	6	44	um43	figs-gendernotations	αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Although the pr
 JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	44	g2ia	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	52	q5nw	writing-quotations	ἐμάχοντο…πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “then the Jews began to argue among themselves, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	7	15	z0db	writing-quotations	ἐθαύμαζον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews marveled, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	7	28	ht31	writing-quotations	διδάσκων…καὶ λέγων	1	It is written in the prophets	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “while he was teaching he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ JHN	10	33	w0v8	figs-explicit	βλασφημίας	1		Here, the **Jews** use the
 JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	11	3	ue08	writing-quotations	ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	11	32	sn74	writing-quotations	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα αὐτῷ	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pr
 JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	21	rfff	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	23	dkmf	writing-quotations	ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1753,12 +1753,12 @@ JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../0
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	**Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
-JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1841,7 +1841,7 @@ JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1
 JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην	1		Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	**The one eating bread with me** is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	18	wr0c	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	19	qd39	figs-ellipsis	ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I tell you this now before it happens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 4867ede89cfb9c9482c3b2ee1d154af319ca3d78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:49:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 172/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ccf9ad0bf2..e91a143525 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ JHN	15	24	v23s	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they wo
 JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father** referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	 ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -2425,7 +2425,7 @@ JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background	δὲ	1		There is a break from the main story
 JHN	19	23	sk7l	figs-activepassive	ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου	1	also the tunic	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	24	ks7m	figs-ellipsis	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	24	umc2	translate-unknown	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	19	24	us8x	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	24	us8x	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	24	j1f9	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	24	yrxw	figs-quotemarks	διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	19	25	octl	figs-possession	τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ JHN	19	28	uynk	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	knowing that everything
 JHN	19	28	crd3	figs-activepassive	ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	knowing that everything was now completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	28	pxie	figs-explicit	πάντα	1	knowing that everything was now completed	Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	28	wh4n	figs-activepassive	τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	28	w999	writing-quotations	ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ	1		Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	28	w999	writing-quotations	ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ	1		Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)).If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	28	ezfy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	29	x1cy	figs-activepassive	σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	29	x8z8	figs-explicit	ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2465,11 +2465,11 @@ JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main story
 JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει	1	The one who saw this	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	19	36	uyvo	writing-quotations	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	36	uyvo	writing-quotations	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	36	l8zi	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	36	b1kx	figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	Not one of his bones will be broken	This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	37	h4kq	writing-quotations	ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	37	h4kq	writing-quotations	ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	38	ca0b	writing-newevent	μετὰ…ταῦτα	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	38	xtva	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	d3hz	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From e3c8feb0711a77a7e9911720e0b98eab71a32864 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:50:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 173/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e91a143525..d5bf09db8b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν 
 JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		John records the **Jews** using **of** to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	36	dyy1		ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
 JHN	7	37	elc6			0	General Information:	About three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
 JHN	7	37	ipem		ἔκραξεν	1		See how you translated this in verse [28](../07/28.md).

From 935c5988bc62d4592c3e1c85522db90d5ecccfeb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:50:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 174/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d5bf09db8b..9bc9d4338f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ JHN	8	21	d70v	figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν	1		Here,
 JHN	8	21	m0w8	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	22	upxp	figs-explicit	μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	22	mi1t		ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
 JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In verses [23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	23	zug9	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 2e2387c2389507813a935c3d871e471b652fe07b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:51:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 175/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9bc9d4338f..d5bf09db8b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ JHN	8	21	d70v	figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν	1		Here,
 JHN	8	21	m0w8	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	22	upxp	figs-explicit	μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	22	mi1t		ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
 JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In verses [23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	23	zug9	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From fe4b8cb160102b24bb84e38bcec3d0f5ee8ad307 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:51:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 176/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d5bf09db8b..0c4895f9c8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένε
 JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	10	36	fj9f	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	You are blaspheming	If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instance of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+JHN	10	36	fj9f	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	You are blaspheming	If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instances of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	36	wzhd	figs-123person	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father … Son of God	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	36	r7ex	figs-ellipsis	βλασφημεῖς	1		Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 4f74e1ff013c3fe3d2f14ae838b5b2f258495bc4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:54:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 177/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0c4895f9c8..046100ed1c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ JHN	1	15	yfuv	figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπ
 JHN	1	15	k7rm		ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	He who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
 JHN	1	15	q75h		ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν	1	is greater than I am	Here, **greater** refers to being more important or having having a superior position. Alternate translation: “is more important than I am” or “is superior to me”
 JHN	1	15	lrd7		ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	for he was before me	Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born”
-JHN	1	16	punh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, John is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	1	16	punh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		**For** here introduces the reason why John said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	1	16	iriv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	16	p3zg	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ	1	fullness	Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fullness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	16	vmyz	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς πάντες	1		Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ JHN	2	13	xr29		ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem
 JHN	2	14	sa75	figs-explicit	τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς	1	sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons	These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	14	qu9k	figs-explicit	κερματιστὰς	1	money changers	Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	14	i8lv	figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 5bed91ab9d6bf89691874a8c20ac4c4acf7111f7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:55:38 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 178/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 046100ed1c..3b3cdbdb6d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, κα
 JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		Here, the Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	Verses 21 and 22 are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
 JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	Here, John is speaki
 JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
 JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people had a superficial faith, only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα	1	the signs that he did	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
 JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

From d6993df4a40c4cba19865c39b89e0917f39c421e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:55:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 179/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3b3cdbdb6d..5b24219db1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -325,10 +325,10 @@ JHN	3	14	f9yi	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 
 JHN	3	14	savl	figs-123person	ὑψωθῆναι…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	14	krir	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	15	e9ls	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	3	16	vg6z	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	16	vg6z	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	h4ht		οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
 JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 81720bb7c31fbb6a9529467303cfd9076c349ba7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:56:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 180/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5b24219db1..a25e0722f0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** intr
 JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κό
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρ
 JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a seal on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])

From 41f69af273e4dc240b98d577745c7c78992f1dd8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:58:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 181/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 28 ++++++++++++++--------------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 14 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a25e0722f0..77d23305d1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -434,13 +434,13 @@ JHN	4	5	ff7t	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present te
 JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	6	vwdf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1		This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1		This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	6	yjzo		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
 JHN	4	7	kswz	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	7	g82d	figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	John records the woman using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
@@ -533,13 +533,13 @@ JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus
 JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	43	gj2f	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	44	t1li	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	For Jesus himself declared	The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	44	fx22		προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	a prophet has no honor in his own country	Alternate translation: “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
 JHN	4	44	syl9		ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι	1		This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
-JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
-JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -611,8 +611,8 @@ JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jes
 JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		Capernaum is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses, John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had two, four, or six people who **rowed** with oars together on each side side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having pushed the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκε
 JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1		In this verse, John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -815,14 +815,14 @@ JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσ
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	38	cpi9	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	39	uqjy	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	39	p8s0	writing-pronouns	μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1		Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ JHN	7	28	ah7u	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Jesus and t
 JHN	7	28	w35k	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	of myself	See how you translated this phrase in verse [17](../07/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	a2h9	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	he who sent me is true	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	rc3g	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1		Here, **true** could mean: (1) real. In this case, Jesus would be saying that he the God who is real sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful. In this case, Jesus would be saying that God is truly the one who sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the true sender” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	7	30	e0ce	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1		Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ JHN	9	16	jeyz	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If y
 JHN	9	17	lxnf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	19	npf9	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 6d1b299eb67562ddd49a6914b405bbc2dc362599 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 11 May 2022 17:59:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 182/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 77d23305d1..7f534e101b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because t
 JHN	11	3	i2ar	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	11	3	czm1	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	4	nk3g	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If this use of **not to** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	11	4	nk3g	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	4	q343	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	4	y9vx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1		Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -1600,13 +1600,13 @@ JHN	11	50	fvry	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόλ
 JHN	11	50	zh9n	figs-synecdoche	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1	than that the whole nation perishes	Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and all the people of our nation would not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	51	qww5	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 51–52](../11/51.md) John interrupts the story to explain that Caiaphas was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	51	kw41	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from himself** could mean: (1) Caiaphas was speaking something he had thought of himself. Alternate translation: “on his own initiative” (2) Caiaphas was speaking from his own authority, which is how the phrase is used in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	51	mw4e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this clause, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	11	51	mw4e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	51	eh17	figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους	1	die for the nation	See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	gee2	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἔθνους	1		See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	mle1	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	52	tpe1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	53	psay		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
 JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@ JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, Jesus uses **the one loving his life** figuratively to refer to considering one’s own physical life to be more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, Jesus uses **the one hating his life** figuratively to refer to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hate” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this use of **hating** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	12	26	ytxu	figs-idiom	ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will honor him	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2176,7 +2176,7 @@ JHN	17	1	l8sa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ…Υἱὸς	1	Father …
 JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	1	ya24	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	the hour has come	**Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	1	bk1m	figs-123person	σου τὸν Υἱόν…ὁ Υἱὸς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	2	jzlt	grammar-connect-logic-result	καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός	1		Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	17	2	jzlt	grammar-connect-logic-result	καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός	1		Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	17	2	cpi0	figs-123person	αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ…δώσῃ	1	all flesh	Throughout this verse Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
 JHN	17	3	i5pm		αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ	1	all flesh	The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever”
@@ -2251,7 +2251,7 @@ JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1
 JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	3	j08o		ὑπηρέτας	1		See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
 JHN	18	3	h1u5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	18	4	sh2u	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If this causal use of **knowing** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	18	4	sh2u	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	18	5	vg2d	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	5	qxyj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From f45abe03d8707e283ef3e206c57214e83ceabfe2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 04:54:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 183/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 32 ++++++++++++++++----------------
 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7f534e101b..84a8b245a1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -711,12 +711,12 @@ JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	2	ebel	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	6	2	ebel	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “looking up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		**Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -759,14 +759,14 @@ JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντ
 JHN	6	19	diko	figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	20	tjg9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	22	v8cn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	6	22	v8cn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	22	ho60	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν	1		Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1		In this verse, John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ JHN	7	19	c7xq	figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸ
 JHN	7	19	c85j	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον…ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	19	iwv8		ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	keeps the law	Here, **does** means to keep, follow, or obey. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
 JHN	7	19	bfd2	figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Why do you seek to kill me?	Jesus makes a statement in the form of a question in order to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	20	hdud	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “The crowd of people” or “Someone in the crowd of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	7	20	hdud	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	20	l1rq		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	You have a demon	Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	7	20	r9wi	figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Who seeks to kill you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	21	b63z	figs-explicit	ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1031,10 +1031,10 @@ JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates th
 JHN	7	30	e0ce	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1		Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	7	31	uuzq	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “from among the group of people” or “from among the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	7	31	uuzq	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	31	y5m8	figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν?	1	When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?	The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	31	x8e4		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN	7	32	re08	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	7	32	re08	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	32	efsz		γογγύζοντος	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing whether or not Jesus was the Messiah and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. See how you translated this word in verse [12](../07/12.md).
 JHN	7	33	xm7p		ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι	1	I am still with you for a short amount of time	Alternate translation: “I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
 JHN	7	33	d666	figs-extrainfo	ὑπάγω	1		Here, Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -1064,21 +1064,21 @@ JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John give
 JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	39	n599	figs-explicit	οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1		Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	40	xvts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from verse [38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in verse [39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	7	40	schi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “some from the group of people” or “some from the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	7	40	schi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	John records these people using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	The **Scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	43	h7d3	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “in the group of people” or “among the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd whom Jesus had just spoken with, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	47	z95z	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε?	1	Have you also been deceived?	**The Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	47	i47o	figs-activepassive	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	48	e8vu	figs-rquestion	μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων?	1	Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees?	Here, **the Pharisees** use the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	48	zkmd	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	49	n0am	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “this group of people” or “these many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	7	49	n0am	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	49	y4wf	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	49	jk8j	figs-activepassive	ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier	John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ JHN	11	40	pbc9	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This coul
 JHN	11	40	lfrs	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God glorified” or “how glorious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	41	lj5j	figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	Jesus lifted up his eyes	Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	41	j54b	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	11	42	gw6t	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people that is standing around” or “the many people who are standing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	11	42	gw6t	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	11	44	x4cb	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	44	h203	translate-unknown	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	Wrapping a dead body in strips of **cloth** was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his feet and hands having been bound with burial cloths, and his face having been wrapped with a burial cloth” or “his feet, hands, and face having been wrapped in clothes for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	11	44	n5yj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ JHN	12	8	b6lf	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	You will always have t
 JHN	12	8	qctd	figs-you	ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε	1		In this verse, every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. \\(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	9	ycv6	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	9	ilgp	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ JHN	12	11	n6gl		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	because of him	See how you translate
 JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many** **Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	12	f1im			0	General Information:	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel.
 JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	John uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One the day after that happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	12	12	sy8h	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	12	12	sy8h	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** too express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **palm tree branches**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover Festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disci
 JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	16	u9hf	figs-explicit	ἐδοξάσθη	1	when Jesus was glorified	Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets has written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
 JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this sign	Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@ JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this** refe
 JHN	12	28	t69i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ JHN	12	32	ms6n	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When
 JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
 JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	33	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	12	34	swpp	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN	12	34	swpp	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	jzfm	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From b55b9c9e50fd4b8efec736b1802da20daf217be1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:08:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 184/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 26 ++++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 84a8b245a1..5b97adef67 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -106,13 +106,13 @@ JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of Isaiah in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of **Isaiah** in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -163,11 +163,11 @@ JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **tha
 JHN	1	39	tb9j		ὥρα…δεκάτη	1	tenth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
 JHN	1	40	x8g8			0	General Information:	Verses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
 JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	40	q0bp	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	1	40	q0bp	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	40	jmyp		Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
 JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	41	vfsj	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	41	roca	translate-names	Σίμωνα	1		These is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	1	41	roca	translate-names	Σίμωνα	1		**Simon** is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title Messiah means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the ter
 JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-background		0		In this verse, John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	11	ear7	figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1		John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. See how you translated this in verse [1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	See how you translated this name in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	11	z3tk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	revealed his glory	Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	2	12	gw2f	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	12	mmkj	figs-explicit	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -367,8 +367,8 @@ JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα
 JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
 JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	**Aenon** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	**Salim** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **dispute**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτ
 JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	2	qz7h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		This is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	**Judea** and **Galilee** are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		**Samaria** is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in verse [3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	5	ff7t	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		**Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	6	vwdf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -543,10 +543,12 @@ JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Thi
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ…Καφαρναούμ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town and **Capernaum** is the name of a city. Both were in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	46	vp1m	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “royal official” identifies this man as a someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	4	47	brcf	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	47	p2nv	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	47	p2nv	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1		See how you translated this name in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	47	scql	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	47	eqga	writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	4	48	hlts	figs-you	ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε	1		The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 95d96d49449ce6013e6d287bd2bc6c845f58e7ae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:09:34 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 185/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5b97adef67..59f19bcde8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ JHN	4	46	vp1m	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated thi
 JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “royal official” identifies this man as a someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	4	47	brcf	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	47	p2nv	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1		See how you translated this name in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	47	scql	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	47	scql	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	47	eqga	writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	4	48	hlts	figs-you	ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε	1		The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 71123e59fa6593ca3e85125800f193b4bd05c611 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:11:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 186/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 59f19bcde8..8e7d80d0cb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
 JHN	5	2	h3w5		κολυμβήθρα	1	pool	This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.
 JHN	5	2	w377	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1		When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	**Bethesda** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	5	2	luz3		στοὰς	1	roofed porches	These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
 JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1		This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers to the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 44c37d7376a9952e6e7d99d68763feba50546765 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:19:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 187/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 5 +++--
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8e7d80d0cb..bf02f4554a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -720,13 +720,14 @@ JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean
 JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “looking up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		**Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
-JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of men who were Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	8	i0cw	translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	diq0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	9	k3k6	translate-unknown	πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	five bread loaves of barley	The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	9	xwu8	figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους?	1	what are these among so many?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 93b6a9de472d5017f47dc3611cc8a9766d570276 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:19:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 188/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bf02f4554a..91a23dcb90 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ JHN	6	15	rfbr		γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι	1		This
 JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
 JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		Capernaum is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses, John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 02b6e0201d9fa8487c59cbc6316a1262e9c547ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:22:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 189/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 91a23dcb90..7767b62848 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -939,9 +939,9 @@ JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is
 JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		This phrase is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		**Simon Peter** is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple. He is sometimes referred to as **Simon** or **Peter**. See how you translated this name in verse [8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** uses the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 23ae4dd4eaffcd29cec0149530b565618ace8d21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:42:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 190/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 ++++--
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7767b62848..5cdfd7d592 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see dea
 JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Here, Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	52	bwhv		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
-JHN	8	52	dxll	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	8	52	dxll	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1		See how you translated this name in [verse 37](../08/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	52	wzq3	figs-quotesinquotes	σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	52	zah1		ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If anyone keeps my word	See how you translated this in the previous verse.
 JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1525,6 +1525,8 @@ JHN	11	13	pf8u	figs-possession	τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου	1
 JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
 JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
 JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	11	1	b2r5	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		**Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	11	1	eglj	translate-names	Βηθανίας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	e043	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		**Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1628,7 +1630,7 @@ JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief prie
 JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		**Lazarus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	**Martha** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

From eca2483cb336830d56bd7ac8cf72d2c97f7d5bcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:43:38 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 191/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5cdfd7d592..5cc5ddd6bd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑ
 JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	**Martha** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From a1f64f43a0cb4782fc73c0f6708452709754edbc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:44:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 192/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5cc5ddd6bd..90bca14465 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1629,7 +1629,7 @@ JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑ
 JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	**Martha** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From a91f107e9ef35f49a6ea6134c42141dd765d569e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:45:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 193/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 90bca14465..4f9c5ec7d1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1527,6 +1527,7 @@ JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	Alternate translation: “fo
 JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	1	b2r5	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		**Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	1	eglj	translate-names	Βηθανίας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	11	1	xoy8	translate-names	Μαρίας…Μάρθας	1		**Mary** and **Martha** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	e043	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		**Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1632,7 +1633,7 @@ JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Π
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	**Martha** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1	a litra of perfume	**Mary** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

From ed99d002608246d703354335a231f1956ea54102 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:46:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 194/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4f9c5ec7d1..b7e5d81fa9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name
 JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1	a litra of perfume	**Mary** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		**Mary** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	12	3	ki9d	translate-unknown	μύρου	1	perfume	Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	qblr	figs-possession	μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	perfume	John is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

From edc69d3d921ba7d7d615c9c7b98368b005040ff8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:50:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 195/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b7e5d81fa9..7e0712d911 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name
 JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		**Mary** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	12	3	ki9d	translate-unknown	μύρου	1	perfume	Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	qblr	figs-possession	μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	perfume	John is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@ JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term
 JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	20	rbrb		τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	This refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
-JHN	12	21	ha8d	translate-names	Φιλίππῳ	1	Bethsaida	**Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	21	ha8d	translate-names	Φιλίππῳ	1	Bethsaida	See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	21	lr8c	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	**Bethsaida** is the name of a city in the region of **Galilee**. See how you translated this name in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	21	c8qt		κύριε	1		The Greeks call **Philip** **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	12	21	xgoj	figs-declarative	θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν	1		The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])

From e1d9a10953652165f4e7693d83b4794dc30cbcda Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:52:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 197/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7e0712d911..502fe61745 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1704,7 +1704,8 @@ JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **g
 JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	20	rbrb		τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	This refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
 JHN	12	21	ha8d	translate-names	Φιλίππῳ	1	Bethsaida	See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	21	lr8c	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	**Bethsaida** is the name of a city in the region of **Galilee**. See how you translated this name in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	21	lr8c	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	See how you translated this name in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	21	l774	translate-names	τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	21	c8qt		κύριε	1		The Greeks call **Philip** **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	12	21	xgoj	figs-declarative	θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν	1		The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	12	22	e9vn	figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ	1		**Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speaks to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 46047257eb443ce2e313f350d101a63590fd69be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 05:54:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 198/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 502fe61745..81d6e2e18e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43], J
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	**Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 8a9eedb23cb3c8c3d7c05dacb458e9a6dc74eec3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 15:22:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 199/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 81d6e2e18e..c9163dc02f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refe
 JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος…λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	b22k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means **Satan** took complete control of Judas. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	27	agd7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 58f1c89db72dd2726b6de212f9183aaa091418ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 15:28:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 200/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c9163dc02f..2d54db7f24 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Jesus uses **the life** figura
 JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	7	wx89	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγνώκατε με	1	Father	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	14	8	wwv7	translate-names	Φίλιππος	1		**Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	14	8	wwv7	translate-names	Φίλιππος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	14	8	fy8b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	8	kum1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Lord, show us the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	9	q2iy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ JHN	18	8	xdp8	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		See how you translated this in
 JHN	18	9	l8as	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	9	zpbq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word that he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order to fulfill the word that he said	Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	18	10	betq	translate-names	Σίμων…Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [6:8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	10	betq	translate-names	Σίμων…Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	10	yq44	figs-explicit	μάχαιραν	1		The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	10	fe37	translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus	Malchus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό?	1	Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 5c641dcc012b540e5c42c8f780889f1d8cd2a383 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 15:35:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 201/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 5 ++++-
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2d54db7f24..2ad2d87ba8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@ JHN	18	14	kzvh	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the main story line i
 JHN	18	14	xq5l	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	14	fkx1		συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
 JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	18	15	p7ms	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [6:8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	15	p7ms	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	15	xshi	figs-explicit	ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν	1		Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	15	hch7	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	15	sr05	figs-explicit	τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2323,6 +2323,7 @@ JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-doublenegatives	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον ε
 JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover Festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	29	g7jo	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		**Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	40	ovim	translate-names	τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς	1		**Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	29	c9aj	figs-abstractnouns	τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@@ -2436,6 +2437,7 @@ JHN	19	24	us8x	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λ
 JHN	19	24	j1f9	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	24	yrxw	figs-quotemarks	διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	19	25	octl	figs-possession	τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	19	1	v3ea	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		See how you translated this name in [18:29](../18/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	25	b38l	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή	1		**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	26	gkf1	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα	1	the disciple whom he loved	See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	26	mva3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2479,6 +2481,7 @@ JHN	19	36	b1kx	figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσετα
 JHN	19	37	h4kq	writing-quotations	ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	38	ca0b	writing-newevent	μετὰ…ταῦτα	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	38	xtva	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	38	nbg2	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Pilate** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	38	d3hz	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	38	e3ap	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	19	38	h7ra	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 7bf3b4efe72c63df2826a2637a7156560ed5a206 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 15:43:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 202/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2ad2d87ba8..fff21447f6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2488,7 +2488,7 @@ JHN	19	38	h7ra	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαί
 JHN	19	38	t22g	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	ojo8	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	mjy8	translate-names	Νικόδημος	1	Nicodemus	**Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	19	39	gqkc	translate-names	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον	1	Nicodemus	This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [John 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	39	gqkc	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον	1	Nicodemus	This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	ekyu	figs-explicit	φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	Nicodemus	According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	d3d2	translate-unknown	σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

From c3b83df4592c352ab1174000c8ef097ab4582071 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 16:07:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 203/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 20 ++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fff21447f6..c5c9aff75b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ JHN	1	17	wios	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1		**Moses** is the name of a man,
 JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	18	vf9q		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
 JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
-JHN	1	18	rflq	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. Alternate translation: “who is close to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	1	18	rflq	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who has a close relationship with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The n
 JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	43	qzfk	figs-pastforfuture	καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	43	uvby	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		**Philip** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	43	ejkg	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1		In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	1	43	ejkg	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1		In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	1	44	i5bm	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου	1	Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter	This is background information about **Philip**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	45	m8j1	translate-names	Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆς…Ἰησοῦν…Ἰωσὴφ	1		These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	45	faz3	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ JHN	6	2	ebel	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1		See how you trans
 JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “looking up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the las
 JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
 JHN	6	41	e216	figs-synecdoche	οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ JHN	6	44	jb73	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father**
 JHN	6	44	k7ld	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	44	rr2m		ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν	1	draws	Alternate translation: “would pull him” or “would drag him”
 JHN	6	44	um43	figs-gendernotations	αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	44	s6b5	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	44	g2ia	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	45	j1af	figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	It is written in the prophets	Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ JHN	6	53	quje	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See
 JHN	6	53	j1ga	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν	1	you will not have life in yourselves	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life	The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	54	etdh	figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		As in the previous verse, these two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	Here,**raise him up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	54	qia5	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ JHN	6	65	c3cl	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρό
 JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		This phrase is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		This phrase is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ JHN	7	23	t21u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβ
 JHN	7	23	k04n	figs-genericnoun	λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος	1		See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	23	owuc	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	23	ltsk	figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, **broken** is used figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **broken**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, Jesus uses **broken** figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	24	mrll	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ὄψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ JHN	7	28	a2h9	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	he who sent me is true	Here,
 JHN	7	28	rc3g	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1		Here, **true** could mean: (1) real. In this case, Jesus would be saying that he the God who is real sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful. In this case, Jesus would be saying that God is truly the one who sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the true sender” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	7	30	e0ce	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1		Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	31	uuzq	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	31	y5m8	figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν?	1	When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?	The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@ JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have th
 JHN	7	43	h7d3	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd whom Jesus had just spoken with, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 30](../07/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	47	z95z	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε?	1	Have you also been deceived?	**The Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	47	i47o	figs-activepassive	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	48	e8vu	figs-rquestion	μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων?	1	Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees?	Here, **the Pharisees** use the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From e38c0886006ca4fc75926e08a2c0fe0261d8007b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 16:14:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 204/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c5c9aff75b..2edeecb1a9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ JHN	6	65	c3cl	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρό
 JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		This phrase is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ JHN	7	28	a2h9	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	he who sent me is true	Here,
 JHN	7	28	rc3g	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1		Here, **true** could mean: (1) real. In this case, Jesus would be saying that he the God who is real sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful. In this case, Jesus would be saying that God is truly the one who sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the true sender” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	7	30	e0ce	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1		Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	31	uuzq	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	31	y5m8	figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν?	1	When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?	The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 55fe13b0f914fdd50352e3a30e5518d7fba1ad47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 16:37:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 205/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2edeecb1a9..2fc9bd3bb6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me**
 JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	This is an idiom that means to obey **Jesus**. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, then you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Here, Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
 JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	John records the Jews using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 275b20b3a9f8549437a5b05449b6df9dcbed4044 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 16:50:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 206/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2fc9bd3bb6..0a4d701208 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	While some texts hav
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, John records Jesus using an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. If this use of **following** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@ JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερ
 JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	37	p4xm	translate-names	Ἀβραάμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	8	37	orw8	figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If your readers might understand this idiom, you could use a similar idiom in your language or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	8	37	orw8	figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	38	m62y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	38	f9yu	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ JHN	8	43	cf8v	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	It is because
 JHN	8	44	vgy1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	You are of your father, the devil	The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	csgm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	44	pmda	figs-explicit	ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1		Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1		The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1		The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	hqmo		ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1		Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
 JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδα
 JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))
-JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	9	24	ww3t	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	25	sr93	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	9	26	z2l2	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **open** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here
 JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ JHN	10	23	henb	figs-possession	τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος	1	por
 JHN	10	23	hw7y	translate-names	Σολομῶνος	1	porch	**Solomon** is the name of a man, the king who oversaw the building of the first Jewish temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	10	23	cs2b	translate-unknown	στοᾷ	1	porch	A **porch** was a structure with a roof, had at least one wall missing, and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	24	m8ja	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews surrounded him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	This is an idiom which means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	This is an idiom which means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated this in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐ
 JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		Here, Jesus uses an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “they have become my disciples” or “they obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 6274f98ae5dbfe1924c9a5306182dbcbf05af298 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:01:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 207/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0a4d701208..b642ebb593 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	While some texts hav
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@ JHN	10	23	henb	figs-possession	τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος	1	por
 JHN	10	23	hw7y	translate-names	Σολομῶνος	1	porch	**Solomon** is the name of a man, the king who oversaw the building of the first Jewish temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	10	23	cs2b	translate-unknown	στοᾷ	1	porch	A **porch** was a structure with a roof, had at least one wall missing, and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	24	m8ja	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews surrounded him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	This is an idiom which means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	Here, **taking away our life** is an idiom that means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated this in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1481,7 +1481,7 @@ JHN	10	37	wyd2	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		He
 JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in the works	Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and God. If this use of **in** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@ JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέ
 JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, Jesus uses the phrase **wake him out of sleep** figuratively to refer to his plan to bring Lazarus back to life. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	12	hn2j	figs-euphemism	εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	if he has fallen asleep	See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	13	h3kl	writing-background		0		In this verse, John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	13	tt6v	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνοι	1		Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 53c9126b8ce3529572b1e6087db660f488d47365 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:04:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 208/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b642ebb593..4999f271c0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ JHN	11	20	k7dy	figs-quotations	ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχε
 JHN	11	21	ef5h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	my brother would not have died	**Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	11	21	g9xt	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	23	c1rc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	11	23	j8p2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Your brother will rise again	Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this use of **rise again** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	11	23	j8p2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Your brother will rise again	Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	23	hf5m	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	Your brother will rise again	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	24	f0qy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he will rise again	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	24	z7el	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise again	See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ JHN	11	40	q5mw	figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πι
 JHN	11	40	mpl5	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	40	pbc9	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This could mean: (1) God receives the glory. Alternate translation: “the glorification of God” (2) glory that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the glory from God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	11	40	lfrs	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God glorified” or “how glorious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	11	41	lj5j	figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	Jesus lifted up his eyes	Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	11	41	lj5j	figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	Jesus lifted up his eyes	Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	41	j54b	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	42	gw6t	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	11	44	x4cb	figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From a59e6d1e5bbe5814b1d64269354f85c68981f3dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:13:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 209/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4999f271c0..a38f2eef8e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ JHN	11	55	rsgm		τῆς χώρας	1		Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an a
 JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a b
 JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	9	ycv6	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	9	ilgp	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	10	nt9p		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		See how you translated this word in [11:53](../11/53.md).
 JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	kjk7	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1718,8 +1718,8 @@ JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, Jesus uses **the one loving his life** figuratively to refer to considering one’s own physical life to be more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, Jesus uses **the one hating his life** figuratively to refer to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hate” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this use of **hating** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	12	26	ytxu	figs-idiom	ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς κατ
 JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	The phrase **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43], John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1806,7 +1806,7 @@ JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passove
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	1	g86x	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, the phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	13	1	g86x	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	The phrase **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

From fbcb82e9dba4c29bb8e71dc7c612040d5da7c621 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:13:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 210/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a38f2eef8e..5e48b052c3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the wo
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	1	g86x	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	The phrase **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 08fff79c7732b9e5b72bbbe222722eb8f5188914 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:16:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 211/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5e48b052c3..18c4672e56 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1849,8 +1849,8 @@ JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην
 JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	**The one eating bread with me** is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	13	18	wr0c	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	**The one eating bread with me** here is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	13	18	wr0c	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	19	qd39	figs-ellipsis	ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I tell you this now before it happens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	19	gg19	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this in [8:24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for chapter eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	20	di3t	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From 77d4668bd1433a2998bb012287bee07a4ff24e8a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:17:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 212/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 18c4672e56..3626e6ac47 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md)
 JHN	13	25	b22k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means **Satan** took complete control of Judas. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means that **Satan** took control of Judas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	27	agd7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	28	r37z	writing-background		0		In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md), John interrupts the main story line in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	28	fl66	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1		See how you translated **reclining to eat** in [verse 23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From bd5c11bfa40f5a0e25572a52d987e92fa82ff98f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:19:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 213/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3626e6ac47..0a366d300d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@ JHN	16	32	zjnx		εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1		Alternate translation: “each of you
 JHN	16	32	k3br	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father is with me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε	1	so that you will have peace in me	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience a peaceful feeling in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they are objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here Jesus uses **in me** to refer to being united with him or having a close relationship with him. If this use of **in me** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:\n\n1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)\n2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)\n3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])\n\n### Jesus is eternal\n\nJesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Prayer\n\nJesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
 JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.

From 53eba463657cf199dc2c65584d77ac9bed2ed4a0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:31:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 214/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0a366d300d..2c5bf46a2b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ JHN	19	5	i2ay	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	19	6	pgs5	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	6	bzm0	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν	1		See how you translated a similar clause in [verse 4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	7	x7bg	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	7	vr7p	figs-idiom	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	19	7	vr7p	figs-idiom	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	7	xt93	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	19	8	lw3u	figs-metonymy	τοῦτον τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	8	nx2u	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this**
 JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
-JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	See how you translated **made himself** in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	il9r	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he brought Jesus out	Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ JHN	19	29	y2eg	translate-unknown	σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A **sponge** is a sma
 JHN	19	29	mg3t	translate-unknown	ὑσσώπῳ	1	on a hyssop staff	Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	30	u8xq	figs-explicit	τὸ ὄξος	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	30	vq53	figs-activepassive	τετέλεσται	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	30	vz56	figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	This clause is an idiom meaning “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	19	30	vz56	figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	This clause is an idiom that means “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	31	jtq9	figs-infostructure	οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	31	zuk9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	31	c49h	figs-explicit	παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@ JHN	21	13	x5pq	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λαμβάνει…δίδω
 JHN	21	14	tp3i	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	the third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	21	14	nz9d	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη	1	the third time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “showed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	14	q55e	figs-activepassive	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the third time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	21	14	y94q	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the third time	Here, **raised from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “having become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	21	14	y94q	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the third time	Here, **raised from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated a similar phrase in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “having become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	15	avdf		λέγει…λέγει…λέγει	1	do you love me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	15	xwxd	figs-explicit	ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε	1	the third time	The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this in your translation. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with great esteem … I love you with affection” or “do you love me deeply… I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	15	t1uj	figs-explicit	πλέον τούτων	1		Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the other disciples who were there with Jesus and Peter. This meaning would indicate Jesus is asking Peter if he loves Jesus more than the other disciples love him. Alternate translation: “more than these disciples love me” (2) the fish, boat, and other equipment that were used for catching fish, which was Peter’s former job. Alternate translation: “more than these fishing tools” or “more than your former job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 719a86d1abf28fe19c14ff3b0ef4ea207b33d069 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:50:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 215/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2c5bf46a2b..00b3a61851 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμε
 JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
 JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 895f4aa5ec56af5134e75ada5eb0c7c95772a399 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:56:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 216/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 +++-
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 00b3a61851..4294e3c04a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2475,10 +2475,12 @@ JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖν
 JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	36	uyvo	writing-quotations	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	36	l8zi	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	19	36	bm8y	figs-quotemarks	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	19	36	b1kx	figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	Not one of his bones will be broken	This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	37	h4kq	writing-quotations	ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	37	lnmt	figs-quotemarks	ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	19	38	ca0b	writing-newevent	μετὰ…ταῦτα	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	38	xtva	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	nbg2	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Pilate** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 8a1daa235349774f528a7223e737784cee9bf46e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 17:58:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 217/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4294e3c04a..050ec1752a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2082,6 +2082,7 @@ JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	 ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Cons
 JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	 ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This sentence is a quotation from ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 04ffe64e8d1e10bd2a57f7b337be3e8e9183bbd7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:00:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 218/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 050ec1752a..fc68c26393 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1849,6 +1849,7 @@ JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην
 JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	13	18	tx1f	figs-quotemarks	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	**The one eating bread with me** here is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	18	wr0c	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	19	qd39	figs-ellipsis	ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I tell you this now before it happens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 7f205949852d946a1259d1e20a71b7a1d1e0413f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:10:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 219/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fc68c26393..2df8195a68 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1766,6 +1766,7 @@ JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπ
 JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	40	q8k8	figs-quotemarks	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

From 8f41781556e85c9d09db411c90da6febc42182df Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:11:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 220/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2df8195a68..54fb5d7843 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1761,6 +1761,7 @@ JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτ
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From c1c221e3fc0a6364c52cd07bb2036feef6047195 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:14:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 221/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 54fb5d7843..4b6b8e5e1e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1682,6 +1682,7 @@ JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον
 JHN	12	21	rfff	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	23	dkmf	writing-quotations	ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	15	ts1f	figs-quotemarks		1	daughter of Zion	This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
 JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1761,7 +1762,7 @@ JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτ
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 48e577e86cf1c3d006b819e98fa930b41d3f01be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:16:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 222/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4b6b8e5e1e..c0901423c3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1674,6 +1674,7 @@ JHN	12	12	sy8h	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great cro
 JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** too express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **palm tree branches**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover Festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	13	hf0a	figs-quotemarks	ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

From 1f9a252f6d3697d307303452a36f4e4a7c77e27f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:18:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 223/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c0901423c3..e720c6fbd3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -251,6 +251,7 @@ JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου ο
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.  Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	2	17	jp55	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 35c9e891727bf1340329ec3204fe5a7ffb995708 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:26:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 224/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e720c6fbd3..971f5ee046 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμε
 JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
 JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the Old Testament book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	 ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Cons
 JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	 ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This sentence is a quotation from ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	 ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2484,10 +2484,10 @@ JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 36–37](../19
 JHN	19	36	uyvo	writing-quotations	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	36	l8zi	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	36	bm8y	figs-quotemarks	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN	19	36	bm8y	figs-quotemarks	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	19	36	b1kx	figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	Not one of his bones will be broken	This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	37	h4kq	writing-quotations	ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	19	37	lnmt	figs-quotemarks	ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN	19	37	lnmt	figs-quotemarks	ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	19	38	ca0b	writing-newevent	μετὰ…ταῦτα	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	38	xtva	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	nbg2	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Pilate** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 003e2c9dca0e8c4c164700f400a50f19e0483aec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:28:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 225/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 971f5ee046..b97488a50c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρ
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of **Isaiah** in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cou
 JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story recorded in [1:19-27](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	This verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	28	u0iq	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	tfxy	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		**Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 610b50f113ecd8c3ffb6d2f998855938b3eee88b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:35:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 226/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b97488a50c..0202ccf71b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρ
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of **Isaiah** in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	Now some from the Pharisees	This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background		0		This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the n
 JHN	1	43	qzfk	figs-pastforfuture	καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	43	uvby	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		**Philip** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	43	ejkg	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1		In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	1	44	i5bm	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου	1	Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter	This is background information about **Philip**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	1	44	i5bm	writing-background		0		This verse provides background information about **Philip**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	45	m8j1	translate-names	Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆς…Ἰησοῦν…Ἰωσὴφ	1		These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	45	faz3	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	45	ci52	figs-ellipsis	οἱ προφῆται	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγ
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
-JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0		Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	2	xm3r	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ JHN	2	8	xbw3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense i
 JHN	2	8	y52q	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1		Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	8	h9gr		τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ	1	the head waiter	The term **head waiter** refers to the person in charge of the servants who served the food and drink at meals and feasts.
 JHN	2	9	t0zb		ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος…ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος	1		See how you translated this term in the previous verse.
-JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background	καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει πόθεν ἐστίν, οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ	1	but the servants who had drawn the water knew	John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background		0		John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	9	xfwq	figs-pastforfuture	φωνεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, the head waiter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist u
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
-JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0	General Information:	John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

From 2bb5f256a252ee5ceefbcb6e4145b1b259d262c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:39:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 227/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 20 ++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0202ccf71b..45ed5d2a0a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ JHN	2	9	xfwq	figs-pastforfuture	φωνεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, the head waiter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-background		0		In this verse, John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-background		0		In this verse John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	11	ear7	figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1		John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	See how you translated this name in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	11	z3tk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	revealed his glory	Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist u
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
-JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		Verses 1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
 JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0		Verses 1–4 give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
 JHN	5	2	h3w5		κολυμβήθρα	1	pool	This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.
@@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when
 JHN	5	7	kul6		εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	into the pool	See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md).
 JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
 JHN	5	8	eqe4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Get up	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in verses [10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “On the day that Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in [verses 10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “On the day that Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	10	qydu	figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
@@ -711,18 +711,18 @@ JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	2	ebel	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here, John uses the refl
 JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
 JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses, John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς 
 JHN	6	22	v8cn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	22	ho60	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν	1		Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1		In this verse, John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1		In this verse John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ JHN	6	58	r174	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες
 JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background	ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ	1	Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum	Here John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background		0		In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From dc80addc4156420c0152313baba5b13c5681b6b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:41:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 228/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 45ed5d2a0a..82179ffe28 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **
 JHN	6	63	plw8		πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
 JHN	6	63	gb29		καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
 JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	Here, John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	In this sentence John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	64	rlhr	figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες	1		The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	e9ex	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	c3cl	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -951,13 +951,13 @@ JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** use
 JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	70	k335	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	70	jl5i	figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1		The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	71	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	6	71	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	71	joha	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου	1		**Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)\n2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)\n3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)\n4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)\n5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)\n6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)\n7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Believing in him”\n\nA recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### “My time has not yet come”\n\nThis phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.\n\n### “Living water”\n\nThis is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nIn [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.\n\n### Irony\n\nNicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Did not believe in him”\n\nJesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία	1		In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background		0		In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	3	x8ce	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	brothers	These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From b19a1010795ac917b761bc7c65d9bfe665189237 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:42:23 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 229/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 82179ffe28..3e0025eec0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **t
 JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)\n2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)\n3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)\n4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)\n5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)\n6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)\n7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Believing in him”\n\nA recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### “My time has not yet come”\n\nThis phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.\n\n### “Living water”\n\nThis is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nIn [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.\n\n### Irony\n\nNicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Did not believe in him”\n\nJesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background		0		In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	3	x8ce	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	brothers	These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1		Here, Jesus’ brothers
 JHN	7	4	uj59		ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι	1		Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
 JHN	7	4	mc8r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1		John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	7	5	mz2b	writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1	For even his brothers did not believe in him	This sentence is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	7	5	mz2b	writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	5	bs7f	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	See how you translated this in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	7	6	bcul	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	6	n5bj	figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	My time has not yet come	This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 23660c2f553c9c7949c288635eca2543d5a0789e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:45:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 230/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3e0025eec0..96aee278cd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ JHN	7	20	r9wi	figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	W
 JHN	7	21	b63z	figs-explicit	ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	21	l1zf	figs-explicit	πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	o9n9	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	22	d8sw	writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors	Here, John records Jesus providing additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	7	22	d8sw	writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors	Here Jesus provides additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	22	w22v	figs-explicit	τῶν πατέρων	1		Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	cs9z	figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	on the Sabbath you circumcise a man	Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	dl6z	figs-genericnoun	ἄνθρωπον	1		Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ JHN	8	18	ycc8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	2	the Father	**Fath
 JHN	8	19	o66t	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1		In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	19	b26z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	19	wcd1	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε.	1		Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-JHN	8	20	p01r	writing-background		0		In this verse, John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	8	20	p01r	writing-background		0		In this verse John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	20	xa7h	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	20	witr	translate-unknown	τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ	1		A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	8	20	b11j	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 91965652cf2f3a86201c3eaeeba1f9a508d10d0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:48:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 231/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 96aee278cd..06825f83f1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσ
 JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	7	ror0	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	Here, John provides a brief break in the story line in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	In this clause John provides a brief break in the story line in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	q68b	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	which is translated “Sent”	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ JHN	9	11	a42y	figs-explicit	πηλὸν ἐποίησεν	1		See how you transla
 JHN	9	11	b5zf	figs-explicit	νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος	1		See how you translated **wash** in [verse 7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	13	cu14	figs-pastforfuture	ἄγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	14	qxy9	figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	15	d6xd	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** ref
 JHN	9	19	npf9	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ
 JHN	11	4	y9vx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1		Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	asqb	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	11	4	ad99	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background	ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	5	w6tg	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	6	vx3p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	12	hn2j	figs-euphemism	εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	if he has fallen asleep	See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	11	13	h3kl	writing-background		0		In this verse, John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	11	13	h3kl	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	13	tt6v	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνοι	1		Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	13	leg3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	13	pf8u	figs-possession	τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου	1		John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son
 JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	28	yd61	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here, John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	31	zpe9		οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	31	q0iv	figs-distinguish	οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν	1		This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 JHN	11	32	zmp7	figs-explicit	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ JHN	11	36	b6ee		οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	loved	See how you translated this phr
 JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ?	1	Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?	Here, some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	37	a76u	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ	1	opened the eyes	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	11	38	e72n		ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 33](../11/33.md).
-JHN	11	38	xu7k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it	John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	11	38	xu7k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it	John provides a brief break in the story to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	39	hevw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	39	l2pd	translate-kinship	ἡ ἀδελφὴ	1	Martha, the sister of Lazarus	**Martha** was Lazarus’ oldest **sister**. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a older or oldest **sister** here. Alternate translation: “the oldest sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	39	lt1d	figs-explicit	τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν	1		This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 56b0eb1afdc7784e3189b62a1e43d5e2df40330a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:50:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 232/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 16 ++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 06825f83f1..a1a450cba1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@ JHN	12	4	qbja	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the one who would betray him	Here
 JHN	12	5	e8d7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς?	1	Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?	Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he though the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	5	dx9e	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων	1	denarii	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	12	5	tted	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1		Judas is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN	12	6	ri5l	writing-background		0		In this verse, John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	12	6	ri5l	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	6	sl8u	figs-infostructure	εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he said this because he was a thief, not because it was a concern to him about the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	12	6	mgm8	figs-nominaladj	τῶν πτωχῶν	1		See how you translated **the poor** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	12	6	qoun	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am
 JHN	12	32	ms6n	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
 JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	12	33	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse, John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	12	33	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	34	swpp	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figura
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43], John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43] John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ JHN	12	49	l77y	figs-doublet	τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω	1		Here, *
 JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. Verses 1–4 explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1875,12 +1875,12 @@ JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1
 JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means that **Satan** took control of Judas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	27	agd7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	28	r37z	writing-background		0		In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md), John interrupts the main story line in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	13	28	r37z	writing-background		0		In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md) John interrupts the main story line in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	28	fl66	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1		See how you translated **reclining to eat** in [verse 23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	29	yagv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	29	p66v	figs-explicit	ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	29	rv4z	figs-quotations	τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ	1	that he should give something to the poor	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Give something to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-JHN	13	30	dw7m	writing-background	ἦν δὲ νύξ	1	It was night	Here John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	13	30	dw7m	writing-background	ἦν δὲ νύξ	1	It was night	In this sentence John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	31	wi4o	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	31	apde	figs-pastforfuture	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		In this verse, Jesus uses the past tense **has been glorified** twice figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2258,7 +2258,7 @@ JHN	17	26	xpi3	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά	1	I made your name known to them
 JHN	17	26	gk2j	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ	1	love … loved	Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	26	ilzj	figs-idiom	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	love … loved	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)\n2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)\n3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”\n\nThe Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).\n\n### King of the Jews\n\nWhen Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 1–2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../18/01.md) give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	18	1	pxtm	figs-possession	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	John is using **of** to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	**Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ JHN	18	4	sh2u	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχ
 JHN	18	5	vg2d	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	5	qxyj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	18	5	g4hx	writing-background	ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	who betrayed him	With this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	5	g4hx	writing-background	ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	who betrayed him	In this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	6	b8tl	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	6	w38n	figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	fell to the ground	Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	7	uf85	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From c02b2c25e746c4c9f4a99abd73a48a6a132b7d80 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:51:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 233/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a1a450cba1..d927a016cf 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2274,7 +2274,7 @@ JHN	18	6	b8tl	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	See how you translated this
 JHN	18	6	w38n	figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	fell to the ground	Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	7	uf85	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	8	xdp8	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	18	9	l8as	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	9	l8as	writing-background		0		In this verse John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	9	zpbq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word that he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order to fulfill the word that he said	Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	10	betq	translate-names	Σίμων…Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 498a6cd33fa1fd58e3a33fce5db47c71499454ac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:54:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 234/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d927a016cf..8005ed64b3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ JHN	18	12	cl3f	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the
 JHN	18	12	i6bz	figs-explicit	ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	seized Jesus and tied him up	The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	13	tiki	translate-names	Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα	1		**Annas** and **Caiaphas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	13	je4z	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	14	kzvh	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	14	kzvh	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	14	xq5l	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	14	fkx1		συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
 JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ JHN	18	16	o10j	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος	1		See how you
 JHN	18	16	utf4	figs-activepassive	ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	17	xw8d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	17	r82l	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου?	1	Are you not also one of the disciples of this man?	The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	18	g8xj	figs-infostructure	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	Now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	οἱ δοῦλοι	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2337,7 +2337,7 @@ JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	33	tr28	figs-explicit	ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implie
 JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** Festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
 JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
@@ -2502,7 +2502,7 @@ JHN	19	39	ekyu	figs-explicit	φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλ
 JHN	19	39	d3d2	translate-unknown	σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	19	40	m9k6	translate-unknown	ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων	1		Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	41	uib1	figs-activepassive	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος	1	Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	41	qd1a	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	41	bx6g	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -2625,7 +2625,7 @@ JHN	20	31	qxdy	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	life i
 JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)\n2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)\n3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)\n4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The metaphor of sheep\n\nBefore Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Different words for “love”\n\nIn [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together like in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
 JHN	21	1	x44v	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	General Information:	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	21	1	yj6k	translate-names	θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		This **Sea** was also called “the Sea of Galilee.” See how you translated the similar name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	21	2	et5h	writing-background		0	General Information:	Verses 2–3 provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	21	2	et5h	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 2–3](../21/02.md) provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	2	b421	figs-activepassive	Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	with Thomas called Didymus	See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	2	m4gx	translate-names	Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	2	xyiv	figs-explicit	οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου	1		This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 8bffa13b0e2c71ca608605cb9a74d7493d8ee367 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:55:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 235/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8005ed64b3..05ab43ff09 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1758,7 +1758,7 @@ JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figura
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43] John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 6a00dce8b98c11902771abce28a3ad6ccf9b219e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:56:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 236/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 05ab43ff09..82b035e71e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist u
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
-JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		Verses 1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–6](../04/01.md) give the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
 JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0		Verses 1–4 give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–4](../05/01.md) give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
 JHN	5	2	h3w5		κολυμβήθρα	1	pool	This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.

From 98ac4e289a42e090a70ad8d1a720d885a6dfefc3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 18:59:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 237/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 82b035e71e..6248ab024d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζ
 JHN	4	2	qz7h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	**Judea** and **Galilee** are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		**Samaria** is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in verse [3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in [verse 3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	5	ff7t	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		**Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	39	n599	figs-explicit	οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1		Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	40	xvts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from verse [38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in verse [39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN	7	40	xvts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [verse 38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [verse 39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	7	40	schi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)

From 5760fbb1ef9739505565b8aed983acffd2df207d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 19:55:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 239/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index ed7ddcc4b5..b142342864 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2574,22 +2574,22 @@ EXO	38	15	dlq7			0	General Information	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:
 EXO	38	17	s5g5			0	General Information	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
 EXO	38	18	hmi5			0	General Information	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16 and 18](../27/16.md).
 EXO	38	18	yf6z	translate-bdistance	וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֤ים…חָמֵ֣שׁ	1	cubits	You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m … 2.3m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
-EXO	38	18	trz5		אֹ֔רֶךְ וְ⁠קוֹמָ֤ה	1	The curtain was made of	This probably refers to the general dimensions (20 cubits long by 5 cubits wide) but clarifies that the **width** would become the **height** of the curtain when the craftsmen or Levites set up the tabernacle. Alternate translation, placed after first "cubits": “and the width which corresponded to the height”
+EXO	38	18	trz5		אֹ֔רֶךְ וְ⁠קוֹמָ֤ה	1	The curtain was made of	This probably refers to the general dimensions (20 cubits long by 5 cubits wide) but clarifies that the **width** would become the **height** of the curtain when the craftsmen or Levites set up the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “and the width, which corresponded to the height”
 EXO	38	19	fjw4			0	General Information	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
 EXO	38	20	ye5c			0	General Information	This verse is very similar to the second half of [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
 EXO	38	21	k2ex	figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד	1	as it was taken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Levites recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	38	21	qivw	figs-idiom	עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	Ithamar	This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	38	21	op5h	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠יַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן	1	Ithamar	Here, **by the hand of** could mean: (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “written down by Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	38	21	ex1t	translate-names	אִֽיתָמָ֔ר	1	Ithamar	**Ithamar** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EXO	38	22	d86g	translate-names	וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר	1	Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur	**Bezalel Uri,** and **Hur** are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EXO	38	22	d86g	translate-names	וּ⁠בְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר	1	Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur	**Bezalel**,  **Uri,** and **Hur** are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	38	22	i4ha	figs-ellipsis	מֹשֶֽׁה	1	Yahweh had commanded Moses	This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “Moses to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-EXO	38	23	f93b	translate-names	אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ	1	Oholiab son of Ahisamak	**Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EXO	38	23	f93b	translate-names	אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ	1	Oholiab son of Ahisamak	**Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	38	23	wvw4		חָרָ֣שׁ וְ⁠חֹשֵׁ֑ב וְ⁠רֹקֵ֗ם בַּ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וּ⁠בָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן וּ⁠בְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י וּ⁠בַ⁠שֵּֽׁשׁ	1	an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer	This is very similar to part of [Exodus 35:35](../35/35.md).
 EXO	38	24	tl4k	figs-activepassive	כָּל־הַ⁠זָּהָ֗ב הֶֽ⁠עָשׂוּי֙	1	All the gold that was used for the project	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the craftsmen used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	38	24	y7hy	translate-bweight	תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	twenty-nine talents	A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-EXO	38	25	ni5b	translate-bweight	מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אֶלֶף֩ וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	one hundred talents	A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+EXO	38	24	y7hy	translate-bweight	תֵּ֤שַׁע וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	twenty-nine talents	A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+EXO	38	25	ni5b	translate-bweight	מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אֶלֶף֩ וּ⁠שְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	one hundred talents	A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 EXO	38	26	rp46			0	one hundred talents	See how you translated many of the same things in [Exodus 30:13-14](../30/13.md).
-EXO	38	26	t2gi	translate-bweight	בֶּ֚קַע לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ	1	one beka	A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md).Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+EXO	38	26	t2gi	translate-bweight	בֶּ֚קַע לַ⁠גֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ	1	one beka	A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md).Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 EXO	38	26	fyy5	translate-fraction	מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל	1	half a shekel	A **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 EXO	38	26	nvf8	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הָ⁠עֹבֵ֜ר עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֗ים מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה לְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	half a shekel	Here the account leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The idea that this silver was “received” **from** these “men” is left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “received from every passer over to the counted ones from a son of 20 years and older—received from 603,550 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	38	26	ll8b	figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙	1	This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census	This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From 8524ce32bf28b5a1ea47166525139eff2277db2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 19:58:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 240/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index b142342864..f947c12244 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2594,10 +2594,10 @@ EXO	38	26	fyy5	translate-fraction	מַחֲצִ֥ית הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל	1	h
 EXO	38	26	nvf8	figs-ellipsis	לְ⁠כֹ֨ל הָ⁠עֹבֵ֜ר עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֗ים מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָ⁠מַ֔עְלָ⁠ה לְ⁠שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	half a shekel	Here the account leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The idea that this silver was “received” **from** these “men” is left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “received from every passer over to the counted ones from a son of 20 years and older—received from 603,550 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	38	26	ll8b	figs-idiom	מִ⁠בֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙	1	This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census	This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	38	27	p7r5	translate-bweight	מְאַת֙ כִּכַּ֣ר	1	One hundred talents of silver were cast	A talent is about 34 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-EXO	38	28	nxf5	figs-ellipsis	הָ⁠אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֤ע הַ⁠מֵּאוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֔ים	1	Bezalel	Here the words **shekels of silver** has been omitted because it is understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If the text would not be understood without it you may add it in. Alternate translation: “the 1775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	38	28	nxf5	figs-ellipsis	הָ⁠אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֤ע הַ⁠מֵּאוֹת֙ וַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֔ים	1	Bezalel	Here the words **shekels of silver** have been omitted because they are understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If the text would not be understood without them, you may add them in. Alternate translation: “the 1,775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	38	28	rcda			0	Bezalel	See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
 EXO	38	29	p3mr	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל	1	seventy talents and 2,400 shekels	A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-EXO	38	30	rck7		מִכְבַּ֥ר	1	grate	This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
+EXO	38	30	rck7		מִכְבַּ֥ר	1	grate	A **grate** is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
 EXO	38	31	bvr9		יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת	1	tent pegs	These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
 EXO	39	intro	mll6			0		# Exodus 39 General Notes<br><br>- This chapter continues record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br>Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).<br>- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
 EXO	39	1	h8kg			0	as Yahweh had commanded Moses	See how you translated similar instructions in [Exodus 28:4-5](../28/04.md).

From 278d550475b027ef73432dc297562c10cec4e0da Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:01:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 241/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index f947c12244..da2632dd2d 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2599,7 +2599,7 @@ EXO	38	28	rcda			0	Bezalel	See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17
 EXO	38	29	p3mr	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְ⁠אַלְפַּ֥יִם וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל	1	seventy talents and 2,400 shekels	A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 EXO	38	30	rck7		מִכְבַּ֥ר	1	grate	A **grate** is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
 EXO	38	31	bvr9		יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת	1	tent pegs	These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
-EXO	39	intro	mll6			0		# Exodus 39 General Notes<br><br>- This chapter continues record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br>Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).<br>- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
+EXO	39	intro	mll6			0		# Exodus 39 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced to the correct specifications in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\nBe sure to consult your previous work to maintain consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).\n- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
 EXO	39	1	h8kg			0	as Yahweh had commanded Moses	See how you translated similar instructions in [Exodus 28:4-5](../28/04.md).
 EXO	39	1	e1xh	figs-abstractnouns	בִּגְדֵ֤י הַ⁠קֹּ֨דֶשׁ֙	1	as Yahweh had commanded Moses	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. Alternate translation: “the holy clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EXO	39	2	b9mg			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md).

From dc65602fec149f43596872def207f59ef98ab93d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:15:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 242/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6248ab024d..7b9bc864c6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an imp
 JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son … I, the Son, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -638,14 +638,14 @@ JHN	5	22	dtxw	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ	1		As in the previous three verses,
 JHN	5	23	iqn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1		**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son…The one not honoring me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
-JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	25	v33w	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	25	kosy	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	25	l2xy	figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ	1		Here, **the dead** could refer to: (1) people who are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead” (2) people who are physically dead. Alternate translation: “the physically dead” (3) both the spiritually dead and physically dead. In this case, **an hour that is coming** would refer to the future resurrection of the dead while **is now** would refer to those spiritually dead people who were listening to Jesus when he spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead and physically dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 3a7667b468f8acd1e1607541abf6e0cc62aa3a9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:21:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 243/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 +++-----
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7b9bc864c6..2259bea5ce 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -135,7 +135,6 @@ JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπρο
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	1	31	c6q5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα φανερωθῇ	1		Here, **so that** indicates the purpose for which John was baptizing people. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of revealing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	descending	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -723,7 +722,7 @@ JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you tran
 JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@@ -773,7 +772,7 @@ JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates th
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
@@ -880,7 +879,6 @@ JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	52	mims	grammar-connect-logic-goal	φαγεῖν	1		The Jews are stating the purpose for which the flesh would be given to them. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	53	q8jl	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1342,7 +1340,7 @@ JHN	9	38	emlm		Κύριε	1		Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is
 JHN	9	38	gf4d	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύω	1		Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	9	40	d8mm	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	John records several **Pharisees** using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here the Pharisees use **blind** figuratively to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	See how you translated **blind** in [verses 39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 253368205e6451ab2477e41dfa24bed5540187bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:22:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 244/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2259bea5ce..f4a0e03d86 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ JHN	15	13	emyr	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ	1	life	See
 JHN	15	15	b56f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	16	qj98	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν φέρητε	1	bear fruit	In this verse, **bear fruit** could mean: (1) preach the gospel to people who respond by trusting in Jesus, as suggested by the use of **go** before **bear**. Alternate translation: “would lead people to believe in me” (2) live in a manner that pleases God, as **bear fruit** is used in [verses 2–8](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “would do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	16	v3je	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	16	kc4z	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	that your fruit should remain	This phrase introduces a purpose clause. It could mean: (1) the content of this clause is the purpose for Jesus choosing his disciples. Alternate translation: “and he chose you so that whatever you would ask” (2) the content of this clause is the purpose for the disciples’ fruit remaining. Alternate translation: “and this fruit would remain so that whatever you would ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	15	16	kc4z	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	that your fruit should remain	Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. It could mean: (1) the content of this clause is the purpose for Jesus choosing his disciples. Alternate translation: “and he chose you so that whatever you would ask” (2) the content of this clause is the purpose for the disciples’ fruit remaining. Alternate translation: “and this fruit would remain so that whatever you would ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	15	16	bcy1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	16	acqo	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1		See how you translated this in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	15	17	rib2		ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the commands Jesus referred to in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “These commands” (2) the command in the second half of this verse. Alternate translation: “This”

From 1df5f25024d1cc22d2f5688d51729735d78d4ef4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:23:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 245/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index da2632dd2d..231f11c3cc 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2605,10 +2605,10 @@ EXO	39	1	e1xh	figs-abstractnouns	בִּגְדֵ֤י הַ⁠קֹּ֨דֶשׁ֙	1
 EXO	39	2	b9mg			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md).
 EXO	39	4	pq62			0	Connecting Statement:	This verse is very similar to [28:7](../28/07.md).
 EXO	39	5	g75w			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
-EXO	39	6	k7vw			0	General Information:	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and especially [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Here, as there, the **sons of Israel** literally means Rueben through Benjamin, not the Israelite nation.
+EXO	39	6	k7vw			0	General Information:	See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and especially [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Here, as there, the  **sons of Israel** literally means the twelve sons, Rueben through Benjamin, not the Israelite nation.
 EXO	39	7	ize6			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to the first half of [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md).
-EXO	39	8	mlf6			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md), a few words are omitted here.
-EXO	39	9	lkt1			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md), a few words are added or repeated here.
+EXO	39	8	mlf6			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md); a few words are omitted here.
+EXO	39	9	lkt1			0	General Information:	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md); a few words are added or repeated here.
 EXO	39	10	m54c			0	They set in it	This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:17](../28/17.md).
 EXO	39	11	qx96			0	an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond	This verse is identical to [Exodus 28:18](../28/18.md).
 EXO	39	12	kk8t			0	a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst	This verse is identical to [Exodus 28:19](../28/19.md).
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ EXO	39	31	fml2			0	General Information:	This verse is very similar to [Exodus 28
 EXO	39	32	jh64	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	This verse marks the end of the narrative of the construction of the tabernacle. More precisely, it seems to mark the beginning of an ending section. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 EXO	39	32	z1z7	figs-doublet	מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד	1	So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything	The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing. The two interchangeable terms are brought together here in a poetic doubling to bring this part of the narrative to a close. If your readers would find this confusing you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST. Alternate translation: “holy meeting tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EXO	39	32	et19	figs-parallelism	וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כְּ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֖ה כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ	1	So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything	Here, **thus they did** parallels the whole rest of the sentence. Like the doubling of the terms for **tabernacle** this brings the narrative of building to an emphatic conclusion. If this sort of parallelism would convey a meaning other than this emphatic conclusion in your language you may need to use another natural way to close the narrative with emphasis on the Israelites complete obedience. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel faithfully did exactly according to all that Yahweh had commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EXO	39	33	ri54	writing-newevent		0	So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything	This verse starts a short narrative of the Israelites bringing and presenting the items for the tabernacle to Moses for inspection. It is a summary of the construction and extended conclusion to the last few chapters. Your team may need to decide how to group verse 32 as it both closes the construction narrative and introduces this next section which ends with a very similar summary statement in [verses 42-43](../39/42.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+EXO	39	33	ri54	writing-newevent		0	So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything	This verse starts a short narrative of the Israelites bringing and presenting the items for the tabernacle to Moses for inspection. It is a summary of the construction and extended conclusion to the last few chapters. Your team may need to decide how to group verse 32, as it both closes the construction narrative and introduces this next section, which ends with a very similar summary statement in [verses 42-43](../39/42.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	39	33	y9ym			0	clasps	This verse, especially the list of items, is very similar to [35:11](../35/11.md).
 EXO	39	34	z6r6		וְ⁠אֶת־מִכְסֵ֞ה עוֹרֹ֤ת הָֽ⁠אֵילִם֙ הַ⁠מְאָדָּמִ֔ים וְ⁠אֶת־מִכְסֵ֖ה עֹרֹ֣ת הַ⁠תְּחָשִׁ֑ים	1	the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather	See how you translated similar phrases to this in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md).
 EXO	39	34	l0fi		פָּרֹ֥כֶת הַ⁠מָּסָֽךְ	1	the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather	See how you translated similar phrases to this in [35:12](../35/12.md).
@@ -2648,8 +2648,8 @@ EXO	39	40	ajt4	figs-doublet	הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֖ן לְ⁠אֹ֥הֶל מ
 EXO	39	41	z3ip			0	the tabernacle, the tent of meeting	This verse is identical to [35:19](../35/19.md).
 EXO	39	42	ct6k			0	Thus the people	This verse is almost identical to the second half of [verse 32](../39/32.md).
 EXO	39	43	t26m		וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙	1	behold	Here, the word **behold** draws attention to the information that follows. Use a word or marking in your language that draws attention to the next information.
-EXO	39	43	z79s	writing-endofstory		0	As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it	This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-EXO	40	intro	fa6e			0		# Exodus 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses,** is repeated seven times as in the previous chapter to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.<br>- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel in an expanded way verses 2-8.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br><br>- The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.<br>- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.<br>- “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
+EXO	39	43	z79s	writing-endofstory		0	As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it	This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this, consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+EXO	40	intro	fa6e			0		# Exodus 40 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses** is repeated seven times, as in the previous chapter, to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.\n- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel verses 2-8 in an expanded way.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n\n- The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing, but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing, you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.\n- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like with Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.\n- “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
 EXO	40	1	ea7j	writing-newevent		0		There is a transition to a new event at the beginning of this chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	40	2	bgv1	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠יוֹם־הַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1		Alternate translation: “On day one of the month, in month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	40	2	gzk3	figs-doublet	מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד	1	the first day of the first month of the new year	These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the tabernacle, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From 1b5b23de8427cd999c439bad50cb8c2770e0daed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:28:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 246/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 231f11c3cc..84ebefaf25 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2653,14 +2653,14 @@ EXO	40	intro	fa6e			0		# Exodus 40 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\
 EXO	40	1	ea7j	writing-newevent		0		There is a transition to a new event at the beginning of this chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	40	2	bgv1	translate-ordinal	בְּ⁠יוֹם־הַ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1		Alternate translation: “On day one of the month, in month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	40	2	gzk3	figs-doublet	מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד	1	the first day of the first month of the new year	These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the tabernacle, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EXO	40	2	clkf	figs-ellipsis	לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	the first day of the first month of the new year	Here, the new or next year omitted because it can be inferred from context. However, if that would be misunderstood by your readers (perhaps they would think it just meant ”next month” or something) you could add a phrase making it clear that it is the first month of the year. This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md). Alternate translation: “month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	40	2	clkf	figs-ellipsis	לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	the first day of the first month of the new year	Here, the new or next year is omitted because it can be inferred from context. However, if that would be misunderstood by your readers (perhaps they would think it just meant ”next month” or something), you could add a phrase to make it clear that it is the first month of the year. This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md). Alternate translation: “month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	40	3	l7fp		וְ⁠סַכֹּתָ֥ עַל	1	place the ark of the testimony in it	Alternate translation: “and you shall conceal”
 EXO	40	5	b3ct	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י	1	place the ark of the testimony in it	Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	40	6	o5sz	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֕י	1	place the ark of the testimony in it	Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	40	6	nqha	figs-doublet	מִשְׁכַּ֥ן אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵֽד	1	place the ark of the testimony in it	These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the tabernacle, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EXO	40	10	yiq8	figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִֽׁים	1	General Information:	Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+EXO	40	10	yiq8	figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִֽׁים	1	General Information:	Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 EXO	40	12	gqld			0	General Information:	Verses 12-15 are similar to [Exodus 29:4-9](../29/04.md).
-EXO	40	16	xl61	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This statement starts a new section in which Moses does all the things, **just as Yahweh had commanded**, the poetic obedience statement seen so often in the previous chapter. You may wish to mark this transition and poetic statement in a particular way in your language similar to how you did in the last chapter. See [39:32](../39/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+EXO	40	16	xl61	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This statement starts a new section in which Moses does all the things **just as Yahweh had commanded**; this poetic obedience statement was seen so often in the previous chapter. You may wish to mark this transition and poetic statement in a particular way in your language that is similar to how you did in the last chapter. See [39:32](../39/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	40	17	r6pc	figs-activepassive	הוּקַ֖ם הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן	1	So the tabernacle was set up	The use of the passive here indicates that the important thing is the completion of the task of setting up the tent on the specific date Yahweh had commanded. If your language would show that focus in a different way use a natural form to do that. Alternate translation: “that they set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	40	17	gzu5		בַּ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	the first day of the first month	This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md).
 EXO	40	17	wnh8	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד	1	in the second year	Alternate translation: “in month one, year two, on day one of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

From e1b6f7f359487112253201660e5e229c963df161 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:31:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 247/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f4a0e03d86..f2178236c6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a seal on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 511937fbafd2d49bf705c1f5fec78c9a3888d35d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:34:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 248/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 84ebefaf25..82b4ae267b 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2661,11 +2661,11 @@ EXO	40	6	nqha	figs-doublet	מִשְׁכַּ֥ן אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵֽד	1	p
 EXO	40	10	yiq8	figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִֽׁים	1	General Information:	Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 EXO	40	12	gqld			0	General Information:	Verses 12-15 are similar to [Exodus 29:4-9](../29/04.md).
 EXO	40	16	xl61	writing-newevent		0	General Information:	This statement starts a new section in which Moses does all the things **just as Yahweh had commanded**; this poetic obedience statement was seen so often in the previous chapter. You may wish to mark this transition and poetic statement in a particular way in your language that is similar to how you did in the last chapter. See [39:32](../39/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-EXO	40	17	r6pc	figs-activepassive	הוּקַ֖ם הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן	1	So the tabernacle was set up	The use of the passive here indicates that the important thing is the completion of the task of setting up the tent on the specific date Yahweh had commanded. If your language would show that focus in a different way use a natural form to do that. Alternate translation: “that they set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EXO	40	17	r6pc	figs-activepassive	הוּקַ֖ם הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן	1	So the tabernacle was set up	The use of the passive here indicates that the important thing is the completion of the task of setting up the tent on the specific date Yahweh had commanded. If your language would show that focus in a different way, use a natural form to do that. Alternate translation: “that they set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	40	17	gzu5		בַּ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	the first day of the first month	This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md).
 EXO	40	17	wnh8	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד	1	in the second year	Alternate translation: “in month one, year two, on day one of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-EXO	40	18	kk4n	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֨קֶם מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֗ן וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ אֶת־אֲדָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	Moses set up	Moses was the leader. It would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit. This applies from here to all the tabernacle assembly listing through [verse 33](../40/33.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses directed the people to raise up the tabernacle, and they placed its bases”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO	40	20	chx4	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח…וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם	1	Moses set up	In this verse and the next there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+EXO	40	18	kk4n	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֨קֶם מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֗ן וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ אֶת־אֲדָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	Moses set up	Moses was the leader. It would have been impossible for him to do all this personally; the people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit. This applies from here to all the tabernacle assembly listing through [verse 33](../40/33.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses directed the people to raise up the tabernacle, and they placed its bases”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	40	20	chx4	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח…וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם	1	Moses set up	In this verse and the next, there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses, because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	40	21	yhbs	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּבֵ֣א…וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם	1	Moses set up	In this verse and the previous there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	40	23	b3pp	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י	1	Moses set up	Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	40	25	t2o2	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י	1	Moses set up	Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 39c258e8bdbdb504d83a84c3357fe404dc671d08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:35:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 249/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f2178236c6..5883c6104c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–6](../04/01.md) give the backgro
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	2	qz7h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	**Judea** and **Galilee** are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		**Samaria** is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ JHN	4	52	y2e9	writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal o
 JHN	4	52	qdye		ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about one o’clock in the afternoon”
 JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
 JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explan
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
 JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here, John records Jesus speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated this nam
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	i0cw	translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ JHN	6	14	gmat		ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον	1		This cla
 JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	14	g8zb	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	15	rfbr		γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
-JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
 JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From ecee1643a32c3ea5ec600076890ae9fe655842a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:35:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 250/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5883c6104c..1e95cc3438 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling abo
 JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	3	x8ce	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	brothers	These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1		Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. If this use of **himself** would be confusing in your language, you could use another way to show emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1		Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	7	4	uj59		ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι	1		Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
 JHN	7	4	mc8r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1		John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 0d4cac20c4ef98046ecaf03bed41ead64eea8820 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:36:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 251/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 82b4ae267b..9979593c74 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2666,12 +2666,12 @@ EXO	40	17	gzu5		בַּ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּ⁠שׁ
 EXO	40	17	wnh8	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֧דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּ⁠שָּׁנָ֥ה הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד	1	in the second year	Alternate translation: “in month one, year two, on day one of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	40	18	kk4n	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יָּ֨קֶם מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֗ן וַ⁠יִּתֵּן֙ אֶת־אֲדָנָ֔י⁠ו	1	Moses set up	Moses was the leader. It would have been impossible for him to do all this personally; the people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit. This applies from here to all the tabernacle assembly listing through [verse 33](../40/33.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses directed the people to raise up the tabernacle, and they placed its bases”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	40	20	chx4	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּקַּ֞ח…וַ⁠יָּ֥שֶׂם	1	Moses set up	In this verse and the next, there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses, because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO	40	21	yhbs	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּבֵ֣א…וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם	1	Moses set up	In this verse and the previous there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+EXO	40	21	yhbs	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יָּבֵ֣א…וַ⁠יָּ֗שֶׂם	1	Moses set up	In this verse and the previous verse, there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses, because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 EXO	40	23	b3pp	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י	1	Moses set up	Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	40	25	t2o2	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י	1	Moses set up	Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	40	26	i5gg	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י	1	in front of the curtain	Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	40	27	iwuo			0	in front of the curtain	See [30:7](../30/07.md).
-EXO	40	35	ysd8		וְ⁠לֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד כִּֽי־שָׁכַ֥ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וּ⁠כְב֣וֹד יְהוָ֔ה מָלֵ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן	1	Yahweh’s glory filled	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the cloud had settled on it and the glory of Yahweh had filled the tabernacle, Moses was not able to go into the tent of meeting.”
+EXO	40	35	ysd8		וְ⁠לֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד כִּֽי־שָׁכַ֥ן עָלָ֖י⁠ו הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וּ⁠כְב֣וֹד יְהוָ֔ה מָלֵ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּֽן	1	Yahweh’s glory filled	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the cloud had settled on it and the glory of Yahweh had filled the tabernacle, Moses was not able to go into the tent of meeting.”
 EXO	40	36	ak35	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בְ⁠הֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙	1	was taken up from over	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	40	37	s8y2	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	that it was lifted up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	40	38	i8hu	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י כָל־בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	that it was lifted up	Here, **before the eyes of** refers to being able to see. All the Israelites could see the cloud and fire. Alternate translation: “and all the house of Israel could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From e9cbaea0775c4a8e878cfa5209fcbf1807f1f0cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:37:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 252/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1e95cc3438..46e9d0e9f3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ δι
 JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	descending	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As Luke 3:22 makes clear, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As [Luke 3:22](../../luk/03/22.md) indicates, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ddb666e3a88fe3ddab4ae0304b6ee5b8555eb4ec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:37:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 253/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 9979593c74..c9197cf8b4 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2675,4 +2675,4 @@ EXO	40	35	ysd8		וְ⁠לֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָ⁠בוֹא֙ א
 EXO	40	36	ak35	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בְ⁠הֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽ⁠עָנָן֙	1	was taken up from over	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	40	37	s8y2	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶ⁠עָנָ֑ן וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	that it was lifted up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	40	38	i8hu	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֥י כָל־בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	that it was lifted up	Here, **before the eyes of** refers to being able to see. All the Israelites could see the cloud and fire. Alternate translation: “and all the house of Israel could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	40	38	bhi5	figs-metaphor	בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	that it was lifted up	Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	40	38	bhi5	figs-metaphor	בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל	1	that it was lifted up	Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob, who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From a4b8340e320b248a6d180c1c59ce55815474af05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 20:48:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 254/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 46e9d0e9f3..07452f5266 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1093,9 +1093,9 @@ JHN	7	52	pt91	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαία
 JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see	Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	7	52	jm59	figs-explicit	προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	no prophet comes from Galilee	The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	52	i0im		ἐγείρεται	1		Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears”
-JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)\n2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)\n3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)\n4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)\n5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)\n6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nGenerally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	While some texts have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md), the best and earliest texts do not include them. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 160d3f265b5c6586d9e0f1ba051d2e6d7789bec5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:06:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 256/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 36 ++++++++++++++++++------------------
 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 07452f5266..cf39c25bea 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ JHN	1	45	faz3	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Να
 JHN	1	45	ci52	figs-ellipsis	οἱ προφῆται	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	45	r31z	translate-names	Ναζαρέτ	1		**Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	46	s2kg	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1	Nathaniel said to him	Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	46	i4wp	figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι?	1	Can any good thing come out of Nazareth?	Here, Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	1	46	i4wp	figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι?	1	Can any good thing come out of Nazareth?	Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	1	46	shpn	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	e1ke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	ka53	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author us
 JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		Here, the Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	Verses 21 and 22 are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		S
 JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	9	g4ji	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι?	1	How can these things be?	This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	9	phe2	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	10	gw2h	figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things?	Jesus is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	3	10	gw2h	figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. He is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand	The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	10	vx3u	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ JHN	3	11	j1k1	figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word **y
 JHN	3	12	y4e9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	3	12	pt4x	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε	1	I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you	Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	12	mf2x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπίγεια	1		Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	12	c6ia	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε?	1	how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things?	Here, Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	3	12	c6ia	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε?	1	how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things?	Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	13	ld0m	figs-123person	ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	13	ocj0	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ JHN	4	7	g82d	figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This i
 JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	John records the woman using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
 JHN	4	10	redz	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	4	10	i9eg		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one ha
 JHN	4	34	bnke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -701,13 +701,13 @@ JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μ
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
 JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1		John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1		Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	44	g7qd	figs-ellipsis	πιστεῦσαι	1	believe	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	44	rn78		δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες	1		Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”
 JHN	5	45	kk5q	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε	1		**Moses** here could refer to: (1) the person named Moses who gave the Israelites the law of Moses. (2) the law of Moses itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have hoped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated this name
 JHN	6	8	i0cw	translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	diq0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	9	k3k6	translate-unknown	πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	five bread loaves of barley	The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	6	9	xwu8	figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους?	1	what are these among so many?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	6	9	xwu8	figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους?	1	what are these among so many?	Andrew is using the question form to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone.If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	10	hnaw	figs-quotations	εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναπεσεῖν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to make the men sit down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	6	10	n9ft	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	10	v4h0	figs-infostructure	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι.	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “So the men sat down, about 5,000 in number. (Now there was a lot of grass in the place.)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -833,8 +833,8 @@ JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the las
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
 JHN	6	41	e216	figs-synecdoche	οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	41	wwa5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	I am the bread	Here the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	42	z0zh	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “How then does he now say that he has come down from heaven?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	44	zis9	figs-explicit	ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1		Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	44	jb73	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here, John records Jesus using t
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	53	q8jl	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here, the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	61	g3z7	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	61	j2gj	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1		Here and throughout verses [61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** uses the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	69	o3w6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Je
 JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	u12l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	15	k8wh	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	15	oqzy	figs-explicit	μὴ μεμαθηκώς	1		Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	16	h7mr	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	of him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -996,13 +996,13 @@ JHN	7	17	vlcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμ
 JHN	7	18	u5h6	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	18	z5bx	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ; ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seeks to make himself glorious, but the one seeking to make the one who sent him glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	18	xf9j	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	7	19	c7xq	figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον?	1	Did not Moses give you the law?	John records Jesus using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	19	c7xq	figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον?	1	Did not Moses give you the law?	Jesus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	19	c85j	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον…ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	19	iwv8		ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	keeps the law	Here, **does** means to keep, follow, or obey. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
-JHN	7	19	bfd2	figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Why do you seek to kill me?	Jesus makes a statement in the form of a question in order to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	19	bfd2	figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Why do you seek to kill me?	Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	20	hdud	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	20	l1rq		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	You have a demon	Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
-JHN	7	20	r9wi	figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Who seeks to kill you?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	20	r9wi	figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Who seeks to kill you?	**The crowd** is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	21	b63z	figs-explicit	ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	21	l1zf	figs-explicit	πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	o9n9	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ce75760a561f0c7e81f673fa4fc1676c8478ca8f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:11:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 257/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 34 +++++++++++++++++-----------------
 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cf39c25bea..0681a3fc29 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ JHN	7	23	k04n	figs-genericnoun	λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος	1		See how you
 JHN	7	23	owuc	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	23	ltsk	figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, Jesus uses **broken** figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	24	mrll	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ὄψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	24	b7zy	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ JHN	7	33	b4m8	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	then I go to him who
 JHN	7	34	p7w6	figs-infostructure	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	where I go, you will not be able to come	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	35	ojvy	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		John records the **Jews** using **of** to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1069,8 +1069,8 @@ JHN	7	40	xvts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates
 JHN	7	40	schi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	John records these people using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	The **Scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	43	h7d3	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them*
 JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 30](../07/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	47	z95z	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε?	1	Have you also been deceived?	**The Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	47	i47o	figs-activepassive	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	7	48	e8vu	figs-rquestion	μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων?	1	Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees?	Here, **the Pharisees** use the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	48	e8vu	figs-rquestion	μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων?	1	Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees?	Here, **the Pharisees** are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	48	zkmd	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	49	n0am	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	49	y4wf	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ JHN	7	49	jk8j	figs-activepassive	ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1		If your langua
 JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier	John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	50	yw8i		εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
 JHN	7	50	hj1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	7	51	ia3j	figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ?	1	Does our law judge a man … what he does?	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	7	51	ia3j	figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ?	1	Does our law judge a man … what he does?	Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ	1	Does our law judge a man	Here, Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	51	c2h5	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	52	pt91	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ?	1	Are you also from Galilee?	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμ
 JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
 JHN	8	24	he1k	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	that I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “that I am the I AM” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself in the previous verse: “that I am from above” See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	25	t7tv	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1	They said	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	8	25	c106	figs-rquestion	τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1		John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	8	25	c106	figs-rquestion	τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	26	f9pp	figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases and make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But I will say to the world the things that I heard from him who sent me. He is true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	8	26	n3gf	figs-extrainfo	ὁ πέμψας με…παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1		These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	26	ivk5		ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν	1		Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@ JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus us
 JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Here, Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
-JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	John records the Jews using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	34	i2pn	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here Jesus uses the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1204,15 +1204,15 @@ JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ
 JHN	8	44	hqmo		ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1		Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
 JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	46	kh6a	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	8	46	ibp1	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι?	1	why do you not believe me?	John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	8	46	ibp1	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι?	1	why do you not believe me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	47	lien	figs-explicit	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐστέ	1		The phrase **from God** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “He who came from God … you did not come from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	47	nmmq	figs-gendernotations	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Although **He** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “A person who is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	8	47	njo6	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει…ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated **hear** in verse [43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heed … you do not heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	47	l7gy	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the words of God	Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer what God has said. See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “the things that God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	48	vu1h	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	8	48	cic5	figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις?	1	Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?	**The Jews** use a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	8	48	cic5	figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις?	1	Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon?	**The Jews** are using a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	48	ovbe	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ	1		Most Jewish people in Jesus’ time hated and despised Samaritans, so his Jewish opponents here called Jesus a **Samaritan** in order to insult him. Use the natural form in your language to indicate that this is an insult. Alternate translation: “you are one of those accursed Samaritans” or “you are an enemy Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	48	fk8t		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	8	49	pgts		ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
@@ -1231,9 +1231,9 @@ JHN	8	52	wzq3	figs-quotesinquotes	σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λ
 JHN	8	52	zah1		ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If anyone keeps my word	See how you translated this in the previous verse.
 JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	52	il4r	figs-metaphor	θανάτου	1		See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	53	shp3	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν?	1	You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you?	The Jews use this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	8	53	shp3	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν?	1	You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you?	The Jews are using this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	53	p38s	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	father	See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	53	cei7	figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς?	1	Who do you make yourself out to be?	The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	8	53	cei7	figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς?	1	Who do you make yourself out to be?	The Jews are using this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	54	ab13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	54	lomt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here Jesus uses **see** fi
 JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here Jesus uses **my day** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	hv5g	figs-metaphor	εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus are using this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	58	rnw4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	58	k4tp	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	Th
 JHN	9	24	ww3t	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	25	sr93	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	9	26	z2l2	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **open** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	27	cf2d	figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν?	1	Why do you want to hear it again?	John records the man using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	9	27	cf2d	figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν?	1	Why do you want to hear it again?	The man is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	27	rpav	figs-irony	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1		Here, the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this use of irony would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	9	28	h7hy	figs-explicit	ἐκείνου	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	28	z2tn	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί	1	but we are disciples of Moses	Here, the pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “but we true Jews are disciples of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ JHN	9	33	tt5e	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θε
 JHN	9	33	pyin	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	9	33	sd3s	figs-explicit	μὴ ἦν…παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated **from God** in [verse 16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders used a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders are using a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ JHN	9	38	gf4d	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύω	1		Here, the formerly blind man is le
 JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	9	40	d8mm	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	John records several **Pharisees** using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	9	40	d8mm	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Several **Pharisees** are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here the Pharisees use **blind** figuratively to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	See how you translated **blind** in [verses 39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 426c6fd52928af32f723e8a3d83a5fe27182a9d5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:15:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 258/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 24 ++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0681a3fc29..7a9b390bdc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ JHN	10	33	bq1l	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰου
 JHN	10	33	khfg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ βλασφημίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you blaspheme” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	10	33	w0v8	figs-explicit	βλασφημίας	1		Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [verse 30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”
-JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	11	3	ue08	writing-quotations	ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1
 JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	36	fj9f	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	You are blaspheming	If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instances of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	36	wzhd	figs-123person	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father … Son of God	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1509,8 +1509,8 @@ JHN	11	5	w6tg	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	Now Jesus loved Marth
 JHN	11	6	vx3p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here, the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus uses the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus is using the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ JHN	11	33	w7f8	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι	1
 JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this would be confusing in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	35	bj6b	figs-explicit	ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	The word translated **wept** is different than the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	36	b6ee		οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	loved	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
-JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ?	1	Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?	Here, some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ?	1	Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?	Some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	37	a76u	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ	1	opened the eyes	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	11	38	e72n		ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 33](../11/33.md).
 JHN	11	38	xu7k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it	John provides a brief break in the story to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1
 JHN	12	26	ytxu	figs-idiom	ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will honor him	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	12	27	ytv9	figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης?	1	what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’?	Here, Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	12	27	ytv9	figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης?	1	what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’?	Here Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην	1	this hour	In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; 
 JHN	13	10	tv57	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1		Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	13	11	tzj7	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	11	ccz4	figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Not all of you are clean	See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	13	12	p45l	figs-rquestion	γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν?	1	Do you know what I have done for you?	Here Jesus uses a question to emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	13	12	p45l	figs-rquestion	γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν?	1	Do you know what I have done for you?	Jesus is using a question to emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	13	13	m9z8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος	1	You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’	Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	14	xlgr	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Διδάσκαλος	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, and I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε	1	you should also do just as I did for you	Jesus is using a statement to give an instruction. Jesus is telling his disciples to follow his example and serve one another. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “you also must do just as I did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
@@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ JHN	13	35	kyd9	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	everyone	Here, Jesus uses **everyon
 JHN	13	36	s0gc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	37	xpt1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	37	ye6m	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my life	See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	13	38	qp88	figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις?	1	Will you lay down your life for me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	13	38	qp88	figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις?	1	Will you lay down your life for me?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	13	38	juha	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1		Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	If your readers would misunderstand this negative statement, you could express it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely deny me three times before the rooster crows”
 JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ JHN	14	8	wwv7	translate-names	Φίλιππος	1		See how you translated this na
 JHN	14	8	fy8b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	8	kum1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Lord, show us the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	9	q2iy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	14	9	mr1a	figs-rquestion	τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε?	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So long a time I am with you, and you should know me, Philip!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	14	9	mr1a	figs-rquestion	τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε?	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So long a time I am with you, and you should know me, Philip!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	14	9	vx5b	figs-you	ὑμῶν…σὺ	1		The first occurrence of **you** in this verse is plural, but the second occurrence is singular. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	14	9	l3s8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Whoever has seen me has seen the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	9	x1uh	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα?	1	How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying to **Philip**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You really should not say, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2138,7 +2138,7 @@ JHN	16	17	zd1n		μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πά
 JHN	16	17	w3kp		ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1		See how you translated this statement in [verse 10](../16/10.md).
 JHN	16	17	sz1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	18	mmdm		τὸ μικρόν	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
-JHN	16	19	j7wv	figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με?	1	Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’?	Jesus uses this question to get his disciples to focus on what he has just told them so that he can give an explanation. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are seeking among yourselves concerning this, that I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	16	19	j7wv	figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με?	1	Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’?	**Jesus** is using this question to get his disciples to focus on what he has just told them so that he can give an explanation. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are seeking among yourselves concerning this, that I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	16	19	rwoq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι εἶπον	1		The word **that** introduces a clause that explains what the preceding **this** refers to. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “name, that I said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	16	19	ya90		μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1		See how you translated this statement in [verses 16](../16/16.md).
 JHN	16	20	jx6s	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order
 JHN	18	10	betq	translate-names	Σίμων…Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	10	yq44	figs-explicit	μάχαιραν	1		The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	10	fe37	translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus	Malchus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό?	1	Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό?	1	Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?	**Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	the cup	Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	11	cjx7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	18	12	cl3f	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ JHN	18	21	dlu6	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς?	1	Why did you ask me?	Je
 JHN	18	21	x42e	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus uses **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “Take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	22	szv3	figs-rquestion	οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ?	1	Is that how you answer the high priest?	The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	23	d76y		μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ	1	testify about the wrong	Alternate translation: “tell me what I said that was wrong”
-JHN	18	23	r8dy	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις?	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	18	23	r8dy	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις?	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	**Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	24	mojw	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἅννας…πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	For political reasons both **Annas** and **Caiaphas** were high priests at this time. See how you translated these names in [verse 13](../18/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	25	ki76	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἦν δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος	1	Now	**Now** here indicates that John is changing topics to return to the story about Peter in the high priest’s courtyard. [Verses 25–27](../18/25.md) describe what Peter was doing in the courtyard while the high priest was questioning Jesus. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In the meantime” or “While Jesus was being questioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	18	25	l2bj	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ?	1	Are you not also one of his disciples?	Someone in the high priest’s courtyard is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 9b669ab70e2edd8742d0bf91e34c8611722fb4c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:18:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 259/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7a9b390bdc..490ea5fb9a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ π
 JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	33	tr28	figs-explicit	ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	34	liov	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	35	en38	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	wsd9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	2	My kingdom is not of this world	See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐντεῦθεν	2	My kingdom is not of this world	In this verse, Jesus uses **this world** and **here** figuratively to refer to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. See how you translated a similar use of **this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2386,8 +2386,8 @@ JHN	19	8	lw3u	figs-metonymy	τοῦτον τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **word** r
 JHN	19	8	nx2u	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	9	seyo	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	9	lb11	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	19	10	wcm8	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς?	1	Are you not speaking to me?	Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	19	10	iap3	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε?	1	Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you?	Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	19	10	wcm8	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς?	1	Are you not speaking to me?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	19	10	iap3	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε?	1	Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	19	11	x2as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1	You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You only have authority over me because that authority has been given to you from above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	19	11	fxu9	figs-metaphor	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	11	i7nu	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ JHN	21	21	cf5h	figs-explicit	Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί	1	Lord, what wil
 JHN	21	22	yc52	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	22	e3xi	writing-pronouns	ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν	1	If I want him to stay	Here, **him** refers to John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	22	tef8	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι	1	I come	Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	John is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
 JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 343b6bc632f7b96be2ba0b7fadd30310078d8d9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:23:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 260/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 490ea5fb9a..b49acd1bae 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ JHN	1	46	i4wp	figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθ
 JHN	1	46	shpn	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	e1ke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	ka53	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	**Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	1	48	am5y	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -817,11 +817,11 @@ JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here,
 JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	38	cpi9	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	39	uqjy	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	39	p8s0	writing-pronouns	μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1		Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ JHN	11	25	chs2	figs-explicit	κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	even if he dies	Here, **
 JHN	11	25	ef7a	figs-explicit	ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	a6gs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ζῶν	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	fue3	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	26	js8v	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	11	26	js8v	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	11	27	mk4e	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	She said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 56f6ce058ef835752a0e17bbf747d4e5b4822805 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:28:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 261/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 24 ++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b49acd1bae..0bcb4bc62d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of t
 JHN	1	50	oubk	figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [verse 48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Here, Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτό
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here, John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	**You** here is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people John the Baptist is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -468,14 +468,14 @@ JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		The word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	21	klz9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Believe me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	21	tisq		γύναι	1		Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
 JHN	4	21	eccs	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	4	21	nu5m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	you will worship the Father	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** here is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak fig
 JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something
 JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	61	g3z7	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	61	j2gj	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1		Here and throughout verses [61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	6	61	j2gj	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1		Here and throughout [verses 61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον?	1		Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	62	v4tr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, going up to where I was before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	62	ibnq	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, Jo
 JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In verses [14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In [verses 14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	15	j79i	figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	16	ys2e	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here, **t
 JHN	8	22	upxp	figs-explicit	μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	22	mi1t		ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
-JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In verses [23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In [verses 23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	23	zug9	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	a7ny	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ JHN	8	29	w9cl	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	Here, this ph
 JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Here, Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
@@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμ
 JHN	12	8	wo1a	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	8	b6lf	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	You will always have the poor with you	See how you translated **the poor** in the [verse 6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN	12	8	qctd	figs-you	ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε	1		In this verse, every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. \\(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	12	8	qctd	figs-you	ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε	1		In this verse every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1905,7 +1905,7 @@ JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
 JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
-JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In verses 1–7, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In [verses 1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	1	rq43	figs-declarative	πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε	1		Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1934,7 +1934,7 @@ JHN	14	9	x1uh	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖ
 JHN	14	10	hc1z	figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν?	1	Do you not believe … in me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying to Philip. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You really should believe that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	14	10	li33	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν	1	Do you not believe … in me?	See how you translated this expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	10	e4se	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	10	wh9w	figs-you	τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	14	10	wh9w	figs-you	τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	10	seon	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	10	e3li	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 7d398b5ba6eb48ecb25ebe348a0fd7701cc74c29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:42:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 262/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0bcb4bc62d..66ed3e8994 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
 JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0		Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -351,18 +351,18 @@ JHN	3	18	q8ku		τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Her
 JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
 JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	q77t		ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
 JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way.. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
 JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω π
 JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here, John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **
 JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including the people whom she was speaking to, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	26	lvgs	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	26	rbgo	figs-123person	ὁ λαλῶν σοι	1		Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I who am speaking to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	4	26	rbgo	figs-123person	ὁ λαλῶν σοι	1		Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this would confuse your readers, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
 JHN	4	27	p39j	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	27	cbc9		τί ζητεῖς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Je
 JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son … I, the Son, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this would confuse your readers, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 9cba48ec284b85999c1b5197430761a0919ccf2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:46:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 263/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 66ed3e8994..808a2ec289 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιε
 JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -633,9 +633,9 @@ JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοπο
 JHN	5	21	c96p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	22	b2l6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ	1	For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	22	sc4t	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν	1		Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way.. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	5	22	dtxw	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ	1		As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	22	dtxw	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ	1		As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	23	iqn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1		**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son…The one not honoring me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -654,9 +654,9 @@ JHN	5	25	voy8	figs-explicit	ἀκούσουσιν…οἱ ἀκούσαντες
 JHN	5	25	k1ii	figs-explicit	ζήσουσιν	1		This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	26	x136	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	26	f5vq	figs-explicit	ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	life	Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	26	yv7o	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son, to have life in myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	26	yv7o	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment	The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “he gave me … I am the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	h9em	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority** and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 9bcde1ed01538f0036dc8d4bea2e490b9633b59d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:47:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 264/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 808a2ec289..ebf910a3a5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ JHN	5	27	h9em	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρ
 JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	28	h9l7	figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “will hear my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	28	h9l7	figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	29	vwuo	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	30	bzmq	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From e6d75d8f7cb17a4031fb93933591f4eeb339ff37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:50:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 265/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ebf910a3a5..e598aec278 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου
 JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-idiom	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1		To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one whom he has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From c4b9d03041720dd2e8ac20e5e6ffd12973aedfc1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:52:23 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 266/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e598aec278..12495fe0ef 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews us
 JHN	6	53	q8jl	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	6	53	hkr8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of Man, and would drink my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	53	hkr8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	53	quje	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	53	j1ga	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν	1	you will not have life in yourselves	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life	The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -901,12 +901,12 @@ JHN	6	57	oczm	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Her
 JHN	6	57	nhp9	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	The phrase **eating me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here Jesus uses**fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	58	r174	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background		0		In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 33cf5bb9fce6f8fc47de0f3ddb582cef6ace09d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 21:55:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 267/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 12495fe0ef..9ac91210b7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυ
 JHN	6	61	g3z7	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	61	j2gj	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1		Here and throughout [verses 61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον?	1		Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	6	62	v4tr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, going up to where I was before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	62	v4tr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	62	ibnq	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1
 JHN	8	27	i7gq	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	28	qsch	figs-123person	ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me, the Son of Man, up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	8	28	qsch	figs-123person	ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	28	er3s	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	tcs5	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	zysh	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐ
 JHN	11	3	ue08	writing-quotations	ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	11	32	sn74	writing-quotations	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα αὐτῷ	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Here, Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
 JHN	10	35	ieot	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς	1	the word of God came	**If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@ JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γρ
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	36	fj9f	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	You are blaspheming	If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instances of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	10	36	wzhd	figs-123person	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	10	36	wzhd	figs-123person	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father … Son of God	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	36	r7ex	figs-ellipsis	βλασφημεῖς	1		Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	36	bkl5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ JHN	12	22	vzih	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχ
 JHN	12	22	b9re	figs-explicit	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		**Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified	See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	23	zj5j	figs-explicit	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From 4960d58bce3d351c3a3c26eb38be111eb2c6637e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:08:23 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 268/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9ac91210b7..ad1bfc6dce 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jes
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
 JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0		Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	2	xm3r	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	3	kt44	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how y
 JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
-JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	**Aenon** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	**Salim** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐ
 JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–4](../05/01.md) give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
 JHN	5	2	h3w5		κολυμβήθρα	1	pool	This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.
 JHN	5	2	w377	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1		When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ JHN	5	13	qtsj	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ἰαθεὶς	1		If your language does n
 JHN	5	13	tijo	figs-ellipsis	τίς ἐστιν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	13	sgx1	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1		This could refer to: (1) the reason why Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “because a crowd was in the place” (2) the time when Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “while a crowd was in the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	13	qzpi	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλου	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	5	14	rl0k	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	5	14	rl0k	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	14	h1ri	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει	1	Jesus found him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	14	qo3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	14	h39z	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	See	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πι
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	2	ebel	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
@@ -953,7 +953,7 @@ JHN	6	71	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John prov
 JHN	6	71	joha	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου	1		**Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)\n2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)\n3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)\n4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)\n5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)\n6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)\n7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Believing in him”\n\nA recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### “My time has not yet come”\n\nThis phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.\n\n### “Living water”\n\nThis is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nIn [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.\n\n### Irony\n\nNicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Did not believe in him”\n\nJesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
-JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ JHN	7	52	i0im		ἐγείρεται	1		Here, **rises up** means to appear. Altern
 JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)\n2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)\n3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)\n4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)\n5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)\n6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nGenerally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		In this verse Jesus begins speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ JHN	8	20	p01r	writing-background		0		In this verse John finishes telling about t
 JHN	8	20	xa7h	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	20	witr	translate-unknown	τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ	1		A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	8	20	b11j	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	21	ls93	writing-newevent	εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς	1		**Then again** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he said to them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	8	21	ls93	writing-newevent	εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς	1		**Then again** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he said to them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	21	lxox	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ ὑπάγω…ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω	1		Two times in this verse Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to God in heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	21	d70v	figs-genericnoun	ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν	1		Here, **sin** is singular. This could refer to one: (1) the specific sin of rejecting Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “in your sin of unbelief” (2) sinfulness in general. Alternate translation: “in your state of sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	8	21	m0w8	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -1668,7 +1668,7 @@ JHN	12	11	kjk7	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	This phrase i
 JHN	12	11	n6gl		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	because of him	See how you translated this in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
 JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many** **Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	12	f1im			0	General Information:	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel.
-JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	John uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One the day after that happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One the day after that happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	12	sy8h	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** too express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **palm tree branches**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 28d2d479444364e8a6012f4294bde7bb6c6a40d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:10:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 269/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ad1bfc6dce..00e230527d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	2	xm3r	figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	3	kt44	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	2	3	spbw	figs-declarative	οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1		John records Jesus’ mother using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+JHN	2	3	spbw	figs-declarative	οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν	1		Jesus’ mother is using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	2	3	mge0		οἶνον	1		Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish culture, see the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter.
 JHN	2	4	xo8k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	4	a2ji		γύναι	1	Woman	**Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.

From 14bd23efb5a63f9664eb157992775dd79deae96f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:21:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 270/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 30 +++++++++++++++---------------
 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 00e230527d..29f7e2f304 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ JHN	2	8	h9gr		τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ	1	the head waiter	The term **head
 JHN	2	9	t0zb		ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος…ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος	1		See how you translated this term in the previous verse.
 JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background		0		John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	9	xfwq	figs-pastforfuture	φωνεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, the head waiter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-background		0		In this verse John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cou
 JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be minunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “look! He is baptizing” or “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here, John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This ph
 JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ JHN	4	27	p39j	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυν
 JHN	4	27	cbc9		τί ζητεῖς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
 JHN	4	28	f13n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	28	iu9d	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
 JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		T
 JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to join others or participate with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
 JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	42	u7ev	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1		Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ JHN	4	44	syl9		ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι	1		This could refer to: (1)
 JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
 JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ JHN	10	7	q4hs	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	7	wk8s	figs-possession	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Her, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	**Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this use of **Everyone** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	**Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	o7ou	figs-explicit	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [verse 1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	th
 JHN	11	48	ah4r	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον	1	take away both our place and our nation	Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	48	zy0k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἔθνος	1		Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	49	efq8	writing-participants	εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας	1	a certain man among them	This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	11	49	lj6b	figs-hyperbole	ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν	1	You know nothing	Here, **Caiaphas** uses an exaggeration in order to insult his hearers. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows contempt. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	11	49	lj6b	figs-hyperbole	ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν	1	You know nothing	Here, **Caiaphas** uses an exaggeration in order to insult his hearers. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows contempt. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	11	50	fvry	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1		Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish **nation** if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Romans would not kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	50	zh9n	figs-synecdoche	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1	than that the whole nation perishes	Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and all the people of our nation would not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	51	qww5	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 51–52](../11/51.md) John interrupts the story to explain that Caiaphas was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this
 JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ JHN	12	31	o63p	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου 
 JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	32	ms6n	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
-JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	33	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	34	swpp	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the
 JHN	13	33	zrqu	figs-infostructure	καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	33	sjwl	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	34	nmf5	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους	1	love	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “just as I have loved you, so also you must love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	13	35	kyd9	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	everyone	Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	13	35	kyd9	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	everyone	Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples love each other. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	13	36	s0gc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	37	xpt1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	37	ye6m	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my life	See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ JHN	14	26	lbgf	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνε
 JHN	14	26	n7ez		ὁ…Παράκλητος	1	Father	See how you translated this in [verse 16](../14/16.md).
 JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2302,9 +2302,9 @@ JHN	18	18	g8xj	figs-infostructure	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλο
 JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	οἱ δοῦλοι	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	18	20	ltlp	figs-hyperbole	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	18	20	ltlp	figs-hyperbole	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	18	20	s4k6	figs-genericnoun	ἐν συναγωγῇ	1		Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	18	20	vcv3	figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται	1	where all the Jews come together	Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	18	20	vcv3	figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται	1	where all the Jews come together	Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	18	20	ebdf	figs-explicit	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	21	dlu6	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς?	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. The Jewish law required the Jewish leaders to question witnesses first in legal cases. Therefore, Jesus is using this question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are breaking their own law by questioning him instead of questioning witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	21	x42e	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus uses **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “Take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2703,6 +2703,6 @@ JHN	21	24	f7ww	figs-explicit	τούτων…ταῦτα	1	who testifies about th
 JHN	21	24	h5i9	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	21	24	l03o	figs-extrainfo	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here, **we** could refer to: (1) John and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, as in [1:14](..01/14.md) and [1 John 1:2–7](../../1jn/01/02.md). Alternate translation: “We eyewitnesses of Jesus’ life know” (2) the elders in the church at Ephesus where John lived at the end of his life. Alternate translation: “We elders of the church at Ephesus know” However, since who **we** refers to is uncertain, it would be best not to explain the meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	21	25	l3hz	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν	1	If each one were written down	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone wrote down each one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	21	25	i9n8	figs-hyperbole	οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία	1	even the world itself could not contain the books	John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did very many good things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to show this emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very large amount of books about these miracles would be written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	21	25	i9n8	figs-hyperbole	οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία	1	even the world itself could not contain the books	John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did very many good things. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to show this emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very large amount of books about these miracles would be written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	21	25	h3zw	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	even the world itself could not contain the books	Here, **the world** refers to either the surface of the earth or the universe. Either meaning would achieve John’s purpose. If your language does not have a general expression for **world**, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “the whole earth” or “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	21	25	xn87	figs-activepassive	τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία	1	the books that would be written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the books that someone would write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 7560cd7c49041362faac43cf91a3c47d3373daac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:44:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 271/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 26 +++++++++++++-------------
 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 13 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 29f7e2f304..7c98f9b5cd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could
 JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here, Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in verse [34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
 JHN	4	34	bnke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on th
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	26	yef5	figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself because he is the source of salvation who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here Jesus is using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself because he is the source of salvation who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	27	plfi	figs-ellipsis	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	27	w74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δώσει; τοῦτον	1		These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει	1	eternal life which the Son of Man will give you	This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
@@ -798,10 +798,10 @@ JHN	6	32	e6s1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
 JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here, John records Jesus using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here Jesus is using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here, John records Jesus using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -873,14 +873,14 @@ JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatic
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life” that Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here, John records Jesus using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	53	q8jl	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here Jesus is using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	hkr8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	53	quje	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -889,8 +889,8 @@ JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ
 JHN	6	54	etdh	figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		As in the previous verse, these two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	54	qia5	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here Jesus is using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	55	j4ud	figs-doublet	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1		As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	56	eaoy	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα	1		See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -899,15 +899,15 @@ JHN	6	57	y334	figs-explicit	ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ	1		Here, **living** refers t
 JHN	6	57	krma	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	57	oczm	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	nhp9	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	The phrase **eating me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	Jesus is using **eating me** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		Jesus is continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here Jesus uses**fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	58	r174	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus is using **eating this bread** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background		0		In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ JHN	7	31	x8e4		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](
 JHN	7	32	re08	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	32	efsz		γογγύζοντος	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing whether or not Jesus was the Messiah and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. See how you translated this word in verse [12](../07/12.md).
 JHN	7	33	xm7p		ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι	1	I am still with you for a short amount of time	Alternate translation: “I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
-JHN	7	33	d666	figs-extrainfo	ὑπάγω	1		Here, Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	7	33	d666	figs-extrainfo	ὑπάγω	1		Here Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	33	b4m8	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	then I go to him who sent me	This phrase refers to God. See how you translated this in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	34	p7w6	figs-infostructure	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	where I go, you will not be able to come	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the wor
 JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον	1	keeps my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Here, Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	52	bwhv		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
 JHN	8	52	dxll	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1		See how you translated this name in [verse 37](../08/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 9da9ec024efda073d0ef57df5dee5667ea76431b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:47:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 272/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7c98f9b5cd..489d04f189 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
 JHN	9	35	amfh	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	mxkw	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν αὐτὸν	1		Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	35	tw58	figs-extrainfo	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here, Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man”. However, the formerly blind man did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to him until verse [37](../09/37.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain that Jesus is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	9	35	tw58	figs-extrainfo	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man”. However, the formerly blind man did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to him until verse [37](../09/37.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain that Jesus is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	9	35	v3a0	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	36	gurg		κύριε	1		The formerly blind man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. He does not yet know that Jesus is the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	9	37	z3rk	figs-123person	καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν	1		Here, Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “and I, the one who is speaking with you, am that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1912,7 +1912,7 @@ JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	2	n3wl		εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	Father	The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?”
 JHN	14	3	sadi	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν πορευθῶ	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-extrainfo	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	Here, Jesus uses **the way** figuratively. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-extrainfo	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	14	5	aode	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	14	5	o21d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	5	j2go	figs-rquestion	πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1		**Thomas** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 3c7d0d9ccabd3bce30836a29588c42b87787baa3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:48:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 273/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 489d04f189..f57807914c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** re
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	Verses 21 and 22 are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	[Verses 21–22](../02/21.md) are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ JHN	20	29	zgv1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	20	29	q81m	figs-ellipsis	πεπίστευκας…πιστεύσαντες	1	you have believed	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I have become alive again … having believed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	29	sax7	figs-activepassive	μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες	1	you have believed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God blesses those not having seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	29	q9fb	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἰδόντες	1	who have not seen	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	20	30	yd1j	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	In verses 30–31 John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+JHN	20	30	yd1j	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	In [verses 30–31](../20/30.md) John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	20	30	azxu		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	20	30	xz6j	figs-activepassive	ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	signs that have not been written in this book	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since John wrote this Gospel, you should use the first person pronoun “I” to indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “which I have not written in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	31	zlc5	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** could mean: (1) the miraculous signs that John wrote about in his Gospel and mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these signs” (2) everything that John wrote about in his Gospel. Alternate translation: “everything in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2697,7 +2697,7 @@ JHN	21	23	wb7e	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐ
 JHN	21	23	cs14	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	the brothers	The pronoun **him** here refers to Peter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	23	elmi	writing-pronouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…αὐτὸν	1	the brothers	The pronouns *he** and **him** here refer to John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	23	qxqr		ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρὸς σέ	1		See how you translated this sentence in the previous verse.
-JHN	21	24	s5bp	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	In verses 24–25 John indicates the end of his Gospel by giving a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+JHN	21	24	s5bp	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	In [verses 24–25](../21/24.md) John indicates the end of his Gospel by giving a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	21	24	d6t5	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, καὶ ὁ γράψας ταῦτα, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς αὐτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστίν	1	the disciple	In this verse John is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the disciple who testifies about these things and who wrote these things, and we know that my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	21	24	f7ww	figs-explicit	τούτων…ταῦτα	1	who testifies about these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to everything that John has written in this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything in this book … all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	24	h5i9	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])

From 369a98c446517eee1c9695dffebee7a85fa74283 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:49:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 274/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 36 ++++++++++++++++++------------------
 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index c9197cf8b4..567957ca5b 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ EXO	3	5	jg97	figs-quotemarks	אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־
 EXO	3	5	prv9	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא	1	set apart	This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	3	6	sxk8		אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob	All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
 EXO	3	6	fgym	figs-quotemarks	אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1		This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO	3	6	l5sy		אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	your father	Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father.
+EXO	3	6	l5sy		אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	your father	This could mean: (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father.
 EXO	3	6	lfbb	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1		Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
 EXO	3	7	nl33	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1		After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	3	7	xoz0	figs-idiom	רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי	1		The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ EXO	3	13	ru0a	figs-metonymy	אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם	1		Here
 EXO	3	13	vfsk	figs-quotemarks	מַה־שְּׁמ֔⁠וֹ	1		This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	3	13	bkei	grammar-connect-logic-result	מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם	1		Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	3	14	cli8		אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.”	This is God’s response to Moses’ question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”
-EXO	3	14	b6vk		אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	I AM THAT I AM	Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
+EXO	3	14	b6vk		אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה	1	I AM THAT I AM	This could mean: (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
 EXO	3	14	s62u		אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה	1	I AM	Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.”
 EXO	3	14	t745		וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר	1		This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
 EXO	3	14	vigc	figs-quotesinquotes	אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥⁠נִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם	1		This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ EXO	3	18	ot9r	figs-metonymy	מִצְרַ֗יִם	1		Here, **Egypt** refers to th
 EXO	3	18	idp7	figs-youdual	וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם	1	General Information:	If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 EXO	3	18	i47o	figs-exclusive	עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְ⁠נִזְבְּחָ֖ה	1		These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 EXO	3	18	d85b	translate-numbers	שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת	1		Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO	3	19	qf46	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה	1	unless his hand is forced	The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings include: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
+EXO	3	19	qf46	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹ֖א בְּ⁠יָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה	1	unless his hand is forced	The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. This could mean: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
 EXO	3	20	nuzx	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י	1		God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	3	20	yds5	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠שָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִ⁠י֙	1	I will reach out with my hand and attack	Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	3	20	dzsp	figs-metonymy	מִצְרַ֔יִם	1		**Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ EXO	15	15	ya48	figs-metaphor	נָמֹ֕גוּ	1	will melt away	Moses uses the ph
 EXO	15	16	nk67	figs-doublet	תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד	1	Terror and dread will fall on them	**Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EXO	15	16	kbt5	figs-metaphor	תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָ⁠ה֙ וָ⁠פַ֔חַד	1	Terror and dread will fall on them	**Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	15	16	t2yp	figs-metonymy	בִּ⁠גְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲ⁠ךָ֖	1	Because of your arm’s power	Yahweh’s **arm** represents his great strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	15	16	umm7	figs-simile	יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן	1	they will become as still as a stone	Possible meanings are (1) “they will be silent like stone” or (2) “they will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+EXO	15	16	umm7	figs-simile	יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּ⁠אָ֑בֶן	1	they will become as still as a stone	This could mean: (1) “they will be silent like stone” or (2) “they will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	15	17	n5i5	figs-explicit	תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙	1	You will bring them	Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	15	17	u26j	figs-go	תְּבִאֵ֗⁠מוֹ	1	You will bring them	Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	15	17	t6wg	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠תִטָּעֵ֨⁠מוֹ֙ בְּ⁠הַ֣ר	1	plant them on the mountain	Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you will settle them on the mountain of” or “and you will let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1370,9 +1370,9 @@ EXO	17	16	lr14		כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ	1	Amalek	The
 EXO	17	16	sw1q		מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה בַּֽ⁠עֲמָלֵ֑ק	1	Amalek	This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek”
 EXO	18	intro	t8g2			0		# Exodus 18 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Leadership lessons\n\nJethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### Order of events\n\nThe timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and, whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).\n\n### Verse 11\n\n[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.\n\n### God and Yahweh\n\nIn this chapter, God, who is named Yahweh in much of the rest of the book, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.\n\n### Kinship: Father-in-law\n\nJethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n\n\n### Participant reference\n\nJethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly (referred to by name) an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). Frequent use of his name is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status).
 EXO	18	1	nl86	translate-kinship	חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	Moses’ father-in-law	The label, **father-in-law of Moses** refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s father-in-law, choose the appropriate one here. Note the use of this term also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-EXO	18	2	zw6h		וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	took Zipporah, Moses’ wife	Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
+EXO	18	2	zw6h		וַ⁠יִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה	1	took Zipporah, Moses’ wife	This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
 EXO	18	2	chy6	figs-explicit	אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽי⁠הָ	1	after he had sent her home	This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO	18	3	khs1		וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	and her two sons	This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
+EXO	18	3	khs1		וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑י⁠הָ	1	and her two sons	This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
 EXO	18	3	k4mb	translate-names	גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם	1	Gershom	**Gershom** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “foreigner.” See [2:22](../02/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	18	4	xi35	translate-names	אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר	1	Eliezer	**Eliezer** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EXO	18	4	z2km	figs-metonymy	מֵ⁠חֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה	1	Pharaoh’s sword	The phrase **from the sword of Pharaoh** represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ EXO	18	20	w3vf	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָ⁠הֶ֗ם אֶ
 EXO	18	21	p5ap		וְ⁠אַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה	1	Furthermore, you must choose	Alternate translation: “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out”
 EXO	18	21	n936	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	You must put them over people	Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	18	21	xprc	writing-pronouns	וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֗ם	1	You must put them over people	Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is advised to place good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO	18	21	d2hv	translate-numbers	שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת	1	leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens	Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+EXO	18	21	d2hv	translate-numbers	שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת	1	leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens	This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	18	22	y5n2	figs-metaphor	כָּל־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠גָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	the difficult cases they will bring to you	Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	18	22	vnvh		וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ	1	the difficult cases they will bring to you	Jethro is ending his proposal with the good result that should come from it, less work for Moses. Alternate translation: “and make your work less” or “and lessen your work”
 EXO	18	22	u42p	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הָקֵל֙ מֵֽ⁠עָלֶ֔י⁠ךָ וְ⁠נָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽ⁠ךְ	1	they will carry the burden with you	Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry beside Moses and make lighter for Moses by helping him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “and make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ EXO	18	23	wyq4		וְ⁠יָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד	1	endure	Alternate tr
 EXO	18	23	bt5p		כָּל־הָ⁠עָ֣ם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖⁠וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְ⁠שָׁלֽוֹם	1	endure	Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous, it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony”
 EXO	18	25	n2ws	figs-metaphor	רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָ⁠עָ֑ם	1	heads over the people	Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the **head** of a body. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	18	25	tb18	figs-explicit	אַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙	1	capable men	What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO	18	25	iqn8	translate-numbers	שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת	1	leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens	Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+EXO	18	25	iqn8	translate-numbers	שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְ⁠שָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת	1	leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens	This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 EXO	18	26	abx4		וְ⁠שָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֖ם בְּ⁠כָל־עֵ֑ת	1	judged the people in normal circumstances	Alternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances”
 EXO	18	26	z7j4	figs-metaphor	אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠קָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּ⁠ן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה	1	The difficult cases they brought to Moses	The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	18	26	ve8h		הַ⁠דָּבָ֥ר הַ⁠קָּטֹ֖ן	1	the small cases	Alternate translation: “easy case”
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ EXO	19	15	z0aq		אִשָּֽׁה	1	do not go near your wives	This word means bot
 EXO	19	18	m1b5		יָרַ֥ד…יְהוָ֖ה	1	Yahweh descended	Alternate translation: “Yahweh came down”
 EXO	19	18	a8p7	figs-simile	כְּ⁠עֶ֣שֶׁן הַ⁠כִּבְשָׁ֔ן	1	like the smoke of a furnace	This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	19	19	m8ae		הוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְ⁠חָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד	1	grew louder and louder	Alternate translation: “continued to become louder and louder”
-EXO	19	19	f5e6	figs-metonymy	בְ⁠קֽוֹל	1	in a voice	The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO	19	19	f5e6	figs-metonymy	בְ⁠קֽוֹל	1	in a voice	The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. This could mean: (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	19	20	zx5p	figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּ֧רֶד…וַ⁠יַּ֥עַל	1	in a voice	You may need to consider your language’s rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	19	21	d2qm	figs-metaphor	פֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ	1	not to break through	God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	19	21	oht2	figs-euphemism	וְ⁠נָפַ֥ל	1	not to break through	Here, **fall** is a euphemism for dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ EXO	25	2	ygtd	figs-quotemarks	דַּבֵּר֙	1	who is motivated by a willing h
 EXO	25	2	tktu	figs-quotations	דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	25	2	r5yr	figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	25	2	k78q	figs-youdual	תִּקְח֖וּ	1	You must receive	The word **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
-EXO	25	4	c1qn	figs-explicit	וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	blue, purple, and scarlet material	Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	25	4	c1qn	figs-explicit	וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	blue, purple, and scarlet material	This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	25	4	c958	translate-unknown	וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	scarlet	A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	25	5	ayup	translate-unknown	מְאָדָּמִ֛ים	1	scarlet	When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish in color. It is not clear whetherfff these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	25	5	va28	translate-unknown	תְּחָשִׁ֖ים	1	scarlet	The meaning of this word is not known. It may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ EXO	25	40	l7je	figs-activepassive	אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה	1	you are bein
 EXO	26	intro	emw7			0		# Exodus 26 General Notes\n\n\n- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.\n- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent\n    * v. 1-6: Inner covering\n    * v. 7-14: Outer covering layers\n    * v. 15-30: Wooden framework\n- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent\n- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place and which has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
 EXO	26	1	ks8r	figs-you	תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה	1	You must make	Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EXO	26	1	iww4	translate-unknown	יְרִיעֹ֑ת	1	curtains	The **curtains** were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	26	1	vre7		וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י	1	curtains	Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
+EXO	26	1	vre7		וּ⁠תְכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י	1	curtains	This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
 EXO	26	1	xvs7	translate-unknown	וְ⁠תֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י	1	scarlet wool	A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	26	1	ni5d	translate-unknown	שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר	1	scarlet wool	This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	26	1	n2vm		חֹשֵׁ֖ב	1	craftsman	a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
@@ -1829,10 +1829,10 @@ EXO	26	30	csf9	figs-activepassive	הָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּ⁠הָֽר	1	you w
 EXO	26	31	yqi6			0	General Information:	See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
 EXO	26	33	p2yq	translate-unknown	הַ⁠קְּרָסִים֒	1	clasps	The **clasps** fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	26	33	x28l	figs-possession	קֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים	1	clasps	Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “the most holy place” or “the extraordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-EXO	26	34	u3tu	figs-possession	בְּ⁠קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים	1	clasps	Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+EXO	26	34	u3tu	figs-possession	בְּ⁠קֹ֖דֶשׁ הַ⁠קֳּדָשִֽׁים	1	clasps	Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extraordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 EXO	26	35	lv9e		הַ⁠שֻּׁלְחָן֙…הַ⁠מְּנֹרָה֙	1	The table must be on the north side	This is the **table** Yahweh told Moses how to make in [25:23-30](../25/23.md) and the **lampstand** he told him how to make in [25:31-39](../25/31.md).
 EXO	26	36	tiz7			0	The table must be on the north side	See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
-EXO	26	36	rr16		תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	blue, purple, and scarlet material	Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
+EXO	26	36	rr16		תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	blue, purple, and scarlet material	This could mean: (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
 EXO	26	36	f6td	translate-unknown	וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר	1	fine twined linen	This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	26	36	r2fy	translate-unknown	רֹקֵֽם	1	an embroiderer	Alternate translation: “a person who sews decorative designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	26	37	av60			0	an embroiderer	See how you translated very similar instructions in [verse 32](../26/32.md).
@@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ EXO	28	3	wt7m	figs-metonymy	אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשׁ
 EXO	28	4	tr5e		וּ⁠כְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ	1	a coat of woven work	We do not know what word translated **of woven work** means, as it only occurs here and in [verse 39](../28/39.md) as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a checkered tunic” or "an embroidered garment"
 EXO	28	4	dz5h	translate-unknown	מִצְנֶ֣פֶת	1	turban	This is a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	4	k184	translate-unknown	וְ⁠אַבְנֵ֑ט	1	sash	The **sash** is a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. You may translate it with a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	28	5	rxke	translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֖לֶת וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י	1	sash	Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO	28	5	rxke	translate-unknown	וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֖לֶת וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֑ן וְ⁠אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י	1	sash	This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	5	pfq5	translate-unknown	תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י	1	sash	A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	6	u3rx	translate-unknown	וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מָשְׁזָ֖ר	1	fine-twined linen	This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Alternate translation: “fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	6	k3bj		חֹשֵֽׁב	1	skillful craftsman	The description **skillful craftsman** refers to a person who can make beautiful objects by hand.
@@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ EXO	28	32	x42n		מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג	1	This must be the work of a wea
 EXO	28	32	rw96	translate-unknown	אֹרֵ֗ג	1	a weaver	Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread, yarns and wool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	32	t60l	translate-unknown	תַחְרָ֛א	1	a weaver	We do not know what this term means, but the implication seems to be that the collar should be made strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	32	ubhg	figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ	1	a weaver	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO	28	33	qm1f	translate-unknown	תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י	1	pomegranates	Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO	28	33	qm1f	translate-unknown	תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָן֙ וְ⁠תוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י	1	pomegranates	This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	28	34	kl55		פַּעֲמֹ֤ן זָהָב֙ וְ⁠רִמּ֔וֹן פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן זָהָ֖ב וְ⁠רִמּ֑וֹן	1	a golden bell and a pomegranate	This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. Alternate translation: “alternate pomegranates and golden bells”
 EXO	28	35	pf61	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹל⁠וֹ	1	so that its sound can be heard	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	28	35	fmqu	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה	1	so that its sound can be heard	Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ EXO	30	10	san2		לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	throughout your generations
 EXO	30	10	jxn0	figs-possession	קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים	1	throughout your generations	Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 EXO	30	10	uxb4	figs-quotemarks	לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	throughout your generations	After **Yahweh**, the direct quote that began in [Exo 25:2](../25/02.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	30	12	dprx	figs-idiom	תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ	1	When you take	In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO	30	12	s73c	figs-you	תִשָּׂ֞א	1	When you take	Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+EXO	30	12	s73c	figs-you	תִשָּׂ֞א	1	When you take	This could mean: (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EXO	30	12	k5p1		אִ֣ישׁ	1	a census of the Israelites	The leaders only counted the Israelite men.
 EXO	30	13	y1kn	figs-idiom	כָּל־הָ⁠עֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַ⁠פְּקֻדִ֔ים	1	half a shekel of silver	This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	30	13	i4wk	translate-bweight	הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַ⁠שֶּׁ֔קֶל	1	half a shekel of silver	The **shekel** and the **gerah** are units of weight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ EXO	30	32	it0x	grammar-connect-logic-result	קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֔וּא קֹ֖דֶ
 EXO	30	33	pa53	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	that person must be cut off from his people	See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	30	33	yhgi	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרַ֖ת מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו	1	that person must be cut off from his people	See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	30	34	uo57	translate-unknown	נָטָ֤ף׀ וּ⁠שְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠חֶלְבְּנָ֔ה…וּ⁠לְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה	1	General Information:	Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are:  **stacte** is a resin from certain gum plants, **onycha** is from certain shellfish or mollusks, and **galbanum** is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO	30	35	y8yj		וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ	1	blended by a perfumer	Possible meanings are: (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
+EXO	30	35	y8yj		וְ⁠עָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ	1	blended by a perfumer	This could mean: (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
 EXO	30	36	nz2a	figs-you	וְ⁠שָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֨ה	1	You will grind it	Alternate translation: “You will crush” Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 EXO	30	36	oj2r	figs-metonymy	לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י	1	You will grind it	Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	30	36	mxww	figs-metonymy	הָ⁠עֵדֻת֙	1	You will grind it	Here, **testimony** probably refers to the sacred chest that contained the tablets of the law. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ EXO	34	1	s1kv		לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים	1	tablets of stone	Alternate tran
 EXO	34	3	ck6d	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠גַם־אִ֥ישׁ אַל־יֵרָ֖א בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠הָ֑ר	1	Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain	Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “and do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	34	3	x3rx		גַּם־הַ⁠צֹּ֤אן וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ אַל־יִרְע֔וּ אֶל־מ֖וּל הָ⁠הָ֥ר הַ⁠הֽוּא	1	No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain	Alternate translation: “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.”
 EXO	34	5	sp7f	writing-pronouns	וַ⁠יִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖⁠וֹ שָׁ֑ם וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א	1	stood with Moses there	The pronouns are not clear here, but the referents are probably as in the following alternate translation: “and Yahweh stood with Moses there, and Yahweh proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO	34	5	r9ey	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה	1	he pronounced the name “Yahweh.”	Possible meanings include: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO	34	5	r9ey	figs-metonymy	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֥א בְ⁠שֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה	1	he pronounced the name “Yahweh.”	This could mean: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	34	6	fz1q	figs-123person	יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן	1	Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious	God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EXO	34	6	t0kd	figs-doublet	רַח֖וּם וְ⁠חַנּ֑וּן	1	Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious	This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly toward them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 EXO	34	6	f7iq	figs-idiom	אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם	1	Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious	The phrase **long of nostril** is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From 3fd6081c46823b98e166660edec308e4829f51fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:50:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 275/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 567957ca5b..1d9f50a722 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -2394,7 +2394,7 @@ EXO	35	5	qq0a	figs-ellipsis	כֹּ֚ל	1	Take an offering for Yahweh	Here, “fr
 EXO	35	5	pqa2	figs-idiom	כֹּ֚ל נְדִ֣יב לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	General Information:	This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part often varies. Alternate translation: “from everyone who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	35	5	gx87			0	General Information:	After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list.
 EXO	35	6	r12v			0	General Information:	This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
-EXO	35	6	g615	figs-explicit	וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	General Information:	Possible meanings are: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO	35	6	g615	figs-explicit	וּ⁠תְכֵ֧לֶת וְ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	General Information:	This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	35	6	cad9	translate-unknown	וְ⁠תוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י	1	General Information:	A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 EXO	35	7	nmv4			0	General Information:	This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
 EXO	35	7	l5bq	translate-unknown	מְאָדָּמִ֛ים	1	ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides	When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ EXO	35	24	zk6i		כָּל־מֵרִ֗ים	1	Everyone who had…brought them	Here,
 EXO	35	24	loob	figs-hyperbole	וְ⁠כֹ֡ל	1	Everyone who had…brought them	The phrase **all** is used here without the restriction, “who were willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “and very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 EXO	35	24	bab9	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠כָל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת הָ⁠עֲבֹדָ֖ה	1	Everyone who had…brought them	Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh, and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle as a place for worshiping Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for any of the building of a place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	35	25	ae9d	figs-metonymy	חַכְמַת־לֵ֖ב	1	blue, purple, or scarlet wool	Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftswoman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “who possessed the skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	35	25	ebm5		אֶֽת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י	1	blue, purple, or scarlet wool	Possible meanings are: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
+EXO	35	25	ebm5		אֶֽת־הַ⁠תְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְ⁠אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַ⁠שָּׁנִ֖י	1	blue, purple, or scarlet wool	This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
 EXO	35	26	k1gy	figs-synecdoche	אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָשָׂ֥א לִבָּ֛⁠ן אֹתָ֖⁠נָה	1	whose hearts stirred them up	Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to use her skills for Yahweh. This is the same as the first phrase in [verse 21](../35/21.md). Alternate translation: “whose wills impelled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	35	27	f13n			0	The leaders brought…breastpiece	Beginning with **onyx**, this verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md).
 EXO	35	28	h3a1			0	they brought spices…fragrant incense	[Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md) has almost identical words, arranged slightly differently.

From ce5ea00b7d88e952fed1c3ee7c7df303d9764276 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:52:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 276/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f57807914c..8b504cf84e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates th
 JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
 JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	Here, John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
 JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 179847bce2bed60ef47b5601924970a9e98ec34a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:53:34 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 277/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 1d9f50a722..08bb9ab21a 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ EXO	12	13	ox3l	figs-metonymy	בְּ⁠אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם	1		Yahwe
 EXO	12	14	fa9q		וְ⁠הָיָה֩ הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה	1		Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application.
 EXO	12	14	usns	translate-hebrewmonths	הַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֤ה	1		Here, **this day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 EXO	12	15	xsb9		אַ֚ךְ	1		Alternate translation: “Surely” or “Indeed”
-EXO	12	15	i9n3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	that person must be cut off from Israel	The metaphor cut off could mean: (1) the person must leave. Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) the person is no longer an Israelite. Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) the person must die. Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	12	15	i9n3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	that person must be cut off from Israel	The metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) the person must leave. Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) the person is no longer an Israelite. Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) the person must die. Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	12	15	enw3	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֞ה הַ⁠נֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִוא֙ מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1		As noted in the previous note, the metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. By whom that person will be cut off is not specified; it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EXO	12	15	eqzu	grammar-collectivenouns	מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1		**Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 EXO	12	16	bzj6	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֤וֹם הָ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּ⁠בַ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	an assembly that is set apart to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 9c8da4ead34858d0cc5466d0b0ef1616b19830c5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 22:59:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 278/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8b504cf84e..113ba366d5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτ
 JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
-JHN	4	10	redz	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN	4	10	redz	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	4	10	i9eg		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
 JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	4	10	oywu	figs-123person	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσ
 JHN	5	44	g7qd	figs-ellipsis	πιστεῦσαι	1	believe	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	44	rn78		δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες	1		Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”
 JHN	5	45	kk5q	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε	1		**Moses** here could refer to: (1) the person named Moses who gave the Israelites the law of Moses. (2) the law of Moses itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have hoped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 55a97ba660fc38b423bf38ee1cc91e9eb98b4f23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:00:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 279/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 08bb9ab21a..c80c5af35b 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-EXO	front	intro	b4pp			0		# Introduction to Exodus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Exodus<br><br>1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)<br>    *   First genealogy (1:1–6)<br>    *   Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)<br>    *   Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)<br>    *   Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)<br>    *   Second genealogy (6:14–27)<br>    *   Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)<br>    *   The plagues (8:1–11:10)<br>2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)<br>3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)<br>    *   The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)<br>    *   Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)<br>4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)<br>    *   Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)<br>    *   The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)<br>    *   The covenant described (20:18–23:33)<br>    *   The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)<br>    *   Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)<br>    *   The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)<br>    *   The covenant described again (34:1–35)<br>    *   Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)<br>    *   The cloud (40:34–38)<br><br>### What is the book of Exodus about?<br><br>Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.<br><br>The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Exodus?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.<br><br>### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?<br><br>Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.<br><br>### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?<br><br>The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Jewish Passover?<br><br>The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.<br><br>### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?<br><br>The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.<br><br>### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?<br><br>Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Thus says Yahweh<br><br>This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.<br><br>### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart<br><br>Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).<br><br>### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?<br><br>In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.<br><br>### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.<br><br>### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?<br><br>The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
+EXO	front	intro	b4pp			0		# Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)\n    *   First genealogy (1:1–6)\n    *   Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n    *   Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n    *   Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n    *   Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n    *   Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n    *   The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n    *   The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n    *   Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)\n    *   Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n    *   The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n    *   The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n    *   The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n    *   Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)\n    *   The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n    *   The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n    *   Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n    *   The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
 EXO	1	intro	cj55			0		# Exodus 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Israel’s growth<br><br>Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### End of the famine<br><br>It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land but instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”<br><br>This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
 EXO	1	1	h51f	writing-background		0		Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 EXO	1	1	fxbx	figs-go	הַ⁠בָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ	1		The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ EXO	2	12	rmgn	figs-explicit	וַ⁠יַּךְ֙	1		The context makes clear that
 EXO	2	13	qn45	figs-go	וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙	1	He went out	See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 EXO	2	13	wqrm	translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1		The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 EXO	2	13	rgn1	figs-exclamations	וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה	1	behold	Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-EXO	2	13	i4d6		לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע	1	the one who was in the wrong	Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
+EXO	2	13	i4d6		לָֽ⁠רָשָׁ֔ע	1	the one who was in the wrong	Based on Moses’ question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
 EXO	2	13	duob	figs-quotemarks	לָ֥⁠מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽ⁠ךָ	1		This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	2	14	qb2n	figs-rquestion	מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ	1	Who made you a leader and judge over us?	The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 EXO	2	14	afne	figs-quotemarks	מִ֣י שָֽׂמְ⁠ךָ֞ לְ⁠אִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְ⁠שֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔י⁠נוּ הַ⁠לְ⁠הָרְגֵ֨⁠נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּצְרִ֑י	1		This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ EXO	23	29	wfdi	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶ֖י⁠ךָ	1	miscarry	This means
 EXO	23	29	i9aq	figs-explicit	פֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ שְׁמָמָ֔ה	1	or the land would become abandoned	You could make the rest of the idea explicit if it would help. Alternate translation: “lest the land become desolate because no one would be living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	23	30	mne7	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶ֑י⁠ךָ	1	miscarry	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EXO	23	31	my2e	figs-metonymy	מִ⁠פָּנֶֽי⁠ךָ	1	miscarry	This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	23	33	d1fp	figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ	1	this will surely become a trap for you	This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction, as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshipping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Worshiping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	23	33	d1fp	figs-metaphor	כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠מוֹקֵֽשׁ	1	this will surely become a trap for you	This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction, as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshiping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Worshiping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	24	intro	b83l			0		# Exodus 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2\n2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it; this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8\n3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11\n4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders, and he goes v. 12-15\n5. Description of Yahweh’s glory, and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God\n- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways\n- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Moses’ covenant\n\nThe people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nBecause Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
 EXO	24	1	hji6	writing-newevent		0	Nadab…Abihu	A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 EXO	24	1	c97i	translate-names	נָדָ֣ב וַ⁠אֲבִיה֔וּא	1	Nadab…Abihu	**Nadab and Abihu** are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2336,14 +2336,14 @@ EXO	34	15	udz0	figs-hypo	פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠י
 EXO	34	15	f1e3		פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְ⁠יוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ	1	Connecting Statement:	This phrase is exactly the same as the second clause of [verse 12](../34/12.md). It serves as a reminder of the command Yahweh is giving as he begins to expand on the “trap” he mentioned in verse 12. Your language may need to mark this repetition in a particular way. Alternate translation: “Remember: keep yourself lest you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land”
 EXO	34	15	n4nt	figs-idiom	תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית	1	Connecting Statement:	See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “you make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EXO	34	15	gtd8	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. This metaphor is most often used regarding the unfaithfulness of the Israelites. The metaphor is not quite as clear with the other nations because while Yahweh is the only true God, he is not in special covenant with the other nations as their god. However, since the worship is still impurely following false gods, the metaphor is used here. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and they worship their gods” or “because they worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	34	15	d1m0	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	This phrase may also be seen as a metonymy because sexual sin was a regular part of worshipping false gods. Alternate translation: “and they worship by fornicating with their gods’ cult prostitutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO	34	15	vijl	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠קָרָ֣א לְ⁠ךָ֔	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	Here, what the inhabitant will invite the Israelite to is not stated, but can be inferred from context. At the most basic level it is an invitation to eat food the Israelites were forbidden to eat. It is unclear how much more participation in worshipping false gods is implied. If your language requires that you specify what the Israelite is being invited into you may have to add some information. Alternate translation: “and he will invite you to eat from his sacrifice” or “and he will invite you to a feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO	34	15	d1m0	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠הֶ֗ם	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	This phrase may also be seen as a metonymy because sexual sin was a regular part of worshiping false gods. Alternate translation: “and they worship by fornicating with their gods’ cult prostitutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO	34	15	vijl	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠קָרָ֣א לְ⁠ךָ֔	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	Here, what the inhabitant will invite the Israelite to is not stated, but can be inferred from context. At the most basic level it is an invitation to eat food the Israelites were forbidden to eat. It is unclear how much more participation in worshiping false gods is implied. If your language requires that you specify what the Israelite is being invited into you may have to add some information. Alternate translation: “and he will invite you to eat from his sacrifice” or “and he will invite you to a feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 EXO	34	15	ygd9	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	The first part of the sin Yahweh is warning against in this and the next verse is to **eat from his sacrifice**. This clause is the result of disobedience regarding the **covenant** and the logical conclusion of the series of hypothetical events Yahweh presents before this. Alternate translation: “as a result, you will eat from his sacrifice” or “then you will eat from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	34	15	hhbc	figs-synecdoche	וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ	1	for they prostitute themselves to their gods	Here, **and you eat from his sacrifice** may be a synecdoche for any and all parts of the worship of the other nations’ false gods. Alternate translation: “and you feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 EXO	34	15	bj2i	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אָכַלְתָּ֖ מִ⁠זִּבְחֽ⁠וֹ	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EXO	34	16	jaic	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical		0	you will eat some of his sacrifice	The string of hypothetical actions, each with its logical result continues throughout this verse. Continue translating the transitions between clauses as you decided in verse 15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
 EXO	34	16	d4ma	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠זָנ֣וּ בְנֹתָ֗י⁠ו אַחֲרֵי֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵי⁠הֶ֔ן	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. This metaphor is most often used regarding the unfaithfulness of the Israelites. The metaphor is not quite as clear with the other nations because while Yahweh is the only true God, he is not in special covenant with the other nations as their god. However, since the worship is still impurely following false gods, the metaphor is used here. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and his daughters worship their gods” or “and his daughters worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO	34	16	k0lr	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. The metaphor is clear here since it is referring to Israelite men who should be Yahweh worshippers. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and cause your sons to worship their gods” or “and cause your sons to worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO	34	16	k0lr	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. The metaphor is clear here since it is referring to Israelite men who should be Yahweh worshipers. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and cause your sons to worship their gods” or “and cause your sons to worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	34	16	p98a	grammar-connect-logic-result	וְ⁠הִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔י⁠ךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽן	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	This is the climatic consequence of living in peace the nations God is driving out before them: complete apostacy from Yahweh and loss of the next generation to wickedness. Specifically it is the result of intermarriage with the pagans, which God has explicitly forbidden for this very reason. If your language marks the final consequence of a string of actions in a particular way it may be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “and in the end, they will cause even your sons to prostitute after their gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	34	17	lgab			0	you will eat some of his sacrifice	The prohibition here is focused on making gods. In your translation make sure that the focus is not on the method, but the god-making.
 EXO	34	17	rux0		מַסֵּכָ֖ה	1	you will eat some of his sacrifice	See how you translated **molten metal** in [Exodus 32:4](../32/04.md).

From 6baf4603d8b8fbbc514164cfef5cf520f4a7d601 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:02:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 280/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 113ba366d5..d25068ef0c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -511,10 +511,10 @@ JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Jesus using the term **Behold** to cal
 JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer
 JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	fpgo	figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vin
 JHN	15	1	hqj7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	t4ne		ὁ γεωργός	1	my Father is the gardener	While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer”
-JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away”
 JHN	15	2	enrh		καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	takes away	The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean”
 JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From ba23f4e6e85e69d781a14b707913231ac8215058 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:04:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 281/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index c80c5af35b..9bad5efbf3 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ EXO	3	5	jg97	figs-quotemarks	אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־
 EXO	3	5	prv9	grammar-connect-logic-result	כִּ֣י הַ⁠מָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔י⁠ו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא	1	set apart	This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 EXO	3	6	sxk8		אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1	the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob	All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
 EXO	3	6	fgym	figs-quotemarks	אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵ⁠אלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב	1		This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO	3	6	l5sy		אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	your father	This could mean: (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father.
+EXO	3	6	l5sy		אָבִ֔י⁠ךָ	1	your father	This could mean: (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’ own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’ father.
 EXO	3	6	lfbb	grammar-connect-logic-result	וַ⁠יַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔י⁠ו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵ⁠הַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִֽים	1		Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
 EXO	3	7	nl33	figs-quotemarks	וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה	1		After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	3	7	xoz0	figs-idiom	רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי	1		The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ EXO	24	16	uwdd	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ
 EXO	24	17	e4n6	figs-simile	כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת	1	like a devouring fire	This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly, like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	24	17	k5lj	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	in the eyes of the Israelites	Their **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about what they saw. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See how you translated a similar expression in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	24	18	h1wy	translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה	1	forty days and forty nights	Alternate translation: “forty days and forty nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO	25	intro	t23a			0		# Exodus 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure:\n\n*   v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God\n*   v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions\n*   v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony\n*   v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table\n*   v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand\n*   v. 40: Summary instruction\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n*   The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.\n*   Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:\n\n*   There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.\n*   There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.\n*   From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
+EXO	25	intro	t23a			0		# Exodus 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure:\n\n*   v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God\n*   v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions\n*   v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony \n*   v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table\n*   v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand\n*   v. 40: Summary instruction\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n*   The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.\n*   Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:\n\n*   There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.\n*   There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.\n*   From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
 EXO	25	2	ygtd	figs-quotemarks	דַּבֵּר֙	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	The beginning of this verse marks the start of a very long direct quote which continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	25	2	tktu	figs-quotations	דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	25	2	r5yr	figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From b1b3186cca6e9b14ed681653b6debd98e73a00c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:04:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 282/674] Edit 'en_tn_02-EXO.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_02-EXO.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index 9bad5efbf3..819a14552c 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -1732,7 +1732,7 @@ EXO	24	16	uwdd	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ
 EXO	24	17	e4n6	figs-simile	כְּ⁠אֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת	1	like a devouring fire	This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly, like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 EXO	24	17	k5lj	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל	1	in the eyes of the Israelites	Their **eyes** represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about what they saw. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. See how you translated a similar expression in [15:26](../15/26.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EXO	24	18	h1wy	translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה	1	forty days and forty nights	Alternate translation: “forty days and forty nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO	25	intro	t23a			0		# Exodus 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure:\n\n*   v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God\n*   v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions\n*   v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony \n*   v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table\n*   v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand\n*   v. 40: Summary instruction\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n*   The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.\n*   Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:\n\n*   There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.\n*   There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.\n*   From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
+EXO	25	intro	t23a			0		# Exodus 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure:\n\n*   v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place where they will worship God\n*   v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions\n*   v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony\n*   v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table\n*   v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand\n*   v. 40: Summary instruction\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n*   The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.\n*   Translators will need to take special care in translating the concept of atonement.\n\n## Potential Translation Issues in this Chapter:\n\n*   There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.\n*   There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.\n*   From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30, almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you,” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].
 EXO	25	2	ygtd	figs-quotemarks	דַּבֵּר֙	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	The beginning of this verse marks the start of a very long direct quote which continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 EXO	25	2	tktu	figs-quotations	דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠יִקְחוּ־לִ֖⁠י תְּרוּמָ֑ה	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 EXO	25	2	r5yr	figs-idiom	אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣⁠נּוּ לִבּ֔⁠וֹ	1	who is motivated by a willing heart	This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From 90dfbfec042f3685de97428963fce30a41b8707c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:21:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 283/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 20 ++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d25068ef0c..7c0a8b73cc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a sh
 JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
 JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here, John records Jesus speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus is speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, John records Jesus speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who are **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here
 JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	u9cx	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	38	wtl7	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the scriptures say that rivers of living water will flow from his stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here, **scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **says** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here Jesus uses **rivers** figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the ter
 JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	The **Scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	**Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	43	h7d3	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd whom Jesus had just spoken with, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρό
 JHN	7	50	yw8i		εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
 JHN	7	50	hj1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	51	ia3j	figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ?	1	Does our law judge a man … what he does?	Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ	1	Does our law judge a man	Here, Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ	1	Does our law judge a man	Nicodemus speaks of the **law** figuratively as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	51	c2h5	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	52	pt91	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ?	1	Are you also from Galilee?	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see	Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλ
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Here, Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
 JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us
 JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated this in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
 JHN	10	35	ieot	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς	1	the word of God came	**If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς το
 JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	k6td	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Here, Jesus refers to evil as **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully as if the darkness of sin has taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully as if the darkness of sin has taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1797,7 +1797,7 @@ JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κ
 JHN	12	47	u4o4	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1		See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	48	wtwv		τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	on the last day	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	48	uxjk		τὸν κρίνοντα…κρινεῖ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse.
-JHN	12	48	c76d	figs-personification	τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν	1	on the last day	Here, Jesus refers to his **word** figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	12	48	c76d	figs-personification	τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν	1	on the last day	Jesus refers to his **word** figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	48	b1ds	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this phrase in [6:39](../06/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	49	ovmm	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what Jesus spoke. See how you translated this phrase in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “by my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From d2126f900def6b1dd489cba58b1379969368b9ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:21:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 284/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7c0a8b73cc..3485851be1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	i0cw	translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	diq0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ JHN	12	3	pq7c	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ 
 JHN	12	4	frgx	translate-names	Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the one who would betray him	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	4	qbja	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the one who would betray him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	5	e8d7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς?	1	Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?	Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he though the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	12	5	dx9e	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων	1	denarii	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+JHN	12	5	dx9e	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων	1	denarii	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	12	5	tted	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1		Judas is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	12	6	ri5l	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	6	sl8u	figs-infostructure	εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he said this because he was a thief, not because it was a concern to him about the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])

From 4c510620830154cde85e587223a18924ad9aa333 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:22:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 285/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3485851be1..2710ec851a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ JHN	11	28	yd61	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	she went away and ca
 JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	31	zpe9		οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
-JHN	11	31	q0iv	figs-distinguish	οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν	1		This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+JHN	11	31	q0iv	figs-distinguish	οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν	1		This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 JHN	11	32	zmp7	figs-explicit	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	32	j2wr		Κύριε, εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	See how you translated this sentence in [11:21](../11/21.md).
 JHN	11	33	ct82		τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).

From fd9784a4a7c559fa0ed7be8ee7a80e975de172f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:31:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 286/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2710ec851a..77bde705b2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jes
 JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who write Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	2	c6r9	figs-events	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair	Here, John refers to an event that what would happen at a time after the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this reference to an event that had not occurred yet in the story might be misunderstood by your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	3	i2ar	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From b5946c4acb5e54f6817e254e5bf36493d9444c29 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:33:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 287/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 77bde705b2..b270353f47 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ JHN	8	28	zysh	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated
 JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	As the Father taught me, I speak these things	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	29	w9cl	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2312,7 +2312,7 @@ JHN	18	22	szv3	figs-rquestion	οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερ
 JHN	18	23	d76y		μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ	1	testify about the wrong	Alternate translation: “tell me what I said that was wrong”
 JHN	18	23	r8dy	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις?	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	**Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	24	mojw	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἅννας…πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	For political reasons both **Annas** and **Caiaphas** were high priests at this time. See how you translated these names in [verse 13](../18/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	25	ki76	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἦν δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος	1	Now	**Now** here indicates that John is changing topics to return to the story about Peter in the high priest’s courtyard. [Verses 25–27](../18/25.md) describe what Peter was doing in the courtyard while the high priest was questioning Jesus. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In the meantime” or “While Jesus was being questioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+JHN	18	25	ki76	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ἦν δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος	1	Now	**Now** here indicates that John is changing topics to return to the story about Peter in the high priest’s courtyard. [Verses 25–27](../18/25.md) describe what Peter was doing in the courtyard while the high priest was questioning Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In the meantime” or “While Jesus was being questioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	18	25	l2bj	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ?	1	Are you not also one of his disciples?	Someone in the high priest’s courtyard is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	26	oka8	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ?	1		One of the high priest’s **servants** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely saw you in the garden with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	26	jfba	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 4caefcf3bd579778f3b80306780182f1eb01bc0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:37:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 288/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b270353f47..d6fee04157 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ JHN	9	24	ww3t	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	Here, J
 JHN	9	25	sr93	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	9	26	z2l2	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **open** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	27	cf2d	figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν?	1	Why do you want to hear it again?	The man is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	9	27	rpav	figs-irony	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1		Here, the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this use of irony would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN	9	27	rpav	figs-irony	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1		Here the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	9	28	h7hy	figs-explicit	ἐκείνου	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	28	z2tn	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί	1	but we are disciples of Moses	Here, the pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “but we true Jews are disciples of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	9	29	b8id	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ JHN	10	31	a42t	figs-explicit	ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν	1		**The Jew
 JHN	10	32	uvdo	figs-explicit	πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ…αὐτῶν ἔργον	1		See how you translated **works** in [verse 25](../10/25.md). Alternate translation: “many good miracles … of those miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	32	kttb		ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the source of the **good works**. Alternate translation: “originating from the Father” (2) the one who enabled the **good works**. Alternate translation: “given to me by the Father”
 JHN	10	32	t5q8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	32	tx8h	figs-irony	διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε	1	For which of those works are you stoning me?	Here, Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN	10	32	tx8h	figs-irony	διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε	1	For which of those works are you stoning me?	Here Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	10	33	bq1l	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	See how you translated this in [verse 31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	33	khfg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ βλασφημίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you blaspheme” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	10	33	w0v8	figs-explicit	βλασφημίας	1		Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [verse 30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous
 JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	f1rj	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν	1		In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	**Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	**Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	19	4	hn1f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	4	zd8v	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	19	4	c6v2	figs-metaphor	αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω	1	I find no guilt in him	See how you translated a similar clause in [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2412,7 +2412,7 @@ JHN	19	14	lc5y	figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Pilate
 JHN	19	15	vi6h	figs-explicit	ἆρον! ἆρον!	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	15	krld	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	15	tlj2	figs-explicit	τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω	1	Should I crucify your King?	Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	15	osy8	figs-irony	λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω?	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN	19	15	osy8	figs-irony	λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω?	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	19	16	t3yb	writing-pronouns	τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified	In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	19	16	dw2m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	16	j6jg	figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον	1		The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 49c921c8fc2aac657f16171e088927f9b5e911a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:38:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 289/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d6fee04157..809339314e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@ JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will
 JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
 JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here, Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	11	p4tv	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	lays down his life	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ JHN	11	33	ct82		τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		See how you translated this p
 JHN	11	33	qef6	figs-doublet	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John combines these phrases to express the intense emotional distress that Jesus was feeling. Alternate translation: “he was very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	11	33	s5uz	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	33	w7f8	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this would be confusing in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	35	bj6b	figs-explicit	ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	The word translated **wept** is different than the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	36	b6ee		οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	loved	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ?	1	Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?	Some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From a3f609a339b458606e3155c05b3cb30258ff5b5f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:39:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 290/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 809339314e..8b4b106e49 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	2	c6r9	figs-events	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair	Here, John refers to an event that what would happen at a time after the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this reference to an event that had not occurred yet in the story might be misunderstood by your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
+JHN	11	2	c6r9	figs-events	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair	Here, John refers to an event that what would happen at a time after the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	3	i2ar	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])

From ff22ff9f3414902e18dbc2710df6e869de5911ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:41:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 291/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8b4b106e49..51847d301e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2654,7 +2654,7 @@ JHN	21	11	lsh9	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον	1
 JHN	21	12	tq70	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	12	jvsm	figs-quotations	ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, σὺ τίς εἶ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to ask him who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	21	13	x5pq	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λαμβάνει…δίδωσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	14	tp3i	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	the third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+JHN	21	14	tp3i	translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	the third time	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	21	14	nz9d	figs-activepassive	ἐφανερώθη	1	the third time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “showed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	14	q55e	figs-activepassive	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the third time	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	14	y94q	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the third time	Here, **raised from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated a similar phrase in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “having become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From d810666016f5e42b1dec79d599efe1ce9c0f3e87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:41:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 292/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 51847d301e..d5340e59c8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ JHN	20	21	ylp8	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you tr
 JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	21	hw1z	figs-infostructure	καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	21	vhzq	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	20	22	vjs8	translate-symaction	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
+JHN	20	22	vjs8	translate-symaction	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
 JHN	20	22	avgi	figs-explicit	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	22	v9el	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	23	a9j7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	they are forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From e62399a475e523c72d849c1799be20a19073e3f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:42:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 293/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d5340e59c8..f70005e564 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 00a6b55a64944fe7bb65193349d1eac2efb79e5f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:43:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 294/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f70005e564..3fac55c60a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ac62fdfb69f9a7771588baff877d0db45b0af764 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 12 May 2022 23:44:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 295/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3fac55c60a..54cbddfefd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1682,7 +1682,7 @@ JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον
 JHN	12	21	rfff	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	23	dkmf	writing-quotations	ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	15	ts1f	figs-quotemarks		1	daughter of Zion	This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN	12	15	ts1f	figs-quotemarks		1		This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
 JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From a6ae425ab62a21b7c599295a74b1529788872df7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 13:23:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 296/674] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 50 ++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------------
 1 file changed, 23 insertions(+), 27 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
index 0127fb466a..c1e977d8ec 100644
--- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
@@ -1130,34 +1130,30 @@ LEV	26	45	x7p9	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠זָכַרְתִּ֥י לָ⁠הֶ֖ם בּ
 LEV	26	45	b2vu	figs-metonymy	לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם	1	in the eyes of the nations	Here , **eyes** represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LEV	26	45	js1r	figs-metonymy	הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם	1	the nations	Here, **nations** represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LEV	27	intro	u6u9			0		# Leviticus 27 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedicated to Yahweh<br><br>This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
-LEV	27	2	ds9v	figs-explicit		1	If anyone makes a special vow to Yahweh	In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LEV	27	2	w962	figs-explicit		1	use the following valuations	Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. AT “use the following values as your gift to the Lord in place of the person” or “give the Lord the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LEV	27	3	dj1b			1	Your standard value	Alternate translation: “The amount to pay” or “You must pay”
-LEV	27	3	ju46	translate-numbers		1	twenty … sixty … fifty	Alternate translation: “20…60…50” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-LEV	27	3	hy8z	translate-bweight		1	fifty shekels of silver	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “five hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	3	fr3t	translate-bweight		1	after the shekel of the sanctuary	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “Use the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “When you weigh the silver, use the weight that is used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	4	mcw3	translate-bweight		1	thirty shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “three hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	5	pit4			1	your standard value	Alternate translation: “the amount to pay” or “you must pay”
-LEV	27	5	e8ag	translate-bweight		1	twenty shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “twenty pieces of silver” or “two hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	5	y1cx	figs-ellipsis		1	for the female ten shekels	The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LEV	27	5	z1uc	translate-bweight		1	ten shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “one hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	6	r5vd	translate-bweight		1	five shekels of silver	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “fifty grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	6	r13l	translate-bweight		1	three shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “thirty grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	7	cry4			1	sixty years old and up	Alternate translation: “sixty years old and older”
-LEV	27	7	xmg4	translate-numbers		1	sixty … fifteen … ten	Alternate translation: “60…15…10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-LEV	27	7	n5vt	translate-bweight		1	fifteen shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifteen pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	7	wau8	figs-ellipsis		1	for a female ten shekels	The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LEV	27	8	ucc6	figs-activepassive		1	the person being given must be presented to the priest	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. AT “he must present to the priest the person he is giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	9	ax5s			1	set apart to him	Alternate translation: “set apart to Yahweh”
-LEV	27	10	a66v	figs-activepassive		1	both it and the one for which it is exchanged	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “both it and the one he exchanges it for” or the animals can be referred to simply as “both animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	11	dz9h	figs-metaphor		1	is in fact unclean, so that Yahweh will not accept it	If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV	27	12	yzw5			1	market value	This is the value the animal is normally worth when someone buys or sells it.
-LEV	27	13	f9my			1	wishes to redeem it	Alternate translation: “wishes to buy it back”
-LEV	27	15	ugc7	translate-fraction		1	he must add a fifth of its value to its redemption price	A “fifth” is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-LEV	27	16	l7we	figs-metonymy		1	a homer of barley will be valued at	Here “a homer of barley” represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it will be valued at” or ‘the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV	27	16	ub6b	translate-bvolume		1	homer	A homer is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+LEV	27	2	ds9v	figs-explicit	אִ֕ישׁ כִּ֥י יַפְלִ֖א נֶ֑דֶר בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	If a man vows a vow according to your valuation of persons to Yahweh	In this case the **vow** would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LEV	27	2	w962	figs-explicit	בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת	1	according to your valuation of persons	Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. Alternate translation: “according to the following values for the person” or “according to the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LEV	27	3	dj1b		עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֙…עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֗	1	your valuation … your valuation	Alternate translation: “the amount … the amount”
+LEV	27	3	hy8z	translate-bweight	חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כֶּ֖סֶף	1	50 shekels of silver	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	3	fr3t	translate-bweight	בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	according to the shekel of the holy place	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “the weight that is used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	4	mcw3	translate-bweight	שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים שָֽׁקֶל	1	30 shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “30 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “300 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	5	pit4		עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛	1	your valuation	Alternate translation: “the amount you must pay”
+LEV	27	5	e8ag	translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שְׁקָלִ֑ים	1	20 shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “20 pieces of silver” or “200 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	5	y1cx	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠לַ⁠נְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים	1	and for the female ten shekels	The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LEV	27	5	z1uc	translate-bweight	עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים	1	ten shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “100 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	6	r5vd	translate-bweight	חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּ֑סֶף	1	five shekels of silver	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “50 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	6	r13l	translate-bweight	שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּֽסֶף	1	three shekels of silver	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “30 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	7	cry4		שִׁשִּׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה וָ⁠מַ֨עְלָ⁠ה֙	1	60 years and up	Alternate translation: “60 years old and older”
+LEV	27	7	n5vt	translate-bweight	חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר שָׁ֑קֶל	1	fifteen shekels	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “15 pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	7	wau8	figs-ellipsis	וְ⁠לַ⁠נְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֥ה שְׁקָלִֽים	1	and for the female ten shekels	The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LEV	27	10	a66v	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָֽיָה־ ה֥וּא וּ⁠תְמוּרָת֖⁠וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	then it will be and the exchanged one will be set apart	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will set apart both it and the one he exchanges it for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	11	dz9h	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠אִם֙ כָּל־ בְּהֵמָ֣ה טְמֵאָ֔ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹא־ יַקְרִ֧יבוּ מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה קָרְבָּ֖ן לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה	1	And if any animal is unclean from which an offering must not be offered to Yahweh	If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “And if it is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LEV	27	12	yzw5		כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥	1	According to the valuation of you	This refers to the value the animal is normally worth when someone buys or sells it.
+LEV	27	13	f9my		גָּאֹ֖ל יִגְאָלֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	he ever redeems it	Alternate translation: “he every buys it back”
+LEV	27	15	ugc7	translate-fraction	וְ֠⁠יָסַף חֲמִישִׁ֧ית כֶּֽסֶף־ עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ עָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	then he must add a fifth of the silver of your valuation to it	A **fifth** is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “then he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
+LEV	27	16	l7we	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠פִ֣י זַרְע֑⁠וֹ זֶ֚רַע חֹ֣מֶר שְׂעֹרִ֔ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף	1	then your valuation will be in proportion to its seed—a homer of barley seed for 50 shekels of silver	Here, **a homer of barley seed** represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “then you will value a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it at 50 shekels of silver” or ‘then the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be 50 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LEV	27	16	ub6b	translate-bvolume	חֹ֣מֶר	1	 a homer of	A **homer** is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 LEV	27	16	pve5	translate-bweight	בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף	1	for fifty shekels of silver	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two way of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	17	b2qb			1	the year of Jubilee	This occurs every 50 years. See how you translated “Jubilee” in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md).
+LEV	27	17	b2qb		מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל	1	during the year of Jubilee	The **Jubilee** occurs every 50 years. See how you translated **Jubilee** in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md).
 LEV	27	17	wa1x	figs-metaphor		1	the valuation of it will stand	Here, **Stand** represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	27	18	as3z	figs-activepassive		1	the valuation of it must be reduced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must reduce the estimated value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	27	20	kl7j	figs-activepassive		1	it cannot be redeemed any more	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 73661731e03d9903823fade7f836087425ce4998 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 13:35:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 297/674] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 22 ++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
index c1e977d8ec..21631b1de5 100644
--- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
@@ -1154,19 +1154,17 @@ LEV	27	16	l7we	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠
 LEV	27	16	ub6b	translate-bvolume	חֹ֣מֶר	1	 a homer of	A **homer** is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 LEV	27	16	pve5	translate-bweight	בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף	1	for fifty shekels of silver	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two way of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LEV	27	17	b2qb		מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל	1	during the year of Jubilee	The **Jubilee** occurs every 50 years. See how you translated **Jubilee** in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md).
-LEV	27	17	wa1x	figs-metaphor		1	the valuation of it will stand	Here, **Stand** represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV	27	18	as3z	figs-activepassive		1	the valuation of it must be reduced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must reduce the estimated value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	20	kl7j	figs-activepassive		1	it cannot be redeemed any more	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	20	grb9	figs-explicit		1	If he does not redeem the field	The time for redeeming the field can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: If he does not redeem the field before the year of Jubilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LEV	27	21	ip9r			1	in the year of Jubilee	This was a year when the Jews had to return land to its original owners and set slaves free See how you translated it in [Leviticus 25:13](../25/13.md) Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “the year for you to return land and free slaves”
-LEV	27	21	nx1t	figs-activepassive		1	that has been completely given to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has completely given to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	24	aiu1			1	the man from whom it was bought … the land’s owner	These two phases refer to the same person. Normally the land would be bought from its owner.
-LEV	27	24	dd64	figs-activepassive		1	the man from whom it was bought	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	25	kd47	figs-activepassive		1	All the valuations must be set	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priests must determine the estimated values” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	25	sj13	translate-bweight		1	by the weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	25	y6zj	translate-bweight		1	Twenty gerahs must be the equivalent of one shekel	The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “One shekel must equal twenty gerahs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	17	wa1x	figs-metaphor	כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ יָקֽוּם	1	according to your valuation it will stand	Here, **stand** represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LEV	27	18	as3z	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִגְרַ֖ע מֵֽ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	and it must be reduced from your valuation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he must reduce the estimated value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	20	grb9	figs-explicit	וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֤א יִגְאַל֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֔ה	1	And if he does not redeem the field	The time for redeeming the field can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “And if he does not redeem the field before the year of Jubilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LEV	27	20	kl7j	figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל עֽוֹד	1	it cannot be redeemed again	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	21	ip9r		בַ⁠יֹּבֵ֗ל	1	in the Jubilee	The **Jubilee** was a year when the Jews had to return land to its original owners and set slaves free. See how you translated it in [Leviticus 25:13](../25/13.md). Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “the year for you to return land and free slaves”
+LEV	27	21	nx1t	figs-activepassive	הַ⁠חֵ֑רֶם	1	that has been dedicated by ban	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has completely given to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	24	aiu1		לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר קָנָ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁר־ ל֖⁠וֹ אֲחֻזַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ	1	to whom he bought it from, to whom belongs the possession of the land	These two phases refer to the same person. Normally the land would be bought from its owner.
+LEV	27	25	sj13	translate-bweight	בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ	1	by the shekel of the holy place	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV	27	25	y6zj	translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל	1	20 gerahs must be the shekel	The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “one shekel must equal 20 gerahs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LEV	27	25	b3gq	translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל	1	20 gerahs must be the shekel	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here is a way to do it. Alternate translation: “one shekel must weigh ten grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV	27	26	pji9			1	No one may set apart	Alternate translation: “No one may set apart to Yahweh”
+LEV	27	26	pji9		לֹֽא־ יַקְדִּ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	a man must not set it apart	Alternate translation: “no one may set it apart to Yahweh”
 LEV	27	27	snk3	figs-activepassive		1	a fifth must be added to that value	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must add a fifth to that value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	27	27	ng2y	figs-activepassive		1	If the animal is not redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the person does not buy back the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	27	27	vfw8	figs-activepassive		1	it is to be sold at the set value	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priest must sell it at the set value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From a044ae6c2ca70b2a2f267a3d4ea78a02f7a6bfc7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 13:50:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 298/674] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 30 ++++++++++++++----------------
 1 file changed, 14 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
index 21631b1de5..9482cb1368 100644
--- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
@@ -1165,19 +1165,17 @@ LEV	27	25	sj13	translate-bweight	בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ
 LEV	27	25	y6zj	translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל	1	20 gerahs must be the shekel	The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “one shekel must equal 20 gerahs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LEV	27	25	b3gq	translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַ⁠שָּֽׁקֶל	1	20 gerahs must be the shekel	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here is a way to do it. Alternate translation: “one shekel must weigh ten grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LEV	27	26	pji9		לֹֽא־ יַקְדִּ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ	1	a man must not set it apart	Alternate translation: “no one may set it apart to Yahweh”
-LEV	27	27	snk3	figs-activepassive		1	a fifth must be added to that value	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must add a fifth to that value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	27	ng2y	figs-activepassive		1	If the animal is not redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the person does not buy back the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	27	vfw8	figs-activepassive		1	it is to be sold at the set value	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priest must sell it at the set value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	28	adb4	figs-activepassive		1	nothing that a man devotes to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, may be sold or redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one may sell or redeem anything a man has devoted to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether it is a human, an animal, or his family land” or “If a man devotes to Yahweh anything he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, no one may sell or redeem it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	28	yy2u			1	Everything that is devoted is very holy to Yahweh	Alternate translation: “Everything that anyone devotes to Yahweh is very holy to Yahweh”
-LEV	27	29	k4sd	figs-activepassive		1	No ransom may be paid	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one may pay a ransom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	29	epj5	figs-activepassive		1	for the person who is devoted for destruction	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for any person whom Yahweh has devoted to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	29	i8d2	figs-explicit		1	for the person who is devoted for destruction	Why a person would be devoted to destruction can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for any person whom Yahweh has determined should die because of his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LEV	27	29	uj9k	figs-activepassive		1	That person must be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must put that person to death” or “you must kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	31	n1ly			1	If a man redeems any of his tithe	Alternate translation: “If a man wants to buy back any of his tithe”
-LEV	27	32	h1au	figs-metonymy		1	whatever passes under the shepherd’s rod	This refers to the way they would count their animals. Alternate translation: “when you count your animals by raising your shepherd rod and having them walk under it to the other side” or “when you count the animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV	27	32	y6be	figs-activepassive		1	one-tenth must be set apart to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must set apart one-tenth to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	32	rzb2			1	one-tenth	Alternate translation: “every tenth animal”
-LEV	27	33	j4n9			1	then both it and that for which it is changed	Alternate translation: “then both animals”
-LEV	27	33	f56x	figs-activepassive		1	It cannot be redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He cannot redeem it” or “He cannot buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	27	34	dxq6			1	These are the commandments	This is a summary statement. It refers to the commandments that were given in the past chapters.
+LEV	27	27	ng2y	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל	1	And if it is not redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the person does not buy back the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	27	vfw8	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֥ר בְּ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ	1	then it will be sold at your valuation	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priest must sell it at the set value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	28	adb4	figs-activepassive	כָּל־ חֵ֡רֶם אֲשֶׁ֣ר יַחֲרִם֩ אִ֨ישׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֜ה מִ⁠כָּל־ אֲשֶׁר־ ל֗⁠וֹ מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם וּ⁠בְהֵמָה֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠שְּׂדֵ֣ה אֲחֻזָּת֔⁠וֹ לֹ֥א יִמָּכֵ֖ר וְ⁠לֹ֣א יִגָּאֵ֑ל	1	any dedicated thing that a man dedicates to Yahweh, from all that belongs to him, from human or animal, or from the field of his property, must not be sold and must not be redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one may sell or redeem anything a man has devoted to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether it is a human, an animal, or his family land” or “if a man devotes to Yahweh anything he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, no one may sell or redeem it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	28	yy2u		כָּל־ חֵ֕רֶם קֹֽדֶשׁ־ קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	Every dedicated thing, it is the holiest holy thing to Yahweh	Alternate translation: “Everything that anyone devotes to Yahweh is very holy to Yahweh”
+LEV	27	29	i8d2	figs-explicit	כָּל־ חֵ֗רֶם אֲשֶׁ֧ר יָחֳרַ֛ם	1	Every dedicated one who is dedicated	Why a person would be dedicated to destruction can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Any person whom Yahweh has determined should die because of his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LEV	27	29	k4sd	figs-activepassive	לֹ֣א יִפָּדֶ֑ה	1	must not be ransomed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “no one may pay a ransom for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	29	epj5	figs-activepassive	מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת	1	He must surely be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	31	n1ly		וְ⁠אִם־ גָּאֹ֥ל יִגְאַ֛ל אִ֖ישׁ מִ⁠מַּֽעַשְׂר֑⁠וֹ	1	And if a man ever redeems some of his tenth	Alternate translation: “And if a man wants to buy back any of his tithe”
+LEV	27	32	h1au	figs-metonymy	כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־ יַעֲבֹ֖ר תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שָּׁ֑בֶט	1	anything that passes under the rod	This refers to the way they would count their animals. Alternate translation: “any animals you count by raising your shepherd rod and having them walk under it to the other side” or “any animals you count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LEV	27	32	y6be	figs-activepassive	הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֕י יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּ֖דֶשׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה	1	the tenth must be set apart to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must set apart one-tenth to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	32	rzb2		הָֽ⁠עֲשִׂירִ֕י	1	the tenth	Alternate translation: “every tenth animal”
+LEV	27	33	j4n9		וְ⁠הָֽיָה־ ה֧וּא וּ⁠תְמוּרָת֛⁠וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ	1	then it will be and its substitute will be set apart	Alternate translation: “then you will set apart both animals”
+LEV	27	33	f56x	figs-activepassive	לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵֽל	1	It must not be redeemed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He cannot redeem it” or “He cannot buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV	27	34	dxq6		אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠מִּצְוֺ֗ת	1	These are the commandments	This is a summary statement. It refers to the commandments that were given in the past chapters.

From 9705c9deb5e019f5f2c7637fd45008567bdc8d31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 13:58:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 299/674] Edit 'en_tn_03-LEV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 16 ++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
index 9482cb1368..46b822d747 100644
--- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ LEV	1	9	zgz6	figs-metaphor	רֵֽיחַ־ נִיח֖וֹחַ לַֽ⁠יהוָֽ
 LEV	1	11	k2uc		לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	before the face of Yahweh	Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
 LEV	1	12	q6a3	figs-123person	וְ⁠נִתַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙	1	And he is to cut it	Here, **he** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. It can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “And you must cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 LEV	1	12	kx1v		לִ⁠נְתָחָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־ רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־ פִּדְר֑⁠וֹ…עַל־ הָֽ⁠עֵצִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־ הָ⁠אֵ֔שׁ אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ	1	pieces … head … fat … on the wood that is on the fire that is on the altar	See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 1:7-9](./07.md).
-LEV	1	13	ekd2		וְ⁠הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם…עֹלָ֣ה…אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ	1	inner parts … legs he must wash with water … burnt offering … sweet aroma … made … by fire	See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 1:9](./09.md).
+LEV	1	13	ekd2		וְ⁠הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם…עֹלָ֣ה…אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ	1	inner parts … legs he must wash with water … burnt offering … sweet aroma … made … by fire	See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md).
 LEV	1	13	zf3d	figs-metaphor	רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	a sweet aroma to Yahweh	Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	1	13	tij4	figs-activepassive	אִשֵּׁ֛ה	1	an offering made by fire	Yahweh tells Moses that the priests must burn their offerings with **fire**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	1	15	hs4d		וּ⁠מָלַק֙ אֶת־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ	1	and wring off its head	Alternate translation: “and twist off its head”
@@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ LEV	2	7	l1pm	translate-unknown	מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת	1	in a pan	A **pan** is a
 LEV	2	7	s232	figs-activepassive	תֵּעָשֶֽׂה	1	it must be made	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	2	8	vy42	figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה	1	that is made from these things	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you made from the flour and oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	2	8	j9l1	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הִקְרִיבָ⁠הּ֙	1	And it will be presented	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you will present it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	2	9	t1ms		וְ⁠הֵרִ֨ים הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִן־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ	1	And the priest will take from the grain offering its memorial portion, and he will burn it on the altar. It is an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma	See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 2:2](./02.md).
+LEV	2	9	t1ms		וְ⁠הֵרִ֨ים הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן מִן־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָה֙ אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ	1	And the priest will take from the grain offering its memorial portion, and he will burn it on the altar. It is an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma	See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md).
 LEV	2	9	qgm4		אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔⁠הּ	1	its memorial offering	The handful of the grain is a **memorial offering** that represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md).
 LEV	2	9	a7ye	figs-metaphor	רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה	1	a sweet aroma to Yahweh	**Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV	2	10	c6hv		מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh	See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:3](./03.md).
+LEV	2	10	c6hv		מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh	See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:3](../02/03.md).
 LEV	2	10	y8u4	figs-activepassive	מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the burnt offerings to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	2	11	r3y3	figs-activepassive	כָּל־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א תֵעָשֶׂ֖ה חָמֵ֑ץ	1	Every grain offering that you offer to Yahweh must not be made with yeast	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not use yeast in a grain offering that you offer to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	2	12	b9d5		תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם	1	You will offer them	Alternate translation: “You will offer the grain offerings made with leaven or honey”
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ LEV	6	25	cq5t	figs-explicit	תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ ל
 LEV	6	25	zni8	figs-activepassive	תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙	1	the sin offering must be slaughtered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill the sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	6	25	a3q6	figs-activepassive	אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה	1	where the burnt offering is slaughtered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where you kill the animal for the burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	6	26	eaw2	figs-activepassive	תֵּֽאָכֵ֔ל	1	It must be eaten	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	6	27	is2v		כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ	1	All that touches its meat will become holy	See how you translated a similar sentence in [6-18](../06/18.md).
+LEV	6	27	is2v		כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ	1	All that touches its meat will become holy	See how you translated a similar sentence in [6:18](../06/18.md).
 LEV	6	27	vj7x	figs-activepassive	וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙	1	And if some of the blood is sprinkled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the blood sprinkles” or “And if you sprinkle some of the blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	6	28	f316	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּבֻשַּׁל־ בּ֖⁠וֹ יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר	1	And the pot of clay in which it is boiled must be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you must break the clay pot in which you boiled the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	6	28	e4tz	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠אִם־ בִּ⁠כְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ בֻּשָּׁ֔לָה וּ⁠מֹרַ֥ק וְ⁠שֻׁטַּ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם	1	And if it is boiled in a pot of bronze, then it must be scrubbed and rinsed in water	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if you boiled the meat in a bronze pot, then you must scrub the pot and rinse it with clean water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ LEV	7	32	f116		שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין	1	the right thigh	The **thig
 LEV	7	34	sns3		לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙	1	I have taken	Here, **I** refers to Yahweh.
 LEV	7	36	mag4		בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם	1	on the day of his anointing them	Alternate translation: “on the day Moses anointed them as priests”
 LEV	7	36	sb6p		לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם	1	throughout their generations	See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md).
-LEV	7	37	duq2			1	Connecting Statement:	Verses 37-38 are the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md).
+LEV	7	37	duq2			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 37-38 are the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md).
 LEV	8	intro	d9y6			0		# Leviticus 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
 LEV	8	1	n6q2			0	General Information:	In chapter 8 Moses ordains Aaron and his sons as priests according to the commands of Yahweh that Moses recorded in the book of Exodus.
 LEV	8	2	i9xv		הַ⁠בְּגָדִ֔ים	1	the garments	Alternate translation: “the priestly garments” or “the clothes that the priests wore”
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ LEV	10	1	afy8		לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה	1	befo
 LEV	10	2	et86		וַ⁠תֵּ֥צֵא אֵ֛שׁ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	And fire went out from before the face of Yahweh	Alternate translation: “So Yahweh sent out fire”
 LEV	10	2	f9fy	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	and it devoured them	The fire completely burning the men up is spoken of as if the fire **devoured** or completely used them up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	10	2	c893		וַ⁠יָּמֻ֖תוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	And they died before the face of Yahweh	Alternate translation: “And they died in the presence of Yahweh”
-LEV	10	3	pl7g	figs-quotesinquotes	הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד	1	This is what Yahweh spoke, saying,<br>‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LEV	10	3	pl7g	figs-quotesinquotes	הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד	1	This is what Yahweh spoke, saying,\n‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LEV	10	3	c9g1		בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ	1	Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart	The phrase **those who come near me** refers to the priests that serve Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will show those that come near to serve me that I am holy” or “Those who come near to serve me must treat me as holy”
 LEV	10	3	py8y	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד	1	I will be glorified before all the people	This second part of Yahweh’s statement still concerns the priest, who are the ones who come near to Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must glorify me before all the people” or “And they must honor me in the presence of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	10	4	qzy6	translate-names	מִֽישָׁאֵל֙…אֶלְצָפָ֔ן…בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל	1	Mishael … Elzaphan … Uzziel	**Mishael**, **Elzaphan**, and **Uzziel** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ LEV	20	intro	tvf2			0		# Leviticus 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and form
 LEV	20	2	b75v	figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֧ן מִ⁠זַּרְע֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ	1	who gives any of his offspring to Molech	Those who worshiped **Molech** sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LEV	20	2	wp2c	figs-activepassive	מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת	1	must certainly be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must certainly stone him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	20	3	h93p	figs-idiom	וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶתֵּ֤ן אֶת־ פָּנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא	1	I also will set my face against that man	The idiom ***set me face** means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LEV	20	3	t5xb		כִּ֤י מִ⁠זַּרְע⁠וֹ֙ נָתַ֣ן לַ⁠מֹּ֔לֶךְ	1	For he has given his offspring to Molech	Se how you translated a similar phrase in [20:2](. /20/02.md). Alternate translation: “he has sacrificed his child”
+LEV	20	3	t5xb		כִּ֤י מִ⁠זַּרְע⁠וֹ֙ נָתַ֣ן לַ⁠מֹּ֔לֶךְ	1	For he has given his offspring to Molech	Se how you translated a similar phrase in [20:2](../20/02.md). Alternate translation: “he has sacrificed his child”
 LEV	20	3	blk3		לְמַ֗עַן טַמֵּא֙ אֶת־ מִקְדָּשִׁ֔⁠י וּ⁠לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁ⁠י	1	so as to make my holy place unclean and to profane my holy name	Alternate translation: “and by doing that, he has defiled my holy place and profaned my holy name”
 LEV	20	3	qcs4	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠לְ⁠חַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁ⁠י	1	profane my holy name	Here God’s **name** represents God and his reputation. Alternate translation: “and to dishonor my reputation” or “and to dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LEV	20	4	u6g4	figs-metonymy	הַעְלֵ֣ם יַעְלִימֽוּ֩ עַ֨ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִן־ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא	1	the people of the land cause their eyes to be hidden at all from that man	The phrase **to cause their eyes to be hidden** implies they do not see that thing. This speaks of ignoring something as closing the eyes. Alternate translation: “the people of the land disregard that man at all” or “the people of the land even partially ignore that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ LEV	22	7	w1dk	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠טָהֵ֑ר	1	then he will be clean	A person
 LEV	22	8	tve2	figs-activepassive	נְבֵלָ֧ה וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֛ה	1	an animal found dead or killed by wild animals	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an animal that someone found dead or that a wild animal has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	22	12	dg4g	figs-abstractnouns	בִּ⁠תְרוּמַ֥ת הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים	1	the holy contribution offerings	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **contributions**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the holy offerings which people have contributed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 LEV	22	14	rd8r		וְ⁠יָסַ֤ף חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן אֶת־ הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	then he must add its fifth on it and give the holy thing to the priest	This could mean: (1) that the person had to replace the food that he had eaten with the same kind of food or (2) that the person had to pay money to the priest for the food that he had eaten.
-LEV	22	14	kg3k	translate-fraction		1	one-fifth	The term **one-fifth** refers to one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
+LEV	22	14	kg3k	translate-fraction	חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙	1	its fifth	The term **its fifth** refers to one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 LEV	22	15	qr33	translate-symaction	אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־ יָרִ֖ימוּ	1	that they lifted up	Here the phrase **lifted up** refers to a symbolic gesture of respect that represents offering something to Yahweh. It means basically the same thing as “presented.” Alternate translation: “that they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 LEV	22	16	dbv5	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה	1	and cause themselves to bear the guilt of the guilt offering	Here, **guilt** is spoken of as if it were an object that people can carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	22	16	t742	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה	1	and cause themselves to bear the guilt of the guilt offering	This could mean: (1) they would be responsible for their sin and so become guilty. Alternate translation: “they would be guilty for the sin that they committed” or (2) the word **guilt** is a metonym for punishment for the sin that they committed. Alternate translation: “they would receive the punishment because they are guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From d3c68c0578bd22d0bf9ab981665d469399a41f75 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 10:07:16 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 300/674] Fix format of Leviticus

---
 en_tn_03-LEV.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
index 46b822d747..8f08745d1f 100644
--- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-LEV	front	intro	nxz4			0		# Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Leviticus\n\n1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)\n    *   Burnt offerings (1:1–17)\n    *   Grain offerings (2:1–16)\n    *   Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)\n    *   Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)\n    *   Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)\n2. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)\n    *   Burnt offerings (6:8-13)\n    *   Grain offerings (6:14-23)\n    *   Sin offerings (6:24-30)\n    *   Guilt offerings (7:1-10)\n3. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)\n    *   Peace offerings (7:11–21)\n    *   Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)\n    *   The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)\n4. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)\n    *   Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)\n    *   Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)\n    *   Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)\n5. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)\n    *   Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)\n    *   Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)\n    *   Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)\n    *   Bodily fluids (15:1–33)\n6. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)\n7. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)\n8. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)\n9. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)\n10. Gifts to God (27:1–34)\n\n### What is the book of Leviticus about?\n\nIn the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?\n\nThese terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.\n\nAnyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.\n\nIn the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.\n\nSome people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.\n\nIt is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.\n\nBecause God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.\n\n### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?\n\nOn seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?\n\nLeviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?\n\nPriests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.\n\n### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?\n\nIt was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?\n\nOil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.\n\n### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”\n\nThis phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.”
+LEV	front	intro	nxz4			0		# Introduction to Leviticus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Leviticus<br><br>1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)<br>    * Burnt offerings (1:1–17)<br>    * Grain offerings (2:1–16)<br>    * Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)<br>    * Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)<br>    * Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)<br>2. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)<br>    * Burnt offerings (6:8-13)<br>    * Grain offerings (6:14-23)<br>    * Sin offerings (6:24-30)<br>    * Guilt offerings (7:1-10)<br>3. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)<br>    * Peace offerings (7:11–21)<br>    * Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)<br>    * The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)<br>4. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)<br>    * Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)<br>    * Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)<br>    * Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)<br>5. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)<br>    * Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)<br>    * Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)<br>    * Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)<br>    * Bodily fluids (15:1–33)<br>6. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)<br>7. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)<br>8. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)<br>9. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)<br>10. Gifts to God (27:1–34)<br><br>### What is the book of Leviticus about?<br><br>In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.<br><br>### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?<br><br>These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.<br><br>Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.<br><br>In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.<br><br>Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.<br><br>It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.<br><br>Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.<br><br>### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?<br><br>On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?<br><br>Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?<br><br>Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.<br><br>### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?<br><br>It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?<br><br>Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.<br><br>### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”<br><br>This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.”
 LEV	1	intro	ecv8			0		# Leviticus 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Atonement<br><br>In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
 LEV	1	1	j8us		יְהוָה֙	1	Yahweh	**Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
 LEV	1	2	yiq7		אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־ יַקְרִ֥יב מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם	1	When any man from among you	Alternate translation: “When any one of you offers” or “When any of you offers”
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ LEV	10	1	afy8		לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה	1	befo
 LEV	10	2	et86		וַ⁠תֵּ֥צֵא אֵ֛שׁ מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	And fire went out from before the face of Yahweh	Alternate translation: “So Yahweh sent out fire”
 LEV	10	2	f9fy	figs-metaphor	וַ⁠תֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑⁠ם	1	and it devoured them	The fire completely burning the men up is spoken of as if the fire **devoured** or completely used them up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	10	2	c893		וַ⁠יָּמֻ֖תוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה	1	And they died before the face of Yahweh	Alternate translation: “And they died in the presence of Yahweh”
-LEV	10	3	pl7g	figs-quotesinquotes	הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד	1	This is what Yahweh spoke, saying,\n‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LEV	10	3	pl7g	figs-quotesinquotes	הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד	1	This is what Yahweh spoke, saying, ‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified	This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 LEV	10	3	c9g1		בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ	1	Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart	The phrase **those who come near me** refers to the priests that serve Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will show those that come near to serve me that I am holy” or “Those who come near to serve me must treat me as holy”
 LEV	10	3	py8y	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד	1	I will be glorified before all the people	This second part of Yahweh’s statement still concerns the priest, who are the ones who come near to Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must glorify me before all the people” or “And they must honor me in the presence of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	10	4	qzy6	translate-names	מִֽישָׁאֵל֙…אֶלְצָפָ֔ן…בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל	1	Mishael … Elzaphan … Uzziel	**Mishael**, **Elzaphan**, and **Uzziel** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ LEV	11	43	fzj2	figs-parallelism	אַל־ תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־ נ
 LEV	11	43	hj9h	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙	1	And you must not make yourselves unclean	A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	11	47	x81a	figs-metaphor	בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר	1	between the unclean and the clean	Animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**, and those which he declared to be acceptable for the people to touch and eat are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	11	47	e7h6	figs-activepassive	הַֽ⁠נֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת…אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל	1	that may be eaten … that may not be eaten	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may eat … that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	12	intro	p2iu			0		# Leviticus 12 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Menstruation\n\nA woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
+LEV	12	intro	p2iu			0		# Leviticus 12 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Menstruation<br><br>A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
 LEV	12	2	wr5g	figs-metaphor	אִשָּׁה֙ כִּ֣י תַזְרִ֔יעַ וְ⁠יָלְדָ֖ה זָכָ֑ר וְ⁠טָֽמְאָה֙	1	If a woman bears seed and gives birth to a male child, then she will be unclean	A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	12	2	tuc3	figs-euphemism	כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ	1	as at the time of the bleeding of her menstruation	This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LEV	12	3	rcr8	figs-activepassive	יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ	1	the flesh of his foreskin must be circumcised	Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the baby boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ LEV	13	2	ukq4		אַחַ֥ד מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו	1	one of his sons	Alterna
 LEV	13	3	xqd3		מֵ⁠ע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ	1	on the skin of his body	Here, **his** refers to the person with the skin disease.
 LEV	13	3	k3cb	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠טִמֵּ֥א אֹתֽ⁠וֹ	1	and will pronounce him unclean	The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. Alternate translation: “must pronounce the man unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	13	5	g2eb		וְ⁠רָאָ֣⁠הוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֮	1	And the priest must look at him	Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease.
-LEV	13	5	a6bj	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒	1	on the seventh day	The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LEV	13	5	a6bj	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒	1	on the seventh day	The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven.” Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LEV	13	5	z468		וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד בְּ⁠עֵינָ֔י⁠ו לֹֽא־ פָשָׂ֥ה הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר	1	and if the skin disease has stayed unchanged in his eyes and the skin disease has not spread on the skin	This means if the skin disease has not increased in size or moved to other parts of the body.
 LEV	13	6	cx9z	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠טִהֲר֤⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙…וְ⁠טָהֵֽר	1	then the priest will pronounce him clean … and then he will be clean	The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	13	6	wn1f		מִסְפַּ֣חַת	1	a rash	A **rash** is an area of the skin that is irritated.
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ LEV	13	47	yjv7		וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖
 LEV	13	48	ww38	figs-activepassive	בְּ⁠כָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר	1	in anything made with leather	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in anything that someone has made from leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	13	49	bk97		וְ⁠הָיָ֨ה הַ⁠נֶּ֜גַע יְרַקְרַ֣ק׀ א֣וֹ אֲדַמְדָּ֗ם בַּ⁠בֶּגֶד֩	1	if the infection is greenish or reddish in the garment	Alternate translation: “if there is greenish or reddish infection in the garment”
 LEV	13	49	xcr7	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠הָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן	1	And it must be shown to the priest	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And he owner must show it to a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV	13	51	b5hr	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	on the seventh day	The word **seventh” is the ordinal number for "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LEV	13	51	b5hr	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י	1	on the seventh day	The word **seventh” is the ordinal number for “seven.” Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 LEV	13	51	n4xg	figs-activepassive	לְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠ע֖וֹר לִ⁠מְלָאכָ֑ה	1	whatever the work for which the leather is used	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything in which a person uses leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 LEV	13	51	b3jb	figs-metaphor	טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא	1	it is unclean	Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LEV	13	52	r25j	figs-activepassive	בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף	1	In the fire it must be burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must burn the item in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ LEV	18	9	u8th	figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲחֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֤ בַת־
 LEV	18	9	i3mf		בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother	This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father.
 LEV	18	10	hn2p		כִּ֥י עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ הֵֽנָּה	1	for they are your nakedness	Alternate translation: “for you will dishonor yourself as well as them”
 LEV	18	11	g9ak		בַּת־ אֵ֤שֶׁת אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙	1	your father’s wife’s daughter	This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married.
-LEV	18	12	pz5f	figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה	1	The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father's sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+LEV	18	12	pz5f	figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה	1	The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father’s sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LEV	18	14	pwu9	figs-explicit	אֶל־ אִשְׁתּ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְרָ֔ב	1	to his wife you must not come near	You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LEV	18	15	dj86	figs-euphemism	עֶרְוַ֥ת כַּלָּֽתְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה	1	The nakedness of your daughter-in-law you must not uncover	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your daughter-in-law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 LEV	18	15	c463	figs-euphemism	לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ	1	You must not uncover her nakedness	This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ LEV	24	7	ixi1	figs-explicit	וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּעֲ
 LEV	24	7	v5k2	figs-explicit	וְ⁠הָיְתָ֤ה לַ⁠לֶּ֨חֶם֙ לְ⁠אַזְכָּרָ֔ה	1	and it will be a memorial portion for the bread	What the incense would represent can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and it will represent the loaves as an offering” or “and it will be an offering that represents the loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LEV	24	9	x294		וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙	1	And it will be	Alternate translation: “And this bread that is offered will be”
 LEV	24	9	c8b1		מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָ֖ה	1	from Yahweh’s offerings made by fire	Alternate translation: “fro the burnt offerings to Yahweh” or “from the offerings that you burn to Yahweh”
-LEV	24	10	v13h		 וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙	1	Now … went out	This phrase marks a new section of the book.
+LEV	24	10	v13h		וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙	1	Now … went out	This phrase marks a new section of the book.
 LEV	24	11	uzp5	figs-parallelism	וַ֠⁠יִּקֹּב בֶּן־ הָֽ⁠אִשָּׁ֨ה הַ⁠יִּשְׂרְאֵלִ֤ית אֶת־ הַ⁠שֵּׁם֙ וַ⁠יְקַלֵּ֔ל	1	And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed the Name and cursed	The words **blasphemed** and **cursed** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed Yahweh by cursing him” or “And the son of the Israelite woman said terrible things about Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 LEV	24	11	x1rf	translate-names	שְׁלֹמִ֥ית	1	Shelomith	**Shelomith** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 LEV	24	11	y53u	translate-names	בַּת־ דִּבְרִ֖י	1	the daughter of Dibri	** Dibri** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ LEV	26	5	unad	figs-abstractnouns	וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְ⁠כ
 LEV	26	6	m5jk		וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י שָׁלוֹם֙ בָּ⁠אָ֔רֶץ	1	And I will give peace in the land	Alternate translation: “And I will cause there to be peace in the land”
 LEV	26	6	s3gb	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠חֶ֖רֶב לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּ⁠אַרְצְ⁠כֶֽם	1	and the sword will not pass through your land	Here the word **sword** represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “and no armies will attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 LEV	26	7	xxd1	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠נָפְל֥וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לֶ⁠חָֽרֶב	1	and they will fall before your face by the sword	Here, **fall** represents dying, and **the sword** represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “and they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “and you will kill them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV	26	8	nd6t		 וְ⁠רָדְפ֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵאָ֥ה מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ	1	And five from you will pursue a hundred, and a hundred from you will pursue ten thousand	This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies.
+LEV	26	8	nd6t		וְ⁠רָדְפ֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵאָ֥ה מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ	1	And five from you will pursue a hundred, and a hundred from you will pursue ten thousand	This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies.
 LEV	26	9	p7zz		וּ⁠פָנִ֣יתִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	And I will turn to you	Alternate translation: “And I will show you favor” or “And I will bless you”
 LEV	26	9	fq7x	figs-doublet	וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֖י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם	1	and make you fruitful and multiply you	These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 LEV	26	9	l7q1	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם	1	and make you fruitful	God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “and cause you to have many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ LEV	27	12	yzw5		כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥	1	According to the valuation of
 LEV	27	13	f9my		גָּאֹ֖ל יִגְאָלֶ֑⁠נָּה	1	he ever redeems it	Alternate translation: “he every buys it back”
 LEV	27	15	ugc7	translate-fraction	וְ֠⁠יָסַף חֲמִישִׁ֧ית כֶּֽסֶף־ עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ עָלָ֖י⁠ו	1	then he must add a fifth of the silver of your valuation to it	A **fifth** is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “then he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 LEV	27	16	l7we	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠הָיָ֥ה עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ לְ⁠פִ֣י זַרְע֑⁠וֹ זֶ֚רַע חֹ֣מֶר שְׂעֹרִ֔ים בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף	1	then your valuation will be in proportion to its seed—a homer of barley seed for 50 shekels of silver	Here, **a homer of barley seed** represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “then you will value a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it at 50 shekels of silver” or ‘then the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be 50 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV	27	16	ub6b	translate-bvolume	חֹ֣מֶר	1	 a homer of	A **homer** is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+LEV	27	16	ub6b	translate-bvolume	חֹ֣מֶר	1	a homer of	A **homer** is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 LEV	27	16	pve5	translate-bweight	בַּ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף	1	for fifty shekels of silver	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two way of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 LEV	27	17	b2qb		מִ⁠שְּׁנַ֥ת הַ⁠יֹּבֵ֖ל	1	during the year of Jubilee	The **Jubilee** occurs every 50 years. See how you translated **Jubilee** in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md).
 LEV	27	17	wa1x	figs-metaphor	כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֖ יָקֽוּם	1	according to your valuation it will stand	Here, **stand** represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 4d0781888939155fed84deed4e6c2f21ef65a93b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 15:12:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 302/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index c7e095e91d..1fecf5575c 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 NUM	front	intro	p55k			0		# Introduction to Numbers<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>    * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>    * Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>    * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>    * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>    * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>    * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>    * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>    * The quails (11:16–35)<br>    * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>    * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>    * Commands (15:1-41)<br>    * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>    * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>    * The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>    * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>    * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>    * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>    * Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>    * Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>    * The second counting (26:1-65)<br>    * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>    * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>    * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>    * Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>    * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>    * The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>    * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>    * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
 NUM	1	intro	av14			0		# Numbers 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
 NUM	1	1	fr2s			0	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
-NUM	1	1	u2p1	translate-hebrewmonths		0	the first day of the second month	This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	1	1	u2p1	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֩ לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י	1	on 1 of the second month	This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	1	1	owqr	translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י…הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית	1		Both occurrences of the word **second** are the ordinal forms of “two.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	1	1	ava2	translate-ordinal		0	the second year	Alternate translation: “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	1	2	m9tq	figs-explicit		0	Count them by name	This means to count the men by recording their names. Alternate translation: “Count them, recording each man’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	1	3	p8dc	translate-numbers		0	twenty years old	Alternate translation: “20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

From 8c26336889825f430ea499fd806688886e488dbe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 15:34:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 303/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 15 +++++++++------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 1fecf5575c..b0f3b3fd00 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 NUM	front	intro	p55k			0		# Introduction to Numbers<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>    * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>    * Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>    * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>    * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>    * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>    * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>    * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>    * The quails (11:16–35)<br>    * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>    * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>    * Commands (15:1-41)<br>    * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>    * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>    * The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>    * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>    * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>    * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>    * Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>    * Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>    * The second counting (26:1-65)<br>    * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>    * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>    * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>    * Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>    * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>    * The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>    * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>    * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
 NUM	1	intro	av14			0		# Numbers 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
 NUM	1	1	fr2s			0	Yahweh	This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
-NUM	1	1	u2p1	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֩ לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י	1	on 1 of the second month	This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	1	1	u2p1	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֩ לַ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י	1	on 1 of the second month	This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	1	1	owqr	translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י…הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֗ית	1		Both occurrences of the word **second** are the ordinal forms of “two.”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	1	1	ava2	translate-ordinal		0	the second year	Alternate translation: “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	1	2	m9tq	figs-explicit		0	Count them by name	This means to count the men by recording their names. Alternate translation: “Count them, recording each man’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ NUM	1	12	qi27	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues to list t
 NUM	1	16	r5lf	figs-activepassive		0	the men appointed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the men whom Yahweh appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	1	17	g4kg			0	took these men	Alternate translation: “gathered these men together”
 NUM	1	17	tgy4	figs-activepassive		0	who were recorded by name	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose names they had recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	1	18	me3i	translate-hebrewmonths		0	the first day of the second month	This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	1	18	me3i	translate-hebrewmonths	בְּ⁠אֶחָד֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	on 1 of the second month	This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
+NUM	1	18	o6il	translate-ordinal	הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֔י	1	second	The word **second** is the ordinal form of “two.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	1	18	nt8v	figs-parallelism		0	Then each man … identified his ancestry. He had to name the clans and families descended from his ancestors	The second sentence means basically the same thing as the first and is added for clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	1	18	l763	figs-idiom		0	He had to name	Here “name” means to “say.” Alternate translation: “Each man had to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	1	20	n9s3	figs-activepassive		0	were counted all the names	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they counted all the names” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -75,14 +76,16 @@ NUM	2	6	pvl6			0	division	This is a military term for a large group of soldiers.
 NUM	2	6	s8hf	translate-numbers		0	54,400 men	Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	7	zmt1	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	7	a457			0	Eliab son of Helon	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
-NUM	2	8	fgs1	translate-numbers		0	57,400	Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “57,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	9	p866	translate-numbers		0	All the number … is 186,400	Alternate translation: “All the number … is one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Judah. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Judah is 186,400” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	2	8	fgs1	translate-numbers	שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 57,400	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	8	kceb	figs-ellipsis	שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 57,400	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 57,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	9	p866	translate-numbers	מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְ⁠שֵֽׁשֶׁת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־ מֵא֖וֹת	1	are 186,400	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	9	e32j			0	the camp of Judah	This refers to the three tribes that camp east of the tent of meeting: the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.
-NUM	2	9	za2y	translate-ordinal		0	They will set out first	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	2	9	za2y	figs-explicit	רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ	1	They will set out first	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	2	10	c4fu	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	10	c8p1			0	under their standard	The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
 NUM	2	10	pe8q			0	Elizur son of Shedeur	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
-NUM	2	11	nq5x	translate-numbers		0	46,500	Alternate translation: “forty-six thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	11	nq5x	translate-numbers	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 46,500	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-six thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	11	r0p4	translate-numbers	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 46,500	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	12	vte5	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	12	xc17			0	Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
 NUM	2	13	qb5q	translate-numbers		0	59,300	Alternate translation: “Fifty-nine thousand three hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 0d86c38e440c28981adbe91298a55d6c01f4288d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 16:01:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 304/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 29 +++++++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index b0f3b3fd00..089f5e5263 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -85,29 +85,34 @@ NUM	2	10	c4fu	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling
 NUM	2	10	c8p1			0	under their standard	The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
 NUM	2	10	pe8q			0	Elizur son of Shedeur	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
 NUM	2	11	nq5x	translate-numbers	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 46,500	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-six thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	2	11	r0p4	translate-numbers	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 46,500	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	11	r0p4	figs-ellipsis	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 46,500	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	12	vte5	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	12	xc17			0	Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
-NUM	2	13	qb5q	translate-numbers		0	59,300	Alternate translation: “Fifty-nine thousand three hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	13	qb5q	translate-numbers	תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 59,300	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-nine thousand three hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	13	d1eo	figs-ellipsis	תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 59,300	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	14	udg7	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	14	uxf8			0	Eliasaph son of Deuel	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
-NUM	2	15	cd9v	translate-numbers		0	45,650	Alternate translation: “forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “45,650 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	16	sz9m	translate-numbers		0	The number of all the men … is 151,450	Alternate translation: “The number of all the men … is one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Reuben. Alternate translation: “The number of all the men camped under the standard of Reuben, according to their divisions, is 151,450” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	2	16	ti9z	translate-ordinal		0	They will set out second	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Reuben will start walking out after the camp of Judah goes out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Reuben will start walking second” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	2	15	cd9v	translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	are 45,650	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	15	j539	figs-ellipsis	חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	are 45,650	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 45,650 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	16	sz9m	translate-numbers	מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְ⁠אֶחָ֨ד וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים	1	are 151,450	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	16	etwk	figs-explicit	מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְ⁠אֶחָ֨ד וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים	1	are 151,450	This refers to the men. Alternate translation: “ are 151,450 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	2	16	ti9z	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠שְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ	1	And they will set out second	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Reuben will start walking out after the camp of Judah goes out. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Reuben will start walking second” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	2	16	yg28	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠שְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ	1	And they will set out second	The word **second** is the ordinal form of “two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	2	17	a2em			0	the tent of meeting must go out … in the middle of all the camps	This means that the tent of meeting must be carried by the Levites in the middle of the tribes as they travel.
 NUM	2	17	b2zi			0	They must go out	Alternate translation: “They” refers to the twelve tribes.
 NUM	2	17	hja8	figs-synecdoche		0	by his banner	Each man does not have his own personal banner; rather, this refers to the banner belonging to his tribe. Alternate translation: “by his tribe’s banner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-NUM	2	18	kr3c	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	18	y3jf			0	under their standard	The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
-NUM	2	19	ai8d	translate-numbers		0	40,500	Alternate translation: “Forty thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “40,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	20	g8a1	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	19	ai8d	translate-numbers	אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 40,500	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	19	r0cu	figs-ellipsis	אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 40,500	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 40,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	20	yw3b			0	Next to them	This means that the tribe of Manasseh will set out next, after the tribe of Ephraim.
-NUM	2	21	jw5g	translate-numbers		0	32,200	Alternate translation: “Thirty-two thousand two hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “32,200 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	21	jw5g	translate-numbers	שְׁנַ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם	1	are 32,200	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-two thousand two hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	21	k0sv	figs-ellipsis	שְׁנַ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם	1	are 32,200	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 32,200 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	22	px3h	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	22	v4w1			0	Abidan son of Gideoni	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
-NUM	2	23	w7su	translate-numbers		0	35,400	Alternate translation: “Thirty-five thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “35,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	24	b3xs	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	2	24	ft3h	translate-numbers		0	All those numbered…108,100	Alternate translation: “All those numbered … one hundred and eight thousand one hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Ephraim. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Ephraim is 108,100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	2	23	w7su	translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 35,400	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-five thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	23	ls5e	figs-ellipsis	חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 35,400	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 35,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	24	ft3h	translate-numbers	מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּ⁠שְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה	1	are 108,100	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eight thousand one hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	24	sh4p	figs-explicit	מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּ⁠שְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה	1	are 108,100	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 108,100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	2	24	jd35	translate-ordinal		0	They will set out third	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	2	25	rxq5	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	25	c897	figs-explicit		0	the divisions of the camp of Dan	The this refers to the divisions of Dan, Asher, and Naphthali that are under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “the divisions that camp under the standard of Dan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 8eefbc086f0380da74605d4f30328dc84444bc56 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 18:08:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 305/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 18 ++++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 089f5e5263..940fd7a1e0 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -113,19 +113,21 @@ NUM	2	23	w7su	translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛י
 NUM	2	23	ls5e	figs-ellipsis	חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 35,400	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 35,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	24	ft3h	translate-numbers	מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּ⁠שְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה	1	are 108,100	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eight thousand one hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	24	sh4p	figs-explicit	מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּ⁠שְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֖ה	1	are 108,100	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 108,100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	2	24	jd35	translate-ordinal		0	They will set out third	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	2	25	rxq5	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	24	jd35	translate-ordinal	וּ⁠שְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ	1	And they will set out third	The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	2	24	bpqv	figs-explicit	וּ⁠שְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ	1	And they will set out third	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “And when traveling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	2	25	c897	figs-explicit		0	the divisions of the camp of Dan	The this refers to the divisions of Dan, Asher, and Naphthali that are under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “the divisions that camp under the standard of Dan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	2	25	x5gy			0	Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
-NUM	2	26	bk5e	translate-numbers		0	62,700	Alternate translation: “Sixty-two thousand seven hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “62,700 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	26	bk5e	translate-numbers	שְׁנַ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 62,700	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are sixty-two thousand seven hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	26	qyui	figs-ellipsis	שְׁנַ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 62,700	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 62,700 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	27	ku8j	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	27	f852			0	Pagiel son of Okran	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md).
-NUM	2	28	ye8h	translate-numbers		0	41,500	Alternate translation: “forty-one thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “41,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	29	ij6h	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	28	ye8h	translate-numbers	אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 41,500	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-one thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	28	wyu0	figs-ellipsis	אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 41,500	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 41,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	29	g9h9			0	Ahira son of Enan	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
-NUM	2	30	n9ns	translate-numbers		0	53,400	Alternate translation: “fifty-three thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “53,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	31	wj9y	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	2	31	m5mk	translate-numbers		0	All those numbered…157,600	Alternate translation: “All those numbered … one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Dan is 157,600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	2	30	n9ns	translate-numbers	שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 53,400	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-three thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	30	l1yo	figs-ellipsis	שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 53,400	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 53,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	2	31	m5mk	translate-numbers	מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת	1	are 157,600	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	2	31	y0ue	figs-explicit	מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת	1	are 157,600	This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “are 157,600 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	2	32	ifg9	figs-activepassive		0	All those counted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	2	32	zjs1			0	by their divisions	Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
 NUM	2	32	a1g3	translate-numbers		0	are 603,550	Alternate translation: “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

From 779caf78b5e9efbc8f092516b022cb6323e88e26 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 13 May 2022 18:58:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 306/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 11 ++++++-----
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 940fd7a1e0..0563a9931f 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -191,17 +191,18 @@ NUM	3	43	rk27	translate-numbers		0	22,273 men	Alternate translation: “twenty-t
 NUM	3	46	k7c3	figs-abstractnouns		0	for the redemption of	The noun “redemption” can be translated with the verb “redeem.” Alternate translation: “to redeem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	3	46	asd9	translate-numbers		0	273 firstborn	Alternate translation: “two hundred and seventy-three firstborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	3	46	g2tq			0	firstborn people of Israel	Alternate translation: “firstborn sons of Israel”
-NUM	3	46	vgw3	translate-bweight		0	five shekels	A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 55 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 NUM	3	46	cyy4			0	who exceed the number of the Levites	This means that there are 273 more firstborn males among the other tribes of the Israelites than there are total number of Levite males.
+NUM	3	47	vgw3	translate-bmoney	חֲמֵ֛שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים	1	five shekels	A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 55 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 NUM	3	47	ijv4	figs-explicit		0	You must use the shekel of the sanctuary as your standard weight	This means that the shekel must weight the same as those in the sanctuary. Alternate translation: “You must use the weight of the shekels in the sanctuary as your stand weight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	3	47	djw5	translate-numbers		0	twenty gerahs	Alternate translation: “20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit of weight equal to about .57 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	3	47	djw5	translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה	1	20 gerahs	A **gerah** is a unit of weight equal to about .57 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	3	48	yj2l	figs-metonymy		0	the price of redemption that you paid	Here the word “price” refers to the shekels that Moses collected. Alternate translation: “the money that you collected for their redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	3	49	qw8t	figs-abstractnouns		0	of redemption from	The noun “redemption” can be translated with the verb “redeem.” Alternate translation: “to redeem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-NUM	3	50	h971	translate-numbers		0	1,365 shekels	Alternate translation: “one thousand three hundred and sixty-five shekels.” A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 15 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+NUM	3	50	h971	translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָ⁠אֶ֖לֶף בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	1,365 by the shekel of the holy place	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “one thousand three hundred and sixty-five shekels of the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	3	50	gkvu	translate-bweight	חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָ⁠אֶ֖לֶף בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ	1	1,365 by the shekel of the holy place	A **shekel** is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 15 kilograms of silver according to the weight of the sanctuary shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	3	51	u72d			0	the redemption money	This refers to the money that Moses collected.
 NUM	3	51	pt1a			0	to his sons	Here “his” refers to Aaron
-NUM	3	51	gh9t	figs-parallelism		0	he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM	3	51	bj75	figs-activepassive		0	he was told to do by Yahweh’s word	Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	3	51	gh9t	figs-parallelism	עַל־ פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ מֹשֶֽׁה	1	in accordance with the mouth of Yahweh, just as Yahweh had commanded Moses	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM	3	51	n8sz	figs-metonymy	עַל־ פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה	1	in accordance with the mouth of Yahweh	Here, **the mouth of Yahweh** represents what Yahweh said. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	4	intro	c4x5			0		# Numbers 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
 NUM	4	2	png1			0	Kohath	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
 NUM	4	3	j52n	translate-numbers		0	thirty to fifty years old	Alternate translation: “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

From aef8ac148fe58e228a84ee95f8b811bba28bdb78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 14:48:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 307/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 6 ++++--
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 0563a9931f..3803c08c12 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -232,7 +232,8 @@ NUM	4	15	v6kc			0	Kohath	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:
 NUM	4	15	qmf7			0	the holy instruments	Alternate translation: “the holy equipment”
 NUM	4	16	u5dz	figs-metonymy		0	the oil for the light	Here the word “light” is used to refer to the “lamps.” Alternate translation: “the oil for the lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	4	16	f9nu	figs-abstractnouns		0	the care of	Here If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **care**, you could express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “those who care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-NUM	4	18	aq3k	figs-activepassive		0	to be removed from among the Levites	This phrase refers to the death of the Kohathites. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to do anything that will cause me to completely remove them from among the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	4	18	aq3k	figs-explicit	אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י מִ⁠תּ֖וֹךְ הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1	Do not let the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite be cut off from the midst of the Levites	This phrase refers to the death of the Kohathites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	4	18	nvnd	figs-activepassive	אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַ⁠קְּהָתִ֑י מִ⁠תּ֖וֹךְ הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם	1	Do not let the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite be cut off from the midst of the Levites	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not do anything that will cause me to completely remove the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite from among the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	4	19	tb7z			0	by doing this	This phrase refers to what Yahweh says next. Moses will protect the Kohathites by not allowing them to go in and see the holy place.
 NUM	4	20	lz4b			0	Kohathites	This refers to the descendants of Kohath. See how you translated this in [Numbers 3:27](../03/27.md).
 NUM	4	20	mv2t	figs-parallelism		0	to his work, to his special tasks	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -271,7 +272,8 @@ NUM	4	39	vg68	translate-numbers		0	from thirty to fifty years old	Alternate tran
 NUM	4	39	zr98	figs-explicit		0	everyone who would join the company	Here the word “would” does not mean that the men “chose” to join the company but rather that they were “assigned” to the company. Alternate translation: “everyone who was assigned to join the company” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	4	39	tm83			0	join the company to serve in the tent of meeting	The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
 NUM	4	40	hqz7	figs-activepassive		0	counted by their clans	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Moses and Aaron counted by their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	4	40	sjj3	translate-numbers		0	2,630	Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty.” This refers to 2,630 men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	4	40	sjj3	figs-ellipsis	אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִֽׁים	1	2,630	This refers to 2,630 men. Alternate translation: “2,630 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM	4	40	uktq	translate-numbers	אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִֽׁים	1	2,630	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	4	41	h4xt			0	they obeyed	The word “they” refers to Moses and Aaron.
 NUM	4	42	pq72	figs-activepassive		0	The descendants of Merari were counted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	4	43	s8f4	translate-numbers		0	from thirty to fifty years old	Alternate translation: “from 30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

From b689b909af6c60a9f98732ff6570ca0ed5fe5918 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 14:56:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 308/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 5 +++--
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 3803c08c12..de09abe970 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -315,8 +315,9 @@ NUM	5	13	g1e7	figs-euphemism		0	If a man lies with her	This is a euphemism. Alte
 NUM	5	13	zj57			0	her	the woman who turns away and sins against her husband ([Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md))
 NUM	5	13	wj6d	figs-explicit		0	in the act	This refers to the act of adultery. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the act of adultery” or “sleeping with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	5	14	w516	figs-activepassive		0	his wife is defiled … his wife is not defiled	These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his wife has defiled herself … his wife has not defiled herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	5	14	tk8e	figs-metonymy		0	a spirit of jealousy might still inform the husband	Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. His “jealously” is spoken of as if it were a person who spoke to him. Alternate translation: “the husband might feel jealous and become suspicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-NUM	5	14	b5q4	figs-metonymy		0	a spirit of jealousy might falsely come on a man	Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. The idea of the spirit “coming on him” means that he began to have these jealous feelings. Alternate translation: “a man might feel jealous for no reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM	5	14	tk8e	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤י⁠ו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙	1	and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him	Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. Alternate translation: “the husband might feel jealous and become suspicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	5	14	vitt	figs-personification	וְ⁠עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤י⁠ו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙	1	and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him	The man's **jealously** is spoken of as if it were a person who spoke to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+NUM	5	14	b5q4	figs-idiom	וְ⁠עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤י⁠ו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙	1	and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him	The idea of the spirit “coming on him” means that he began to have these jealous feelings. Alternate translation: “and a man might feel jealous … a man might feel jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	5	15	n2k7			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses begins to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	15	cpv6	translate-fraction		0	a tenth	This is one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
 NUM	5	15	h7qc	translate-bvolume		0	a tenth of an ephah	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” or “2 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])

From 2b1befadf00eadd8c990d768b82975e0e5a35fec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 19:18:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 309/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 9 ++++++---
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index de09abe970..e3165c8aa8 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -379,7 +379,8 @@ NUM	6	4	up7t	figs-activepassive		0	nothing that is made from grapes	If your lang
 NUM	6	4	clz1	figs-merism		0	from the seeds to their skins	These two extremes are given to emphasize the entire grape may not be eaten. Alternate translation: “from any part of a grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 NUM	6	5	tyv2	figs-idiom		0	vow of separation	This is an idiom. Here “separation” means “dedication” Alternate translation: “vow of dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	6	5	nb5a	figs-activepassive		0	no razor is to be used on his head	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one is to use a razor on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	6	5	izs6	figs-abstractnouns		0	the days of his separation to Yahweh	The word “separation” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Here “separation” is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days that he has separated himself to Yahweh” or “the days that he has dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM	6	5	izs6	figs-idiom	יְמֵי֙ נֶ֣דֶר נִזְר֔⁠וֹ	1	the days of the vow of his separation	Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days of the vow of his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM	6	5	zvr4	figs-abstractnouns	יְמֵי֙ נֶ֣דֶר נִזְר֔⁠וֹ	1	the days of the vow of his separation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the days that he has promised to dedicated himself to Yahweh” or “the days that he has promised to serve Yahweh”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	6	5	qjl8	figs-activepassive		0	to Yahweh are fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh are complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	6	5	mba5	figs-activepassive		0	He must be set apart to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must set himself apart to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	6	6	jjz3	figs-idiom		0	separates	This is an idiom for dedication. Alternate translation: “dedicates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -396,7 +397,8 @@ NUM	6	12	afu4			0	for the days of his consecration	Alternate translation: “dur
 NUM	6	12	mf7y	figs-explicit		0	He must bring a male lamb … as a guilt offering	The man is to bring the lamb to the priest so that it can be sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “He must bring a male lamb one year old to the priest as a guilt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	6	12	kt7i	figs-activepassive		0	The days before he defiled himself must not be counted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must not count the days before he defiled himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	6	12	da8t	figs-activepassive		0	his consecration was defiled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he defiled himself” or “he made himself unacceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	6	13	q7eh	figs-idiom		0	of his separation	Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “of his dedication” or “that he has dedicated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+NUM	6	13	siwl	figs-idiom	יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֔⁠וֹ	1	the days of his separation	Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days of his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM	6	13	q7eh	figs-abstractnouns	יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֔⁠וֹ	1	the days of his separation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the days when he dedicates himself to Yahweh” or “the period when he has served Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	6	13	k6an	figs-activepassive		0	He must be brought	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must bring him” or “He must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	6	14	p848	figs-explicit		0	He must present his offering to Yahweh	He must bring his offering to the priest to be sacrificed to Yahweh. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “He must present his offering to Yahweh by bringing it to the priest to be sacrificed” or “He must present his offering to Yahweh by bringing it to the priest who will sacrifice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	6	15	xq3r	figs-activepassive		0	bread made without yeast	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “bread he made without yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -407,7 +409,8 @@ NUM	6	15	msp8	figs-explicit		0	together with their grain offering and drink offe
 NUM	6	16	f2x5			0	He must offer his sin offering	Alternate translation: “He” refers to the priest and “his” refers to the man who took a vow.
 NUM	6	17	ge1q			0	the fellowship offering	Alternate translation: “as the fellowship offering”
 NUM	6	17	d7zf	figs-ellipsis		0	The priest must present also … drink offering	You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “The priest must present also … the drink offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	6	18	x9jb	figs-idiom		0	indicating his separation	Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun may be written as a verb. Alternate translation: “indicating his dedication” or “indicating how he has separated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+NUM	6	18	x9jb	figs-idiom	נִזְר֑⁠וֹ…נִזְר֔⁠וֹ	1	his separation … his separation	Here, **his separation** is an idiom that means “his dedication.” Alternate translation: “indicating his dedication … indicating his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM	6	18	rrkq	figs-abstractnouns	נִזְר֑⁠וֹ…נִזְר֔⁠וֹ	1	his separation … his separation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind both instances of the word **separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “indicating how he has separated himself … indicating how he has separated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	6	19	h5f8	figs-activepassive		0	the boiled shoulder of the ram	This means that he had boiled the ram’s shoulder. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the shoulder of the ram that he boiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	6	19	ia1k	figs-idiom		0	indicating separation	Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun can be expressed with the verb “separated.” Alternate translation: “indicating dedication” or “indicating that he has dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	6	20	izv4	figs-explicit		0	The priest must wave them	After handing the items to the Nazirite, the priest takes them back to offer them to Yahweh. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Then the priest must take them back and wave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 6bcaee7c0597eec606e79247d763276bc1b5dad2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 19:24:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 310/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index e3165c8aa8..765bf41bee 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -417,7 +417,8 @@ NUM	6	20	izv4	figs-explicit		0	The priest must wave them	After handing the items
 NUM	6	20	vm26			0	together with	Alternate translation: “as well as”
 NUM	6	20	nr52	figs-activepassive		0	that was waved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priest waved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	6	20	bvx2	figs-activepassive		0	that was presented	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he presented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	6	21	bzm4	figs-idiom		0	his separation	Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun may be written as a verb. Alternate translation: “his dedication” or “for having dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+NUM	6	21	bzm4	figs-idiom	נִזְר֔⁠וֹ…נִזְרֽ⁠וֹ	1	his separation … his separation	Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “his dedication … his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM	6	21	cz8k	figs-abstractnouns	נִזְר֔⁠וֹ…נִזְרֽ⁠וֹ	1	his separation … his separation	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having dedicated himself to Yahweh … having dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	6	21	emt3	figs-explicit		0	Whatever else he may give	This refers to the Nazirite deciding to give other offering beyond what he has been commanded to give. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “If he decides to give any additional offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	6	21	ngu2			0	he must keep the obligations of the vow he has taken	Alternate translation: “he must still obey the requirements of the vow he has taken”
 NUM	6	21	vb7m	figs-parallelism		0	he must keep the obligations … to keep the promise indicated by the law for the Nazirite	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize that he must obey the obligations of his vow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

From a7120a573d97b5ed74c20d96a7202707552868d1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 19:31:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 311/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 765bf41bee..0e42f2dc76 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -454,8 +454,8 @@ NUM	7	10	rb3w			0	offered their goods	Alternate translation: “offered gifts”
 NUM	7	11	lk14			0	Each leader must offer on his own day his sacrifice	Alternate translation: “Each day, one leader must offer his sacrifice”
 NUM	7	12	wdb3	translate-ordinal		0	the first day	Alternate translation: “day 1” or “day number 1” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	12	jd7k			0	Nahshon son of Amminadab	These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md)
-NUM	7	13	fr64	translate-numbers		0	weighing 130 shekels	Alternate translation: “weighing one hundred and thirty shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-NUM	7	13	j1gr	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	13	fr64	translate-bweight	שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	If necessary, this weight can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	13	j1gr	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	If necessary, this weight can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	13	rk4y	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. If you are converting the weights to modern measures, here is another way to translate this phrase. Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	13	ymy3	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	14	h5g8	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish that weighed ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one gold dish that weighed one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish that weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

From c702b6da25a41bebc25e34e77c2e86db5373f006 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 19:38:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 312/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 7 ++++---
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 0e42f2dc76..5fdfb8d726 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -464,7 +464,8 @@ NUM	7	17	qye7			0	This was the sacrifice of Nahshon son of Amminadab	Alternate t
 NUM	7	17	q99s			0	Nahshon son of Amminadab	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md).
 NUM	7	18	k818	translate-ordinal		0	the second day	Alternate translation: “day 2” or “day number 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	18	s55k			0	Nethanel son of Zuar	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
-NUM	7	19	fv6a	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	19	fv6a	translate-bweight	שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	19	xung	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	19	hdb1	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	7	19	m81x	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	19	tdm6	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -474,8 +475,8 @@ NUM	7	23	j6wy			0	This was the sacrifice of Nethanel son of Zuar	Alternate trans
 NUM	7	23	vbr4			0	Nethanel son of Zuar	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
 NUM	7	24	nuy5	translate-ordinal		0	the third day	Alternate translation: “day 3” or “day number 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	24	f2sl			0	Eliab son of Helon	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
-NUM	7	25	p6jj	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	25	dxz3	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	25	p6jj	translate-bweight	שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	25	dxz3	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	25	jbg9	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	25	c6eu	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	26	e1hp	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

From bf26550be49ce3abfe948955527bfaefd6859844 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 19:42:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 313/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 5fdfb8d726..8661d743ab 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -485,8 +485,8 @@ NUM	7	29	u9we			0	This was the sacrifice of Eliab son of Helon	Alternate transla
 NUM	7	29	m62d			0	Eliab son of Helon	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
 NUM	7	30	g7np	translate-ordinal		0	the fourth day	Alternate translation: “day 4” or “day number 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	30	i4g9			0	Elizur son of Shedeur	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
-NUM	7	31	z13a	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	31	x59n	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	31	z13a	translate-bweight	שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	31	x59n	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	\nSee how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	31	ccm9	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	31	xme1	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	32	ce94	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -495,8 +495,8 @@ NUM	7	35	axj1			0	This was the sacrifice of Elizur son of Shedeur	Alternate tran
 NUM	7	35	dp1x			0	Elizur son of Shedeur	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
 NUM	7	36	t1iw	translate-ordinal		0	the fifth day	Alternate translation: “day 5” or “day number 5” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	36	vd7n			0	Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
-NUM	7	37	l2gt	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	37	ui86	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	37	l2gt	translate-bweight	ֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	37	ui86	translate-bweight	בְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	37	kj44	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	37	ekt1	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	38	d1vh	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ NUM	7	41	p15a	translate-names		0	This was the sacrifice of Shelumiel son of Zuri
 NUM	7	41	xhm1			0	Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
 NUM	7	42	uxi5	translate-ordinal		0	the sixth day	Alternate translation: “day 6” or “day number 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	42	h5ih			0	Eliasaph son of Deuel	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
-NUM	7	43	e7hj	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	43	e7hj	translate-bweight	ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	43	dv3m	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	7	43	ms6n	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	43	b9rg	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 508dc02ae1e63b4359c79341b5bf3663c48ec384 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 19:47:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 314/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 8661d743ab..3e9ff9c0e9 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ NUM	7	41	xhm1			0	Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai	See how you translated this man
 NUM	7	42	uxi5	translate-ordinal		0	the sixth day	Alternate translation: “day 6” or “day number 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	42	h5ih			0	Eliasaph son of Deuel	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
 NUM	7	43	e7hj	translate-bweight	ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-NUM	7	43	dv3m	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	43	dv3m	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	43	ms6n	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	43	b9rg	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	44	dg5u	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -515,8 +515,8 @@ NUM	7	47	xa33			0	This was the sacrifice of Eliasaph son of Deuel	Alternate tran
 NUM	7	47	ypc1			0	Eliasaph son of Deuel	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
 NUM	7	48	s1nr	translate-ordinal		0	the seventh day	Alternate translation: “day 7” or “day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	48	v3m7			0	Elishama son of Ammihud	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
-NUM	7	49	kx1k	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	49	rk8e	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	49	kx1k	translate-bweight	ִ֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	49	rk8e	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	49	jyg2	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	49	is9v	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	50	jad5	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -525,8 +525,8 @@ NUM	7	53	f8vp			0	This was the sacrifice of Elishama son of Ammihud	Alternate tr
 NUM	7	53	e3cx			0	Elishama son of Ammihud	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
 NUM	7	54	n5zk	translate-ordinal		0	the eighth day	Alternate translation: “day 8” or “day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	54	qnm9			0	Gamaliel son of Pedahzur	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
-NUM	7	55	guv1	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	55	acb7	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	55	guv1	translate-bweight	ם וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	55	acb7	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	55	qj3k	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	55	w1s9	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	56	m26n	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])

From adee2e15236a5060cd5af31690b44288de29f69b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 20:01:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 315/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 20 ++++++++++----------
 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 3e9ff9c0e9..127ac50776 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -535,8 +535,8 @@ NUM	7	59	z3ed			0	This was the sacrifice of Gamaliel son of Pedahzur	Alternate t
 NUM	7	59	ixg3			0	Gamaliel son of Pedahzur	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
 NUM	7	60	d8hi	translate-ordinal		0	the ninth day	Alternate translation: “day 9” or “day number 9” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	60	h4gl			0	Abidan son of Gideoni	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
-NUM	7	61	wl2g	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	61	gv7x	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	61	wl2g	translate-bweight	֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	61	gv7x	translate-bweight	ְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	61	r94v	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	61	aq7k	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mingled with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	62	c8nr	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -545,8 +545,8 @@ NUM	7	65	c2xx			0	This was the sacrifice of Abidan son of Gideoni	Alternate tran
 NUM	7	65	m2n5			0	Abidan son of Gideoni	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
 NUM	7	66	dcq5	translate-ordinal		0	the tenth day	Alternate translation: “day 10” or “day number 10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	66	k329			0	Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
-NUM	7	67	mjj5	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	67	xch4	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	67	mjj5	translate-bweight	וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	67	xch4	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	67	c418	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	67	z7wh	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	68	vq1y	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -555,8 +555,8 @@ NUM	7	71	p2p9			0	This was the sacrifice of Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai	Alternate
 NUM	7	71	k6u1			0	Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
 NUM	7	72	k86c	translate-ordinal		0	the eleventh day	Alternate translation: “day 11” or “day number 11” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	72	sk51			0	Pagiel son of Okran	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md).
-NUM	7	73	tj2a	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	73	jnf2	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	73	tj2a	translate-bweight	וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	73	jnf2	translate-bweight	ִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	73	bxh3	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	73	vra2	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mingled with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	74	s3qc	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -564,8 +564,8 @@ NUM	7	77	h23u			0	that were a year old	Alternate translation: “that were each
 NUM	7	77	ql5z	translate-names		0	This was the sacrifice of Pagiel son of Okran	Alternate translation: “This was what Pagiel son of Okran gave as a sacrifice.” “Pagiel” and “Okran” were names of men. See how you translated their names in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	7	78	ki2v	translate-ordinal		0	the twelfth day	Alternate translation: “day 12” or “day number 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	7	78	ge9i			0	Ahira son of Enan	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
-NUM	7	79	hn31	translate-bweight		0	one silver platter weighing 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	79	k7zr	translate-bweight		0	one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	79	hn31	translate-bweight	 וּ⁠מֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ⁠הּ֒	1	its weight was 130	See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	79	k7zr	translate-bweight	שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל	1	70 shekels	See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	79	dle1	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	79	bkj8	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	7	80	sw79	translate-bweight		0	one gold dish weighing ten shekels	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -574,8 +574,8 @@ NUM	7	83	aeg9			0	This was the sacrifice of Ahira son of Enan	Alternate translat
 NUM	7	83	k2xr			0	Ahira son of Enan	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
 NUM	7	84	r8s7	figs-idiom		0	set all these apart	The phrase “set apart” means to be dedicated to a specific purpose. In this case, the offerings were dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	7	84	m93s			0	on the day that Moses anointed the altar	Here the word “day” refers to a general period of time. The leaders of Israel dedicated these things over the course of 12 days. Alternate translation: “when Moses anointed the altar”
-NUM	7	85	mxb7	translate-bweight		0	Each silver platter weighed 130 shekels	If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated this same weight in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “each silver platter weighed nearly one and a half kilograms” or “each silver platter weighed one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	7	85	f75w	translate-bweight		0	each bowl weighed seventy shekels	Alternate translation: “each bowl weighted 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weight can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated this same weight in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “each bowl weighed nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “each bowl weighed 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	85	mxb7	translate-bweight	שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּ⁠מֵאָ֗ה	1	was 130	See how you translated **was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “was 130 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM	7	85	f75w	translate-bweight	וְ⁠שִׁבְעִ֖ים הַ⁠מִּזְרָ֣ק הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ד	1	and one bowl was 70	See how you translated “70 shekels” in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “was 70 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	85	byk4	translate-numbers		0	2,400 shekels	Alternate translation: “two thousand four hundred shekels” or “twenty-four hundred shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	7	85	wul3	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	85	dg3s			0	All the silver vessels weighed	Alternate translation: “All the silver vessels together weighed”

From 356973ac995a3b99be7e5b0f2369b461d9de0d11 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 20:10:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 316/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 127ac50776..2a9c16af35 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ NUM	7	85	wul3	translate-bweight		0	by the standard weight of the sanctuary sheke
 NUM	7	85	dg3s			0	All the silver vessels weighed	Alternate translation: “All the silver vessels together weighed”
 NUM	7	85	y3m8			0	the silver vessels	This refers to all of the offerings that were made of silver, both the platters and the bowls.
 NUM	7	86	c3sw			0	All the gold dishes weighed	Alternate translation: “All the gold dishes together weighed”
-NUM	7	86	ww9i	translate-bweight		0	Each of the twelve gold dishes … weighed ten shekels	Alternate translation: “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed 10 shekels.” If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed one tenth of a kilogram” or “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	7	86	ww9i	translate-bweight	עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּ⁠מֵאָֽה	1	was 120	If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “was one tenth of a kilogram” or “weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	7	86	pb2y	translate-numbers		0	120 shekels	Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	7	87	vdl4	translate-numbers		0	twelve	Alternate translation: “12.” This number may be written with a numeral instead of with a word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	7	88	xp2v	translate-numbers		0	twenty-four … sixty	Alternate translation: “24…60.” These numbers may be written with numerals instead of with words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

From 23ebc6b2a702fbf76e955bdb3f68cd33cd9520b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 16:52:55 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 317/674] Corrected stray old equal signs format in OT to
 hashtags

---
 en_tn_07-JDG.tsv | 2 +-
 en_tn_09-1SA.tsv | 2 +-
 en_tn_11-1KI.tsv | 4 ++--
 en_tn_12-2KI.tsv | 2 +-
 en_tn_23-ISA.tsv | 2 +-
 en_tn_24-JER.tsv | 2 +-
 6 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
index 18becce9a5..7347de73a8 100644
--- a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ JDG	8	34	k1h5	figs-metonymy		0	from the hand of all their enemies	Here “hand
 JDG	8	34	lqk5			0	on every side	Alternate translation: “who surrounded them”
 JDG	8	35	svf8	figs-metonymy		0	the house of Jerub Baal	Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JDG	8	35	w3k3			0	Jerub Baal	This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
-JDG	9	intro	zl19			0		# Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JDG	9	intro	zl19			0		# Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
 JDG	9	1	cb58			0	Jerub Baal	This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
 JDG	9	2	gfl5	figs-quotesinquotes		0	Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’	This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JDG	9	2	lpf2	translate-numbers		0	seventy	“70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
diff --git a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
index 00e4420c89..8b30eca547 100644
--- a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1SA	15	34	p6j7	translate-names		0	Ramah … Gibeah	These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 1SA	15	34	wed2			0	went up to his house at Gibeah	Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking.
 1SA	15	35	hha6			0	Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death	Alternate translation: “Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived”
-1SA	16	intro	abcg			0		# 1 Samuel 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David<br>Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David chosen to be the next king<br>Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>==Rhetorical Question ==<br>God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA	16	intro	abcg			0		# 1 Samuel 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David<br>Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David chosen to be the next king<br>Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Question<br>God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1SA	16	1	ib7t	figs-rquestion		0	How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?	This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 1SA	16	1	aav1			0	Fill your horn with oil	The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king.
 1SA	16	2	msu1	figs-rquestion		0	How can I go?	Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “I cannot go!” or “I am afraid to go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
diff --git a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
index b6a13972df..0950b65652 100644
--- a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 1KI	front	intro	h5yn			0		# Introduction to 1 Kings<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br>    * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br>    * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br>    * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br>    * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br>    * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br>    * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br>    * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br>    * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br>    * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br>    * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br>    * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br>    * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br>    * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br>    * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br>    * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br>    * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
-1KI	1	intro	v496			0		# 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1KI	1	intro	v496			0		# 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The next king<br><br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1KI	1	1	pwg1			0	covered him with blankets	They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
 1KI	1	1	b43p	figs-doublet		0	old and advanced in years	“very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
 1KI	1	3	f51x			0	So they searched	Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched”
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1KI	9	26	k7ed	figs-synecdoche		0	King Solomon built	It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1KI	9	26	f1yt			0	a fleet of ships	Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
 1KI	9	28	sv65	translate-numbers		0	420 talents of gold	“four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-1KI	10	intro	abca			0		# 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+1KI	10	intro	abca			0		# 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Queen of Sheba<br><br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
 1KI	10	1	ll43	figs-metonymy		0	Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh	Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1KI	10	2	ktj1	figs-hyperbole		0	all that was in her heart	This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1KI	10	5	cyv4			0	the seating of his servants	This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
diff --git a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
index f7bc25696e..4a6e677dae 100644
--- a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2KI	5	27	zy6v			0	the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants	This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
 2KI	5	27	qcw4	figs-idiom		0	So Gehazi went out from his presence	The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2KI	5	27	j8kw	figs-simile		0	as white as snow	Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2KI	6	intro	x6uv			0		# 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
+2KI	6	intro	x6uv			0		# 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Impossible actions<br><br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
 2KI	6	1	u5ch	figs-idiom		0	The sons of the prophets	This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2KI	6	2	g72i	figs-explicit		0	let us go to the Jordan	This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2KI	6	3	hhg8			0	your servants	Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
diff --git a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
index 31a45f0dfe..7814572e32 100644
--- a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ ISA	4	4	l3vm			0	spirit of judgment	This could mean: (1) Yahweh will punish the
 ISA	4	4	si1b	figs-metaphor		0	the spirit of flaming fire	This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will remove sinners from Zion like a fire removes impurities or (2) “flaming fire” is a metonym that represents the destruction in general of all the sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 ISA	4	5	yk4j			0	a canopy over all the glory	This could mean: (1) a canopy for protecting the glorious city, or (2) a canopy consisting of God’s glory that will protect the city. If the first meaning is followed, then it may further mean that the city is glorious because Yahweh is present in it.
 ISA	4	5	h7ct			0	canopy	This is a cloth that is hung over something to cover it for protecton.
-ISA	5	intro	g25h			0		# Isaiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Woe<br>This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Allegory<br>This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>==Animals being present where people once lived==<br>Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people.
+ISA	5	intro	g25h			0		# Isaiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Woe<br>This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Allegory<br>This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Animals being present where people once lived<br><br>Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people.
 ISA	5	1	wd3z	figs-parables		0	General Information:	Isaiah tells a parable about a farmer and his vineyard. The farmer represents God and the vineyard represents the people of Judah, the southern kingdom of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 ISA	5	1	csd3			0	my well beloved	Alternate translation: “my dear friend”
 ISA	5	1	y5t9			0	on a very fertile hill	Alternate translation: “on a hill where very good crops could grow”
diff --git a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
index e1ad25b2b4..3c5830f245 100644
--- a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ JER	12	16	j3ji	figs-idiom		0	As Yahweh lives	“As surely as Yahweh is alive.”
 JER	12	16	uph7	figs-metaphor		0	they will be built up in the midst of my people	This speaks of the people becoming prosperous as if they were a building that was being built. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will build them up in the midst of my people” or “I will make them wealthy and they will live among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JER	12	16	pe5g			0	midst	middle
 JER	12	17	w4yd	figs-123person		0	this is Yahweh’s declaration	Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JER	13	intro	ky38			0		# Jeremiah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.<br><br>===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JER	13	intro	ky38			0		# Jeremiah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JER	13	1	yq1d			0	linen	a type of very fine cloth
 JER	13	1	puq2			0	undergarment	clothing that people wear under their clothes; underwear
 JER	13	1	d4jw			0	waist	the middle part of the body, usually the narrowest, between the hips and chest

From 9d3e627abf8f662809588f1a170ac4d769422bb7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 20:58:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 318/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 2a9c16af35..e09d66892e 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -626,9 +626,9 @@ NUM	8	24	ygl7			0	All of this is for the Levites	Alternate translation: “All o
 NUM	8	24	q65x	translate-numbers		0	twenty-five years old	Alternate translation: “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	8	24	l8m6			0	must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting	The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
 NUM	8	25	hw8k	translate-numbers		0	at the age of fifty years	Alternate translation: “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	9	intro	p8ra			0		# Numbers 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
+NUM	9	intro	p8ra			0		# Numbers 9 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Passover\n\nThis chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
 NUM	9	1	zi29	translate-ordinal		0	in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt	This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-NUM	9	1	w91f	translate-hebrewmonths		0	in the first month	This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	9	1	w91f	translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֖וֹן	1	in the first month	This is the **first month** of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 NUM	9	1	ku29	figs-idiom		0	after they came out from the land of Egypt	Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	9	2	c6gr	figs-explicit		0	Let the people … at its fixed time of year	The word “fixed” means “previously set.” This means that this is when the observe it every year. Alternate translation: “Let the people … at the time of year they currently observe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	9	3	vk82	figs-explicit		0	On the fourteenth day … at its fixed time of year	This is the set time of year that they celebrate the Passover. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “On the fourteenth day … and observe it, for this is the time you do celebrate it every year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ NUM	9	3	an5n	translate-ordinal		0	the fourteenth day	Alternate translation: “d
 NUM	9	3	bb9q	figs-parallelism		0	follow all the regulations, and obey all the decrees	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize that they needed to obey the commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	9	3	p35m	figs-idiom		0	You must keep it	Here the phrase “keep it” is an idiom which means to observe it. Alternate translation: “You must observe it” or “You must celebrate it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	9	4	zr42	figs-idiom		0	keep the Festival of the Passover	Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Festival of the Passover” or “celebrate the Festival of the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NUM	9	5	q5mv	translate-hebrewmonths		0	in the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month	Alternate translation: “on day 14 of the first month.” This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	9	5	q5mv	translate-hebrewmonths	בָּ⁠רִאשׁ֡וֹן בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֛דֶשׁ	1	in the first, on day 14 of the month	This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 NUM	9	6	n99k	figs-explicit		0	became unclean by the body of a dead man	This implies that they touched the dead man, which made them unclean. You can make clear the full meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “became unclean because they touched the body of a dead man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	9	6	fh1w	figs-metaphor		0	unclean	A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	9	6	uhc8	figs-idiom		0	keep the Passover	Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ NUM	9	10	t4tm	figs-metaphor		0	unclean	A person who God considers spiritually un
 NUM	9	10	z9zw	figs-explicit		0	because of a dead body	This refers to someone touching a dead body. Alternate translation: “because you have touched a dead body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	9	10	r2yt	figs-idiom		0	keep the Passover	Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	9	11	y3qa	figs-idiom		0	eat the Passover	Here the word “eat” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NUM	9	11	s5xb	translate-hebrewmonths		0	the second month on the fourteenth day	Alternate translation: “day 14 of month 2.” This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	9	11	s5xb	translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֜י בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר י֛וֹם	1	in the second month on day 14	This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. Alternate translation: “day 14 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 NUM	9	11	mks7			0	at evening	Alternate translation: “at sunset”
 NUM	9	11	jjy6			0	with bread that is made without yeast	Alternate translation: “with bread that contains no yeast”
 NUM	9	11	p8in			0	bitter herbs	These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste.

From 8b3812ecef0847447ede625f94ea14c5bf26195e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 21:02:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 319/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index e09d66892e..1a8477c4a1 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -654,7 +654,8 @@ NUM	9	11	p8in			0	bitter herbs	These are small plants that have a strong and usu
 NUM	9	12	p3rh			0	or break any of its bones	Alternate translation: “and they must not break any of its bones”
 NUM	9	13	w4fs	figs-metaphor		0	any person who is clean	A person who God considers spiritually acceptable is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	9	13	we52	figs-idiom		0	keep the Passover	Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NUM	9	13	vx69	figs-metaphor		0	that person must be cut off	Here the phrase “cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM	9	13	vx69	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	and that person shall be cut off	Here the phrase **cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. Alternate translation: “and that person must be sent away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	9	13	h37g	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	and that person shall be cut off	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	9	13	n841			0	fixed	set or predetermined
 NUM	9	13	j8p3	figs-metaphor		0	That man must carry his sin	Here the concept of the man having to bear the consequences of his sin is spoken of as if his sin were a heavy object that he had to carry. Alternate translation: “That man must bear the punishment for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	9	14	ln14	figs-you		0	lives among you	Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 842368b333c8c886590b504f23981c00cccc6c81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 21:12:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 320/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 9 ++++++---
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 1a8477c4a1..30e5d3cbdb 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -682,8 +682,10 @@ NUM	10	2	a5wu	figs-metonymy		0	Make two silver trumpets	This means that Yahweh c
 NUM	10	2	a3nl	figs-metonymy		0	You must use the trumpets	Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	10	3	k8w4			0	in front of you	Alternate translation: “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets.
 NUM	10	4	c73m	figs-parallelism		0	the leaders, the heads of the clans of Israel	These two phrases refer to the same group of people. Here the second phrase is used to describe the first phrase. Alternate translation: “the leaders, who are the heads of the clans of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM	10	5	vt88	figs-you		0	When you blow a loud signal	Here the word “you” is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “When they blow a loud signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM	10	6	m9ab	figs-you		0	When you blow a loud signal	Here the word “you” is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he is referring to the priests. The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “When they blow a loud signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	10	5	vt88	figs-you	וּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּ֖ם תְּרוּעָ֑ה	1	And you shall blow a blast	Here the word **you** is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+NUM	10	5	a48l	figs-metonymy	וּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּ֖ם תְּרוּעָ֑ה	1	And you shall blow a blast	The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “And they shall blow a blast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	10	6	m9ab	figs-you	וּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּ֤ם תְּרוּעָה֙ שֵׁנִ֔ית	1	And you shall blow a second blast	Here the word **you** is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+NUM	10	6	huyc	figs-you	וּ⁠תְקַעְתֶּ֤ם תְּרוּעָה֙ שֵׁנִ֔ית	1	And you shall blow a second blast	The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “And they shall blow a second blast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	10	6	hik8	translate-ordinal		0	the second time	Alternate translation: “time number 2” or “again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	10	6	bv3w			0	They must blow a loud signal for their journeys	Alternate translation: “They” refers to the priests and the word “their” refers to the people of Israel.
 NUM	10	7	cga9			0	When the community gathers together	Alternate translation: “To gather the community together”
@@ -699,7 +701,8 @@ NUM	10	10	fs2w			0	over the sacrifices	Alternate translation: “in honor of the
 NUM	10	10	ii25	figs-abstractnouns		0	will act as a reminder of you to me	Alternate translation: “will act as a memorial for you of me.” The word “reminder” can be expressed with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “will always remind you of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	10	10	da3q			0	These will act	The word “these” refers to the trumpets and the sacrifices.
 NUM	10	11	g9q8	translate-ordinal		0	In the second year	Alternate translation: “In year 2.” This refers to the second year after Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-NUM	10	11	etr3	translate-hebrewmonths		0	in the second month, on the twentieth day of the month	Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2.” This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	10	11	etr3	translate-ordinal	בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	in the second month, on 20 in the month	The word **second** is the ordinal form of "two." Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM	10	11	obou	translate-hebrewmonths	בַּ⁠חֹ֥דֶשׁ הַ⁠שֵּׁנִ֖י בְּ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּ⁠חֹ֑דֶשׁ	1	in the second month, on 20 in the month	This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
 NUM	10	11	be2g	figs-activepassive		0	the cloud was lifted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh lifted the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	10	11	gt38			0	the tabernacle of the covenant decrees	The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
 NUM	10	13	qmj1	figs-activepassive		0	Yahweh’s command given through Moses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the commands that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 06858b16160da3bc43cab308099bd24151e97d7c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 21:58:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 321/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 18f778ab42..1814d6e662 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)<br>1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)<br>1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)<br>1. Closing (5:12-14)<br><br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to help encourage and testify to “the true grace of God” so that the Gentile believers would stand firm “in it” (5:12).<br><br>He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How were Christians treated in Rome?<br><br>Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”<br><br>If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
+1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Christian living (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to help encourage and testify to “the true grace of God” so that the Gentile believers would stand firm “in it” (5:12).\n\nHe encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPeter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	cf7b		ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1	to the elect foreigners	Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”
@@ -298,4 +298,4 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	5	13	muq7	writing-symlanguage	ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι	1	She who is in Babylon	Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) This is a symbol for the city of Rome. (2) This is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering. (3) This is a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 1PE	5	13	rpf5	figs-activepassive	συνεκλεκτὴ	1	chosen together with you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God has chosen as he has chosen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	5	13	ws2x	figs-metaphor	ὁ υἱός μου	1	my son	Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual **son**. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son” or “who is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE	5	14	fc7b		φιλήματι ἀγάπης	1	a kiss of love	Alternate translation: “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”
\ No newline at end of file
+1PE	5	14	fc7b		φιλήματι ἀγάπης	1	a kiss of love	Alternate translation: “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”

From d723ff921b7603a3fbdb00c87a1d1c82d041ebdf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 22:02:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 322/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 1814d6e662..203a93870e 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Christian living (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to help encourage and testify to “the true grace of God” so that the Gentile believers would stand firm “in it” (5:12).\n\nHe encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Christian living (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nHe encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPeter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 1c6ec44b68e261742aaad39edc82baa0452997ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 22:25:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 323/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 203a93870e..3b4db94d84 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Christian living (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nHe encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter instructed his readers how to act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPeter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 8ac3bc55cc3771b3839fe6b18323e0a23dd342b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 23:08:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 324/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 3b4db94d84..3afe146093 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter instructed his readers how to act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPeter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From db9e64aa176448bc3720bb9d5b2571c84fe59d67 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 23:14:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 325/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 3afe146093..d5c4a02a68 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nPeter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
+1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (1:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (1:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (1:12-14)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24-25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	cf7b		ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1	to the elect foreigners	Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”

From 70292d4b664d62f749efbe76517f415051f8aa61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 23:20:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 326/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index d5c4a02a68..707820ac3c 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (1:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (1:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (1:12-14)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24-25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
+1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (1:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (1:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (1:12-14)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24-25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	cf7b		ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1	to the elect foreigners	Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”

From e7d9dfcb5daa2e3e0059ffa463505be7cad8c3ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 23:22:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 327/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 707820ac3c..c0d6ccc593 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12-14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1-2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (1:11-4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (1:12-5:11)\n5. Closing (1:12-14)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24-25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
+1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3–2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3–2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (1:11–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (1:12–5:11)\n5. Closing (1:12–14)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	cf7b		ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1	to the elect foreigners	Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”

From c56a4ce3e86522d1d13b3b6212a988c01b5c1197 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 23:39:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 328/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index c0d6ccc593..8118ea4d26 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3–2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3–2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (1:11–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (1:12–5:11)\n5. Closing (1:12–14)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
+1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise to God for salvation (1:3–12)\n3. Command to be holy (1:13–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (1:12–5:11)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	cf7b		ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1	to the elect foreigners	Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”

From 0dbb2eaf86b04c12eac51798af5b1c1823d1df5e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 16 May 2022 23:46:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 329/674] Edit 'en_tn_61-1PE.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_61-1PE.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 8118ea4d26..7c973e5e81 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 1PE	front	intro	c1uv			0		# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3–2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise to God for salvation (1:3–12)\n3. Command to be holy (1:13–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (1:12–5:11)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
+1PE	1	intro	ql4i			0		# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise to God for salvation (1:3–12)\n3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n4. Command to love each other (1:22–25)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
 1PE	1	1	g6b4			0	General Information:	Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
 1PE	1	1	u3zc	figs-metaphor	ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς	1	to the elect foreigners of the dispersion	Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	1	1	cf7b		ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις	1	to the elect foreigners	Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”

From 4723ac3f8355e2a5cd657e05c3436691217e9b14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Tue, 17 May 2022 09:10:06 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 330/674] Bolded phrases such as "will you?" aligned to
 negative particles in Luke

---
 en_tn_43-LUK.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
index a188945a18..f49b8386c3 100644
--- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ LUK	10	14	l579	figs-explicit	Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότε
 LUK	10	14	txw5	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ κρίσει	1	at the judgment	The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	10	14	l580	figs-youdual	ὑμῖν	1	you	Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
 LUK	10	15	h28u	figs-apostrophe	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	Jesus is speaking figuratively to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
-LUK	10	15	l581	figs-doublenegatives	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “will you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	10	15	l581	figs-doublenegatives	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	10	15	enp6	figs-rquestion	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	Jesus is using the question form to teach. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	10	15	gk9v	figs-metaphor	σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ?	1	you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you?	To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) figuratively means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 LUK	10	15	l582	figs-metonymy	σύ, Καφαρναούμ	1	you, Capernaum	Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ LUK	17	8	m123	figs-quotesinquotes	οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμ
 LUK	17	8	kr7u	translate-unknown	περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι	1	girding yourself serve me	See how you translated this in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 LUK	17	8	ds77		καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα	1	and after these things	Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me”
 LUK	17	8	m124	figs-declarative	φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ	1	you will eat and drink	The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-LUK	17	9	qs51	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “does he?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	17	9	qs51	figs-doublenegatives	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **does he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	17	9	m125	figs-explicit	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	17	9	jn5s	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα?	1	He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he?	Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	17	9	m126		μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ	1	he does not have gratitude to the servant	Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
@@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@ LUK	22	34	eq7h	translate-unknown	οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτ
 LUK	22	34	m542	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1	the rooster	Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 LUK	22	34	m543	figs-explicit	σήμερον	1	today	The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 LUK	22	35	m544	figs-metonymy	ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων	1	without a money bag and sack and sandals	As in [10:4](../10/04.md), Jesus is speaking of these items figuratively to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK	22	35	m545	figs-doublenegatives	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	you did not lack anything, did you?	The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK	22	35	m545	figs-doublenegatives	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	you did not lack anything, did you?	The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **did you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 LUK	22	35	cv68	figs-rquestion	μή τινος ὑστερήσατε?	1	you did not lack anything, did you?	Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 LUK	22	35	tb51	figs-ellipsis	οὐθενός	1	Nothing	Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 LUK	22	36	h7j7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν	1	the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword	Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])

From 5addfe9ffae4be873c197946bce5dcea1bf140f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Tue, 17 May 2022 16:44:41 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 331/674] Fixed formatting of John

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 98 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 49 insertions(+), 49 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 54cbddfefd..d83b7a046e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)<br>2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)<br>    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)<br>    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)<br>    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)<br>    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)<br>    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)<br>    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)<br>    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>More detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.<br><br>    * “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)<br>    * “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>    * The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here, this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
+JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)<br>2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)<br>3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
 JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0		Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his
 JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.  Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	jp55	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Althou
 JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Although both instances of the word **man** are masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)<br>2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### The kingdom of God<br><br>The kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>### Born again<br><br>A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	1	yl6f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	1	s9p9	writing-participants	ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ,	1	Now	Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can al
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
+JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)<br>2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)<br>3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)<br>4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)<br>5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)<br>6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)<br>7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)<br><br>[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])<br><br>### “an hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “in spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
 JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–6](../04/01.md) give the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υ
 JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
 JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)<br>2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)<br>3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)<br>4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>In the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–4](../05/01.md) give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus mak
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)<br>2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)<br>3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ JHN	6	70	jl5i	figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστι
 JHN	6	71	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	71	joha	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου	1		**Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)\n2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)\n3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)\n4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)\n5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)\n6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)\n7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Believing in him”\n\nA recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### “My time has not yet come”\n\nThis phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.\n\n### “Living water”\n\nThis is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nIn [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.\n\n### Irony\n\nNicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Did not believe in him”\n\nJesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
+JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)<br>2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)<br>3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)<br>4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)<br>5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)<br>6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)<br>7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Believing in him”<br><br>A recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br><br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br><br>This is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.<br><br>### Irony<br><br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br><br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see
 JHN	7	52	jm59	figs-explicit	προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	no prophet comes from Galilee	The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	52	i0im		ἐγείρεται	1		Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears”
 JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)\n2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)\n3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)\n4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)\n5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)\n6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)\n\nTranslators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nGenerally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)<br>2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)<br>3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)<br>4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)<br>5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)<br>6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>Generally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		In this verse Jesus begins speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ JHN	8	58	rnw4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	8	58	k4tp	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	qwe6	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1		**Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)\n2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)\n3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Who sinned?”\n\nMany of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n### “A sinner”\n\nThe Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “He does not keep the Sabbath”\n\nThe Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### Seeing and being blind\n\nJesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)<br>2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)<br>3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “A sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	1	un4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Now	**And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	9	2	w44c	figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ?	1	who sinned, this man or his parents … blind?	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	2	zzh8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχε
 JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1		See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth,’ your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	ch0y	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)\n2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)\n3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)\n4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)\n5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Blasphemy\n\nBlasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Parable\n\nParables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).\n\n### Sheep\n\nJesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])\n\n### Sheep pen\n\nA sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”\n\n### Laying down and taking up life\n\nJesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
+JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)<br>2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)<br>3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)<br>4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)<br>5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>Blasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
 JHN	10	1	gzd8	figs-parables		0	General Information:	In [verses 1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus speaks a parable, which he then uses for teaching purposes in [verses 7–18](../10/07.md). Here, the “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus and “sheep” is a metaphor for people. “His own sheep” are the people who follow Jesus, and the **thief**, **robber**, and “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. Since Jesus does not explain the meaning of this parable here, you should not explain the metaphors within the parable itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees whom he was speaking with at the end of the last chapter. This section continues the story which began in [9:35](../09/35.md).
 JHN	10	1	i3tj	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτ
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
+JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)<br>2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”<br><br>In [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
@@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)<br>2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)<br>4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)<br>5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)<br>6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>In [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father
 JHN	12	49	l77y	figs-doublet	τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω	1		Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)<br>2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)<br>3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)<br>4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρν
 JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
+JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)<br>2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
 JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In [verses 1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ru
 JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n
+JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)<br>2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)<br>3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Remain in me”<br><br>Jesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2082,16 +2082,16 @@ JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is writte
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	 ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	 ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br>2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)<br>3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)<br>4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
 JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2179,7 +2179,7 @@ JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητ
 JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they are objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:\n\n1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)\n2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)\n3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])\n\n### Jesus is eternal\n\nJesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Prayer\n\nJesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
+JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:<br><br>1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)<br>2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)<br>3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
 JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
 JHN	17	1	an1o	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that things about what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@ JHN	17	1	ya24	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	the hour has come	**Glorify** her
 JHN	17	1	bk1m	figs-123person	σου τὸν Υἱόν…ὁ Υἱὸς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	17	2	jzlt	grammar-connect-logic-result	καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός	1		Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	17	2	cpi0	figs-123person	αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ…δώσῃ	1	all flesh	Throughout this verse Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
+JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	3	i5pm		αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ	1	all flesh	The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever”
 JHN	17	3	zmsw	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	all flesh	Jesus uses **the one whom you sent** and **Jesus Christ** to refer to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2255,7 +2255,7 @@ JHN	17	25	xpf5	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world
 JHN	17	26	xpi3	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά	1	I made your name known to them	Here, **name** refers to God himself. See how you translated this word in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	26	gk2j	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ	1	love … loved	Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	26	ilzj	figs-idiom	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	love … loved	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)\n2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)\n3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”\n\nThe Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).\n\n### King of the Jews\n\nWhen Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)<br>2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)<br>3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../18/01.md) give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	18	1	pxtm	figs-possession	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	John is using **of** to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -2365,7 +2365,7 @@ JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραβ
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
-JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
+JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)<br>2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)<br>3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)<br>4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)<br>5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>John explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
 JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2508,11 +2508,11 @@ JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰο
 JHN	19	42	c70e	figs-infostructure	ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	42	jsyu	figs-explicit	τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	42	jtfz	figs-euphemism	ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
+JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)<br>2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)<br>3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)<br>4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)<br>5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>We do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
 JHN	20	1	a8vl	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	1	sb4m	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	20	1	qj3j	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1		See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	20	1	gqn8	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…βλέπει	1	first day of the week	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
+JHN	20	1	gqn8	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…βλέπει	1	first day of the week	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	1	bdw5	figs-activepassive	βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον	1	she saw the stone rolled away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “sees that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	2	wn0k	figs-pastforfuture	τρέχει…ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	2	g2rn	figs-explicit	μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2528,7 +2528,7 @@ JHN	20	4	c5kr	figs-123person	ἔτρεχον…οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ
 JHN	20	4	sc6u	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	5	jbbz	figs-123person	βλέπει…οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν	1	linen cloths	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in the previous verse, then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “I see … but I did not enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	5	wm6r	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει	1	linen cloths	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	5	m9qn	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths that they had wrapped Jesus’ body in for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
+JHN	20	5	m9qn	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths that they had wrapped Jesus’ body in for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	20	6	gw25	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…θεωρεῖ	1	linen cloths	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	6	rjux	figs-123person	αὐτῷ	1	linen cloths	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 4](../20/04.md), then you will need to use the first person “me” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	6	ys3b	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2539,8 +2539,8 @@ JHN	20	7	yc78	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμέ
 JHN	20	8	vl84	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	8	b7h5	figs-123person	εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and I believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	8	ww3z	figs-ellipsis	εἶδεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	20	8	eydm	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n
-JHN	20	9	jywe	writing-background	γὰρ	1	they still did not know the scripture	**For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
+JHN	20	8	eydm	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	20	9	jywe	writing-background	γὰρ	1	they still did not know the scripture	**For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	20	9	u5q9	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	rise	Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	10	p5um	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς	1	went back home again	Since the disciples were staying within walking distance of Jesus’ tomb, the **homes** they went to must have been in Jerusalem. They did not go back to their homes in Galilee. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	11	kmzj	figs-explicit	Μαρία	1		**Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2563,17 +2563,17 @@ JHN	20	17	dzs7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	20	17	q3x5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πατέρα μου…Πατέρα ὑμῶν	1	my Father and your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	17	whh9	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου	1	brothers	Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples who are like brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	17	dokk	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	brothers	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “say to them that I go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	20	17	hogb	figs-pastforfuture	ἀναβαίνω	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])<br>
-JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-doublet	πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return to. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n
+JHN	20	17	hogb	figs-pastforfuture	ἀναβαίνω	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-doublet	πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return to. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	20	18	unzu	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	18	m6xn	figs-go	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	Your language may say “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	20	18	zf17	figs-ellipsis	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	19	qj6n	figs-explicit	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	See how you translated **the first of the week** in [verse 1](../20/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	19	hh2g	translate-ordinal	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
+JHN	20	19	hh2g	translate-ordinal	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	20	19	e7cb	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	the doors of where the disciples were, were closed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples having closed the doors of where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	20	19	g8bu	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
+JHN	20	19	g8bu	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	20	19	qsmq	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	20	19	zj7j	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
+JHN	20	19	zj7j	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-metonymy	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	20	a444	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευρὰν	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	20	nb0v	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον	1	he showed them his hands and his side	This could refer to: (1) the time when the disciples rejoiced, as in the UST. (2) the reason why the disciples rejoiced. Alternate translation: “because they saw the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ JHN	20	21	ylp8	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you tr
 JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	21	hw1z	figs-infostructure	καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	21	vhzq	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	20	22	vjs8	translate-symaction	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
+JHN	20	22	vjs8	translate-symaction	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 JHN	20	22	avgi	figs-explicit	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	22	v9el	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	23	a9j7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	they are forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2593,7 +2593,7 @@ JHN	20	24	krgw	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	Didymu
 JHN	20	24	x8jz	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	20	25	n8vc	figs-infostructure	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe, unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	25	i7ex	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	Unless I see … his side, I will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	20	25	ss17	figs-possession	τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων	2		In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
+JHN	20	25	ss17	figs-possession	τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων	2		In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	20	25	xasr	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated **his side** in [verse 20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	25	iqn0	figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	26	vzm5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2617,10 +2617,10 @@ JHN	20	31	am9l	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται	1	but the
 JHN	20	31	mlqg	figs-you	πιστεύητε…ἔχητε	1	but these have been written	In this verse **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) people who are reading this Gospel and do not trust in Jesus for salvation. Alternate translation: “you might believe … you might have” (2) people who are reading this Gospel and already believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you would continue believing … you would continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	20	31	p5k4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	31	uem2	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύοντες	1	life in his name	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	20	31	ip1i	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
-JHN	20	31	vgwe	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	31	ip1i	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	31	vgwe	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	31	qxdy	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	life in his name	Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)\n2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)\n3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)\n4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The metaphor of sheep\n\nBefore Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Different words for “love”\n\nIn [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together like in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
+JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)<br>2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)<br>3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)<br>4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Different words for “love”<br><br>In [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together like in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
 JHN	21	1	x44v	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	General Information:	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	21	1	yj6k	translate-names	θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		This **Sea** was also called “the Sea of Galilee.” See how you translated the similar name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	2	et5h	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 2–3](../21/02.md) provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2628,22 +2628,22 @@ JHN	21	2	b421	figs-activepassive	Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμο
 JHN	21	2	m4gx	translate-names	Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	2	xyiv	figs-explicit	οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου	1		This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	2	e1qx	translate-names	Ζεβεδαίου	1		**Zebedee** is the name of a man. He was the father of the disciples John and James ([Matthew 4:21](../../mat/04/21.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	21	3	pqlw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
+JHN	21	3	pqlw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	3	zow1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	21	3	p8f0	figs-go	ἐρχόμεθα	1		Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	21	3	l2s6	figs-explicit	ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1		Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	4	j7jx	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	5	jrth	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	5	wgd7	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1		Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
-JHN	21	5	o62p	figs-explicit	μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε?	1		Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you surely do not have any fish to eat, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+JHN	21	5	wgd7	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1		Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	21	5	o62p	figs-explicit	μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε?	1		Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you surely do not have any fish to eat, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	6	l2jd	figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	you will find some	Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	u5c3	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	kfh9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	loved	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	7	h3p4	figs-explicit	τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο	1	he tied up his outer garment	Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+JHN	21	7	h3p4	figs-explicit	τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο	1	he tied up his outer garment	Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	eve2	writing-background	ἦν γὰρ γυμνός	1	for he was undressed	Here, **undressed** does not mean that Peter was naked. Rather, Peter had taken off **his outer garment** so that it would be easier for him to work. Now that he was about to greet Jesus, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off most of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	7	ab4d	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	threw himself into the sea	This implies that Peter jumped into the **sea** in order to swim to the shore. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “threw himself into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	8	wrd3	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off	Here John provides this background information about the location of the boat the disciples were fishing in. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “for the boat was near the land, only about 200 cubits away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	21	8	k1j9	figs-123person	ἦσαν	1	for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off	If you translated “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse with a first person form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. You will also need to use first person plural pronouns in all occurrences of third person plural pronouns that refer to the disciples throughout the rest of this chapter. Alternate translation: “we were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
+JHN	21	8	k1j9	figs-123person	ἦσαν	1	for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off	If you translated “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse with a first person form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. You will also need to use first person plural pronouns in all occurrences of third person plural pronouns that refer to the disciples throughout the rest of this chapter. Alternate translation: “we were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	21	8	c1j8	translate-bdistance	πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	two hundred cubits	A **cubit** is a measurement of distance equivalent to a little less than half of one meter or about one yard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about 90 meters” or “about 100 yards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	21	9	ilgt	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπουσιν	1	two hundred cubits	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	9	r0ka	figs-activepassive	ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην, καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a charcoal fire that Jesus had kindled, and a fish that Jesus had laid on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2678,8 +2678,8 @@ JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων
 JHN	21	19	kpf6	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	20	eg23	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	20	wzm9	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
-JHN	21	20	ikd4	writing-pronouns	ἀκολουθοῦντα	1	loved	If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
+JHN	21	20	wzm9	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	20	ikd4	writing-pronouns	ἀκολουθοῦντα	1	loved	If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	20	ys31	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ	1	at the dinner	John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	20	aba3		Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν, ὁ παραδιδούς σε	1		See how you translated the similar sentence in [13:25](../13/25.md).
 JHN	21	21	u5rr	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2689,11 +2689,11 @@ JHN	21	22	e3xi	writing-pronouns	ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν	1	If
 JHN	21	22	tef8	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι	1	I come	Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
+JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	23	c2cr	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the Apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	21	23	wb7e	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει	1	the brothers	John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
+JHN	21	23	wb7e	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει	1	the brothers	John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	23	cs14	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	the brothers	The pronoun **him** here refers to Peter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	23	elmi	writing-pronouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…αὐτὸν	1	the brothers	The pronouns *he** and **him** here refer to John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	23	qxqr		ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρὸς σέ	1		See how you translated this sentence in the previous verse.

From d1becff0fca96dbecc5e451003ac5d749dd521a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 17:51:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 332/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 10 ++++++----
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 30e5d3cbdb..acc511d715 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -747,7 +747,8 @@ NUM	11	7	wpg9			0	coriander seed	Coriander is also known as cilantro. This seed
 NUM	11	7	y9r3			0	resin	This is a sticky substance with a pale yellow color.
 NUM	11	10	uu2r	figs-metaphor		0	in Moses’ eyes	he eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in Moses’ opinion” or “in Moses’ judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	11	11	zm5k	figs-rquestion		0	General Information:	Moses complains to Yahweh using several rhetorical questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-NUM	11	11	qg3b	figs-rquestion		0	Why have you treated your servant so badly? Why are you not pleased with me?	Moses used these questions to complain about the way God was treating him. They can be expressed as statements. Moses speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “You should not treat me, your servant, so badly. You should not be angry with me!” or “I, your servant, have done nothing wrong for you to treat me so badly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+NUM	11	11	qg3b	figs-123person	לָ⁠מָ֤ה הֲרֵעֹ֨תָ֙ לְ⁠עַבְדֶּ֔⁠ךָ	1	Why do you do evil to your servant?	Moses speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Why do you do evil to me?”  (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+NUM	11	11	eej5	figs-rquestion	לָ⁠מָ֤ה הֲרֵעֹ֨תָ֙ לְ⁠עַבְדֶּ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠לָ֛⁠מָּה לֹא־ מָצָ֥תִי חֵ֖ן בְּ⁠עֵינֶ֑י⁠ךָ לָ⁠שׂ֗וּם אֶת־ מַשָּׂ֛א כָּל־ הָ⁠עָ֥ם הַ⁠זֶּ֖ה עָלָֽ⁠י	1	Why do you do evil to your servant? And why have I not found favor in your eyes, by putting the burden of all this people on me?	Moses used these questions to complain about the way God was treating him. They can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not treat me, your servant, so badly. You should not be angry with me by making me responsible for what all these people have done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	11	11	jll4	figs-metaphor		0	You make me carry the load of all these people	Moses complains and speaks of leading the people and providing for them as if he were carrying a heavy load. Alternate translation: “You make me responsible for all these people, but it’s too hard for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	11	12	hah2	figs-rquestion		0	Did I conceive all these people?	Moses used this question to remind God that Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I am not the father of all these people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	11	12	iw91	figs-rquestion		0	Have I given them birth so that you should say to me, ‘Carry … baby?’	Moses wants God to remember that God told him to take care of the Israelites even though Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I have not given them birth, so you have no right to say to me, ‘Carry … baby’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -768,7 +769,8 @@ NUM	11	22	tbn5	figs-rquestion		0	Should we kill flocks and herds to satisfy them
 NUM	11	22	xap3	figs-doublet		0	flocks and herds	These two words mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize a great number of animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 NUM	11	22	c3w9	figs-hyperbole		0	all the fish in the sea	The word “all” is an exaggeration to show how impossible it was to provide food for all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 NUM	11	22	u4s6			0	to satisfy them	Alternate translation: “to satisfy their hunger”
-NUM	11	23	ky75	figs-metonymy		0	Is my hand short?	Here the word “hand” represents God’s power. God uses this question to rebuke Moses for thinking that God did not have the power to provide enough meat for the people. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I am not powerful enough to do this?” or “You should know I am more than strong enough to do this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+NUM	11	23	ky75	figs-metonymy	הֲ⁠יַ֥ד יְהוָ֖ה תִּקְצָ֑ר	1	Is the hand of Yahweh short?	Here the word **hand** represents God’s power. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I am not powerful enough to do this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	11	23	wp9r	figs-rquestion	הֲ⁠יַ֥ד יְהוָ֖ה תִּקְצָ֑ר	1	Is the hand of Yahweh short?	God uses this question to rebuke Moses for thinking that God did not have the power to provide enough meat for the people. Alternate translation: “You should know I am more than strong enough to do this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	11	24	qz74			0	Yahweh’s words	Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had said”
 NUM	11	25	c9s5	figs-metonymy		0	some of the Spirit that was on Moses	The “Spirit” here represents the power that God’s Spirit had given to Moses. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 11:17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “some of the power that the Spirit had given to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	11	25	g325	figs-metaphor		0	put it on the seventy elders	Giving power to the elders is spoken of as putting the Spirit on them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 11:17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “gave it to the seventy elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -781,11 +783,11 @@ NUM	11	29	sl5x	figs-explicit		0	Are you jealous for my sake?	What Joshua might h
 NUM	11	29	nm1s	figs-metaphor		0	that he would put his Spirit on them all	Moses speaks of God’s Spirit giving people power as if God were to put his Spirit on them. Alternate translation: “that God’s Spirit would give them all power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	11	31	esv9	translate-unknown		0	quail	a small bird (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 NUM	11	31	k1e2			0	about a day’s journey on one side and a day’s journey on the other side	Alternate translation: “in each direction for as far as a person could walk in one day”
-NUM	11	31	w6al	translate-bdistance		0	about two cubits	A cubit is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 92 centimeters” or “about 1 meter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	11	31	w6al	translate-bdistance	וּ⁠כְ⁠אַמָּתַ֖יִם	1	and like two cubits	A **cubit** is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “and about 92 centimeters” or “and about 1 meter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 NUM	11	32	t6d9	figs-doublenegatives		0	No one gathered less than ten homers of quail	This is a double negative which can be expressed as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone gathered at least ten homers of quail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 NUM	11	32	r8bg	translate-bvolume		0	ten homers	A homer is a unit of volume equal to about 220 liters. Alternate translation: “2,200 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	11	33	zs3j	figs-parallelism		0	While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM	11	34	xkj8	figs-activepassive		0	That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+NUM	11	34	xkj8	translate-names	וַ⁠יִּקְרָ֛א אֶת־ שֵֽׁם־ הַ⁠מָּק֥וֹם הַ⁠ה֖וּא קִבְר֣וֹת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה	1	And he called the name of that place Kibroth Hattaavah	This was the same **place** that was formerly called, “Taberah” in [11:3](../11/03.md). Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	11	35	j14n	translate-names		0	Hazeroth	This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	12	intro	qam4			0		# Numbers 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
 NUM	12	2	h4pv	figs-rquestion		0	Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us?	Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 11fb3618121ee775644b36a84c3b938ee0d37c25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 14:05:11 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 333/674] Corrected misplaced rows in John 18-19

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 9 ++++-----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d83b7a046e..409d08411f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2080,10 +2080,6 @@ JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the ve
 JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -2308,6 +2304,7 @@ JHN	18	20	vcv3	figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι σ
 JHN	18	20	ebdf	figs-explicit	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	21	dlu6	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς?	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. The Jewish law required the Jewish leaders to question witnesses first in legal cases. Therefore, Jesus is using this question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are breaking their own law by questioning him instead of questioning witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	21	x42e	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus uses **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “Take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	22	szv3	figs-rquestion	οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ?	1	Is that how you answer the high priest?	The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	23	d76y		μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ	1	testify about the wrong	Alternate translation: “tell me what I said that was wrong”
 JHN	18	23	r8dy	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις?	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	**Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -2361,6 +2358,7 @@ JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **
 JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** Festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2378,6 +2376,7 @@ JHN	19	5	wyql	figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν	1		Your language may say “came” rathe
 JHN	19	5	t9wn	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον	1	crown of thorns … purple garment	See how you translated **crown**, **thorns**, and **purple garment** in [verse 2](../19/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	5	i2ay	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	6	pgs5	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	6	bzm0	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν	1		See how you translated a similar clause in [verse 4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	7	x7bg	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	7	vr7p	figs-idiom	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2396,7 +2395,7 @@ JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave m
 JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
+JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
 JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 0ffb77a9b33c1a627510e77744b26705da0dabe9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 14:06:14 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 334/674] Fixed row 2998 in John

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 409d08411f..b92860229c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2395,7 +2395,8 @@ JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave m
 JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
+JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
 JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ef1b0dae762301f9887af013dcd462960dcb0699 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 18:25:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 336/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index acc511d715..3186456e85 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ NUM	12	8	f9rh	figs-parallelism		0	against my servant, against Moses	The phrase 
 NUM	12	9	b7b8	figs-metaphor		0	Yahweh’s anger burned against them	Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became very angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	12	10	e5f3	figs-simile		0	was as white as snow	Leprosy turned Miriam’s skin white. Alternate translation: “became very white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NUM	12	11	e1yt	figs-metonymy		0	do not hold this sin against us	To hold people’s sin against them is to say that they are guilty for their sin. Here it represents punishing them for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM	12	12	ml35	figs-simile		0	Please do not let her be like a dead newborn whose flesh is half consumed	Miriam’s leprosy would cause her body to decay until she died. The flesh being decayed is spoken of as if it were eaten. Alternate translation: “Please do not let her be like a dead newborn baby whose flesh is half decayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	12	12	ml35	figs-simile	אַל־ נָ֥א תְהִ֖י כַּ⁠מֵּ֑ת	1	Please do not let her be like the dead one	Aaron compares the deadly leprosy of Miriam to a stillborn baby who has begun to decompose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NUM	12	13	tf8r			0	Please heal her, God, please	Here “please” is repeated for emphasis.
 NUM	12	14	f2gq	figs-hypo		0	If her father had spit in her face	This describes something that could have happened but did not. Spitting in someone’s face was a terrible insult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 NUM	12	15	dk19	figs-metaphor		0	Miriam was shut outside the camp	Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 0196705264a31a7d1f126933ec3e958409c908f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 16:55:57 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 337/674] Fixed John 4 note in John 2

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b92860229c..15860c9868 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -251,7 +251,6 @@ JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Fat
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	jp55	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -500,6 +499,7 @@ JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς ε
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
 JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
+JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”

From e2b8c303e78566ddfee9cbd865507d53e312fa41 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 17:09:22 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 338/674] Fixed breaks before bullets in John intro

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 15860c9868..9fff67e53c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)<br>2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)<br>    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)<br>    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)<br>    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)<br>    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)<br>    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)<br>    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)<br>    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>More detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br><br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.<br><br>    * “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)<br>    * “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br><br>    * The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)<br>2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)<br>    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)<br>    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)<br>    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)<br>    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)<br>    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)<br>    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)<br>    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>More detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.<br>    * “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)<br>    * “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br>    * The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 65329b4eba48a9dcc57e173feab3e21d29fb5427 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 17:14:51 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 339/674] Fix intro bullets in John

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9fff67e53c..87a7ca71b1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)<br>2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)<br>    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)<br>    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)<br>    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)<br>    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)<br>    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)<br>    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)<br>    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>More detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.<br>    * “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)<br>    * “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br>    * The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)<br>2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)<br>    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)<br>    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)<br>    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)<br>    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)<br>    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)<br>    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)<br>    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>More detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.<br>* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)<br>* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br>* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 53723860f571c5b907de85ca8406e5e81c12ec6c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 21:22:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 341/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 87a7ca71b1..bc3d1fa9f3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Gospel of John<br><br>1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)<br>2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)<br>3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)<br>4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)<br>    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)<br>    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)<br>    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)<br>    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)<br>    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)<br>    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)<br>    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)<br>5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)<br>6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)<br>7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)<br><br>More detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.<br><br>### What is the Gospel of John about?<br><br>The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.<br><br>John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.<br><br>John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Gospel of John?<br><br>This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?<br><br>John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?<br><br>In the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.<br><br>Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])<br><br>Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.<br><br>### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>While other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).<br><br>### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.<br><br>In the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?<br><br>John occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?<br>The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\[\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.<br>* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)<br>* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))<br><br>The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.<br>* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From b509459fd51ca9a87b3beea279432e6a467098e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 23:24:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 342/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bc3d1fa9f3..7c29de61db 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n    * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n    * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n    * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n    * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n    * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n    * Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n    * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n    * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 61c89aaf9dfad67f5d2b76ba43ba8f7075a07445 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 23:26:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 343/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7c29de61db..1479bac821 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 1b605c743c8c4eef4e690d6b7761fd53d9a40e89 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 23:27:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 344/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1479bac821..d9b657b26f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he originally wrote this Gospel in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From dad9e68a2203e6324d3488cf7b95cd166bf13b4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 23:31:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 345/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d9b657b26f..b5f2ba8a18 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
-JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, then the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”

From 2de971a0e062c8e973a7f81df2aa9f6170f66780 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 19 May 2022 23:59:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 346/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b5f2ba8a18..80594c4acf 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, then the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From ac33f8e4980147b11efb2cd0736cf39272240dfc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 00:21:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 347/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 80594c4acf..34efa7e0af 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here, this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
+JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
 JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	All things were made through him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here, John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From dd99d5d29e36fa180bfb22612f8cff69f54eb097 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 00:26:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 348/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 34efa7e0af..10b51a4ac3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here John
 JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here, John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
+JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
+JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
 JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 3ebaaab22357d68897d94aad421181a2482eea54 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 00:38:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 349/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 10b51a4ac3..ca4ca5cefb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The tru
 JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From a1f1e9646983836ebf003c23d551688f60477daa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 01:03:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 350/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ca4ca5cefb..a7f46737aa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔ
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
 JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 110ffa2f59423bf3f6d70257877f4bfed4f7ed48 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 01:05:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 351/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a7f46737aa..72575a39fa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John use
 JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	oj53		ἐκ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”

From 8393eb1088b10d55d60731d85abaa6c0134312d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 01:16:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 352/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 72575a39fa..334aef5ffd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ JHN	1	13	bljo	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1		John is leaving out so
 JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 5cd8d0f034747a77b7c71d7c4ab699be8e104466 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 01:22:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 353/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 334aef5ffd..6138859938 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθε
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	15	yfuv	figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one of whom I said that he is coming after me who has become greater than me, for he was before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	1	15	k7rm		ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	He who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
+JHN	1	15	k7rm		ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	He who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started, and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
 JHN	1	15	q75h		ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν	1	is greater than I am	Here, **greater** refers to being more important or having having a superior position. Alternate translation: “is more important than I am” or “is superior to me”
 JHN	1	15	lrd7		ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	for he was before me	Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born”
 JHN	1	16	punh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		**For** here introduces the reason why John said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

From 0449cb7abac6ca7fe9ba9dab7ba51b5bced52a78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 01:43:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 354/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6138859938..2334424102 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
 JHN	1	21	vk6r	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	21	h2dv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. You may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
 JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 228b103a4305637adf67cb8b273ab6d02435db63 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:12:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 355/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2334424102..d7f8ab1a79 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Fat
 JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
-JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
 JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From e5869e3a04dd98dae29b5e0d234c15a2a319d58c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:17:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 356/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d7f8ab1a79..f3199b1484 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, then the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him k
 JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
-JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
 JHN	1	21	vk6r	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	21	h2dv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From ec5fa56a5fd5e3467976dc099899993165b06f51 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:27:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 357/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f3199b1484..62128bc352 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the Old Testament book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of **Isaiah** in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the book of **Isaiah**, in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background		0		This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From f09453887c6dd6ed6e6803b0ec4a10d0a3129398 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:28:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 358/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 62128bc352..5a8c734af8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your
 JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 2e3d8f20cee77ad60ce029d4251fbdcb2b7b4f21 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:32:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 359/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5a8c734af8..b6e45e9c75 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This p
 JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 61251514fd00eca0f6746b8efb2e29cda29efb12 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:38:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 360/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b6e45e9c75..1d800918e6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ JHN	1	28	u0iq	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the
 JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	tfxy	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		**Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 216f55893e12b75f54dd2d4b74ee616943a92c1e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:41:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 361/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1d800918e6..422ac3dcb3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cou
 JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since this is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 165e299d2ec5b83873bb9431c2fd7ff6b70c710e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:49:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 362/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 422ac3dcb3..ace3f7f96f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -133,15 +133,15 @@ JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figu
 JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	descending	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As [Luke 3:22](../../luk/03/22.md) indicates, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From c393dd1b3236bf72392550eeb414bb6228deb8b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:51:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 363/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ace3f7f96f..c84827d82e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here J
 JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	36	kuol	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 403ef35b14a6e7c1e288912aa56329b466150105 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 13:53:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 364/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c84827d82e..c66e50c335 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	36	kuol	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From f7a5823c320d3d0eb158084c13fe5d14116bb40b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:01:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 365/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c66e50c335..6702f92853 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The n
 JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since this is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since **Lamb of God** is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the t
 JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to the two disciples of John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	38	qxej	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	38	kkey		ποῦ μένεις	1		Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
 JHN	1	38	so66	figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις	1		This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 9c38a8a726039e450a93b3b5d17af6b6b1332b2b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:10:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 366/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6702f92853..0a5547b3df 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -161,14 +161,14 @@ JHN	1	39	k5m2		μένει	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse.
 JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	39	tb9j		ὥρα…δεκάτη	1	tenth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
 JHN	1	40	x8g8			0	General Information:	Verses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
-JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	40	q0bp	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	40	jmyp		Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
 JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	41	vfsj	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	41	roca	translate-names	Σίμωνα	1		**Simon** is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title Messiah means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title "Messiah" means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for 'Christ'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	42	f5wo	writing-quotations	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the Apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From e6747ebf4e4d56934d9866b8043a57d75abf0323 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:10:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 367/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0a5547b3df..26e6ead2a6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενο
 JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title "Messiah" means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for 'Christ'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	42	f5wo	writing-quotations	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the Apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 83fd05d36f2718a817d21c7cf1a7ba5a9747163b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:13:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 368/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 26e6ead2a6..a86bfaaff5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ JHN	1	42	f5wo	writing-quotations	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦ
 JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means 'Peter'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 1faca7fe0f7caa1f264737fc4ee696ff18945479 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:14:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 369/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a86bfaaff5..7bc3a375d0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your la
 JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means 'Peter'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	43	qzfk	figs-pastforfuture	καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	43	uvby	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		**Philip** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 2fdde5e2ebff341360b0a7937fc559263d7f4c9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:24:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 370/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7bc3a375d0..580c2e085c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is
 JHN	1	48	am5y	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	50	d53b	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	Because I said to you … do you believe?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, these words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	1	50	oubk	figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [verse 48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	50	oubk	figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [verse 48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this type of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 54443592f6e4f9583e9b4c2364255280fc43d1cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:27:38 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 371/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 580c2e085c..2dc34c6006 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σ
 JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, these words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	50	oubk	figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [verse 48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this type of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases, forming a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

From 1004c6533628ddf4a202f919ee1df51363135bef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:28:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 372/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2dc34c6006..7a0548c33a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ JHN	1	50	oubk	figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pro
 JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases, forming a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)<br>2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)<br>3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).

From 64e678c2f4518106968ae38f19331bb270bea821 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:55:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 374/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 3186456e85..19718d0e90 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -829,7 +829,7 @@ NUM	13	19	x34f			0	Are they like camps, or are they fortified cities	Fortified c
 NUM	13	21	t6ca	translate-names		0	Zin … Rehob	These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	13	21	ubr4	translate-transliterate		0	the wilderness of Zin	The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
 NUM	13	22	f2ju	translate-names		0	Zoan	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM	13	22	vki3	figs-activepassive		0	Hebron had been built seven years before Zoan in Egypt	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites had built Hebron 7 years before the Egyptians built Zoan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM	13	22	vki3	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠חֶבְר֗וֹן שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ נִבְנְתָ֔ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י צֹ֥עַן מִצְרָֽיִם	1	And Hebron had been built seven years before Zoan of Egypt	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the Canaanites had built Hebron seven years before the Egyptians built Zoan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	13	22	z3rn	translate-names		0	Ahiman … Sheshai … Talmai	These are names of clans that were named after their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	13	22	i3ei	translate-names		0	Anak	This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	13	23	hg6e	translate-names		0	Eshkol	This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From f8f1416666ab8a0a13c2153260927658fe7c5090 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 14:58:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 375/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 19718d0e90..9e075279ee 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ NUM	13	23	th6k			0	between two of their group	Alternate translation: “between
 NUM	13	24	rxd9	figs-activepassive		0	That place was named	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	13	25	ky7r	translate-numbers		0	After forty days	Alternate translation: “After 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	13	26	kr4l	figs-metonymy		0	They brought back word	Here “word” refers to a report. Alternate translation: “They brought back their report” or “They reported what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM	13	27	id7v	figs-metaphor		0	It certainly flows with milk and honey	Alternate translation: “Milk and honey certainly flow there.” They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “It is certainly excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “It is certainly very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	13	27	id7v	figs-metaphor	וְ֠⁠גַם זָבַ֨ת חָלָ֥ב וּ⁠דְבַ֛שׁ הִ֖וא	1	And it is certainly flowing with milk and honey	They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “And it is certainly excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “And it is certainly a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	13	27	q2as	figs-metonymy		0	milk	Since milk comes from cows and goats, it represents livestock and the food produced from the livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	13	27	qn6h	figs-metonymy		0	honey	Since honey is produced from flowers, it represents crops and the food produced from the crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	13	32	du7c			0	they spread around … They said	Here “they” refers to all of the men who examined the land except for Caleb and Joshua.

From 0a4f18ef330e5c0d2904f773e08ddad2e6aba335 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 15:06:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 376/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 5 ++---
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 9e075279ee..1899ebab08 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -856,8 +856,7 @@ NUM	14	6	p2vs	translate-names		0	Nun … Jephunneh	These are names of men. (See:
 NUM	14	6	d9ig	figs-activepassive		0	who were some of those sent	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who were some of those whom Moses sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	14	6	s58b	translate-symaction		0	tore their clothes	Tearing one’s clothes was a gesture indicating the person is very troubled and is mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 NUM	14	8	nc38	figs-metaphor		0	The land flows with milk and honey	They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants flowed through it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:27](../13/27.md). Alternate translation: “It is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “It is very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	14	9	qgd7			0	Connecting Statement:	Joshua and Caleb continue speaking to the people of Israel.
-NUM	14	9	yk5g	figs-metaphor		0	for they are bread to us	Joshua and Caleb speak of destroying their enemies as easily as if they were eating bread. Alternate translation: “We will destroy them as easily as we can eat food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+NUM	14	9	yk5g	figs-metaphor	כִּ֥י לַחְמֵ֖⁠נוּ הֵ֑ם	1	for they are our food	Joshua and Caleb speak of destroying their enemies as easily as if they were eating bread. Alternate translation: “for we will destroy them as easily as we can eat food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	14	9	en4q	figs-activepassive		0	Their protection will be removed from them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove their protection from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	14	9	z1a2	figs-abstractnouns		0	Their protection	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **protection**, you could express the same idea with “protect.” Alternate translation: “Anyone that might protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	14	11	g9t8	figs-rquestion		0	How long must this people despise me? How long must they fail to trust me, despite all the signs … them?	Yahweh uses these questions to show that he was angry and had lost patience with the people. They can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “This people has despised me for too long. They have failed to trust me for too long, despite all the signs … them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -873,7 +872,7 @@ NUM	14	22	nu5r			0	they have still tempted me	Alternate translation: “they hav
 NUM	14	22	ksb4	figs-idiom		0	these ten times	Here the number 10 represents too many times. Alternate translation: “too many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	14	22	hz59	figs-metonymy		0	have not listened to my voice	Here “listened” represents obedience, and God’s voice represents what he said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	14	23	jnd2			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
-NUM	14	24	n5dj	figs-metonymy		0	because he had another spirit	Here “spirit” represents his attitude. Caleb was willing to obey God. What his attitude was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he had a different attitude” or “because he was willing to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	14	24	n5dj	figs-metonymy	עֵ֣קֶב הָֽיְתָ֞ה ר֤וּחַ אַחֶ֨רֶת֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	because another spirit is with him	Here, **spirit** represents his attitude. Caleb was willing to obey God. What his attitude was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he has a different attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	14	27	tw5b	figs-rquestion		0	How long must I tolerate this evil community that criticizes me?	Yahweh asks this question because he has lost patience with the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have tolerated this evil community who has criticized me long enough.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	14	27	xx71	figs-abstractnouns		0	I have heard the complaining of the people of Israel	The word “complaining,” an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “I have heard the people of Israel complain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	14	28	l1fy			0	as you have spoken in my hearing	Alternate translation: “as I have heard you say”

From 210334fba406806bb1443f15827048564d18d5fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 15:28:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 377/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 83 +++---------------------------------------------
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 78 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 1899ebab08..bbbaca146b 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -12,9 +12,6 @@ NUM	1	4	y2qy			0	a clan head	Alternate translation: “a leader of a clan”
 NUM	1	4	dd67			0	serve with you	Alternate translation: “help you”
 NUM	1	5	gs4a	translate-names		0	Elizur … Shedeur	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	1	6	m6h9	translate-names		0	Shelumiel … Zurishaddai	These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM	1	7	v2h6	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM	1	10	s2ix	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM	1	12	qi27	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	1	16	r5lf	figs-activepassive		0	the men appointed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the men whom Yahweh appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	1	17	g4kg			0	took these men	Alternate translation: “gathered these men together”
 NUM	1	17	tgy4	figs-activepassive		0	who were recorded by name	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose names they had recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -70,27 +67,22 @@ NUM	2	2	p14g			0	banners	A banner is a large flag.
 NUM	2	3	s1br			0	under their standard	The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together, and was represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
 NUM	2	3	d4r5			0	Nahshon son of Amminadab	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md).
 NUM	2	4	wg38	translate-numbers		0	74,600	Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	2	5	rk8k	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	5	su53			0	Nethanel son of Zuar	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
 NUM	2	6	pvl6			0	division	This is a military term for a large group of soldiers. Each tribe was its own “division.”
 NUM	2	6	s8hf	translate-numbers		0	54,400 men	Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	2	7	zmt1	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	7	a457			0	Eliab son of Helon	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
 NUM	2	8	fgs1	translate-numbers	שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 57,400	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	8	kceb	figs-ellipsis	שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 57,400	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 57,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 NUM	2	9	p866	translate-numbers	מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וּ⁠שְׁמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְ⁠שֵֽׁשֶׁת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּע־ מֵא֖וֹת	1	are 186,400	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	9	e32j			0	the camp of Judah	This refers to the three tribes that camp east of the tent of meeting: the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.
 NUM	2	9	za2y	figs-explicit	רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ	1	They will set out first	This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	2	10	c4fu	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	10	c8p1			0	under their standard	The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
 NUM	2	10	pe8q			0	Elizur son of Shedeur	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
 NUM	2	11	nq5x	translate-numbers	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 46,500	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-six thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	11	r0p4	figs-ellipsis	שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 46,500	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	12	vte5	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	12	xc17			0	Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
 NUM	2	13	qb5q	translate-numbers	תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 59,300	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-nine thousand three hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	13	d1eo	figs-ellipsis	תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַ⁠חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 59,300	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	14	udg7	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	14	uxf8			0	Eliasaph son of Deuel	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
 NUM	2	15	cd9v	translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	are 45,650	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	15	j539	figs-ellipsis	חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְ⁠שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠חֲמִשִּֽׁים	1	are 45,650	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 45,650 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -107,7 +99,6 @@ NUM	2	19	r0cu	figs-ellipsis	אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמ
 NUM	2	20	yw3b			0	Next to them	This means that the tribe of Manasseh will set out next, after the tribe of Ephraim.
 NUM	2	21	jw5g	translate-numbers	שְׁנַ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם	1	are 32,200	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-two thousand two hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	21	k0sv	figs-ellipsis	שְׁנַ֧יִם וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠מָאתָֽיִם	1	are 32,200	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 32,200 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	22	px3h	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	22	v4w1			0	Abidan son of Gideoni	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
 NUM	2	23	w7su	translate-numbers	חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 35,400	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-five thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	23	ls5e	figs-ellipsis	חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 35,400	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 35,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -119,7 +110,6 @@ NUM	2	25	c897	figs-explicit		0	the divisions of the camp of Dan	The this refers
 NUM	2	25	x5gy			0	Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
 NUM	2	26	bk5e	translate-numbers	שְׁנַ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 62,700	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are sixty-two thousand seven hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	26	qyui	figs-ellipsis	שְׁנַ֧יִם וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּ⁠שְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 62,700	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 62,700 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM	2	27	ku8j	translate-numbers		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	27	f852			0	Pagiel son of Okran	See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md).
 NUM	2	28	ye8h	translate-numbers	אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 41,500	You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-one thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	2	28	wyu0	figs-ellipsis	אֶחָ֧ד וְ⁠אַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַ⁠חֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת	1	are 41,500	This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 41,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -310,7 +300,6 @@ NUM	5	10	lhj2	figs-parallelism		0	The offerings of every person will be for the
 NUM	5	11	abw4	figs-hypo		0		The words “Suppose that a man’s wife turns away” begin a long description of a hypothetical situation, something that has not happened but might happen. Yahweh tells Moses what to do if it does happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 NUM	5	12	k4g2	figs-idiom		0	a man’s wife turns away	This means that she goes away from him and is unfaithful to him. Alternate translation: “a man’s wife is unfaithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	5	12	q94c	figs-explicit		0	sins against her husband	This means that she is unfaithful to her husband and sins against him by sleeping with another man. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “sins against her husband by sleeping with another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	5	13	m1gc			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md).
 NUM	5	13	g1e7	figs-euphemism		0	If a man lies with her	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “If a man has sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 NUM	5	13	zj57			0	her	the woman who turns away and sins against her husband ([Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md))
 NUM	5	13	wj6d	figs-explicit		0	in the act	This refers to the act of adultery. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the act of adultery” or “sleeping with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -323,9 +312,7 @@ NUM	5	15	cpv6	translate-fraction		0	a tenth	This is one part out of ten equal pa
 NUM	5	15	h7qc	translate-bvolume		0	a tenth of an ephah	This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” or “2 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	5	15	rqv9			0	a grain offering of jealousy	Alternate translation: “a grain offering for jealousy”
 NUM	5	15	hlz4			0	a reminder of the iniquity	A “reminder” is something that shows evidence that something had occurred that required justice. In this case, he made the offering to determine whether his wife had committed adultery or not.
-NUM	5	16	x3rd			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	16	b35g	figs-explicit		0	near and place her before Yahweh	Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh.” The priest would bring her near the altar. Alternate translation: “near the altar and place her in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	5	18	yt9w			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	18	nx25			0	before Yahweh	Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
 NUM	5	18	pji2			0	grain offering of suspicion	See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 5:15](../05/15.md).
 NUM	5	19	hjz9	figs-euphemism		0	no other man has lain with you	This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “no other man has had sexual relations with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -333,21 +320,17 @@ NUM	5	19	xw4y	figs-idiom		0	if you have not gone astray	The words “gone astray
 NUM	5	19	t3qy			0	and committed impurity	Alternate translation: “by committing impurity.” This phrase refers to committing adultery.
 NUM	5	19	e97n	figs-idiom		0	you will be free from this bitter water	The phrase to “be free” from something means to not be harmed by it. Alternate translation: “this bitter water will not harm you, though it is able to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	5	19	tdr3	figs-personification		0	this bitter water that can bring a curse	Here the bitter water is described as being able to bring a curse. This means that when the woman drinks the water it cause her to be unable to bear children, if she is guilty. Alternate translation: “this bitter water can be a curse to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-NUM	5	20	i4xw			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	20	ulh8	figs-idiom		0	have gone astray	The words “gone astray” is an idiom that means “to be unfaithful.” Alternate translation: “have been unfaithful to your husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	5	21	p7jm	figs-idiom		0	that can bring down a curse on her	The phrase “bring down a curse” is an idiom meaning for a curse to come upon her. Alternate translation: “that can cause a curse to come upon her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	5	21	z7wf	figs-metaphor		0	Yahweh will make you into a curse … your people to be such	Here the author speaks about the woman bearing the curse that Yahweh gives her, which causes other people to curse her. This is spoken of as if the woman herself becomes a curse. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh curses you, other people will curse you as well, and Yahweh will show people that you are truly cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	5	21	d46k	figs-activepassive		0	that will be shown to your people to be such	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he will show to your people as a curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	5	21	qcf7			0	your thigh to waste away and your abdomen to swell	This could mean: (1) that the woman will become unable to have children or (2) that the woman’s pregnancy will end too early and the baby will die.
 NUM	5	21	b27i	figs-euphemism		0	your thigh to waste away	Here the word “thigh” is a polite way of referring to the woman’s womb or her private parts. Alternate translation: “your womb to be useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-NUM	5	23	lqe7			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	23	rp5w			0	he must wash away the written curses	This means that he is to wash the ink off of the scroll.
 NUM	5	23	k7qn	figs-activepassive		0	the written curses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the curses he has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	5	24	wm1q			0	General Information:	Verse 24 explains in a general way what the priest must do and what is expected to happen when the woman drinks the water. Verse 25 and 26 explains in detail how the priest is to do this work. The priest gives the water to the woman and she drinks it only once.
-NUM	5	24	h9gn			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	25	kuh3			0	grain offering of jealousy	Alternate translation: “a grain offering for jealousy.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 5:15](../05/15.md).
 NUM	5	26	tvx7			0	a representative offering	The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh.
-NUM	5	27	jf5e			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	27	eld4	figs-activepassive		0	if she is defiled because she has committed	This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “if she has defined herself by committing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	5	27	dzq6	figs-explicit		0	committed a sin	Here the “sin” refers specifically to committing adultery. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “committed adultery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	5	27	c4b4	figs-euphemism		0	Her abdomen will swell and her thigh will waste away	This could mean: (1) that the woman will become unable to have children or (2) that the woman’s pregnancy will end too early and the baby will die. Here the word “thigh” is a polite way of referring to the woman’s womb or her private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) See how you translated these concepts in [Numbers 5:21](../05/21.md).
@@ -356,14 +339,12 @@ NUM	5	28	y738	figs-activepassive		0	is not defiled	If your language does not use
 NUM	5	28	g4sp	figs-metaphor		0	if she is clean	Here “being innocent” is spoken of as “being clean.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	5	28	qh3a	figs-explicit		0	then she must be free	This could mean: (1) “then she will not be cursed” or (2) “then she is free from guilt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	5	28	ud3t			0	conceive children	Alternate translation: “become pregnant”
-NUM	5	29	r1im			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	29	l3rj			0	the law of jealousy	Alternate translation: “the law for dealing with jealousy”
 NUM	5	29	eb5l	figs-idiom		0	who strays away from her husband	The words “strays away” is an idiom that means “to be unfaithful.” Alternate translation: “who is unfaithful to her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	5	29	a7s5	figs-activepassive		0	is defiled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “defiles herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	5	30	qqc6	figs-metonymy		0	a spirit of jealousy	This phrase refers to the man’s attitude and emotions of jealousy. See how you translated this in [Numbers 5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “who is jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	5	30	in48	figs-idiom		0	when he is jealous of his wife	This is an idiom that means that he suspects that his wife has been unfaithful to him by sleeping with another man. Alternate translation: “and suspects that his wife has been unfaithful to him” or “and suspects that his wife has slept with another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	5	30	lwf7			0	before Yahweh	Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
-NUM	5	31	xzp4			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
 NUM	5	31	by7a			0	will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest	Alternate translation: “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
 NUM	5	31	jq87			0	must bear	Alternate translation: “must endure”
 NUM	6	intro	v9bp			0		# Numbers 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
@@ -760,7 +741,6 @@ NUM	11	14	x4d7	figs-idiom		0	They are too much for me	This is an idiom. Alternat
 NUM	11	17	tp3h	figs-metonymy		0	some of the Spirit that is on you	The “Spirit” here represents the power that God’s Spirit had given to Moses so that Moses could do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “some of the power that the Spirit has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	11	17	dz3z	figs-metaphor		0	They will bear the burden of the people with you	God speaks of the responsibility of leading and providing for the people as if it were a burden that Moses and the leaders would carry. Alternate translation: “They will help you care for the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	11	17	qll3	figs-metaphor		0	You will not have to bear it alone	God speaks of the responsibility of leading and providing for the people as if it were a burden that Moses and the leaders would carry. Alternate translation: “You will not care for them alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	11	18	l15u			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
 NUM	11	18	mc86	figs-rquestion		0	Who will give us meat to eat?	The Israelites had asked this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	11	20	mhi2	figs-metaphor		0	until it comes out of your nostrils	This could mean: (1) God speaks of vomiting as if the food would come out through their nostrils. Alternate translation: “until you are sick and vomit” or (2) they would eat so much meat that it would be as if it would come out of their nostrils. Alternate translation: “until it feels like it would have to come out of your nostrils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	11	20	r2iy	figs-rquestion		0	Why did we leave Egypt?	The people had used this question to express regret and to complain. Alternate translation: “We never should have left Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -871,7 +851,6 @@ NUM	14	21	ft8l	figs-activepassive		0	all the earth will be filled with my glory
 NUM	14	22	nu5r			0	they have still tempted me	Alternate translation: “they have continued to test me”
 NUM	14	22	ksb4	figs-idiom		0	these ten times	Here the number 10 represents too many times. Alternate translation: “too many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	14	22	hz59	figs-metonymy		0	have not listened to my voice	Here “listened” represents obedience, and God’s voice represents what he said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM	14	23	jnd2			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
 NUM	14	24	n5dj	figs-metonymy	עֵ֣קֶב הָֽיְתָ֞ה ר֤וּחַ אַחֶ֨רֶת֙ עִמּ֔⁠וֹ	1	because another spirit is with him	Here, **spirit** represents his attitude. Caleb was willing to obey God. What his attitude was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he has a different attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	14	27	tw5b	figs-rquestion		0	How long must I tolerate this evil community that criticizes me?	Yahweh asks this question because he has lost patience with the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have tolerated this evil community who has criticized me long enough.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	14	27	xx71	figs-abstractnouns		0	I have heard the complaining of the people of Israel	The word “complaining,” an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “I have heard the people of Israel complain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -922,7 +901,6 @@ NUM	15	20	i3c9			0	a loaf	Calling it a loaf implies that they would cooked the d
 NUM	15	20	huf4	figs-idiom		0	to raise it up as a raised offering	This idiom “raise it up” refers to offering it as a gift. Alternate translation: “to offer it as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	15	20	hum8			0	a raised offering from the threshing floor	The offering is spoken of as being from the threshing floor because this is where they would separate the grain from the other parts of the plant.
 NUM	15	22	pp7r			0	General Information:	The word “you” here refers to Israelite people.
-NUM	15	22	xs3r			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues telling Moses what he must tell the people.
 NUM	15	24	mua7	figs-metaphor		0	to produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh	Alternate translation: “to produce a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord being pleased with the sincere worshipers who offer the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	15	24	l26t	figs-activepassive		0	must be made a grain offering and drink offering	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must make a grain offering and drink offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	15	24	w7mx	figs-activepassive		0	as commanded by the decree	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the decree commands” or “as I commanded when I made the decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -931,16 +909,17 @@ NUM	15	25	gs8c	figs-activepassive		0	made by fire	If your language does not use
 NUM	15	26	scd4	figs-activepassive		0	all the community of the people of Israel will be forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will forgive all the community of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	15	27	de37			0	a female goat a year old	Alternate translation: “a 1-year-old female goat”
 NUM	15	28	xn5j	figs-activepassive		0	That person will be forgiven when atonement has been made	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will forgive that person when the priest has made atonement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	15	30	i7a8	figs-metaphor		0	That person must be cut off from among his people	The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “his people must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “his people must kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	15	31	jjv8	figs-metonymy		0	has broken my commandment	Not obeying a commandment is spoken of as breaking it. Alternate translation: “has disobeyed my commandment” or “has not obeyed what I commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM	15	31	d6w9	figs-metonymy		0	His sin will be on him	Here, **sin** could mean: (1) punishment for that sin or (2) guilt of that sin. Sin being on him is a metaphor that could mean: (1) being punished or (2) being guilty. Alternate translation: (1) “I will punish him because of his sin” or (2) “I will consider him guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	15	30	i7a8	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠הּ	1	And that person shall be cut off from the midst of his people	The metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) he must be sent away from Israel. (2) he must not be considered a member of the people of Israel anymore. (3) he must be killed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	15	30	x0ia	figs-activepassive	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠הּ	1	And that person shall be cut off from the midst of his people	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And his people must send him away” or “And I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or “And you must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM	15	31	jjv8	figs-metonymy	מִצְוָת֖⁠וֹ הֵפַ֑ר	1	has broken his commandment	Not obeying a **commandment** of Yahweh is spoken of as breaking it. Alternate translation: “has disobeyed my commandment” or “has not obeyed what I commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	15	31	d6w9	figs-metonymy	עֲוֺנָ֥⁠ה בָֽ⁠הּ	1	His iniquity shall be on him	Here, **iniquity** could refer to: (1) the punishment for that sin or (2) the guilt of that sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	15	31	dzls	figs-metaphor	עֲוֺנָ֥⁠ה בָֽ⁠הּ	1	His iniquity shall be on him	Here, **iniquity** being **on him** is a metaphor that could mean: (1) he is being punished. Alternate translation: “I will punish him because of his sin” (2) he is guilty. Alternate translation: “I will consider him guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	15	34	rs36	figs-activepassive		0	it had not been declared what should be done with him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had not declared what they should do with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	15	35	hw5x	figs-activepassive		0	The man must surely be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put the man to death” or “The man must surely die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	15	38	k8rm			0	the descendants of Israel	Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
 NUM	15	39	hl7a			0	to carry them out	Alternate translation: “to obey them”
 NUM	15	39	gwl3	figs-metaphor		0	so that you do not look to your own heart and your own eyes	Alternate translation: “Look to” here is a metaphor for think about. The heart represents what a person wants, and the eyes represent what a person sees and wants. Alternate translation: “so that you do not think about whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	15	39	vhx4	figs-metaphor		0	prostitute yourselves to them	Being unfaithful to God by choosing to do whatever they want is spoken of as if they were women who were unfaithful to their husband by choosing to have sinful relationships with other men. It can be stated clearly that this was a shameful thing to do. Alternate translation: “be shamefully unfaithful to me” or “do those things instead of obeying me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	15	40	q9my			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people.
 NUM	15	40	x4hp	figs-idiom		0	call to mind	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	15	41	zvn9			0	I am Yahweh your God	This clause is repeated for emphasis.
 NUM	16	intro	q814			0		# Numbers 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
@@ -953,7 +932,6 @@ NUM	16	3	d8ny	figs-rquestion		0	Why do you lift up yourselves above the rest of
 NUM	16	3	df9e	figs-metaphor		0	lift up yourselves above the rest	Considering someone to be important is spoken of as lifting it up. Alternate translation: “consider yourselves more important than the rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	16	4	srs6	translate-symaction		0	he lay facedown	This indicates that Moses was humbling himself before God. He was afraid that God would punish the people for rebelling against God and his chosen leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 NUM	16	5	fhi5	figs-activepassive		0	who is set apart to him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Yahweh has set apart for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	16	6	q4mg			0	Connecting Statement:	Moses continues speaking to Korah and the men who were with Korah.
 NUM	16	6	gjn6			0	censers	containers in which to burn incense
 NUM	16	7	ch73	figs-idiom		0	before Yahweh	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	16	7	mzq8	figs-activepassive		0	that man will be set apart to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will set apart that man for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1003,7 +981,6 @@ NUM	16	48	fgs5	figs-activepassive		0	the plague was stopped	If your language doe
 NUM	16	49	e8gm	translate-numbers		0	14,700 in number	Alternate translation: “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	17	intro	b38c			0		# Numbers 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
 NUM	17	2	qi3j	translate-numbers		0	twelve	Alternate translation: “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	17	3	jjh7			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
 NUM	17	3	xg67			0	Levi’s staff	The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi.
 NUM	17	3	w59t			0	for each leader from his ancestors’ tribe	Here “his” refers to “each leader.”
 NUM	17	4	hr73	figs-synecdoche		0	the covenant decrees	The phrase “the covenant decrees” refers to the box that held the tablets that the covenant decrees were written on. Alternate translation: “the ark of the covenant” or “the box that holds the covenant decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1020,14 +997,12 @@ NUM	18	intro	s8q6			0		# Numbers 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in
 NUM	18	1	u2mx	figs-activepassive		0	all sins committed against the sanctuary	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	18	1	g8xh	figs-activepassive		0	all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	18	1	ljg9			0	anyone in the priesthood	Alternate translation: “any priest”
-NUM	18	3	gbu1			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues speaking to Aaron.
 NUM	18	3	gri8	figs-you		0	They must serve you	Alternate translation: “They” refers to members of the tribe of Levi; the word “you” is singular and refers to Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 NUM	18	3	yig6	figs-pronouns		0	or they and also you will die	Here “they” refers to any member of the tribe of Levi who comes “near to anything in the sanctuary;” the word “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites who are serving in approved roles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 NUM	18	4	b6pc	figs-you		0	They must join you	Alternate translation: “They” refers to members of the tribe of Levi; the word “you” is singular and refers to Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 NUM	18	4	nn6e	figs-you		0	not come near you	Here “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 NUM	18	5	zaj3	figs-you		0	You must take responsibility	Here “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 NUM	18	5	lc1d	figs-metonymy		0	so that my anger does not come on the people of Israel again	This could mean: (1) this represents God being extremely angry with his people. Alternate translation: “so that I do not become very angry with the people of Israel again” or (2) this represents God punishing them because of his anger. Alternate translation: “so that I do not punish the people of Israel again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM	18	6	ken5			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh continues speaking to Aaron.
 NUM	18	6	y9nk	figs-metaphor		0	They are a gift to you	Yahweh appointing the Levites to help Aaron is spoken of as if they were a gift that Yahweh were giving to Aaron. Alternate translation: “They are like a gift to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	18	6	h66d	figs-metonymy		0	given to me	Here “given” to God represents being set apart to serve God. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which I have set apart for myself” or “and I have set them apart for myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	18	7	eda8	figs-you		0	only you and your sons	Here “you” and “your” are singular and refer to Aaron. Other occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Aaron and his sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1039,11 +1014,8 @@ NUM	18	8	ua7z	figs-idiom		0	the offerings raised up to me	Here “raised up to m
 NUM	18	8	jdj3			0	I have given these offerings to you	God speaks as if he had already done this because it is a decision that he had already made. Alternate translation: “I give these offerings to you”
 NUM	18	8	x3sq			0	as your ongoing share	A share is a portion of something that someone receives. Alternate translation: “as the portion that you will continually receive”
 NUM	18	9	c2dd	figs-activepassive		0	kept from the fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you do not completely burn on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	18	10	smj2			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Aaron.
-NUM	18	12	k3q5			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Aaron.
 NUM	18	12	d7gf			0	the firstfruits	This refers to the first of the best oil, wine, and grain that they harvest.
 NUM	18	13	urx1	figs-metaphor		0	Everyone who is clean in your family	Being acceptable to God is spoken of as if they were clean. Alternate translation: “Everyone in your family who is acceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	18	14	ri2f			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Aaron.
 NUM	18	15	ym9k	figs-parallelism		0	Everything that opens the womb, all the firstborn	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	18	15	axb3	figs-idiom		0	Everything that opens the womb	The idiom “opens the womb” means to be the first male that a mother gives birth to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	18	15	a5y8			0	the people must certainly buy back every firstborn son	Instead of sacrificing their firstborn sons, people had to pay the priests for their sons.
@@ -1052,31 +1024,25 @@ NUM	18	16	vr57			0	Those that are to be bought back	Most likely this refers only
 NUM	18	16	xet4	translate-bweight		0	five shekels … which equals twenty gerahs	If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver … each of which equals ten grams” or “fifty grams of silver, using the standard weights that are used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 NUM	18	16	t62u	figs-explicit		0	five shekels	A shekel is a unit of weight. What was weighed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “five shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	18	16	r9ci	translate-bweight		0	sanctuary shekel	There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed twenty gerahs, which was about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-NUM	18	17	r3d6			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Aaron.
 NUM	18	17	s5mf	figs-explicit		0	You must sprinkle their blood	That he must kill the animals first can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You must kill them and sprinkle their blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	18	17	rqa6	figs-activepassive		0	made by fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you make by fire” or “that you burn with fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	18	17	dth7	figs-metaphor		0	an aroma pleasing to Yahweh	The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will be pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	18	18	maz6	figs-activepassive		0	the raised breast and the right thigh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the breast and the right thigh that you lift up as a gift to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	18	19	h1fp			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Aaron.
 NUM	18	19	a4zb			0	I have given to you	God speaks as if he had already done this because it is a decision that he had already made. Alternate translation: “I give to you”
 NUM	18	19	he1c			0	as a continual share	A share is a portion of something that someone receives. Alternate translation: “as the portion that you will continually receive”
 NUM	18	19	a21e	figs-parallelism		0	an everlasting covenant of salt … a binding covenant forever	The two phrases refer to the same thing. Together they emphasize that the covenant will endure forever. Alternate translation: “an agreement forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	18	19	y9je	translate-symaction		0	an everlasting covenant of salt	Alternate translation: “a covenant made with salt.” Salt represented permanence and was used in offerings and covenant meals. Alternate translation: “a permanent covenant” or “an everlasting covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 NUM	18	20	hmh1	figs-metaphor		0	You will have no inheritance in the people’s land	God speaks of the land that the other people will possess as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “You will not possess any of the people’s land” or “You will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	18	20	l9jb	figs-metaphor		0	I am your share and inheritance	God speaks of the great honor that Aaron and his descendants will have by serving him as priests as if God were something that they will inherit. Alternate translation: “Instead, I am what you will have” or “Instead, I will allow you to serve me and I will provide for you through that service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	18	21	t638			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Aaron.
 NUM	18	21	b9ib			0	look, I have given	The word “look” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “indeed, I have given”
 NUM	18	21	c1zk	figs-metaphor		0	as their inheritance	God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as their portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	18	23	eq2i			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Aaron.
 NUM	18	23	g23k	figs-metaphor		0	Among the people of Israel they must have no inheritance	God speaks of the land that the other people of Israel will possess as if they will inherit it. The Levites would not receive any of the land. Alternate translation: “they must not have any of the land that the other people of Israel receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	18	24	wik9	figs-metaphor		0	as their inheritance	God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as their portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	18	26	j6qu			0	When you receive from the people of Israel the tenth that I have given to you from them	The people of Israel would offer Yahweh a tenth of their crops and animals, and Yahweh would give that to the Levites.
 NUM	18	26	wkn9	figs-metaphor		0	for your inheritance	God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as your portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	18	27	cx1b	figs-activepassive		0	Your contribution must be considered by you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must consider your contribution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	18	28	nd9b			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues tell Moses what he must tell the Levites.
 NUM	18	28	k8mw			0	you must give his contribution to Aaron the priest	Here “his” refers to Yahweh. It was Yahweh’s contribution in the sense that they had to give it to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you must give Aaron the priest the contribution that you owe Yahweh”
 NUM	18	29	g53l	figs-activepassive		0	that have been given to you	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people of Israel give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	18	30	c3xf			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Moses.
 NUM	18	30	l7ak			0	the best of it	Alternate translation: “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel”
 NUM	18	31	g3lw			0	the rest of your gifts	The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them.
 NUM	18	32	v4s3			0	You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it	Alternate translation: “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it”
@@ -1144,7 +1110,6 @@ NUM	20	21	l8p8			0	cross over their border	Here “their” refers to the Edomit
 NUM	20	22	l1w6	figs-doublet		0	The people of Israel, the whole community	The phrase “the whole community” emphasizes that every person who was a part of “the people of Israel” was present, without exception. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 NUM	20	24	eh14	figs-euphemism		0	Aaron must be gathered to his people	This is a gentle way to say that Aaron must die. It means that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. Alternate translation: “Aaron must die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 NUM	20	24	z598			0	rebelled against my word	Alternate translation: “refused to do what I said”
-NUM	20	25	ie14			0	Connecting Statement:	God continues speaking to Moses.
 NUM	20	26	af1h	figs-parallelism		0	must die and be gathered to his people	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 NUM	20	29	lcr9	translate-numbers		0	thirty days	Alternate translation: “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	21	intro	vi2c			0		# Numbers 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
@@ -1317,23 +1282,19 @@ NUM	24	2	vd4a			0	Spirit of God came on him	This mean’s God’s Spirit took co
 NUM	24	3	sec1	figs-activepassive		0	He received this prophecy	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave him this prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	24	3	mke8			0	Balaam son of Beor	Beor was Balaam’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:5](../22/05.md).
 NUM	24	3	rt1a	figs-idiom		0	whose eyes are wide open	This idiom means he sees and understands clearly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NUM	24	4	np5b			0	General Information:	Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
 NUM	24	4	g4v6	figs-123person		0	He speaks … He sees … he bows	Here Balaam refers to himself as “He.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 NUM	24	4	ktc8	translate-symaction		0	he bows down	This is an act of humility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 NUM	24	4	ej3r	figs-idiom		0	with his eyes open	Here “eyes open” is an idiom that means Balaam has received the ability to know what God wants to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	24	5	ba5v	figs-parallelism		0	How beautiful are your tents, Jacob, the place where you live, Israel!	Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize the Israelite camp was beautiful to Balaam. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM	24	6	kip6			0	General Information:	Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
 NUM	24	6	qar4	figs-simile		0	Like valleys they spread out	Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they were numerous enough to cover entire valleys. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NUM	24	6	j8eg	figs-simile		0	like gardens by the riverside	Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they were well-watered gardens that produce an abundant harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NUM	24	6	l53y	translate-unknown		0	aloes planted by Yahweh	Aloes are plants with a pleasant smell that grow well even in dry conditions. Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they would thrive and be pleasant like aloe plants. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “aloes which Yahweh has planted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	24	6	aw4k	figs-simile		0	like cedars beside the waters	Cedar trees were the largest trees in Israel. Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they grew as large as well-watered cedar trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-NUM	24	7	dyh1			0	General Information:	Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
 NUM	24	7	fl12	figs-metonymy		0	Water flows … well-watered	Abundant water is associated with God’s blessing on the crops of the land. Alternate translation: “God will bless Israel with plenty of water for their crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	24	7	a4i7	figs-metonymy		0	their seed is well-watered	Well-watered seed refers to God’s blessing on his people so that they will have abundant crops. Alternate translation: “they will have plenty of water for their seed to grow healthy crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	24	7	zlh1	figs-parallelism		0	Their king is to be higher … their kingdom will be honored	These two phrases have similar meaning, emphasizing how much God will bless them compared to other nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	24	7	ftd7	translate-names		0	Their king is to be higher than Agag	Here “higher” refers to greater honor and power. This means the future king of Israel will have more honor and will be more powerful than Agag. Agag was king of the Amalekites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	24	7	b156	figs-activepassive		0	their kingdom will be honored	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will give honor to their kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	24	8	phd7			0	General Information:	Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
 NUM	24	8	x28i			0	God brings him	Alternate translation: “God brings the Israelites”
 NUM	24	8	n9ze	figs-simile		0	with strength like a wild ox	This simile emphasizes that the Israelites have great strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NUM	24	8	y9vx	figs-metaphor		0	He will eat up the nations	Balaam speaks of the Israelites as if they are wild animals that eat their enemies. This means they will destroy their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1350,7 +1311,6 @@ NUM	24	15	bp57			0	Balaam son of Beor	Beor was Balaam’s father. See how you tr
 NUM	24	15	bpl3	figs-idiom		0	whose eyes are wide open	This idiom means he sees and understands clearly. See how you translated this in [Numbers 24:3](../24/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	24	16	bfa4	figs-abstractnouns		0	who has knowledge from the Most High	The abstract term “knowledge” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “who knows things that God Most High has revealed to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	24	16	m31x	translate-symaction		0	bows down	This is a sign of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-NUM	24	17	j1rk			0	General Information:	Balaam continues the first of his four prophecies.
 NUM	24	17	xt9l	figs-parallelism		0	I see him, but he is not here now. I look at him, but he is not near	Both of these statements mean the same thing. Balaam is having a vision of a future event. The word “him” refers to a future leader of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	24	17	zg5v	writing-symlanguage		0	A star will come out of Jacob	Here “star” refers to an Israelite king that will rise in power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
 NUM	24	17	dbs9	figs-metonymy		0	out of Jacob	Here “Jacob” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “from among the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1363,7 +1323,6 @@ NUM	24	18	nu8t	figs-activepassive		0	Edom will become a possession of Israel	If
 NUM	24	18	w7ft	figs-activepassive		0	Seir will also become their possession	Here “Seir” refers to the people who lived near Mount Seir. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Israel will also conquer the people of Seir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	24	19	u3rj	figs-metonymy		0	Out of Jacob a king will come	Jacob was the ancestor of the Israelites. “Jacob” is a metonym that refers to the whole people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	24	19	d85v	figs-explicit		0	of their city	This refers to the city of Ar where Balak met Balaam. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	24	20	h7ft	figs-metonymy		0	Balaam looked at Amalek	Here “Amalek” is a metonym that refers to the people of Amalek. This continues Balaam’s vision while turning to look in the direction of the Amalek nation, and then he prophecies about the Amalekites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	24	20	j37m	figs-123person		0	his final end	A singular pronoun is used because the Amalekites are spoken of as a single person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 NUM	24	21	n23b	translate-names		0	the Kenites	This is the name of a people group who descended from Kain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	24	21	b7wk			0	The place where you live is strong	Alternate translation: “The place were you live is well defended”
@@ -1389,7 +1348,6 @@ NUM	25	8	kww8			0	He followed	Alternate translation: “Phinehas followed”
 NUM	25	11	z3sf			0	Connecting Statement:	Yahweh begins to speak to Moses.
 NUM	25	11	j3xu	figs-metaphor		0	turned my rage away from the people of Israel	God’s rage is spoken of as if it were something that could be physically pushed aside in order to stop it. Alternate translation: “caused me to no longer be angry with the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	25	11	lt3f	figs-metaphor		0	I have not consumed the people of Israel in my fierceness	God is spoken of as if he were a fierce animal that could have eaten up the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “I have not destroyed the people of Israel in my terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	25	12	pby2			0	Connecting Statement:	This continues Yahweh’s speech from verse 11.
 NUM	25	13	eu4w			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the end of Yahweh’s speech that begins in verse 11.
 NUM	25	13	lgg4	figs-quotesinquotes		0	For him … of Israel.”’”	This is the end of Yahweh’s speech from [Numbers 25:11](./10.md). This has quotations within quotations. The direct quotations can be stated as indirect quotation. “Therefore say to them that Yahweh says that he is giving to Phinehas his covenant of peace. For him and his descendants after him, it will be a covenant of an everlasting priesthood because he was zealous for Yahweh, his God. He has atoned for the people of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 NUM	25	14	u1w2	writing-background		0	Now	This switches from the main story line to background information about Zimri and Kozbi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1451,7 +1409,6 @@ NUM	26	51	tr8m	translate-numbers		0	601,730	Alternate translation: “six-hundre
 NUM	26	53	k6p3	figs-activepassive		0	The land must be divided	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must divide the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	26	53	ut1a			0	these men	This refers to all of the men that were counted in their clans, beginning in [Numbers 26:5](../26/05.md).
 NUM	26	53	d4z2			0	according to the number of their names	Alternate translation: “by the number of people in each clan”
-NUM	26	54	i4k8			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
 NUM	26	54	y96p	figs-explicit		0	give more inheritance	In this passage, the word “inheritance” refers to land inherited. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “give more land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	26	54	zpe1	figs-activepassive		0	who were counted	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the leaders of Israel counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	26	55	a5bi	figs-activepassive		0	the land must be divided	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must divide the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1488,7 +1445,6 @@ NUM	27	3	tn9z			0	for his own sin	Alternate translation: “because of his own s
 NUM	27	4	g3j5	figs-rquestion		0	Why should our father’s name be taken away from among his clan members because he had no son?	At that time, only sons received land as an inheritance. The daughters use this question to suggest that they should receive the inheritance and continue the family clan. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not remove our father’s name from the clan members just because he did not have a son.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	27	4	xm1p	figs-explicit		0	Give us land among our father’s relatives	This means that they are asking to inherit land near where their father’s relatives are inheriting land. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Give us land where our father’s relatives live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	27	7	nrv6	figs-explicit		0	among their father’s relatives	This means that they will be inherit land where their father’s relatives are inheriting land. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “where their father’s relatives live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	27	9	u4h7			0	General Information:	This continues God’s law about who will receive land if a man does not have any sons.
 NUM	27	11	j9yd	figs-activepassive		0	be a law established by decree for the people of Israel	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “be a law that all the people of Israel must obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	27	11	l371			0	has commanded me	Here “me” refers to Moses.
 NUM	27	12	qn5k	translate-names		0	mountains of Abarim	This is a range of mountains in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1508,7 +1464,6 @@ NUM	27	17	t27b	figs-simile		0	so that your community is not like sheep that have
 NUM	27	18	t7dn			0	Take Joshua son of Nun, a man in whom my Spirit lives	Yahweh’s Spirit is in Joshua, meaning that Joshua obeys Yahweh and follows his commands.
 NUM	27	18	p1rd	translate-symaction		0	lay your hand on him	This is a sign of dedicating someone to God’s service. Alternate translation: “lay your hand on him to appoint him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 NUM	27	19	naq8	figs-synecdoche		0	command him before their eyes to lead them	Here the people are represented by their “eyes” to emphasize what they see. Alternate translation: “in front of all of them command Joshua to lead the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-NUM	27	20	k5gg			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses about Joshua.
 NUM	27	20	k5n4	figs-metaphor		0	You must put some of your authority on him	Here Yahweh speaks of Moses giving some of his authority to Joshua as if it were an article of clothing that he could put on him. Alternate translation: “You should give him some of your authority” or “Let him decide what the people should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	27	21	xn7p	translate-unknown		0	Urim	This was a sacred stone that the High Priest wore on his chest plate. He used it to determine God’s will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 NUM	27	21	p15t	figs-merism		0	It will be at his command that the people will go out and come in	This means that Joshua will have authority to command the movements of the community of Israel. “Going out” and “coming in” are two opposite commands used to emphasize that he will have full command over their movements. Alternate translation: “He will command the community’s movements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -1522,7 +1477,6 @@ NUM	28	intro	yh9y			0		# Numbers 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in
 NUM	28	2	vl5n			0	at the appointed times	Alternate translation: “at the times that I haven chosen”
 NUM	28	2	d2nc	figs-activepassive		0	the food of my offerings made by fire to produce	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	2	ii63			0	a sweet aroma for me	Alternate translation: “a smell I enjoy”
-NUM	28	3	bba3			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	28	3	ng8v	figs-activepassive		0	the offering made by fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “the burnt offering” or “the offering you have burned by fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	5	xae3	figs-activepassive		0	mixed with	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “which you have mixed with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	5	n3fd	translate-fraction		0	a tenth of an ephah	Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@@ -1533,11 +1487,9 @@ NUM	28	6	i5mv	figs-activepassive		0	made by fire	If your language does not use t
 NUM	28	7	j24a	translate-fraction		0	one-fourth of a hin	Alternate translation: “One-fourth” means one part out of four equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a liter” or “one-fourth of a hin (which is almost 1 liter)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	7	uf3m	figs-explicit		0	You must pour out in the holy place a drink offering of strong drink to Yahweh	This sentence describes the drink offering that is to accompany the lamb. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “It must be a drink offering of strong drink and you must pour it out in the holy place to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	28	8	sd8n	figs-activepassive		0	like the one offered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like the one you offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	28	9	uvp3			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	28	9	nv9k	translate-fraction		0	two-tenths of an ephah	Alternate translation: “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” or “two tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	9	l25u	figs-activepassive		0	mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	9	rgb3	figs-explicit		0	the drink offering with it	Many offerings had a drink offering that was required to be offered with them. The full meaning of the can be made clear. Alternate translation: “the drink offering that accompanies it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	28	11	cda3			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	28	12	rs1i	translate-fraction		0	three-tenths of an ephah	Alternate translation: “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	12	sa2r	figs-activepassive		0	mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	12	vr13	figs-ellipsis		0	two-tenths of fine flour	The words “of an ephah” are understood and may stated clearly. “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters of fine flour” or “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters) of fine flour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@@ -1547,7 +1499,6 @@ NUM	28	14	fi54	translate-fraction		0	half a hin	Alternate translation: “Half
 NUM	28	14	uy8x	translate-fraction		0	a third of a hin	Alternate translation: “One third of a hin.” “A third” means one part out of three equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “1.2 liters” or “One and one-fifth liters” or “half a hin (which is 1.2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	14	t84u	translate-fraction		0	one-fourth of a hin	Alternate translation: “One-fourth” means one part out of four equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a liter” or “one-fourth of a hin (which is almost 1 liter)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	15	pi9d	figs-activepassive		0	One male goat as a sin offering to Yahweh must be offered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must offer one male goat to Yahweh as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	28	16	bny7			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	28	16	vq3q	translate-hebrewmonths		0	the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month	Alternate translation: “During the first month, on day 14 of the month.” This refers to the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	28	16	k2hc			0	comes Yahweh’s Passover	Alternate translation: “you must celebrate Yahweh’s Passover”
 NUM	28	17	agz5	translate-hebrewmonths		0	On the fifteenth day of this month	Alternate translation: “On day 15 day of this month.” This refers to the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -1555,7 +1506,6 @@ NUM	28	17	l12w	figs-activepassive		0	a feast is to be held	If your language does
 NUM	28	17	gw3f	figs-activepassive		0	bread without yeast must be eaten	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “you must eat bread without yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	18	jgc4	translate-ordinal		0	On the first day	This refers to the first day of the feast. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	28	18	wcl9			0	there must be a holy assembly to honor Yahweh	Alternate translation: “you must gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
-NUM	28	19	ne82			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	28	19	v698	figs-activepassive		0	you must offer a sacrifice made by fire, a burnt offering	The idea of “burnt” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must burn an offering on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	20	ztc9	translate-fraction		0	three-tenths of an ephah	Alternate translation: “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	20	nb8c	figs-activepassive		0	mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1568,14 +1518,12 @@ NUM	28	24	dh1t	figs-activepassive		0	the food of the offering made by fire	If yo
 NUM	28	24	zv8n			0	a sweet aroma for Yahweh	Alternate translation: “as a sweet aroma for Yahweh”
 NUM	28	24	g7rd	figs-activepassive		0	It must be offered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must offer it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	25	niw8			0	have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh	Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
-NUM	28	26	x4se			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	28	26	m6k3			0	the day of the firstfruits	Alternate translation: “the day of the firstfruits, that is the day.” This refers to the day during the Festival of Weeks when they offer the grain offering to Yahweh.
 NUM	28	26	bm4a			0	have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh	Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
 NUM	28	28	hu83	figs-activepassive		0	mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	28	p6rr	translate-fraction		0	three-tenths of an ephah	Alternate translation: “Three tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	28	w5qw	translate-fraction		0	three-tenths of an ephah	Alternate translation: “Three tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	28	qfh5	figs-ellipsis		0	two-tenths	The words “of an ephah of fine flour” are understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters of fine flour” or “two-tenths of an ephah of fine flour (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
-NUM	28	29	d6vj			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	28	29	tdh2	translate-fraction		0	a tenth of an ephah	Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	28	29	t9h7	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	28	30	yj1e	figs-abstractnouns		0	to make atonement	The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1585,7 +1533,6 @@ NUM	29	1	n5nd			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the p
 NUM	29	1	wr36	translate-hebrewmonths		0	In the seventh month, on the first day of the month	This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	29	1	c4iy			0	have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh	Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
 NUM	29	1	d1mb	figs-synecdoche		0	It will be a day when you blow trumpets	The word “you” refers to the people of Israel who here represent the priests. The priests blew the trumpet to begin a worship service or to gather the community together. Alternate translation: “It will be a day when the priests blow trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-NUM	29	2	f95f			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	29	3	k2nl	figs-possession		0	their grain offering	This refers to the grain offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the grain offerings that are offered with them” or “the grain offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 NUM	29	3	mh5z	figs-activepassive		0	mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	29	3	yys9	translate-fraction		0	three-tenths of an ephah	The phrase “of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters of fine flour mixed with oil” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@@ -1597,7 +1544,6 @@ NUM	29	6	frt3			0	of each month: the special burnt offering … with it	Alternat
 NUM	29	6	h1cf	figs-possession		0	the regular burnt offering, its grain offering, and its drink offerings	This refers to the offerings the priests were to give every day. The grain offering and drink offering were to be offered with the regular burnt offering. Alternate translation: “the regular burnt offering, with the grain offering and drink offerings that accompany it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 NUM	29	6	nh25	figs-activepassive		0	you will obey what has been decreed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will obey Yahweh’s decree” or “you will obey what Yahweh had decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	29	6	kle9	figs-activepassive		0	an offering made by fire to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an offering you burnt on the altar to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	29	7	dds2			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	29	7	v8xp	translate-hebrewmonths		0	the tenth day of the seventh month	Alternate translation: “day 10 of month 7” The word “month” refers to those in the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	29	7	dka4			0	have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh	Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
 NUM	29	9	k4tv	figs-activepassive		0	fine flour mixed with oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1606,7 +1552,6 @@ NUM	29	9	bde9	figs-ellipsis		0	two-tenths	The words “of an ephah” are unders
 NUM	29	10	n1nx	translate-fraction		0	a tenth of an ephah	Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 NUM	29	11	ray5	figs-abstractnouns		0	of atonement	The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “that atones for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 NUM	29	11	cc81	figs-possession		0	its grain offering, and their drink offerings	The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-NUM	29	12	nai8			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	29	12	kw4n	translate-hebrewmonths		0	the fifteenth day of the seventh month	Alternate translation: “day 15 of month 7.” The word “month” refer to those in the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	29	12	e72q			0	have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh	Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
 NUM	29	12	e2ym	figs-idiom		0	you must keep the festival for him	This is an idiom. Here the word “keep” means to observe or celebrate. The word “him” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you must observe the festival for Yahweh” or “you must celebrate the festival for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1627,7 +1572,6 @@ NUM	29	20	mi8p	translate-ordinal		0	the third day of the assembly	Alternate tran
 NUM	29	20	r4i9	translate-numbers		0	eleven bulls, two rams, and fourteen male lambs	Alternate translation: “11 bulls, 2 rams, and 14 male lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	29	21	q47t	figs-activepassive		0	as were commanded	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	29	22	fe9m	figs-possession		0	its grain offering, and their drink offerings	The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-NUM	29	23	g35h			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do during the festival in the seventh month.
 NUM	29	23	kxu3	translate-ordinal		0	the fourth day of the assembly	Alternate translation: “day 4 of the festival.” Here the word “assembly” refers to the Festival of Weeks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 NUM	29	23	v266	translate-numbers		0	fourteen male lambs	Alternate translation: “14 male lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	29	24	g8rl	figs-activepassive		0	as were commanded	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1676,7 +1620,6 @@ NUM	30	8	n9fw	figs-parallelism		0	the vow that she has made … the rash talk of
 NUM	30	8	j925	figs-synecdoche		0	the rash talk of her lips	The phrase “the rash talk” refers to the rash promise that she made. Here “her lips” means the woman herself. She is referred to as “her lips” because lips are related to what she says. Alternate translation: “the rash things she has said” or “her rash promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 NUM	30	8	pen9	figs-metaphor		0	with which she has bound herself	Here Moses speaks of how a woman has committed herself to fulfilling a promise as if her promise were a physical object that she had bound to her body. Alternate translation: “that she has committed herself to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	30	8	dgy8	figs-metaphor		0	Yahweh will release her	Here Moses speaks about Yahweh forgiving the woman for not fulfilling her vow as if he were releasing her from something that bound her. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive her” or “Yahweh will forgive her for not fulfilling her vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	30	9	g5l3			0	General Information:	Moses continues telling the leaders of the tribes what Yahweh has commanded.
 NUM	30	9	vr6d	figs-activepassive		0	a divorced woman	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a woman whom a man has divorced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	30	9	aab4	figs-idiom		0	will stand against her	This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and she will be required to fulfill them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	30	10	svt7	figs-explicit		0	If a woman made a vow in her husband’s house	This refers to a married woman. You can make the meaning of this statement clear. Alternate translation: “If a married woman makes a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1723,12 +1666,10 @@ NUM	31	23	lv3d			0	water of cleansing	This refers to water that someone has mixe
 NUM	31	24	y8tf			0	then you will become clean	These are the customs of becoming ceremonially clean before Yahweh.
 NUM	31	26	gv9a	figs-activepassive		0	Count all the plundered things that were taken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Count all of the possessions that the soldiers took” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	31	26	i5qv			0	the leaders of the community’s ancestor’s clans	Alternate translation: “the leaders of each clan”
-NUM	31	28	f8wf			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. The word “me” refers to Yahweh.
 NUM	31	28	ar4h	figs-activepassive		0	Then levy a tax to be given to me from the soldiers who went out to battle	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Collect a tax from the soldiers’ plunder and give it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	31	28	hv3b	translate-numbers		0	every five hundred	Alternate translation: “every 500” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	31	29	w6nr			0	from their half	Alternate translation: “from the soldiers’ half”
 NUM	31	29	eds7	figs-activepassive		0	to be presented to me	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which he will present to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	31	30	x2qb			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
 NUM	31	30	e7ze			0	Also from the people of Israel’s half	Alternate translation: “Also from the people of Israel’s half of the plunder”
 NUM	31	30	s2xh			0	who take care	those who oversee and maintain the tabernacle and sacrifices to Yahweh
 NUM	31	32	s6hw			0	Now	This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Moses begins listing the amount of plunder and how much went to the soldiers, to the people, and to Yahweh.
@@ -1779,7 +1720,6 @@ NUM	32	5	gd1t	figs-explicit		0	Do not make us cross over the Jordan	They wanted
 NUM	32	6	sua3	figs-rquestion		0	Should your brothers go to war while you settle down here?	Moses asks this question to rebuke the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you to settle down in this land while your brothers go to war.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	32	7	c23x	figs-rquestion		0	Why discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them?	Moses asks this question to correct the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “Do not discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them.” or “Your actions would discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	32	7	yrl5	figs-synecdoche		0	discourage the hearts of the people of Israel from going	Here the word “hearts” represents the people themselves and refers to the seat of their emotions. Alternate translation: “discourage the people of Israel from going” or “cause the people of Israel to not want to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-NUM	32	8	v1cy			0	General Information:	Moses continues speaking to the people of Reuben and Gad.
 NUM	32	9	ge3e	translate-names		0	Valley of Eshkol	This is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	32	9	jta2	figs-explicit		0	They saw the land	This refers to seeing what was in the land. Alternate translation: “They saw the strong people and cities in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	32	9	z21f	figs-synecdoche		0	discouraged the hearts of the people of Israel	Here the word “hearts” represents the people themselves and refers to the seat of their emotions. See how you translated this in [Numbers 32:7](../32/07.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1862,42 +1802,30 @@ NUM	33	44	b2kj	translate-names		0	General Information:	Moses lists the places th
 NUM	33	47	ilj5	translate-names		0	General Information:	Moses lists the places the Israelites went after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	33	48	hc7z			0	plains	a large area of flat land
 NUM	33	52	ua9d			0	demolish all their high places	Alternate translation: “destroy all of their high places”
-NUM	33	53	wt1a			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	33	54	q2gz	figs-metaphor		0	inherit the land	The Israelites claiming the land as their permanent possession is spoken of as if they were inheriting the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	33	54	m66j			0	Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it	Alternate translation: “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
-NUM	33	55	ebs2			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	33	55	l4n8	figs-simile		0	like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides	Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 NUM	34	intro	z166			0		# Numbers 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
 NUM	34	3	c7ax			0	wilderness of Zin	See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
-NUM	34	4	i8yz	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM	34	6	aj34			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites.
-NUM	34	7	pzt2	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	34	7	ucc8			0	Mount Hor	See how you translated this name in [Numbers 20:22](../20/22.md).
-NUM	34	10	zu3a	translate-names		0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	34	13	v8m7			0	to the nine tribes and to the half tribe	This means the remaining tribes of Israel who will live on the west side of the Jordan River in the land of Canaan. The tribes of Reuben and Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh had already received their land on the east side of the Jordan River.
 NUM	34	14	t2jx			0	following the assignment of property to their ancestor’s tribe	Alternate translation: “according to how Yahweh assigned the property to their ancestor’s tribe”
 NUM	34	15	e78v			0	The two tribes and the half tribe	Alternate translation: “The tribes of Reuben and Gad, and half of the tribe of Manasseh”
 NUM	34	17	dt2u	figs-you		0	divide the land for your inheritance	Here “your” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. These men will cast lots to divide the land. Then they will distribute it to the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 NUM	34	19	d75w	translate-names		0	General Information:	This is the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM	34	21	ddd5	translate-names		0	General Information:	This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM	34	24	jyl2	translate-names		0	General Information:	This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	34	27	hsm6	translate-names		0	General Information:	This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	35	intro	rg3i			0		# Numbers 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
 NUM	35	1	z6sc			0	plains	a large area of flat land
 NUM	35	2	ww25			0	give some of their own shares of land to the Levites	Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
 NUM	35	2	hlb8			0	pastureland	an area of land where animals feed on grass
 NUM	35	4	fb2e	translate-numbers		0	one thousand cubits	Alternate translation: “1,000 cubits.” If it is necessary to use modern distance units, here is a way of doing it. Alternate translation: “457 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
-NUM	35	5	vih1			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	35	5	cr3z	translate-bdistance		0	two thousand cubits	Alternate translation: “2,000 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	35	6	g8wz			0	a person who has killed someone	This refers to people who have killed someone, but it had not yet been determined whether they killed the person intentionally or accidentally.
 NUM	35	6	q5lc	translate-numbers		0	forty-two	Alternate translation: “42” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	35	7	jnp2	translate-numbers		0	forty-eight	Alternate translation: “48” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM	35	8	jeg5			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	35	11	fy84			0	unintentionally	accidentally or without wanting to or trying to
 NUM	35	12	vp5m			0	the avenger	This refers to a close relative that seeks vengeance by killing the accused man.
 NUM	35	12	le4k	figs-activepassive		0	so that the accused man will not be killed without first standing trial before the community	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that no one will kill the accused man before the community is able to judge him in court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	35	14	s5n6			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
-NUM	35	16	zkm4			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	35	16	z14e	figs-activepassive		0	He must certainly be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	35	19	wx13	figs-metonymy		0	The avenger of blood	Here the word “blood” is a metonym for the murder. Alternate translation: “The one who avenges the murder” or “The relative seeking vengeance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	35	21	b1cz	figs-activepassive		0	the accused who struck him must surely be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the relative must certainly execute the accused man” or “the accused man must die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1907,7 +1835,6 @@ NUM	35	24	gs31	figs-metonymy		0	the avenger of blood	Here the word “blood” i
 NUM	35	25	nz1w	figs-explicit		0	The community must rescue the accused	This means if the community judges that the death was accidental then they must save the accused man from the relative who wants to kill him. If the community judges that the death was not accidental, then the relative must execute the accused man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	35	25	f819	figs-activepassive		0	the one who was anointed with the holy oil	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed with holy oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	35	27	db74	figs-metonymy		0	the avenger of blood	Here the word “blood” is a metonym for the murder. See how you translated these words in [Numbers 35:19](../35/19.md). Alternate translation: “the one who avenges the murder” or “the relative seeking vengeance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM	35	29	zfc7			0	General Information:	Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
 NUM	35	29	b5jp			0	through all your people’s generations	Alternate translation: “and all of your descendants who will live after you”
 NUM	35	30	l81w	figs-activepassive		0	the murderer must be killed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must execute the murderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	35	30	e5vq	figs-activepassive		0	as testified to by the words of witnesses	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the testimony of witnesses” or “as witnesses testify to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 21aa3c8ca119eaa9cc62b4919d247200ef1d3614 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 15:36:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 378/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index bbbaca146b..9ef11091ca 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -918,7 +918,8 @@ NUM	15	34	rs36	figs-activepassive		0	it had not been declared what should be don
 NUM	15	35	hw5x	figs-activepassive		0	The man must surely be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put the man to death” or “The man must surely die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	15	38	k8rm			0	the descendants of Israel	Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
 NUM	15	39	hl7a			0	to carry them out	Alternate translation: “to obey them”
-NUM	15	39	gwl3	figs-metaphor		0	so that you do not look to your own heart and your own eyes	Alternate translation: “Look to” here is a metaphor for think about. The heart represents what a person wants, and the eyes represent what a person sees and wants. Alternate translation: “so that you do not think about whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	15	39	gwl3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	And you shall not explore after your heart and after your eyes	Here, **explore after** is a metaphor for thinking about something. Alternate translation: “so that you do not think about whatever your heart and eyes want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	15	39	iqf7	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	And you shall not explore after your heart and after your eyes	Here the **heart** represents what a person wants, and the **eyes** represent what a person sees and wants. Alternate translation: “And you must not think about whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	15	39	vhx4	figs-metaphor		0	prostitute yourselves to them	Being unfaithful to God by choosing to do whatever they want is spoken of as if they were women who were unfaithful to their husband by choosing to have sinful relationships with other men. It can be stated clearly that this was a shameful thing to do. Alternate translation: “be shamefully unfaithful to me” or “do those things instead of obeying me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	15	40	x4hp	figs-idiom		0	call to mind	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	15	41	zvn9			0	I am Yahweh your God	This clause is repeated for emphasis.

From 8981065918a438912dffec5c291dc860a194d230 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 15:38:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 379/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 9ef11091ca..7efd2889b0 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -920,7 +920,8 @@ NUM	15	38	k8rm			0	the descendants of Israel	Alternate translation: “the peopl
 NUM	15	39	hl7a			0	to carry them out	Alternate translation: “to obey them”
 NUM	15	39	gwl3	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	And you shall not explore after your heart and after your eyes	Here, **explore after** is a metaphor for thinking about something. Alternate translation: “so that you do not think about whatever your heart and eyes want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	15	39	iqf7	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְ⁠כֶם֙ וְ⁠אַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵי⁠כֶ֔ם	1	And you shall not explore after your heart and after your eyes	Here the **heart** represents what a person wants, and the **eyes** represent what a person sees and wants. Alternate translation: “And you must not think about whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM	15	39	vhx4	figs-metaphor		0	prostitute yourselves to them	Being unfaithful to God by choosing to do whatever they want is spoken of as if they were women who were unfaithful to their husband by choosing to have sinful relationships with other men. It can be stated clearly that this was a shameful thing to do. Alternate translation: “be shamefully unfaithful to me” or “do those things instead of obeying me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM	15	39	vhx4	figs-metaphor	אֲשֶׁר־ אַתֶּ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	them which you are prostituting after	Being unfaithful to God by choosing to do whatever they want is spoken of as if they were women who were unfaithful to their husband by choosing to have sinful relationships with other men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	15	39	bbvk	figs-explicit	אֲשֶׁר־ אַתֶּ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶֽם	1	them which you are prostituting after	It can be stated clearly that this was a shameful thing to do. Alternate translation: “and be shamefully unfaithful to me” or “and do those things instead of obeying me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	15	40	x4hp	figs-idiom		0	call to mind	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 NUM	15	41	zvn9			0	I am Yahweh your God	This clause is repeated for emphasis.
 NUM	16	intro	q814			0		# Numbers 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])

From 59bb06b1294f5be33f2edccd934d6fa15687a4d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 15:44:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 380/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 7efd2889b0..3a99b01c0c 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ NUM	16	10	l58j	figs-metaphor		0	you are seeking the priesthood also	Wanting to h
 NUM	16	11	lf5d	figs-rquestion		0	Who is Aaron that you grumble against him?	Moses uses this question to show them that when they complain about what Aaron does, they are really complaining against Yahweh, because Aaron was doing what Yahweh told him to do. Alternate translation: “You are not really complaining about Aaron, but about Yahweh, whom Aaron obeys!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	16	13	mx6i	figs-rquestion		0	Is it a small thing that you have brought us … to kill us in the wilderness?	Dathan and Abiram use this question to rebuke Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You behave as though it was a small thing for you to bring us … and kill us in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 NUM	16	13	pgv9			0	a small thing	Alternate translation: “not enough” or “unimportant”
-NUM	16	13	gs63	figs-metaphor		0	a land flowing with milk and honey	They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Numbers 14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	16	13	gs63	figs-metaphor	מֵ⁠אֶ֨רֶץ זָבַ֤ת חָלָב֙ וּ⁠דְבַ֔שׁ	1	from a land flowing with milk and honey	They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the **milk and honey** from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Numbers 14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “from a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “from a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	16	13	v8lm	figs-hyperbole		0	to kill us	The people exaggerate because they will hold Moses responsible if any of them die. Alternate translation: “to have us die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 NUM	16	14	bm99	figs-metaphor		0	as an inheritance	They spoke of what God would give them to be theirs forever as if it were an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	16	14	vux9	figs-rquestion		0	Now do you want to blind us with empty promises?	The people used this question to accuse Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now you want to blind us with empty promises.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 8d7f52ee4410603a076dcb33ee043a390c6cce3b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 15:47:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 381/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 3a99b01c0c..b2ea6c90e4 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1006,7 +1006,8 @@ NUM	18	4	nn6e	figs-you		0	not come near you	Here “you” is plural and refers
 NUM	18	5	zaj3	figs-you		0	You must take responsibility	Here “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 NUM	18	5	lc1d	figs-metonymy		0	so that my anger does not come on the people of Israel again	This could mean: (1) this represents God being extremely angry with his people. Alternate translation: “so that I do not become very angry with the people of Israel again” or (2) this represents God punishing them because of his anger. Alternate translation: “so that I do not punish the people of Israel again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	18	6	y9nk	figs-metaphor		0	They are a gift to you	Yahweh appointing the Levites to help Aaron is spoken of as if they were a gift that Yahweh were giving to Aaron. Alternate translation: “They are like a gift to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	18	6	h66d	figs-metonymy		0	given to me	Here “given” to God represents being set apart to serve God. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which I have set apart for myself” or “and I have set them apart for myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM	18	6	h66d	figs-metonymy	נְתֻנִים֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה	1	ones given to Yahweh	Here, **given to Yahweh** represents being set apart to serve God. Alternate translation: “who have been set apart to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	18	6	kxwa	figs-activepassive	נְתֻנִים֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה	1	ones given to Yahweh	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which I have set apart for myself” or “and I have set them apart for myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	18	7	eda8	figs-you		0	only you and your sons	Here “you” and “your” are singular and refer to Aaron. Other occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Aaron and his sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 NUM	18	7	vju4			0	exercise the priesthood	Alternate translation: “do the work of priests”
 NUM	18	7	j8mn	figs-metonymy		0	everything inside the curtain	Being inside the curtain represents being inside the room behind the curtain. Alternate translation: “everything in the room behind the curtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 9735c3aceccaa4a04e68f7abd3999fa5a7995b88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 15:54:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 382/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 9 ++++-----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index b2ea6c90e4..0e5d396bd1 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1013,7 +1013,6 @@ NUM	18	7	vju4			0	exercise the priesthood	Alternate translation: “do the work
 NUM	18	7	j8mn	figs-metonymy		0	everything inside the curtain	Being inside the curtain represents being inside the room behind the curtain. Alternate translation: “everything in the room behind the curtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	18	7	w3i9	figs-activepassive		0	Any foreigner who approaches must be put to death	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Any foreigner who approaches must die” or “You must put to death any foreigner who approaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	18	7	ctt4	figs-explicit		0	who approaches	What they should not approach can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “who approaches the sacred things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM	18	8	ua7z	figs-idiom		0	the offerings raised up to me	Here “raised up to me” represents giving or offering something to God. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the offerings that people give to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	18	8	jdj3			0	I have given these offerings to you	God speaks as if he had already done this because it is a decision that he had already made. Alternate translation: “I give these offerings to you”
 NUM	18	8	x3sq			0	as your ongoing share	A share is a portion of something that someone receives. Alternate translation: “as the portion that you will continually receive”
 NUM	18	9	c2dd	figs-activepassive		0	kept from the fire	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you do not completely burn on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1062,11 +1061,11 @@ NUM	19	9	a8bf	figs-metaphor		0	Someone who is clean	Being acceptable to God and
 NUM	19	9	nn8t	figs-activepassive		0	These ashes must be kept	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must keep these ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	19	9	wn85	figs-metaphor		0	in a clean place	Being acceptable to God is spoken of as being clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	19	10	t9bq	figs-metaphor		0	He will remain unclean	Being unacceptable to God or unfit to do any sacred work is spoken of as not being clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	19	11	k7e9	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” “impurity,” and “uncleanness” represent not being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	19	11	k7e9	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” “impurity,” and “uncleanness” represent not being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	19	11	n7ev			0	the dead body of any man	Alternate translation: “the dead body of any person”
 NUM	19	12	d2fz	figs-metonymy		0	purify himself	The person would ask someone who is clean to purify him by sprinkling on him some water mixed with the cows ashes. Asking someone to purify him is spoken of as if he were to purify himself. Alternate translation: “ask someone to purify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	19	12	jjk6	figs-doublenegatives		0	if he does not purify himself the third day, then he will not be clean on the seventh day	This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he will be clean on the seventh day only if he purifies himself the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-NUM	19	13	fvi7	figs-metaphor		0	That person must be cut off	Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM	19	13	fvi7	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מִ⁠יִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל	1	And that person shall be cut off from Israel	Here the phrase **be cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “And that person must be sent away” or “And you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	19	13	f6bq	figs-activepassive		0	the water for impurity was not sprinkled on him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	19	13	t2p6			0	the water for impurity	Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure”
 NUM	19	13	i3uy	figs-parallelism		0	He will remain unclean; his uncleanness will remain on him	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1075,8 +1074,8 @@ NUM	19	15	aj43	figs-doublenegatives		0	Every open container with no cover become
 NUM	19	16	kwe8	figs-activepassive		0	someone who has been killed with a sword	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone whom someone else has killed with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	19	17	j1j3	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	The idea of “unclean” represents not being acceptable to God or fit for use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	19	17	j1j4	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	The ideas of “clean” and “purify” here represent being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	19	20	d5l6	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God and making something acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” and “impurity,” represent not being acceptable to God, making something unacceptable to God, and the state of being unacceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM	19	20	mz5q	figs-metaphor		0	that person will be cut off	Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM	19	20	d5l6	figs-metaphor		0	General Information:	The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God and making something acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” and “impurity,” represent not being acceptable to God, making something unacceptable to God, and the state of being unacceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]))
+NUM	19	20	mz5q	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא	1	that person shall be cut off	Here the phrase **be cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	19	20	u7dz	figs-activepassive		0	The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	19	21	bs1a			0	the water for impurity	Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md)
 NUM	20	intro	uzx8			0		# Numbers 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

From 309c7922c44082535f810131fd36d5d48822278e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 18:35:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 383/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7a0548c33a..29f65367be 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκ
 JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	10	vx3u	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	11	jt1f	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus says **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to him and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus says **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to himself and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	3	11	j1k1	figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	12	y4e9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	3	12	pt4x	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε	1	I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you	Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 578d228c2ec8b8419521a69abdc02a533273ae7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 18:54:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 384/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 29f65367be..0ffadb7676 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ JHN	3	12	c6ia	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπο
 JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	13	ld0m	figs-123person	ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	13	ocj0	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	14	tb3s	figs-simile	καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up	In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN	3	14	tb3s	figs-simile	καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up	In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God, and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	3	14	f9yi	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the wilderness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	14	savl	figs-123person	ὑψωθῆναι…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	14	krir	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From edc9e94dcbc14309995437b1ff5797444140e72e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 19:04:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 385/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0ffadb7676..825bd908a4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ JHN	3	16	h4ht		οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμο
 JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his Only Begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])

From c766d6c4b295b077cf9df22d1ce5ed1b7a046243 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 19:05:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 386/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 825bd908a4..eb76a19d38 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here,
 JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his Only Begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		**One and Only Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 06c225bfafe86ad4b9b35ef689b611aa9bc3ad69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 19:07:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 387/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index eb76a19d38..ed24d273aa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here
 JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		**One and Only Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From c685483a7957268238bd2fc772db2244d05d3346 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 19:16:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 388/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ed24d273aa..c35464ddf3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς
 JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God; it does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	17	zv1i		ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
 JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	17	kuow	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From c61b8907c91abc6d4b2907f463b9e1b819d294a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 19:42:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 389/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c35464ddf3..1176dc8745 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ JHN	3	18	tmz7	figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ
 JHN	3	18	t21p	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **name** represents Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	18	q8ku		τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
-JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
 JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1
 JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	q77t		ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
-JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way.. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From ad5352954f7aec252a9b2c243994ad5bb5df0bf6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 19:46:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 390/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1176dc8745..dab0b838c3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
 JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	**Aenon** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	**Salim** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 4d7e0073aeccdabd740aff21f73bb3a1003c30a3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 19:55:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 391/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dab0b838c3..fa15aba359 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -372,8 +372,8 @@ JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	I
 JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **dispute**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be minunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples, who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “look! He is baptizing” or “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

From ee52c169637566a7e2e96d8e5256747ab4b891e1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:02:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 392/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fa15aba359..d1ea8ba5b8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -375,12 +375,12 @@ JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τ
 JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples, who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “look! He is baptizing” or “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here, John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people John the Baptist is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people to whom John the Baptist is talking. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From c9963b1197deb8e034682d834ebbd70cd14f5ab4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:13:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 394/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d1ea8ba5b8..422c458c30 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”

From d27095b90d9eef839fe71d64ec9e92e05b20c5b5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:14:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 395/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 422c458c30..8f8db933e1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Fat
 JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
-JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
 JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμα
 JHN	5	32	nr3l	figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	another	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	33	athw	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	5	34	dseu	figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τ
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	40	t8mj	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	40	t8mj	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ JHN	13	20	zcyh	figs-doublet	ὁ λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει…λαμβά
 JHN	13	20	ksfj	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	21	bq84	figs-explicit	ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι	1	troubled	See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:33](../11/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	21	j7x1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	23	xvi8	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	23	xvi8	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	23	z8ze	translate-unknown	ἀνακείμενος	1	lying down at the table	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ JHN	18	14	xq5l	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		See how you tran
 JHN	18	14	fkx1		συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
 JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	15	p7ms	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	15	xshi	figs-explicit	ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν	1		Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	15	xshi	figs-explicit	ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν	1		Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	15	hch7	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	15	sr05	figs-explicit	τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	16	o10j	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2476,7 +2476,7 @@ JHN	19	31	f96h	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τ
 JHN	19	31	gz48	figs-explicit	κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main story line in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει	1	The one who saw this	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει	1	The one who saw this	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	36	uyvo	writing-quotations	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@ JHN	20	1	qj3j	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1		See how you
 JHN	20	1	gqn8	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…βλέπει	1	first day of the week	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	1	bdw5	figs-activepassive	βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον	1	she saw the stone rolled away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “sees that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	2	wn0k	figs-pastforfuture	τρέχει…ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	2	g2rn	figs-explicit	μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	2	g2rn	figs-explicit	μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	2	jm40	figs-123person	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a first person form earlier in the verse, then you will need to use the first person plural “us” here. Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	2	igzt	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	20	2	mkmh	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ JHN	21	5	jrth	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	21	5	wgd7	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1		Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	5	o62p	figs-explicit	μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε?	1		Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you surely do not have any fish to eat, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	6	l2jd	figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	you will find some	Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	21	7	u5c3	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	7	u5c3	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	kfh9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	loved	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	7	h3p4	figs-explicit	τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο	1	he tied up his outer garment	Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	eve2	writing-background	ἦν γὰρ γυμνός	1	for he was undressed	Here, **undressed** does not mean that Peter was naked. Rather, Peter had taken off **his outer garment** so that it would be easier for him to work. Now that he was about to greet Jesus, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off most of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων
 JHN	21	19	kpf6	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	20	eg23	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	20	wzm9	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	20	wzm9	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	20	ikd4	writing-pronouns	ἀκολουθοῦντα	1	loved	If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	20	ys31	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ	1	at the dinner	John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	20	aba3		Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν, ὁ παραδιδούς σε	1		See how you translated the similar sentence in [13:25](../13/25.md).

From 9d18ecaefbc46c7cbbd8550af35fc6ef7cc83a42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:19:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 396/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 0e5d396bd1..cb2422f0aa 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1103,7 +1103,8 @@ NUM	20	16	kh3u			0	Look	The word “look” here shows that they have stopped sp
 NUM	20	17	p7ra			0	Connecting Statement:	The messengers continue speaking to the king of Edom.
 NUM	20	17	udz8	figs-metonymy		0	We will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left	Here “turn aside” represents leaving the road. Alternate translation: “We will not leave the road in any direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	20	17	mcu3			0	the king’s highway	This is the main road that connects Damascus in the north to the Gulf of Aqabah in the south.
-NUM	20	18	dk9l	figs-you		0	You may not pass … to attack you	Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses, who represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Your people may not pass … to attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+NUM	20	18	dk9l	figs-you	לֹ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר בִּ֑⁠י פֶּן־ בַּ⁠חֶ֖רֶב אֵצֵ֥א לִ⁠קְרָאתֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	You may not pass through me, lest I go out to meet you with the sword	Here, **You** and **you** are singular and refer to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+NUM	20	18	g6q4	figs-synecdoche	לֹ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר בִּ֑⁠י פֶּן־ בַּ⁠חֶ֖רֶב אֵצֵ֥א לִ⁠קְרָאתֶֽ⁠ךָ	1	You may not pass through me, lest I go out to meet you with the sword	Here Moses represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Your people may not pass through me, or i will go out to meet them with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 NUM	20	18	cw7v	figs-metonymy		0	I will come with the sword	Here the sword represents the king’s army. Alternate translation: “I will send my army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	20	19	y3fv			0	the people of Israel	This phrase refers to the Israelite messengers.
 NUM	20	19	fp34	figs-idiom		0	walk through on foot	This idiom means that they would simply travel through the area by walking. They would not come in chariots to attack the people of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From 84259d7b147037ffb334ecc9eaebe8da93e4b026 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:23:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 397/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index cb2422f0aa..943ca047f9 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1113,7 +1113,8 @@ NUM	20	21	l8p8			0	cross over their border	Here “their” refers to the Edomit
 NUM	20	22	l1w6	figs-doublet		0	The people of Israel, the whole community	The phrase “the whole community” emphasizes that every person who was a part of “the people of Israel” was present, without exception. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 NUM	20	24	eh14	figs-euphemism		0	Aaron must be gathered to his people	This is a gentle way to say that Aaron must die. It means that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. Alternate translation: “Aaron must die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 NUM	20	24	z598			0	rebelled against my word	Alternate translation: “refused to do what I said”
-NUM	20	26	af1h	figs-parallelism		0	must die and be gathered to his people	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+NUM	20	26	af1h	figs-parallelism	יֵאָסֵ֖ף וּ⁠מֵ֥ת שָֽׁם	1	shall be gathered and die there	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM	20	26	yzob	figs-euphemism	יֵאָסֵ֖ף	1	shall be gathered	The phrase **shall be gathered** means that it is time for Aaron’s spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. This is a polite way of speaking about his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 NUM	20	29	lcr9	translate-numbers		0	thirty days	Alternate translation: “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
 NUM	21	intro	vi2c			0		# Numbers 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
 NUM	21	1	nsa6	figs-metonymy		0	he fought against Israel	Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 97dec1e3262656729c28bb581e8e2fa8958f352d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:26:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 398/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 943ca047f9..883b3f6937 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1136,7 +1136,8 @@ NUM	21	14	r97m	translate-names		0	Waheb in Suphah	These are both names of places
 NUM	21	15	i244			0	the slope of the valleys that lead toward the town of Ar and lie along the border of Moab	Alternate translation: “the valleys that go downhill to the town of Ar and lie along the border of Moab”
 NUM	21	16	s994			0	to Beer, the well	This can be stated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “to Beer. There was a well there”
 NUM	21	16	hnm3	figs-quotations		0	where Yahweh said to Moses, “Gather the people together for me to give them water.”	This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh told Moses to gather the people together for him to give them water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-NUM	21	17	g2jm	figs-metonymy		0	Spring up, well	Here “well” represents the water in the well. The Israelites are speaking to the water as if it were a person who could hear them, and they are asking for it to fill the well. Alternate translation: “Water, fill up the well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+NUM	21	17	g2jm	figs-metonymy	עֲלִ֥י בְאֵ֖ר	1	Rise up, well	Here, **well** represents the water in the well. Alternate translation: “Water, fill up the well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM	21	17	lb1s	figs-personification	עֲלִ֥י בְאֵ֖ר	1	Rise up, well	The Israelites are speaking to the water in the well as if it were a person who could hear them, and they are asking for it to fill the well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 NUM	21	18	ms4y	figs-parallelism		0	the well that our leaders dug, the well the nobles of the people dug	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the role of the leaders in digging the well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	21	18	mvp6	figs-explicit		0	with the scepter and their staffs	A scepter was carried by those with authority, and the staff was carried by everyone. Neither of these are digging tools. These two items emphasize that they were not too proud to use any means available. Alternate translation: “using even their scepter and staffs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	21	19	lgf8	translate-names		0	Nahaliel … Bamoth	These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From b8579ce9629f3abf6dad30efacb3523601efe475 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:30:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 399/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 883b3f6937..ec66a560d8 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1142,7 +1142,8 @@ NUM	21	18	ms4y	figs-parallelism		0	the well that our leaders dug, the well the n
 NUM	21	18	mvp6	figs-explicit		0	with the scepter and their staffs	A scepter was carried by those with authority, and the staff was carried by everyone. Neither of these are digging tools. These two items emphasize that they were not too proud to use any means available. Alternate translation: “using even their scepter and staffs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 NUM	21	19	lgf8	translate-names		0	Nahaliel … Bamoth	These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 NUM	21	20	uv3q	translate-names		0	Mount Pisgah	This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM	21	20	s19q	figs-idiom		0	looks down on the wilderness	This is an idiom. It is a way of saying that the mountain is high, and speaks of the mountain as if it were a person who looks down to see the wilderness below him. Alternate translation: “rises above the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+NUM	21	20	s19q	figs-idiom	וְ⁠נִשְׁקָ֖פָה עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠יְשִׁימֹֽן	1	and is looking down on the face of the wasteland	Here, **looking down** is an idiom. It is a way of saying that the mountain is high. Alternate translation: “and rises above the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM	21	20	exou	figs-personification	וְ⁠נִשְׁקָ֖פָה עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠יְשִׁימֹֽן	1	and is looking down on the face of the wasteland	This speaks of the mountain as if it were a person who looks down to see the wilderness below him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 NUM	21	21	mqq6	figs-metonymy		0	Then Israel	Here “Israel” refers to the people of Israel, and especially to their leaders. Alternate translation: “Then the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 NUM	21	22	en73			0	We will not turn into any field or vineyard	Alternate translation: “We will not go into any of your fields or vineyards”
 NUM	21	22	rgg6			0	the king’s highway	This is the main road that connects Damascus in the north to the Gulf of Aqabah in the south. See how you translated this in [Numbers 20:17](../20/17.md).

From d3a5b810182f29485cfc3e4862a7c46aaf58bf2a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:33:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 400/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index ec66a560d8..89a51f3a8e 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1159,7 +1159,8 @@ NUM	21	26	v9rj			0	Sihon had taken all his land	Here “his” refers to the kin
 NUM	21	27	bf5s	figs-parallelism		0	Heshbon … city of Sihon	These are two names that refer to the same city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	21	27	pw7i	figs-activepassive		0	Let the city of Sihon be rebuilt and established again	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let someone rebuild and establish again the city of Sihon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 NUM	21	27	a4ni	figs-doublet		0	rebuilt and established	These two terms are very similar and emphasize that the city will be fully rebuilt. Alternate translation: “completely rebuilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-NUM	21	28	hxh1	figs-parallelism		0	A fire blazed from Heshbon, a flame from the city of Sihon	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. The fire refers to a destroying army. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM	21	28	hxh1	figs-parallelism	כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן	1	For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM	21	28	qha8	figs-metaphor	כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽ⁠חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִ⁠קִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן	1	For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon	Here the destroying army is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	21	28	di4e	figs-metaphor		0	devoured Ar of Moab	The army of Sihon is spoken of as if it was an animal that ate up the city of Ar. Alternate translation: “destroyed the town of Ar in the land of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 NUM	21	29	cu3d	figs-parallelism		0	Moab … people of Chemosh	These two phrases refer to the same people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 NUM	21	29	r97r			0	people of Chemosh	Alternate translation: “Chemosh” was the name of the false god whom the Moabites worshiped. Alternate translation: “the people who worship Chemosh”

From 2f1b0f638657b6094f6338a96e49b31534afe3a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <lrsallee@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:49:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 401/674] Edit 'en_tn_04-NUM.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_04-NUM.tsv | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index 89a51f3a8e..6e57c8044f 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -1167,7 +1167,8 @@ NUM	21	29	r97r			0	people of Chemosh	Alternate translation: “Chemosh” was th
 NUM	21	29	n57w			0	He has made his sons	Alternate translation: “He” and “his” refer to Chemosh.
 NUM	21	30	k6au			0	we have conquered	Here “we” refers to the Israelites who defeated Sihon.
 NUM	21	30	aiy9	figs-activepassive		0	Heshbon is devastated	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have devastated Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM	21	30	x525	translate-names		0	Heshbon … all the way to Dibon … all the way to Nophah … to Medeba	These are all places in Sihon’s kingdom. This means the Israelites destroyed Sihon’s entire nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+NUM	21	30	x525	translate-names	אָבַ֥ד חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן עַד־ דִּיב֑וֹן…עַד־ נֹ֔פַח אֲשֶׁ֖רׄ עַד־ מֵֽידְבָֽא	1	Heshbon has perished as far as Dibon … as far as Nophah, which is as far as Medeba	**Heshbon**, **Dibon**, **Nophah**, and **Medeba** are all places in Sihon’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+NUM	21	30	lwy9	figs-merism	אָבַ֥ד חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן עַד־ דִּיב֑וֹן…עַד־ נֹ֔פַח אֲשֶׁ֖רׄ עַד־ מֵֽידְבָֽא	1	Heshbon has perished as far as Dibon … as far as Nophah, which is as far as Medeba	These places connected by **as far as** means the Israelites destroyed these places and everywhere in between—Sihon’s entire nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 NUM	21	32	f8n9			0	drove out	Alternate translation: “chased away”
 NUM	21	33	jc4b			0	went out against them	Alternate translation: “attacked them”
 NUM	21	34	wk2t			0	Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites	The Israelites had completely destroyed Sihon. Alternate translation: “Destroy him like you destroyed Sihon king of the Amorites”

From 4ee9e3100b5f1f2442794238db79b2e6768572b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 20:56:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 402/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8f8db933e1..d3389a6092 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγ
 JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	John the Baptist uses **bride** and **bridegroom** figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	29	nd5o	figs-123person	ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου	1		John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “But me, the friend of the bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	29	nd5o	figs-123person	ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου	1		John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	29	nfvx	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1		These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father 
 JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	This could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	c96p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	22	b2l6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ	1	For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	22	sc4t	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν	1		Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way.. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	5	22	sc4t	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν	1		Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	22	dtxw	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ	1		As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	23	iqn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1		**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

From 7124c223a71cb26636ed8b8d6937993a5bd10a2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 21:02:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 403/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d3389a6092..ab43d84e06 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -393,11 +393,11 @@ JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He m
 JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here, John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 9143cbaad611600c4baa95d304ae495231b22617 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 21:02:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 404/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ab43d84e06..3a53247c6b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Bap
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

From 427453a055f55b0bea6c136b2cb2577095b0db35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 21:08:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 405/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3a53247c6b..7f3e5fba6d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -400,17 +400,17 @@ JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase ref
 JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father … Son	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given … into his hand	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 442decaa07b421c60293aa58de06189c35622ae4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 21:08:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 406/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7f3e5fba6d..40f8e582b3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πν
 JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given … into his hand	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From b7600f095cf0ba63f99c097726b50b1092e7166e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 21:09:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 407/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 40f8e582b3..4fd5a59225 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father …
 JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given … into his hand	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From d633f841e34bb21408a5f60733d91c32ff603718 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 21:15:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 408/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4fd5a59225..760b1797f9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can al
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)<br>2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)<br>3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)<br>4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)<br>5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)<br>6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)<br>7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)<br><br>[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])<br><br>### “an hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).<br><br>### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).<br><br>### Harvest<br><br>Harvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### “The Samaritan woman”<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “in spirit and truth”<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
+JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria, because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
 JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–6](../04/01.md) give the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])

From 843612724ecda08f6aa1926d083f14fbe5ea865a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 21:17:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 409/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 760b1797f9..da76104de2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–6](../04/01.md) give the backgro
 JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were doing the baptizing. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	2	qz7h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	**Judea** and **Galilee** are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		**Samaria** is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 2538e9e25e4eebff104c24dd184991eef8fa1ca1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 21:33:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 410/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index da76104de2..b2695facb2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -425,13 +425,13 @@ JHN	4	1	ci4n			0	Connecting Statement:	John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may
 JHN	4	1	b1vc	figs-infostructure	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	4	1	h6ek	writing-newevent	ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Now when Jesus knew	**Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	2	d4ng	figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	Jesus himself was not baptizing	Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were doing the baptizing. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN	4	2	qz7h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	4	2	qz7h	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	3	dm2t	translate-names	τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	he left Judea and went back again to Galilee	**Judea** and **Galilee** are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		**Samaria** is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in [verse 3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	5	ff7t	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		**Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		In this case, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	6	vwdf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1		This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ JHN	4	6	yjzo		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1		In this culture, people began cou
 JHN	4	7	kswz	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	7	g82d	figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and taken the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”

From ef57949e1097e9dfe5d28558ae7724a1975b9b02 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 23:42:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 411/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b2695facb2..9951b0ade4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -451,14 +451,14 @@ JHN	4	10	ua0b	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν
 JHN	4	10	zub5	figs-extrainfo	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	living water	The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	11	pf7q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	11	mw2b		κύριε	1		The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	4	11	nwln		τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse.
+JHN	4	11	nwln		τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν	1		See how you translated **the living water** in the previous verse.
 JHN	4	12	di9q	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ?	1	You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob … cattle?	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	12	sj7n	figs-ellipsis	ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν	1	drank from it	Here, John records the woman leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “drank water from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	4	13	leu7		διψήσει πάλιν	1	will be thirsty again	Alternate translation: “will need to drink water again”
 JHN	4	14	udxp	figs-exmetaphor	ὃς δ’ ἂν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει…τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος, ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Jesus speaks about receiving the Holy Spirit by continuing the metaphor of water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “but whoever is like one who drinks from the water that I will give him will be like one who never thirsts … the water that I will give him will become like a fountain of water in him, resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	15	vzoy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	15	iz1p		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	4	15	hd9f		ἀντλεῖν	1	draw water	Here, **draw** refers to scooping water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well”
+JHN	4	15	hd9f		ἀντλεῖν	1	draw water	Here, **draw** refers to taking water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well”
 JHN	4	16	ii7c	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	h5pt	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

From 8380799625daed9e5b858613ef2c8102a4d180b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 23:43:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 412/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9951b0ade4..3389b35431 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ JHN	4	15	hd9f		ἀντλεῖν	1	draw water	Here, **draw** refers to taking wat
 JHN	4	16	ii7c	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	h5pt	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From d2d100f6e4b16a5a68f51050c207c1f9d5a85d46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 23:45:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 413/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3389b35431..7fc7a83cbf 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα 
 JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From f1041cfc690bdde13de49ff092d66275a99e37b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 23:47:34 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 414/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7fc7a83cbf..d56c04f6e1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JHN	4	21	tisq		γύναι	1		Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If i
 JHN	4	21	eccs	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	4	21	nu5m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	you will worship the Father	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** here is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural here in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

From 87ba2f7e1860f361d3555edbe0da903d69070bca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 23:49:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 415/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d56c04f6e1..eb565a1a0e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what y
 JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	4	23	bs1p	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	4	23	bs1p	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit”
 JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

From 467fb80d28270a56eb25c944c07ba6bca1854653 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 20 May 2022 23:55:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 416/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index eb565a1a0e..e0564d1dd3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -487,15 +487,15 @@ JHN	4	25	ip1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including the people whom she was speaking to, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including the people to whom she was speaking, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	26	lvgs	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	26	rbgo	figs-123person	ὁ λαλῶν σοι	1		Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this would confuse your readers, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
-JHN	4	27	p39j	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	27	p39j	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman, because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	27	cbc9		τί ζητεῖς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
 JHN	4	28	f13n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	28	iu9d	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me even though I never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
 JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”

From b9d4e7ea7851a04b1c349f749dbc068a1f892c9e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:03:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 417/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e0564d1dd3..3eef3b146f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -501,16 +501,16 @@ JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
 JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing God's will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
 JHN	4	34	bnke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase, **lift up your eyes**, is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could convey the meaning with a simile or do it plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])

From 341fa089a220a730ef0d4e5bf1f40482a00b4380 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:04:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 418/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3eef3b146f..9c497e20aa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶ
 JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could convey the meaning with a simile or do it plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers to the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 4ddedb8917a99d9fa7f763fac97b3bdb02479715 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:06:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 419/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9c497e20aa..101189db34 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1
 JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers to the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say,” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From f5d67036f9773cbb4abc033748bf6641b0df58e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:14:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 420/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 101189db34..a1c2f1aa27 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -518,11 +518,11 @@ JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak fig
 JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say,” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to join others or participate with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
+JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you join in doing their work”
 JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From ff9873c7b32e0db5ae3f60a182e1fe7c273392f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:16:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 421/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a1c2f1aa27..a9558f6036 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -522,8 +522,8 @@ JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse
 JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you join in doing their work”
-JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
+JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From cc86919c450853695e1742ec5ba33a3f78a55527 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:21:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 422/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a9558f6036..f3a13e7b6d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -530,14 +530,14 @@ JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **w
 JHN	4	42	u7ev	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1		Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	42	ciyt	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	43	gj2f	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	44	t1li	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	For Jesus himself declared	The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	44	fx22		προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	a prophet has no honor in his own country	Alternate translation: “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
 JHN	4	44	syl9		ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι	1		This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
-JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
 JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

From fbd58fc1505e86667464f29607c7596fbf64ee77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:23:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 423/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f3a13e7b6d..bd57e0bcd4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since
 JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	46	vp1m	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “royal official” identifies this man as a someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])

From 9d30932e94d3eac59f0ed16a3dd8b33b994ec858 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:25:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 424/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bd57e0bcd4..ac8eb50096 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -544,11 +544,11 @@ JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is
 JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	46	vp1m	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “royal official” identifies this man as a someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+JHN	4	46	vp1m	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression **royal official** identifies this man as someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	4	47	brcf	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	47	p2nv	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1		See how you translated this name in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	47	scql	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	47	p2nv	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1		See how you translated **Judea** in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	4	47	scql	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		See how you translated **Galilee** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	47	eqga	writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	4	48	hlts	figs-you	ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε	1		The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 666267e193ad67e78292f17a6b4e934aab83264e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:31:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 425/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ac8eb50096..ac6bc8af4c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -560,10 +560,10 @@ JHN	4	50	n5mo	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate whom they are speaking to. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate to whom they are speaking. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	x2ta	figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	y2e9	writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	52	qdye		ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about one o’clock in the afternoon”
+JHN	4	52	qdye		ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at about one o’clock in the afternoon”
 JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

From 9d44c493564e1394e9ded373bc4775e56e5ba9f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:32:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 426/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ac6bc8af4c..7f44baa486 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -564,11 +564,11 @@ JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτο
 JHN	4	52	x2ta	figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	y2e9	writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	52	qdye		ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at about one o’clock in the afternoon”
-JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
-JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
+JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term, **sign**, in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)<br>2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)<br>3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)<br>4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>In the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–4](../05/01.md) give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

From 2c24abec4a95374cea93c1502f80186bbe7b7e64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:34:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 427/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7f44baa486..87ee12f009 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ JHN	4	28	f13n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	4	28	iu9d	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me even though I never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
-JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town to whom the woman had spoken. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
 JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ JHN	20	17	q3x5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πα
 JHN	20	17	whh9	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου	1	brothers	Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples who are like brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	17	dokk	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	brothers	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “say to them that I go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	20	17	hogb	figs-pastforfuture	ἀναβαίνω	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-doublet	πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return to. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-doublet	πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	20	18	unzu	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	18	m6xn	figs-go	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	Your language may say “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	20	18	zf17	figs-ellipsis	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 044d09ecafd67d128b3e1003ed590d1756e4750a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:35:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 428/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 87ee12f009..741214c1d5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ JHN	5	30	ayn1	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one w
 JHN	5	31	f9vc	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.	1		Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	32	nr3l	figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	another	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	33	athw	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])

From 109f1dcc2d915b673c86f9412031b3c2ac15cd3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:35:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 429/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 741214c1d5..4189fdf7e0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus mak
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)<br>2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)<br>3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical Ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 411869f293833254c3f7422bb5b1e7d238c67089 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:36:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 430/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4189fdf7e0..3cd3ced856 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what
 JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	2	hhgj	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυναγώγους	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	2	i79b	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	2	xueq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of what **an hour** refers to. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+JHN	16	2	xueq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of to what **an hour** refers. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	16	3	k4r6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	4	b8z1	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	4	blb2	figs-metonymy	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν	1	when their hour comes	See how you translated **hour** in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From c6ae37abf8c10783b72c01c6b1ed0f39f48e95ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:36:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 431/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3cd3ced856..1fb05230af 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ JHN	16	17	w3kp		ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1		See how yo
 JHN	16	17	sz1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	18	mmdm		τὸ μικρόν	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
 JHN	16	19	j7wv	figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με?	1	Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’?	**Jesus** is using this question to get his disciples to focus on what he has just told them so that he can give an explanation. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are seeking among yourselves concerning this, that I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	16	19	rwoq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι εἶπον	1		The word **that** introduces a clause that explains what the preceding **this** refers to. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “name, that I said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+JHN	16	19	rwoq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι εἶπον	1		The word **that** introduces a clause that explains to what the preceding **this** refers. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “name, that I said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	16	19	ya90		μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1		See how you translated this statement in [verses 16](../16/16.md).
 JHN	16	20	jx6s	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the world will be glad	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From a0f605e997268353a2b62e8fdbb67c12a0967f93 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:42:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 432/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1fb05230af..94495f1c6a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -569,16 +569,16 @@ JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υ
 JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
 JHN	4	54	jvfs		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term, **sign**, in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)<br>2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)<br>3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)<br>4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Healing water<br><br>Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).<br><br>### Testimony<br><br>In the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).<br><br>### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man<br><br>Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	5	intro	qe17			0		# John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again, and they will live with him forever, because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever, because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–4](../05/01.md) give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
 JHN	5	2	h3w5		κολυμβήθρα	1	pool	This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.
-JHN	5	2	w377	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1		When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	2	w377	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1		When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	**Bethesda** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	5	2	luz3		στοὰς	1	roofed porches	These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
 JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1		This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers to the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers being at the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	6	w97q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	7	aeu3		κύριε	1	Sir, I do not have	The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From a5dd1f22200a9361e7491d67e34ae391d5976415 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:48:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 433/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 94495f1c6a..41ca35918f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -585,11 +585,11 @@ JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when
 JHN	5	7	kul6		εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	into the pool	See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md).
 JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
 JHN	5	8	eqe4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Get up	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in [verses 10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “On the day that Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in [verses 10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: The day on which Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	10	qydu	figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
-JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”
 JHN	5	11	kpkd	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	5	12	r7nx	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 53bdb9a948c936a94bf1603152c476941a0e7d5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 00:51:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 434/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 41ca35918f..f2d19a3572 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ JHN	5	13	qtsj	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ἰαθεὶς	1		If your language does n
 JHN	5	13	tijo	figs-ellipsis	τίς ἐστιν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	13	sgx1	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1		This could refer to: (1) the reason why Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “because a crowd was in the place” (2) the time when Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “while a crowd was in the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	13	qzpi	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλου	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	5	14	rl0k	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	5	14	rl0k	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		**After these things** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events which the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	14	h1ri	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει	1	Jesus found him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	14	qo3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	14	h39z	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	See	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 690865ee6a6e29221a6906d829734e19e286701f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:00:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 435/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f2d19a3572..3944831a1f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Je
 JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From cb91f8eda1360e319d8e645c474c7a4e545f9716 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:01:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 436/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3944831a1f..25cf751f3d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -611,9 +611,9 @@ JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite ar
 JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From 29b2c6320d9c49458e0d69ae3493dbb073c89a46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:02:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 437/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 25cf751f3d..8810d5b454 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** ref
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 24d1b850f6d9b2cffd34eaa7dad13b5664f7fb15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:14:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 438/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8810d5b454..7cbcb94251 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this would confuse your readers, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to
 JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	20	y4yy	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	This could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	The phrase **makes them alive** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	c96p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	22	b2l6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ	1	For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	22	sc4t	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν	1		Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν
 JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 2507bbe400541274bd8734ff1cecc8f28de7c6c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:15:23 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 439/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7cbcb94251..1f62817f96 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group
 JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
 JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	25	v33w	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])

From 1dcc99a66766c5e0f80f59e5c49f0e138b270fa2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:16:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 440/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1f62817f96..4c3013302f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
 JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	25	v33w	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	5	25	kosy	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	25	kosy	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	25	l2xy	figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ	1		Here, **the dead** could refer to: (1) people who are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead” (2) people who are physically dead. Alternate translation: “the physically dead” (3) both the spiritually dead and physically dead. In this case, **an hour that is coming** would refer to the future resurrection of the dead while **is now** would refer to those spiritually dead people who were listening to Jesus when he spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead and physically dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	25	d81y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	25	croa	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

From 6686b573e59b17db5889e42ec1cb40c489fba391 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:18:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 441/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4c3013302f..fd4220460a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	5	25	v33w	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	25	kosy	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	25	l2xy	figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ	1		Here, **the dead** could refer to: (1) people who are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead” (2) people who are physically dead. Alternate translation: “the physically dead” (3) both the spiritually dead and physically dead. In this case, **an hour that is coming** would refer to the future resurrection of the dead while **is now** would refer to those spiritually dead people who were listening to Jesus when he spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead and physically dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	25	d81y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	5	25	d81y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	25	croa	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	25	voy8	figs-explicit	ἀκούσουσιν…οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, **heard** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated “hearing” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will heed … those who have heeded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	25	k1ii	figs-explicit	ζήσουσιν	1		This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 48fbc5950873c8b1c8e9179e3a5f742a8ed810e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:20:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 442/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fd4220460a..6c59789275 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -659,8 +659,8 @@ JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Fath
 JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	h9em	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority** and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Man's authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	28	h9l7	figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	29	vwuo	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

From 3ea75a9beaeeedc45c6adcebc0d038cc04799d1f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:35:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 444/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6c59789275..ebc1e15323 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -686,12 +686,12 @@ JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to acc
 JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus is speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 8de5abe67c654b2409677a57942da69e33e1e0ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:40:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 445/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ebc1e15323..7ae07a1d61 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do n
 JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
-JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1		Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	44	g7qd	figs-ellipsis	πιστεῦσαι	1	believe	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	44	rn78		δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες	1		Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”

From fa09303faa549712b036a7e43d1ad676d9097f2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:45:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 446/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7ae07a1d61..870b917142 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth were objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

From 702dd5531ceec9035f9595c9311c8e790f82481f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:46:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 447/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 870b917142..a05cf5ab06 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John
 JHN	2	17	jp55	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here J
 JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1		See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he is **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	8	mxjc		οὕτως ἐστὶν	1		This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
 JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
 JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From d6637dcd57c6015e52cffbc392f2d1a8b654b5d3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:51:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 448/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a05cf5ab06..c62df7aae8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)<br>2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)<br>3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
+JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
 JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0		Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1751,7 +1751,7 @@ JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς το
 JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	k6td	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully as if the darkness of sin has taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ JHN	14	12	h2rh	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works**
 JHN	14	12	ui5t	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	13	bn30	figs-ellipsis	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Jesus is leaving out some a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-idiom	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself was requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-idiom	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself were requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	13	zr8g	figs-123person	ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Son	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “in me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2172,7 +2172,7 @@ JHN	16	32	yza2	figs-activepassive	σκορπισθῆτε	1	you will be scattere
 JHN	16	32	zjnx		εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1		Alternate translation: “each of you to his own place” or “every one of you to his own place”
 JHN	16	32	k3br	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father is with me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε	1	so that you will have peace in me	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience a peaceful feeling in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they are objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they were objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:<br><br>1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)<br>2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)<br>3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.

From f94a452b336ca979ec084ea65c70836a43a84b1c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:52:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 449/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c62df7aae8..bbb6107ab5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of
 JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
+JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
 JHN	2	1	rl16	writing-background		0		Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	1	vw9e	writing-newevent	τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Three days later	This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	1	po3t	translate-names	Κανὰ	1		**Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From c70a8c64f5274686bd24da81d65f42431f78df98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:52:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 450/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bbb6107ab5..4f46d97ba0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Althou
 JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Although both instances of the word **man** are masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)<br>2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### The kingdom of God<br><br>The kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>### Born again<br><br>A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	1	yl6f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	1	s9p9	writing-participants	ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ,	1	Now	Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 450d1f76e0d8b3e4d96d9cb76791c9c49d69551a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:53:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 451/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4f46d97ba0..79014bec51 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verd
 JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 3a14b23a9add60a1614ae468acef6d609c50e7c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:55:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 452/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 79014bec51..bfe424e574 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
-JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns 	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 2f19c380dbd2f23fb43b96a22f8169d7fe31befe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 01:55:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 453/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bfe424e574..79014bec51 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
-JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns 	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 3f46434287e748247e019eb37382ded52f83066a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 21:22:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 454/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 79014bec51..3289fd6109 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -709,14 +709,14 @@ JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus mak
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important metaphors in this chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Parenthetical Ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important Metaphors in this Chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Parenthetical ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase, **After these things**,  introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	2	ebel	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
+JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From c86ed27a7e8364acb458b7d581f87d8fd26e2533 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 21:23:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 455/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3289fd6109..4bb0b6d081 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean
 JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated the man's name,**Philip**, in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From b2496d1694ff67223ee6d44fcc9d7b8ccde5f53c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 21:27:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 456/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4bb0b6d081..01caf51e0f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -723,9 +723,9 @@ JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense i
 JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated the man's name,**Philip**, in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	i0cw	translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	diq0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From f787211413bbfee8f2ca63309e20ea2c0372850b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 21:51:18 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 457/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 01caf51e0f..66f88053a3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -726,8 +726,8 @@ JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here Joh
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
-JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	6	8	i0cw	translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated the name **Andrew** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	8	i0cw	translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	diq0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	9	k3k6	translate-unknown	πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	five bread loaves of barley	The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	9	xwu8	figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους?	1	what are these among so many?	Andrew is using the question form to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone.If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ JHN	6	12	qp1n	figs-quotations	λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτο
 JHN	6	13	h64z	translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1		Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	14	d7lp	figs-gendernotations	οἱ…ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	14	gmat		ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
-JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	14	g8zb	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	15	rfbr		γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
 JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])

From 6eaa219830c6a99325c8edf6116ad8d52939c4b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 22:09:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 458/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 66f88053a3..3d8db9c1d5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -747,17 +747,17 @@ JHN	6	13	h64z	translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1		Here, **baskets** refers to
 JHN	6	14	d7lp	figs-gendernotations	οἱ…ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	14	gmat		ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
 JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	14	g8zb	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	14	g8zb	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	the prophet	Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	15	rfbr		γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
-JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
-JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had two, four, or six people who **rowed** with oars together on each side side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having pushed the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and one half or five and one half kilometers” or “about thee or three and one half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	6	19	diko	figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	20	tjg9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 429f6a1d37fd8996e993bb06f9924cc6eedd763d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 22:11:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 459/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3d8db9c1d5..070608bbd9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέο
 JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and one half or five and one half kilometers” or “about thee or three and one half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
+JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	6	19	diko	figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	20	tjg9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 1b2498b2b9a051bc9ab94f6ea06a3c218abd74bb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 22:31:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 460/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 070608bbd9..5a11632788 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -766,12 +766,12 @@ JHN	6	22	v8cn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated
 JHN	6	22	ho60	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν	1		Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1		In this verse John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From eec436865280447886a80da7270657c0763463cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 22:35:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 461/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5a11632788..bd57586063 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on th
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	26	yef5	figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here Jesus is using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself because he is the source of salvation who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here Jesus is using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself, because he is the source of salvation, the One who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	27	plfi	figs-ellipsis	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	27	w74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δώσει; τοῦτον	1		These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει	1	eternal life which the Son of Man will give you	This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])

From fa0af38192630f7f05900368ee8ae1ac7073ed64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 22:39:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 462/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bd57586063..4d1c4935ca 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -777,12 +777,12 @@ JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on th
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	26	yef5	figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here Jesus is using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself, because he is the source of salvation, the One who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	27	hmfw	figs-extrainfo	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here Jesus is using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself, because he is the source of salvation, the One who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever, and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	27	plfi	figs-ellipsis	τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	27	w74i	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δώσει; τοῦτον	1		These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει	1	eternal life which the Son of Man will give you	This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man … God the Father	**Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-idiom	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1		To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

From 666e2b8a6507f29e758aee0c26320665b0917eb4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 23:56:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 463/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4d1c4935ca..ef349569dc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 
 JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man … God the Father	**Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-idiom	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1		To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God  ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From a8d081651832f3e23d9c90b12560974a7ebb40d6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 21 May 2022 23:58:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 464/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ef349569dc..8372e1390a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, *
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 7f8f686c1a75eff23d8bc301fa439a2322372a9f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:00:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 465/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8372e1390a..5b640d7c6b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If
 JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	e6s1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
 JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 72df61103820a608b88e900074fc71dee361a406 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:14:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 466/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5b640d7c6b..b7bd482376 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -795,13 +795,13 @@ JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτο
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	e6s1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
-JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here Jesus is using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
+JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father**, not Moses, was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here Jesus is using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated the word **bread** earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 31bb6d0e4b95137f56096a842c8ef74b3a579eec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:16:04 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 467/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b7bd482376..21a5938877 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated the word **b
 JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From defd6ef78b18ba518e1a78b2a9df55b936f1fbb3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:17:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 468/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 21a5938877..a2b9dad31d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐραν
 JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From f6fde7e3527aaf097969667348af62fff8edd588 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:23:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 470/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a2b9dad31d..c3575b0b50 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **
 JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	fpgo	figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 6d81f6826a7aeb8ac1f0f595853e1ebdc8b33fdd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:24:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 471/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c3575b0b50..377aaedbd7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -814,9 +814,9 @@ JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eterna
 JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	fpgo	figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to express a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	38	cpi9	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 7a48601e58e0a254bf86a8b2e88795add95c239f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:32:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 472/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 377aaedbd7..6fa6f6c774 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -817,11 +817,11 @@ JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here,
 JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to express a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	38	cpi9	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	39	uqjy	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	39	p8s0	writing-pronouns	μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1		Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 7b35595216ef8c4acf1a89d57888006df09c6f79 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:34:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 473/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6fa6f6c774..ff47d0ebfe 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -825,9 +825,9 @@ JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτο
 JHN	6	39	p8s0	writing-pronouns	μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1		Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).

From a2e3e520b72eadacbdbaa61abeaa0922152db96b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:36:23 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 474/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ff47d0ebfe..dbb286dd39 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the las
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
 JHN	6	41	e216	figs-synecdoche	οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	41	wwa5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	I am the bread	Here the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	42	z0zh	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “How then does he now say that he has come down from heaven?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	44	zis9	figs-explicit	ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1		Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 3d91e80c7734d16dd0ced2e6b32338275c5929c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:39:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 475/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dbb286dd39..13a752b052 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -867,10 +867,10 @@ JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ
 JHN	6	50	y1x9	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1		John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	50	gse5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἄρτος	1		See how you translated this in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **die** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **die** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life” that Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])

From 2a85611198a6a910fa6eb143af984c1611814f0e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:50:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 476/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 13a752b052..992887a6ca 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -871,9 +871,9 @@ JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **d
 JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -881,12 +881,12 @@ JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δο
 JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	53	q8jl	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here Jesus is using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	hkr8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	53	quje	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	53	j1ga	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν	1	you will not have life in yourselves	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life	The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	54	etdh	figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		As in the previous verse, these two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	6	54	etdh	figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		As in the previous verse, these two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	54	qia5	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here Jesus is using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])

From 748c4413fdcc3b9be7567c4b027879766c9b9f42 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:51:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 477/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 992887a6ca..a68c5b1106 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -890,8 +890,8 @@ JHN	6	54	etdh	figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ 
 JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	54	qia5	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	at the last day	Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here Jesus is using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	55	j4ud	figs-doublet	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1		As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	6	55	j4ud	figs-doublet	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1		As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	56	eaoy	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα	1		See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	56	rjpa	figs-ellipsis	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 3e37eda8e808df347e555b921ddc073eb51c56f2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 00:55:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 478/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a68c5b1106..8393dbe55a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here Jesus is
 JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	55	j4ud	figs-doublet	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1		As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	56	eaoy	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα	1		See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	56	rjpa	figs-ellipsis	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	57	y334	figs-explicit	ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ	1		Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	krma	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From a7052ebfd829d73baf97af07c8c9cba6b147e6aa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 01:03:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 479/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8393dbe55a..9124b74203 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -921,21 +921,21 @@ JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν το
 JHN	6	62	v4tr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	62	ibnq	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	63	ygqi	figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1		Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “human nature” (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	ygqi	figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1		Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	63	plw8		πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
 JHN	6	63	gb29		καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
-JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	In this sentence John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	64	rlhr	figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες	1		The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	65	e9ex	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	65	e9ex	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	c3cl	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From f2dd15a9a469af2c0076cc6c1bab1cc20f72091b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 01:05:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 480/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9124b74203..237f1d081e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pr
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 1034fd3313325d47ed54a5cace055309694c2830 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 01:10:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 481/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 237f1d081e..6e6225da74 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -940,12 +940,12 @@ JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπά
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	69	o3w6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	70	k335	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	70	jl5i	figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1		The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 409d5009ec748c21d8c59aa0f9f5caeca3a21c65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 01:11:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 482/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6e6225da74..9b30a14a1a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ JHN	6	70	k335	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated *
 JHN	6	70	jl5i	figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1		The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	71	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	71	joha	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου	1		**Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 
 JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)<br>2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)<br>3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)<br>4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)<br>5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)<br>6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)<br>7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Believing in him”<br><br>A recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br><br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br><br>This is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.<br><br>### Irony<br><br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br><br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From b2033ce79f63053cfbcb340ed1154c3b26af902e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 23:50:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 483/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9b30a14a1a..c8ca84f5cc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ JHN	6	70	k335	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated *
 JHN	6	70	jl5i	figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1		The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	71	z9yc	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	71	joha	translate-names	Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου	1		**Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 
+JHN	6	71	lttr	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)<br>2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)<br>3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)<br>4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)<br>5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)<br>6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)<br>7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Believing in him”<br><br>A recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### “My time has not yet come”<br><br>This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.<br><br>### “Living water”<br><br>This is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br><br>In [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.<br><br>### Irony<br><br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Did not believe in him”<br><br>Jesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχε
 JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1		See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth,’ your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	ch0y	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)<br>2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)<br>3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)<br>4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)<br>5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blasphemy<br><br>Blasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).<br><br>### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])<br><br>### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”<br><br>### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
+JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)\n2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)\n3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)\n4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)\n5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Blasphemy\n\nBlasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or claims that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nParables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. People who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).\n\n### Sheep\n\nJesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])\n\n### Sheep pen\n\nA sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep for periods of time, such as over night. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”\n\n### Laying down and taking up life\n\nJesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
 JHN	10	1	gzd8	figs-parables		0	General Information:	In [verses 1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus speaks a parable, which he then uses for teaching purposes in [verses 7–18](../10/07.md). Here, the “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus and “sheep” is a metaphor for people. “His own sheep” are the people who follow Jesus, and the **thief**, **robber**, and “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. Since Jesus does not explain the meaning of this parable here, you should not explain the metaphors within the parable itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees whom he was speaking with at the end of the last chapter. This section continues the story which began in [9:35](../09/35.md).
 JHN	10	1	i3tj	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From ebe06f5519a34db6352811059dcf5ddf620fb3c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 23:53:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 484/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c8ca84f5cc..a59d31fe68 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\
 JHN	10	1	gzd8	figs-parables		0	General Information:	In [verses 1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus speaks a parable, which he then uses for teaching purposes in [verses 7–18](../10/07.md). Here, the “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus and “sheep” is a metaphor for people. “His own sheep” are the people who follow Jesus, and the **thief**, **robber**, and “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. Since Jesus does not explain the meaning of this parable here, you should not explain the metaphors within the parable itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
 JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees whom he was speaking with at the end of the last chapter. This section continues the story which began in [9:35](../09/35.md).
 JHN	10	1	i3tj	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	10	1	xq1f	translate-unknown	αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	sheep pen	A **sheep pen** is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	10	1	xq1f	translate-unknown	αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	sheep pen	A **sheep pen** is an enclosed or fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	1	zz7x	figs-explicit	κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “the gate guard” or “the person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

From 7ee32d07558f0dbbcb199653814a7fc057910d04 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 22 May 2022 23:55:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 485/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a59d31fe68..609d92ee0f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1353,8 +1353,8 @@ JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus c
 JHN	10	1	i3tj	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	1	xq1f	translate-unknown	αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	sheep pen	A **sheep pen** is an enclosed or fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	1	zz7x	figs-explicit	κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “the gate guard” or “the person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “The gate guard” or “The person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	3	q48q	figs-ellipsis	ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	3	ploz	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ	1		In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	3	db3c	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This is implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From d3a0792d0b1da3eaaebdaf102c3f26919a33a11f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 00:10:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 486/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 609d92ee0f..26f12224f1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus i
 JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “The gate guard” or “The person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	3	q48q	figs-ellipsis	ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	3	ploz	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ	1		In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	10	3	db3c	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This is implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	3	db3c	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	3	zxsd	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα	1		Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	4	n1ta	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	5	z8dm	grammar-collectivenouns	τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν	1		Here, the word **voice** is singular in form, but it refers to all of the strangers’ voices as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the voices of strangers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus u
 JHN	10	7	q4hs	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	7	wk8s	figs-possession	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Her, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the sheep	Here, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	**Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	o7ou	figs-explicit	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [verse 1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your lang
 JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-ellipsis	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	10	zho7	writing-pronouns	ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 7e8c456738ba56acac96a054192a60e5e76ee009 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 00:32:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 487/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 26f12224f1..087211d525 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1390,11 +1390,11 @@ JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus
 JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	11	p4tv	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	lays down his life	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	12	bbwn	translate-unknown	τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος	1	The hired servant	A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	12	j3rc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει	1		This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep and then the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN	10	12	j3rc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει	1		This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep and the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	10	13	ra00	figs-activepassive	μισθωτός	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	13	szr8	figs-metaphor	οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων	1	does not care for the sheep	Jesus compares a **hired man** who abandons **the sheep** to the Jewish leaders and teachers who do not care for God’s people. See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “he is not concerned about the sheep, just like your leaders are not concerned about God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	14	fg93	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	See how you translated this in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 91ae6f9d40ed5db47d0d4d395a75ce9070541eb5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 00:32:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 488/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 087211d525..72de34b6cb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1394,7 +1394,7 @@ JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus use
 JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	12	bbwn	translate-unknown	τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος	1	The hired servant	A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	12	j3rc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει	1		This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep and the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN	10	12	j3rc	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει	1		This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep, and the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	10	13	ra00	figs-activepassive	μισθωτός	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	13	szr8	figs-metaphor	οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων	1	does not care for the sheep	Jesus compares a **hired man** who abandons **the sheep** to the Jewish leaders and teachers who do not care for God’s people. See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “he is not concerned about the sheep, just like your leaders are not concerned about God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	14	fg93	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	See how you translated this in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From d8af139700df645070546764e47a85cdcdcf5f8a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 00:46:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 489/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 72de34b6cb..900652eb30 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other she
 JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	v95z	figs-ellipsis	κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν	1	I have other sheep	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	16	kq11	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν	1	I have other sheep	Here, **hear** refers to listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group, like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	bobi	figs-metaphor	εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	17	kd16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
 JHN	10	17	i59j	figs-infostructure	διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1		Here, **this** refers to all the information in the second clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because I lay down my life so that I might take it up again, the Father loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])

From 0f5a37a87df6a1598a31d8995a5a524ec7f33264 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 00:47:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 490/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 900652eb30..ffa9f17a15 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ JHN	10	20	uoce		δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1		See how you translated a similar
 JHN	10	20	gm3r	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε?	1	Why do you listen to him?	Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	21	zrwb	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου	1		Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	21	mj2b	figs-rquestion	μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι?	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	The people are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that a **demon** could heal a **blind** person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	10	21	dcau	figs-metonymy	τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to caused the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	21	dcau	figs-metonymy	τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	22	f9cm	writing-background		0	General Information:	Some Jews begin to question Jesus during **the Festival of Dedication**. This verse gives background information about the time when the events of [verses 24–39](../10/24.md) took place. The next verse gives background information about the place where those events too place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	10	22	w25f	translate-unknown	τὰ ἐνκαίνια	1	Festival of Dedication	The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	23	v6wn	figs-synecdoche	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus was walking in the temple	**Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From f61764d666278476d875128665a1ab836ec2bd9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 00:50:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 491/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ffa9f17a15..3a8b52abdc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1430,7 +1430,7 @@ JHN	10	22	w25f	translate-unknown	τὰ ἐνκαίνια	1	Festival of Dedicatio
 JHN	10	23	v6wn	figs-synecdoche	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus was walking in the temple	**Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	23	henb	figs-possession	τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος	1	porch	Here, the possessive form describes **the porch** that was associated with King **Solomon** in some way. It may have been the only remaining part of the temple built during the time of **Solomon**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the porch associated with Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	23	hw7y	translate-names	Σολομῶνος	1	porch	**Solomon** is the name of a man, the king who oversaw the building of the first Jewish temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	10	23	cs2b	translate-unknown	στοᾷ	1	porch	A **porch** was a structure with a roof, had at least one wall missing, and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	10	23	cs2b	translate-unknown	στοᾷ	1	porch	A **porch** was a structure with a roof; it had at least one wall missing and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	24	m8ja	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews surrounded him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	Here, **taking away our life** is an idiom that means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated this in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 910b90db97c9e9a476b0720507a479cdcca8bd90 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 00:51:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 492/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3a8b52abdc..bc244efcfc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ JHN	10	23	henb	figs-possession	τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος	1	por
 JHN	10	23	hw7y	translate-names	Σολομῶνος	1	porch	**Solomon** is the name of a man, the king who oversaw the building of the first Jewish temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	10	23	cs2b	translate-unknown	στοᾷ	1	porch	A **porch** was a structure with a roof; it had at least one wall missing and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	24	m8ja	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews surrounded him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	Here, **taking away our life** is an idiom that means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us doubting	Here, **taking away our life** is an idiom that means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will you keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated this in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From fe21dc93ba8a73b8f5f95428d76b0e0d66909b0d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 00:57:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 493/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bc244efcfc..613c2c252a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ JHN	10	32	uvdo	figs-explicit	πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ…αὐτῶν ἔ
 JHN	10	32	kttb		ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the source of the **good works**. Alternate translation: “originating from the Father” (2) the one who enabled the **good works**. Alternate translation: “given to me by the Father”
 JHN	10	32	t5q8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	32	tx8h	figs-irony	διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε	1	For which of those works are you stoning me?	Here Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-JHN	10	33	bq1l	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	See how you translated this in [verse 31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	10	33	bq1l	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	See how you translated this in [verse 31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	33	khfg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ βλασφημίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you blaspheme” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	10	33	w0v8	figs-explicit	βλασφημίας	1		Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [verse 30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”

From e86a00f322f30ea4cc0cc472fedd243f057cc945 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 01:00:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 494/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 613c2c252a..b2081f6001 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ JHN	10	32	kttb		ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) th
 JHN	10	32	t5q8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	32	tx8h	figs-irony	διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε	1	For which of those works are you stoning me?	Here Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	10	33	bq1l	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	See how you translated this in [verse 31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	33	khfg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ βλασφημίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you blaspheme” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	10	33	khfg	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ βλασφημίας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you are blaspheming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	10	33	w0v8	figs-explicit	βλασφημίας	1		Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [verse 30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From b50fb5992d1cbe4e12b2326344240665648a3711 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 01:21:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 495/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b2081f6001..ad61936173 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1474,13 +1474,13 @@ JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀ
 JHN	10	36	fj9f	figs-quotesinquotes	ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	You are blaspheming	If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instances of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	36	wzhd	figs-123person	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	36	rax1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father … Son of God	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	36	r7ex	figs-ellipsis	βλασφημεῖς	1		Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	10	36	bkl5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	10	36	r7ex	figs-ellipsis	βλασφημεῖς	1		Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also see the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	10	36	bkl5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase, **the Son of God**, is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	37	wyd2	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		Here Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in the works	Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From c2a05182d0ef2850972aa1f8f8bd80198a7be507 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 09:25:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 496/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index 37baa5a706..8bcc62d2f4 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	12	pkw8		οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	“those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth”
 2TH	2	13	w83a			0	General Information:	If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	13	bcd5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul now changes topics.
-2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
+2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
 2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR "we must thank God at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From ac8071c1b5ff6f347f74acddd9454fdf1b01e9a8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 16:07:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 497/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ad61936173..ac06624839 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1627,11 +1627,11 @@ JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)<br>2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)<br>3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)<br>4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)<br>5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)<br>6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>In [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this village name, **Bethany**, in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this man's name, **Lazarus**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From a5f40930c4836eef6e011b36dfed1de0255f35b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 16:36:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 498/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ac06624839..b6ed89d75b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1632,9 +1632,9 @@ JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Π
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this village name, **Bethany**, in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this man's name, **Lazarus**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this woman's name, **Martha**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		See how you translated **Mary** in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	12	3	ki9d	translate-unknown	μύρου	1	perfume	Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	qblr	figs-possession	μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου	1	perfume	John is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ JHN	12	3	b3sa	translate-unknown	νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμο
 JHN	12	3	pq7c	figs-activepassive	ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου	1	The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	4	frgx	translate-names	Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the one who would betray him	**Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	4	qbja	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the one who would betray him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	12	5	e8d7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς?	1	Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?	Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he though the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	12	5	e8d7	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς?	1	Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor?	Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he thought the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	5	dx9e	translate-bmoney	δηναρίων	1	denarii	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	12	5	tted	figs-nominaladj	πτωχοῖς	1		Judas is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	12	6	ri5l	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1652,11 +1652,11 @@ JHN	12	6	qoun	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		John is l
 JHN	12	6	ol4t	figs-activepassive	τὰ βαλλόμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	7	z6s7	figs-ellipsis	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus is stating the purpose for which Mary did not sell the perfume. In this case he would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. This translation would require supplying those words from Judas’ objection in [verse 5](../12/05.md) and making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (2) Jesus is giving the purpose for his command in the previous clause. In this case he would be implying that there was some leftover perfumed oil which Mary could later put on his dead body. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial	If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	8	wo1a	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	8	wo1a	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately, because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	8	b6lf	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	You will always have the poor with you	See how you translated **the poor** in the [verse 6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	12	8	qctd	figs-you	ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε	1		In this verse every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them, because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	9	ycv6	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 4c955281753cf2279f1dccc89e322d188020900c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Uma_Johnson <uma_johnson@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 16:38:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 499/674] Edit 'en_tn_54-2TH.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv | 1 +
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)

diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index 8bcc62d2f4..e7dc83cce1 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: "to be among the first people who believe" or "among the first people whom God was saving" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH	2	14	e0gy	figs-ellipsis		1		
 2TH	2	15	u9ss		ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
 2TH	2	15	l4vr	figs-metaphor	κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις	1	hold tight to the traditions	Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	15	whp8	figs-activepassive	ἐδιδάχθητε	1	you were taught	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 87fc6da36c4641996b59c9ce35ce38eb537f455f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:12:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 500/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b6ed89d75b..9fc949296a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1661,9 +1661,9 @@ JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a b
 JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	9	ycv6	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	9	ilgp	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	10	nt9p		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		See how you translated this word in [11:53](../11/53.md).
-JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	10	nt9p		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		See how you translated **plotted** in [11:53](../11/53.md).
+JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they have already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	kjk7	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	n6gl		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	because of him	See how you translated this in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
 JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many** **Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 8ff12156f8a296d61b3f0f2a10fd76c43676dddd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:18:55 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 501/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9fc949296a..b6fd4f20f2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1665,13 +1665,13 @@ JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you tran
 JHN	12	10	nt9p		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		See how you translated **plotted** in [11:53](../11/53.md).
 JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they have already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	kjk7	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	11	n6gl		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	because of him	See how you translated this in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
-JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many** **Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	11	n6gl		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	because of him	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
+JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many of the Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	12	f1im			0	General Information:	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel.
-JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One the day after that happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “On the day after that happened,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	12	sy8h	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** too express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **palm tree branches**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** to express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **the branches of the palm trees**, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover Festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	13	hf0a	figs-quotemarks	ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From b08837144cfbe845bfa756bc2754fe446da36cfa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:19:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 502/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b6fd4f20f2..dbb57dc516 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ JHN	12	12	w1c2	writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	On the next day	John u
 JHN	12	12	sy8h	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	a great crowd	See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** to express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **the branches of the palm trees**, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover Festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	13	hf0a	figs-quotemarks	ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From b0cb8dbd6e686c310e5b693482ca4973be42c28f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:25:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 503/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dbb57dc516..544f6c2944 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον
 JHN	12	15	ts1f	figs-quotemarks		1		This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
-JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	16	u9hf	figs-explicit	ἐδοξάσθη	1	when Jesus was glorified	Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets has written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 15206133a7edd5e1e6392b5c5525b6a7a23f913b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:26:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 504/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 544f6c2944..b589f09763 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1688,7 +1688,7 @@ JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
 JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	16	u9hf	figs-explicit	ἐδοξάσθη	1	when Jesus was glorified	Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets has written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets have written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md).

From a82c080c68386c7bb94f2b6a7d122096a9025ec2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:28:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 505/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b589f09763..358ed0bbb5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1691,10 +1691,10 @@ JHN	12	16	u9hf	figs-explicit	ἐδοξάσθη	1	when Jesus was glorified	Here,
 JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets have written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
+JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
 JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this sign	Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
+JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From dce7eaeb73cb5e87b7ff673c90db4c61dd5bd1a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:46:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 506/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 358ed0bbb5..2007fe847a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1695,10 +1695,10 @@ JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you
 JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this sign	Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “Non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 3e9afcc751eb56666e66a59d2585173b562f0592 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:47:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 507/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2007fe847a..e8eb3cb39e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ
 JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “Non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	20	rbrb		τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	This refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).

From e38728ebf859e27b2eb85bdd7f201a146514d9f6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:50:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 508/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e8eb3cb39e..12105d57b7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1703,11 +1703,11 @@ JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certa
 JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	12	20	rbrb		τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	This refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
-JHN	12	21	ha8d	translate-names	Φιλίππῳ	1	Bethsaida	See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	21	lr8c	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	See how you translated this name in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	21	l774	translate-names	τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	21	c8qt		κύριε	1		The Greeks call **Philip** **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
+JHN	12	20	rbrb		τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	This refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
+JHN	12	21	ha8d	translate-names	Φιλίππῳ	1	Bethsaida	See how you translated **Philip** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	21	lr8c	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	See how you translated **Bethsaida** in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	21	l774	translate-names	τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated **Galilee** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	21	c8qt		κύριε	1		Speaking to **Philip**, the Greeks called him **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	12	21	xgoj	figs-declarative	θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν	1		The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	12	22	e9vn	figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ	1		**Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speaks to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	22	vzih	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From b0d900ae080fdd3b8b8ca77a094a8111f9009d08 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:56:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 509/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 12105d57b7..6bd9d2b1a8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1709,13 +1709,13 @@ JHN	12	21	lr8c	translate-names	Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	Bethsaida	See how you transla
 JHN	12	21	l774	translate-names	τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated **Galilee** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	21	c8qt		κύριε	1		Speaking to **Philip**, the Greeks called him **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	12	21	xgoj	figs-declarative	θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν	1		The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	12	22	e9vn	figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ	1		**Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speaks to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	22	e9vn	figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ	1		**Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “relates to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	22	vzih	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	22	b9re	figs-explicit	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		**Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified	See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	23	zj5j	figs-explicit	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified	See the discussion of this in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	23	zj5j	figs-explicit	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 3e76973444741eff1b2fa50994dc99ee2da8f619 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:58:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 510/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6bd9d2b1a8..a78a0d81f7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus
 JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of  the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

From ebd3516a3f1950f64490bab0837eba504d4c82d9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:59:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 511/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a78a0d81f7..7c68bc8aed 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1719,8 +1719,8 @@ JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of  the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	12	26	ytxu	figs-idiom	ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 061ede800c133a998b021485325803564f121935 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 19:11:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 512/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7c68bc8aed..edc5f3514d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of  the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	12	26	ytxu	figs-idiom	ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will honor him	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 70a963da15b27065cea9d86cc8cd0d0cf067f6ff Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 19:18:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 513/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index edc5f3514d..1c12beefb7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will ho
 JHN	12	27	ytv9	figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης?	1	what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’?	Here Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην	1	this hour	In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	28	t69i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 97ea342e9c629571274b997f63afd71830788a91 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 19:27:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 514/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1c12beefb7..2d09bf7097 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ JHN	12	28	t69i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1		**Father** is an impo
 JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 7ece849bca785e854c9fcf9178b1a7279132efe8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 19:29:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 515/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2d09bf7097..5e8dead107 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ JHN	12	31	o63p	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου 
 JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	32	ms6n	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
-JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people, all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	33	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	34	swpp	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 8c6a60db4f0e9db6585140b1dab04ebc8aa3a015 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 19:39:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 516/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5e8dead107..6a657845bb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1744,13 +1744,13 @@ JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw
 JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people, all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	33	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	34	swpp	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		The crowd is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	34	jzfm	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	34	jzfm	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	k6td	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 5eb1f45fd4a18a664b1cbcf1f92d60383c971da2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 19:41:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 517/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6a657845bb..aab9f33f4f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς κατ
 JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness, which Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 10b919f7d6fc00285c5c27e45408dd103188cc47 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 19:50:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 518/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index aab9f33f4f..4eee4aa21f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1756,10 +1756,10 @@ JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figura
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness, which Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
+JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

From d90a3fcec8b6cb59dc4b0118d2eb01bafcaf58fb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 19:50:58 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 519/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4eee4aa21f..1a1db34ed7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43](..
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1		See how you translated this name in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1		See how you translated **Isaiah** in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From d80ae337ad50ad67243014df7395d73e66c60835 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:01:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 520/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1a1db34ed7..5cd0dec700 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../0
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1		See how you translated **Isaiah** in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation that occurs in the rest of this verse. The quotation is from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From e8f05c90ea7e1188b1fd05168b7b8b6030893c39 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:09:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 521/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5cd0dec700..cb024ef79c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** fo
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	40	q8k8	figs-quotemarks	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah, using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From a7b0b788b844190aba89c48cf0708d8c25da1ae1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:13:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 522/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cb024ef79c..345c196cfe 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ JHN	12	40	q8k8	figs-quotemarks	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφ
 JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah, using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah, using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 079211969afec4c802e7914c7d2cde9731e09542 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:21:07 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 523/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 345c196cfe..74ec44e5ec 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1770,9 +1770,9 @@ JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** fo
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	40	q8k8	figs-quotemarks	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah, using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah, using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 6087b63eae8e2673b5e071c70027577c7050de00 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:32:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 524/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 74ec44e5ec..2ad28da293 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1777,10 +1777,10 @@ JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes
 JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	42	jl6b	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγοι	1		John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attended services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	43	fx72	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	43	pib1	figs-gendernotations	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	12	43	oyf8	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

From 38115452bfa82756e59bdb11740ade1e89ab2c9b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:39:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 525/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2ad28da293..125a41560f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1785,17 +1785,17 @@ JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Th
 JHN	12	43	pib1	figs-gendernotations	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	12	43	oyf8	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	44	t7cq	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events in [verses 20–36](../12/20.md). The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking loudly to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	44	kcnd	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	45	s6xx	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also see the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	u4o4	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1		See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	48	wtwv		τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	on the last day	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
+JHN	12	48	wtwv		τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	on the last day	See how you translated **my words** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	48	uxjk		τὸν κρίνοντα…κρινεῖ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	48	c76d	figs-personification	τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν	1	on the last day	Jesus refers to his **word** figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	48	b1ds	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this phrase in [6:39](../06/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From befa5fd9e05148e343f40c3ee5e9266e2fac811a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:42:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 526/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 125a41560f..e71d5139a3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ JHN	12	49	ovmm	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to
 JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	49	l77y	figs-doublet	τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω	1		Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)<br>2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)<br>3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)<br>4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 39a7a9b2d3f2cc2a7a9718b96813c62bdaa4cd5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:55:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 527/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 36 ++++++++++++++++++------------------
 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e71d5139a3..2ccd6f682d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ JHN	1	17	kup2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη	1		The word *
 JHN	1	17	wios	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1		**Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	18	vf9q		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
-JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
+JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
 JHN	1	18	rflq	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who has a close relationship with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -396,8 +396,8 @@ JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω 
 JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ JHN	5	1	urn9	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–4](../05/01.md) give background
 JHN	5	1	ea65	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	1	z4th		ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	**Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
 JHN	5	2	h3w5		κολυμβήθρα	1	pool	This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.
-JHN	5	2	w377	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1		When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	2	w377	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1		When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	**Bethesda** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	5	2	luz3		στοὰς	1	roofed porches	These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
 JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1		This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Je
 JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this would confuse your readers, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1267,7 +1267,7 @@ JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσ
 JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	7	ror0	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	In this clause John provides a brief break in the story line in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	In this clause John provides a brief break in the storyline in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	q68b	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	which is translated “Sent”	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετ
 JHN	12	8	b6lf	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	You will always have the poor with you	See how you translated **the poor** in the [verse 6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	12	8	qctd	figs-you	ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε	1		In this verse every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them, because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main storyline. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	9	ycv6	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	9	ilgp	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@ JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1
 JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	27	xk39	figs-idiom	τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	Satan entered into him	Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means that **Satan** took control of Judas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	27	agd7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	28	r37z	writing-background		0		In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md) John interrupts the main story line in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	13	28	r37z	writing-background		0		In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	28	fl66	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1		See how you translated **reclining to eat** in [verse 23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	29	yagv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	29	p66v	figs-explicit	ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ JHN	18	12	cl3f	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the
 JHN	18	12	i6bz	figs-explicit	ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	seized Jesus and tied him up	The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	13	tiki	translate-names	Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα	1		**Annas** and **Caiaphas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	13	je4z	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	14	kzvh	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	14	kzvh	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	14	xq5l	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	14	fkx1		συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
 JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2293,7 +2293,7 @@ JHN	18	16	o10j	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος	1		See how you
 JHN	18	16	utf4	figs-activepassive	ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	17	xw8d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	17	r82l	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου?	1	Are you not also one of the disciples of this man?	The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	18	g8xj	figs-infostructure	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	Now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	οἱ δοῦλοι	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ JHN	18	28	a6e7			0	General Information:	Here John changes topics from describing
 JHN	18	28	r4fk	writing-pronouns	ἄγουσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	18	28	ija7	figs-explicit	ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα	1	Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas	Here John implies that they are leading Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	28	fyx3	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον	1		The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	28	v6e4	writing-background	ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		In this sentence John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	28	v6e4	writing-background	ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		In this sentence John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-doublenegatives	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1	they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governor’s palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover Festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	33	tr28	figs-explicit	ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat
 JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	13	v2ss	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	xbpv		Γαββαθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
-JHN	19	14	t5qt	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** marks a break in the story line. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover Festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	19	14	t5qt	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** marks a break in the storyline. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover Festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	14	en2i		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1	the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
 JHN	19	14	qi7t	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the sixth hour	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	14	lc5y	figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Pilate said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ JHN	19	21	ixay	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺ
 JHN	19	22	sus9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	22	vgn9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	23	s74c	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	also the tunic	The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background	δὲ	1		There is a break from the main story liner that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background	δὲ	1		There is a break from the main storyline that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	23	sk7l	figs-activepassive	ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου	1	also the tunic	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	24	ks7m	figs-ellipsis	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	24	umc2	translate-unknown	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2475,10 +2475,10 @@ JHN	19	31	rodw	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκε
 JHN	19	31	f96h	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	31	gz48	figs-explicit	κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main story line in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main storyline in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει	1	The one who saw this	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main storyline in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	36	uyvo	writing-quotations	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	36	l8zi	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ JHN	19	39	ekyu	figs-explicit	φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλ
 JHN	19	39	d3d2	translate-unknown	σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	19	40	m9k6	translate-unknown	ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων	1		Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	41	uib1	figs-activepassive	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος	1	Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	41	qd1a	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	41	bx6g	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])

From d1f17afa4bc31d9a2a82362813d207294e5ff100 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:57:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 528/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2ccd6f682d..a78ab3b828 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase ref
 JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα 
 JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **w
 JHN	4	42	u7ev	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1		Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	42	ciyt	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	43	gj2f	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτο
 JHN	4	52	x2ta	figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	y2e9	writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	52	qdye		ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at about one o’clock in the afternoon”
-JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	53	jhg4	figs-rpronouns	ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς	1	So he himself and his whole household believed	John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	54	k5x6		τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	sign	This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now
 JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	10	qydu	figs-activepassive	τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
-JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”
 JHN	5	11	kpkd	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	5	12	r7nx	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** ref
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group
 JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
 JHN	5	25	gtu6	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	25	v33w	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου
 JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If
 JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	31	fjoo	writing-pronouns	ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		**He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	32	e6s1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
 JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From db8b9fe574d1a17b03678d5bc7e43454d1a64b5a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 20:58:44 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 529/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a78ab3b828..be63274950 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ JHN	6	31	iiaz	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	1		Here, John records the crowd using
 JHN	6	32	e6s1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	32	qgs7		οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν	1		Here John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
 JHN	6	32	qwcf	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father**, not Moses, was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	32	xwqx	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν	1		This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father**, not Moses, was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	32	ega4	figs-extrainfo	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven	Here Jesus is using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	32	c73l	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated the word **bread** earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **
 JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	fpgo	figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to express a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here,
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	40	r8rr	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	41	t91b			0	Connecting Statement:	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@ JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν το
 JHN	6	62	v4tr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	62	ibnq	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	ygqi	figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1		Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From a270604856d32ec384d02c286bdbc22207db478a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 21:08:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 530/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 96 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 48 insertions(+), 48 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index be63274950..e9f221ba63 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -11,28 +11,28 @@ JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐ
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
 JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	10	ke5s	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	2	the world did not know him	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	t1qv		οὐκ ἔγνω	1		Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge”
 JHN	1	11	jvgs	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια…οἱ ἴδιοι	1		Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	11	h13y	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -41,28 +41,28 @@ JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔ
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
 JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	jtjr	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	oj53		ἐκ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
-JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	13	kqdf	figs-metonymy	ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς	1		Here John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	13	jjyp	figs-ellipsis	οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	v4t0		ἐκ	2		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	13	pbur		ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς	1		The term **man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”
 JHN	1	13	bljo	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ	1		John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	13	yo2q		ἐκ	3		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
 JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth were objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	14	tg4m	figs-metaphor	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1	full of grace	Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth were objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
 JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
 JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here,
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
 JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the Old Testament book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the book of **Isaiah**, in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background		0		This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the Prophet** refers
 JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	This verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	28	u0iq	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -129,20 +129,20 @@ JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since **Lamb of God** is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	descending	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As [Luke 3:22](../../luk/03/22.md) indicates, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ JHN	2	3	mge0		οἶνον	1		Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish cultur
 JHN	2	4	xo8k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	4	a2ji		γύναι	1	Woman	**Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
 JHN	2	4	jc75	figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι?	1	why do you come to me?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me or you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	2	4	v5x5	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	My time has not yet come	The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	2	4	v5x5	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	My time has not yet come	The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	2	5	d5wy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	6	y7p3	translate-bvolume	μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two to three metretes	A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 JHN	2	7	hv80	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John
 JHN	2	17	jp55	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ
 JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
-JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα	1	the signs that he did	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
@@ -281,11 +281,11 @@ JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase
 JHN	3	2	sxo1	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	2	n84a	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	2	skq8	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	3	2	hxcr	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	2	hxcr	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	nz18	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	3	svpx	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1		The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	3	3	t8pt		γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	born again	Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
-JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	Here this phrase refers to both the place where God currently rules in heaven and to the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	4	z64b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	a second time	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύ
 JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **enter into** figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1		See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ JHN	3	14	krir	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See
 JHN	3	15	e9ls	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	3	16	vg6z	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	h4ht		οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
-JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his Only Begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -338,21 +338,21 @@ JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus
 JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God; it does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	17	zv1i		ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
-JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	17	kuow	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	17	exd0		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
 JHN	3	18	zl5p		οὐ κρίνεται…ἤδη κέκριται	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty”
 JHN	3	18	x14j	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	18	tmz7	figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God does not condemn the one who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	18	t21p	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **name** represents Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **name** represents Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	18	q8ku		τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
 JHN	3	18	eb54	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	19	z9d2		ἡ κρίσις	1		Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
-JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1	The light has come into the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have tes
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	27	f818	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	it has been given to him from heaven	Here John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people to whom John the Baptist is talking. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -390,15 +390,15 @@ JHN	3	29	nfvx	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1		These words mean basically
 JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -411,12 +411,12 @@ JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the
 JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given … into his hand	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given … into his hand	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
-JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria, because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one w
 JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase, **lift up your eyes**, is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	35	tyw3	figs-metaphor	θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας	1	look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest	Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	oq29	figs-metaphor	λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1		Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could convey the meaning with a simile or do it plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	rd63	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers to the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσελ
 JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	42	u7ev	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1		Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	42	ciyt	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ JHN	4	49	y3vi		κύριε	1		The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to
 JHN	4	49	ycdt	figs-imperative	κατάβηθι	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	50	n5mo	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate to whom they are speaking. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	x2ta	figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	19	x9sl	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ	1	whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also.	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this would confuse your readers, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν
 JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -697,10 +697,10 @@ JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	yo
 JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	43	rtb9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	43	ue9f		οὐ λαμβάνετέ με	1	receive	Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
-JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	43	p7jg	figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	If another should come in his own name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	44	e999	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε?	1		Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	5	44	g7qd	figs-ellipsis	πιστεῦσαι	1	believe	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	44	rn78		δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες	1		Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ
 JHN	6	50	y1x9	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1		John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	50	gse5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἄρτος	1		See how you translated this in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **die** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **die** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 49d10498b7a6f4fe48cf652aa17c8596f400081e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 21:37:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 531/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 266 +++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 133 insertions(+), 133 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e9f221ba63..5d2cb70d90 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
 JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n*   Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n*   Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n*   Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n*   The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n*   Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n*   Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n*   Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n*   Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, then the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n*   “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n*   “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n*   The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the
 JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	4	ffbw	figs-explicit	καὶ ἡ ζωὴ	1		Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	4	dpeb	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	4	saci	figs-possession	τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
 JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ JHN	1	14	ft2l	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος	1	The Word	Here, **the Word** refers
 JHN	1	14	x1ae	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	became flesh	Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	14	fais	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα	1		Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	14	z37d	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	14	x8l3	figs-explicit	μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	14	wa23		μονογενοῦς	1	the one and only who came from the Father	Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
 JHN	1	14	zirk		παρὰ πατρός	1		The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
 JHN	1	14	b5t5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -89,51 +89,51 @@ JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Fat
 JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
-JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
 JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
 JHN	1	21	vk6r	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	21	h2dv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
-JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	22	sa3t	figs-explicit	τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς	1	they said to him	This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	23	x314	figs-quotemarks	φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		In these phrases, John quotes from the Old Testament book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	1	23	baa5	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	I am a voice, crying in the wilderness	Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	23	p7kc	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1		This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	1	23	iry1	figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Make the way of the Lord straight	Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	23	v1gi	translate-names	Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης	1		**Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the book of **Isaiah**, in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background		0		This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	This verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	1	28	u0iq	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	tfxy	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		**Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	28	ryi1	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	bt67	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	29	aqo3	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	29	fpj6	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	29	gi3s	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since **Lamb of God** is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
 JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -141,13 +141,13 @@ JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγ
 JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As [Luke 3:22](../../luk/03/22.md) indicates, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	1	34	naf2	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	35	i3lg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	Again, the next day	**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	36	kuol	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -155,13 +155,13 @@ JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **th
 JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	38	qxej	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	38	kkey		ποῦ μένεις	1		Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
-JHN	1	38	so66	figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις	1		This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	38	so66	figs-explicit	ποῦ μένεις	1		This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	39	lio4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	39	k5m2		μένει	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse.
-JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	39	ydqg	figs-explicit	τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην	1		Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	39	tb9j		ὥρα…δεκάτη	1	tenth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
 JHN	1	40	x8g8			0	General Information:	Verses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
-JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	40	q0bp	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	40	jmyp		Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
 JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John**
 JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means 'Peter'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	43	qzfk	figs-pastforfuture	καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ JHN	1	47	ka53	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behol
 JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	**Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	1	48	am5y	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	50	d53b	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	1	50	p3ma	figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1	Because I said to you … do you believe?	John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background		0		John provides this background information ab
 JHN	2	9	xfwq	figs-pastforfuture	φωνεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	10	qoch	figs-hyperbole	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		**Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	2	10	vu60	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, the head waiter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	10	mh3s	figs-explicit	καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω	1	drunk	This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	sq53	writing-background		0		In this verse John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	2	11	ear7	figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1		John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	See how you translated this name in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -246,13 +246,13 @@ JHN	2	14	qu9k	figs-explicit	κερματιστὰς	1	money changers	Jewish auth
 JHN	2	14	i8lv	figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	jp55	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
@@ -260,20 +260,20 @@ JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, κα
 JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	[Verses 21–22](../02/21.md) are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
-JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
 JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα	1	the signs that he did	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	2	24	cm49		οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς	1		Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
 JHN	2	24	f2n7	figs-gendernotations	τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας	1		Although the word **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	2	25	et23	figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	about man, for he knew what was in man	Although both instances of the word **man** are masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	1	yl6f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	1	s9p9	writing-participants	ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ,	1	Now	Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -296,27 +296,27 @@ JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλεία
 JHN	3	5	m37g	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	enter into the kingdom of God	See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	6	gswx	figs-activepassive	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1		See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	8	mxjc		οὕτως ἐστὶν	1		This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
 JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
-JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	9	g4ji	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι?	1	How can these things be?	This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	9	phe2	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	10	gw2h	figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. He is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand	The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	10	vx3u	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	11	jt1f	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus says **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to himself and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	3	11	j1k1	figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	12	y4e9	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	3	12	pt4x	figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε	1	I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you	Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	3	12	mf2x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπίγεια	1		Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	12	mf2x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπίγεια	1		Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	12	c6ia	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε?	1	how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things?	Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	13	ld0m	figs-123person	ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	13	ocj0	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	14	tb3s	figs-simile	καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up	In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God, and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@@ -324,18 +324,18 @@ JHN	3	14	f9yi	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 
 JHN	3	14	savl	figs-123person	ὑψωθῆναι…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	14	krir	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	15	e9ls	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	3	16	vg6z	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	16	vg6z	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	16	h4ht		οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
 JHN	3	16	uxc2	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	God so loved the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	16	jen2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὥστε	1	loved	Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	16	fqk7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	z8at	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his Only Begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	16	qpc9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ	1		**One and Only Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	17	k8rf	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God; it does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	17	zv1i		ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
 JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ JHN	3	19	t9z5	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κό
 JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -365,16 +365,16 @@ JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
 JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	**Aenon** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	e5v2	translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	Salim	**Salim** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	3	23	ukz2	figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	were being baptized	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **dispute**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples, who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	3	27	kl21	figs-genericnoun	οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος	1	A man cannot receive anything unless	John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Her
 JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	31	ksp5	figs-metonymy	ἄνωθεν	1		Here John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	31	on9v	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1	He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth	Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρ
 JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ 
 JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	36	zy7u	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	the wrath of God stays on him	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	intro	j1hv			0		# John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria, because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
 JHN	4	1	jum6	writing-background		0		[Verses 1–6](../04/01.md) give the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -431,21 +431,21 @@ JHN	4	4	tds9	translate-names	τῆς Σαμαρείας	1		**Samaria** is a regi
 JHN	4	5	ukxr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔρχεται οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in [verse 3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	5	ff7t	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	5	vqjm	translate-names	Συχὰρ	1		**Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		In this case, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	6	bd8s	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖ	1		In this case, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	6	vwdf	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς	1		**Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1		This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	6	lovl	grammar-connect-logic-result	κεκοπιακὼς	1		This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	6	mwi2	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας	1		This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	6	yjzo		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
 JHN	4	7	kswz	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	7	g82d	figs-imperative	δός μοι πεῖν	1	Give me some water	This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	7	urgd	figs-ellipsis	δός μοι πεῖν	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and taken the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	8	u29c	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	For his disciples had gone	This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and taken the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
 JHN	4	10	redz	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	4	10	i9eg		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
-JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	4	10	oywu	figs-123person	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	10	ua0b	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν,	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	4	10	zub5	figs-extrainfo	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	living water	The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ JHN	4	15	hd9f		ἀντλεῖν	1	draw water	Here, **draw** refers to taking wat
 JHN	4	16	ii7c	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	h5pt	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	17	bg94	figs-quotesinquotes	καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What you have said is true	**This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	**Father** is an
 JHN	4	21	nu5m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	you will worship the Father	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural here in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	23	bs1p	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	23	k1gf	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ JHN	4	23	fb51		ἐν πνεύματι	1	in spirit and truth	Here, **spirit** cou
 JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	in … truth	Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	4	24	pfdv		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
 JHN	4	25	ip1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including the people to whom she was speaking, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -520,10 +520,10 @@ JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One
 JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
-JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -533,11 +533,11 @@ JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus
 JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	43	gj2f	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	44	ic94	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	44	t1li	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	For Jesus himself declared	The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	4	44	fx22		προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	a prophet has no honor in his own country	Alternate translation: “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
 JHN	4	44	syl9		ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι	1		This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
-JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
 JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ JHN	5	2	w377	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1		When John says **in Hebrew** in
 JHN	5	2	dt12	translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	Bethesda	**Bethesda** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	5	2	luz3		στοὰς	1	roofed porches	These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
 JHN	5	5	r1gt	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ	1		This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers being at the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	5	bez8	figs-explicit	ἦν…ἐκεῖ	1	was there	Here, **there** refers being at the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	6	w97q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	7	aeu3		κύριε	1	Sir, I do not have	The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μ
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ JHN	5	45	kk5q	figs-metonymy	ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μω
 JHN	5	46	m9sq	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	5	47	kxa6	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε	1		John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε?	1	If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important Metaphors in this Chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Parenthetical ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase, **After these things**,  introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -784,11 +784,11 @@ JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 
 JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man … God the Father	**Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-idiom	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1		To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God  ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God  ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	31	bc59	writing-quotations	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	6	31	gzqv	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -804,8 +804,8 @@ JHN	6	32	an7w	figs-synecdoche	ἄρτον	2		See how you translated the word **b
 JHN	6	33	ri0m	figs-extrainfo	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν	1		Here Jesus is using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	33	sajx	figs-possession	ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	33	sfbk	figs-extrainfo	ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ JHN	6	35	fpgo	figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μ
 JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to express a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	38	cpi9	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ JHN	6	46	lcz8	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος
 JHN	6	47	de5y	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	47	t8lk	figs-ellipsis	ὁ πιστεύων	1	he who believes	John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me” or “the one believing that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	48	iih2	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Jesus uses **fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Jesus uses **fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	49	mr3u	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα	1	died	See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	This is the bread	Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	50	y1x9	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1		John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -875,10 +875,10 @@ JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1
 JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	52	llc0	figs-metonymy	τὴν σάρκα	1		Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	53	q8jl	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood	Here Jesus is using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	J
 JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	kv16	figs-extrainfo	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1		Jesus is continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here Jesus uses**fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	58	i9ih	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες	1	the fathers	Here Jesus uses**fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	58	r174	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον	1		The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον
 JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background		0		In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phras
 JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	ygqi	figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1		Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	63	plw8		πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
 JHN	6	63	gb29		καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
 JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -936,14 +936,14 @@ JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pr
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	69	o3w6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -962,14 +962,14 @@ JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works
 JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1		Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	7	4	uj59		ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι	1		Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
 JHN	7	4	mc8r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1		John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	4	f33j	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	5	mz2b	writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	5	bs7f	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	his brothers	See how you translated this in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	7	6	bcul	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	6	n5bj	figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	My time has not yet come	This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	6	z9gv	figs-yousingular	ὁ ὑμέτερος	1		All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	7	6	shs9		ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	1	your time is always ready	Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you”
-JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	**The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	7	h7kv	figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	The world cannot hate you	**The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	7	s92r	writing-pronouns	μισεῖ…περὶ αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		In this verse, **it** refers to the people in **the world**. If you translated **the world** with a plural noun, then you should change these pronouns to plural form as well. Alternate translation: “they hate…about them…their works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	7	e5hq		ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	I testify about it that its works are evil	Alternate translation: “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
 JHN	7	8	ax6v	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε	1		John records Jesus saying **go up** to refer to going to Jerusalem because that city is at a higher elevation than Galilee, which is where Jesus and his brothers were at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate where they would go. Alternate translation: “You go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -981,11 +981,11 @@ JHN	7	11	i6cl	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** r
 JHN	7	11	er5u	figs-explicit	ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “Where is that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	qc8f	figs-explicit	γογγυσμὸς	1		Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quietly discussing” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	12	glq8	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον	1		Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
-JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	u12l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ JHN	7	18	z5bx	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητε
 JHN	7	18	xf9j	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	19	c7xq	figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον?	1	Did not Moses give you the law?	Jesus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	19	c85j	grammar-collectivenouns	τὸν νόμον…ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	19	iwv8		ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	keeps the law	Here, **does** means to keep, follow, or obey. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
+JHN	7	19	iwv8		ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	keeps the law	Here, **does** means to keep, follow, or obey. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
 JHN	7	19	bfd2	figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Why do you seek to kill me?	Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	20	hdud	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	20	l1rq		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	You have a demon	Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ JHN	7	23	t21u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβ
 JHN	7	23	k04n	figs-genericnoun	λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος	1		See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	23	owuc	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος	1		See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	23	ltsk	figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, Jesus uses **broken** figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, Jesus uses **broken** figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	24	mrll	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ὄψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ JHN	7	28	rc3g	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με
 JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	7	30	e0ce	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1		Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	31	uuzq	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	31	y5m8	figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν?	1	When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done?	The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	31	x8e4		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
@@ -1047,27 +1047,27 @@ JHN	7	35	ojvy	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders
 JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		John records the **Jews** using **of** to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	36	dyy1		ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
 JHN	7	37	elc6			0	General Information:	About three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
 JHN	7	37	ipem		ἔκραξεν	1		See how you translated this in verse [28](../07/28.md).
-JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here Jesus uses **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here Jesus uses **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	u9cx	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	38	wtl7	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the scriptures say that rivers of living water will flow from his stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here Jesus uses **rivers** figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here Jesus uses **rivers** figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	38	ebk7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	39	n599	figs-explicit	οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1		Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	40	xvts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [verse 38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [verse 39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	7	40	schi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<
 JHN	8	1	mkz2	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	12	m4ma	writing-newevent		0		In this verse Jesus begins speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	8	12	k5ib	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς	1	I am the light of the world	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eterna
 JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In [verses 14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	15	j79i	figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	16	ys2e	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
@@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ JHN	8	19	o66t	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν
 JHN	8	19	b26z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	19	wcd1	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε.	1		Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	8	20	p01r	writing-background		0		In this verse John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	8	20	xa7h	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	20	xa7h	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	20	witr	translate-unknown	τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ	1		A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	8	20	b11j	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	21	ls93	writing-newevent	εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς	1		**Then again** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he said to them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -1139,16 +1139,16 @@ JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using *
 JHN	8	23	a7ny	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	qlv4	figs-explicit	τῶν ἄνω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	svn1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
 JHN	8	24	he1k	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	that I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “that I am the I AM” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself in the previous verse: “that I am from above” See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	25	t7tv	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1	They said	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	25	c106	figs-rquestion	τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	26	f9pp	figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases and make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But I will say to the world the things that I heard from him who sent me. He is true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	8	26	n3gf	figs-extrainfo	ὁ πέμψας με…παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1		These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	8	26	ivk5		ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν	1		Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
+JHN	8	26	ivk5		ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν	1		Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
 JHN	8	26	xj8y	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα	1		Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	27	i7gq	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1158,11 +1158,11 @@ JHN	8	28	tcs5	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this
 JHN	8	28	zysh	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	vq9k	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	As the Father taught me, I speak these things	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	29	w9cl	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	He who sent me	Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	29	vai4	figs-metaphor	μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	As Jesus was saying these things	Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
 JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1170,22 +1170,22 @@ JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύ
 JHN	8	34	i2pn	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	34	jg3z	figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	is the slave of sin	Here Jesus uses the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	35	nfyp	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…δοῦλος οὐ μένει…ὁ Υἱὸς μένει	1		Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	35	sg4a	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	in the house	Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	35	mknn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 JHN	8	35	j73t	figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	36	n6fp	figs-explicit	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	36	w3q1	figs-123person	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	if the Son sets you free	Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	36	mapu	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	36	nqcr	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	36	ak0s	figs-metaphor	ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1		Here Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	37	p4xm	translate-names	Ἀβραάμ	1		**Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	8	37	orw8	figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	37	orw8	figs-idiom	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	8	37	ph1q	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς	1	my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	38	m62y	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	I say what I have seen with my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	38	f9yu	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	you also do what you heard from your father	In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here the people use **father** figuratively to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here the people use **father** figuratively to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	wg9n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here Jesus uses **children** figuratively to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here Jesus uses **children** figuratively to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -1194,15 +1194,15 @@ JHN	8	42	nh4m	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ
 JHN	8	42	mk2w	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	42	p7iv	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	43	ig11	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε?	1	Why do you not understand my words?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	8	43	yham	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	43	yham	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	43	cf8v	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	It is because you cannot hear my words	Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	44	vgy1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	You are of your father, the devil	The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	csgm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	44	pmda	figs-explicit	ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1		Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1		The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	hqmo		ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1		Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
-JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	46	kh6a	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1222,24 +1222,24 @@ JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some o
 JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	51	m46r	figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον	1	keeps my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	51	bgrt	figs-metaphor	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ	1	see death	Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	51	gx7l	figs-extrainfo	θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	see death	Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	52	e9xz	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	52	bwhv		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
 JHN	8	52	dxll	translate-names	Ἀβραὰμ	1		See how you translated this name in [verse 37](../08/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	8	52	wzq3	figs-quotesinquotes	σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	52	zah1		ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	If anyone keeps my word	See how you translated this in the previous verse.
-JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	52	a1ls	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	taste death	**The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	52	il4r	figs-metaphor	θανάτου	1		See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	53	shp3	figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν?	1	You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you?	The Jews are using this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	53	p38s	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	father	See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	53	cei7	figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς?	1	Who do you make yourself out to be?	The Jews are using this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	54	ab13	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	54	lomt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	55	c3bm	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	wofu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here Jesus uses **my day** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	8	56	vb1v	figs-metaphor	ἴδῃ…εἶδεν	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	8	56	tyu5	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	my day	Here Jesus uses **my day** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	56	hv5g	figs-metaphor	εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	he saw it and was glad	This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus are using this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1259,8 +1259,8 @@ JHN	9	4	h231	figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	We	When Jesus says **us** here, he is i
 JHN	9	4	qs5q	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	4	mv5u	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	4	x8rx	figs-explicit	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man b
 JHN	9	8	d1vq	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1		This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	10	m97n	figs-activepassive	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	10	yy53	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	Here, **eyes** **opened** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	9	10	yy53	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	Here, **eyes** **opened** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	11	nii1	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς	1	smeared it on my eyes	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	11	a42y	figs-explicit	πηλὸν ἐποίησεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	11	b5zf	figs-explicit	νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος	1		See how you translated **wash** in [verse 7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not
 JHN	9	13	cu14	figs-pastforfuture	ἄγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	14	qxy9	figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	9	14	qxy9	figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	15	d6xd	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	15	exy2	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	15	g2vb	figs-explicit	ἐνιψάμην	1		See how you translated **washed** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1301,13 +1301,13 @@ JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your lang
 JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))
 JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	9	24	ww3t	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	25	sr93	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	9	26	z2l2	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **open** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	9	26	z2l2	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **open** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	27	cf2d	figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν?	1	Why do you want to hear it again?	The man is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	27	rpav	figs-irony	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1		Here the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	9	28	h7hy	figs-explicit	ἐκείνου	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ JHN	9	29	vv43	figs-explicit	τοῦτον…πόθεν ἐστίν	1	where this
 JHN	9	30	d9uh	figs-exclamations	ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε	1		If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation and may need to make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This is amazing! You do not know” or “How remarkable! You do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 JHN	9	30	i3gm	figs-explicit	πόθεν ἐστίν	1	that you do not know where he is from	See how you translated **from** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	30	lent	figs-metonymy	ἤνοιξέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused me to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	31	e7ec	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει	1	does not listen to sinners … listens to him	Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	31	e7ec	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει	1	does not listen to sinners … listens to him	Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	32	b2xt	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἠκούσθη	1	it has never been heard that anyone opened	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	32	hstv	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν…ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused one having been born blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	32	bzxd	figs-activepassive	τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “a
 JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders are using a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
 JHN	9	35	amfh	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	mxkw	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν αὐτὸν	1		Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1339,12 +1339,12 @@ JHN	9	37	z3rk	figs-123person	καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκε
 JHN	9	38	emlm		Κύριε	1		Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is the **Lord,** he calls Jesus **Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	9	38	gf4d	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύω	1		Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	39	azp3	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς κρίμα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	39	te5y	figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	39	t9vo	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind	Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	9	40	d8mm	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Several **Pharisees** are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here the Pharisees use **blind** figuratively to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	40	c8zs	figs-metaphor	μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	Are we also blind?	Here the Pharisees use **blind** figuratively to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	rh3l	figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	See how you translated **blind** in [verses 39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	9	41	bj0s	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	If you were blind, you would have no sin	In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	jmq7	figs-metaphor	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1		See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth,’ your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	41	ch0y	figs-quotesinquotes	λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	intro	e8mb			0		# John 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)\n2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)\n3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)\n4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)\n5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Blasphemy\n\nBlasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or claims that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nParables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. People who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).\n\n### Sheep\n\nJesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])\n\n### Sheep pen\n\nA sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep for periods of time, such as over night. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”\n\n### Laying down and taking up life\n\nJesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
@@ -1371,14 +1371,14 @@ JHN	10	7	posn	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate of the shee
 JHN	10	8	k4z6	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	Everyone who came before me	**Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	10	8	hqq3	figs-metaphor	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	8	o7ou	figs-explicit	κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [verse 1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	8	xa5u	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	8	xa5u	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would not steal	Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@@ -1390,7 +1390,7 @@ JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus
 JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	11	p4tv	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	lays down his life	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	12	ym8w	figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	12	n6ci	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The hired servant	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	12	bbwn	translate-unknown	τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος	1	The hired servant	A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	12	ue4m	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα	1	abandons the sheep	See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1401,18 +1401,18 @@ JHN	10	14	fg93	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός
 JHN	10	15	qr9g	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τὸν Πατέρα	1	The Father knows me, and I know the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	15	pn9w	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	15	mwpf	figs-metaphor	τῶν προβάτων	1	I lay down my life for the sheep	See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	y3g7	figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	la1v	figs-metaphor	τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης	1	I have other sheep	Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	v95z	figs-ellipsis	κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν	1	I have other sheep	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	16	kq11	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν	1	I have other sheep	Here, **hear** refers to listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group, like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	16	w86n	figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group, like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	16	bobi	figs-metaphor	εἷς ποιμήν	1	one flock and one shepherd	Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	17	kd16			0	Connecting Statement:	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
 JHN	10	17	i59j	figs-infostructure	διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1		Here, **this** refers to all the information in the second clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because I lay down my life so that I might take it up again, the Father loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	10	17	kpr5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	17	wc4l	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	I lay down my life so that I may take it again	See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	18	z4xh	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus refers to his life figuratively as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	17	s9ck	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	so that I may take it again	Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	18	z4xh	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus refers to his life figuratively as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	18	rnj4	figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν…θεῖναι αὐτήν	1	I lay it down of myself	See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die … to voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	10	18	j945	figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	I lay it down of myself	The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	10	18	lo79	figs-metaphor	πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 1aa02f9d06e4ec3d2af913943e990346dae4878e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: lrsallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Mon, 23 May 2022 18:28:11 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 532/674] Fixed straight quotes in 1Th and 2Th

---
 en_tn_53-1TH.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 en_tn_54-2TH.tsv |  6 +++---
 2 files changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
index fa5b29d83a..2330107783 100644
--- a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	10	cx5g	figs-metaphor	τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **wrath** as though it were something that could travel and is **coming** to where people are. He means by this that in the future an event will happen when God will act wrathfully against people who have sinned and who have not trusted in Jesus to forgive their sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment that will happen” or “when God will punish people for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	intro	kt5l			0		# 1 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 2<br><br>1. Apostolic Suffering (2:1-13)<br>* Apostolic preaching (2:1-6)<br>* Apostolic conduct (2:7-9)<br>* Apostolic witness (2:10-3)<br>2. Persecution of the Church (2:14-16)<br>* Thessalonian persecution (2:14a)<br>* Jewish persecution (2:14b-16)<br>3. Paul’s Desire to Visit (2:17-20)<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter is a defense of their apostleship and sufferings. The second part is a recounting of the Thessalonian church’s sufferings. Lastly, the apostle Paul makes known his deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Apostolic witness<br><br>Here, Paul defends how he, Silvanus, and Timothy are God’s apostles. By their preaching, conduct, and witness, they prove to be authorized messengers of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### The gospel of God<br><br>The foundation of the apostolic witness is that they were “entrusted with the gospel” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)).The apostles’ authority makes them: “bold to speak” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)), “impart” (See [2:8](../02/08.md)), “preach” (See [2:9](../02/09.md)), and thank God that the Thessalonian church “received the word of God” (See [2:13](../02/13.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In this chapter is the first mention of the Second Coming of Christ in its two facets. First, Paul mentions that the persecutors of Christ’s Church will be judged by using the phrase “wrath has come upon them” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Next, Paul speaks of the “hope” and “joy” and “glory” for those who will “be saved” (See [2:16](../02/16.md)) “in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming” (See [2:19-20](../02/19.md)).
 1TH	2	1	ii5j	grammar-connect-words-phrases	αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί	1		Here, **For you yourselves know, brothers** functions as a chapter transition into the next topic, the apostles’ suffering. You could emphasize this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you are fully aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	2	1	gpr4	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε	1	you yourselves know	The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles' previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+1TH	2	1	gpr4	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε	1	you yourselves know	The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles’ previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	2	1	tdl3	figs-metaphor	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	1	r14z	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TH	2	1	nwlt	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles’ previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	13	vnsi	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	This is a reference to Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). Here it is implied that these **saints** are all those who are **blameless in holiness** and who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	3	13	ytqg	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, **at the coming of the Lord Jesus** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19; 4:15](../02/19.md)) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	4	intro	b1z5			0		# 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord<br><br>All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
-1TH	4	1	vtas	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λοιπὸν οὖν	1	brothers	Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles' teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	1	vtas	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λοιπὸν οὖν	1	brothers	Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	1	u2lw	figs-doublet	ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν	1	we beg and exhort you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	4	1	foeh	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	we beg and exhort you	Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	1	p4db	figs-metaphor	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	4	u98k	figs-distinguish	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	4	vhbp	figs-euphemism	εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ,	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here, **to know to possess** refers to sexual intimacy. This is a polite way of referring to something private. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God desires that you treat your wives’ bodies like they belong to God and to honor them” or “each of you men must use your own body for God’s holy and honorable purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1TH	4	4	fk6n	figs-nominaladj	ἕκαστον	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Paul is using the adjective **each** as a noun in order to describe a group of men. Here it specifically is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “each and every man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH	4	4	f4ux	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband's own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	4	f4ux	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	4	arkf	figs-possession	τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος	1	to know to possess his own vessel	Paul is using the possessive form **his own** to express ownership. Use a natural way in your language to express ownership. Alternate translation: “the wife that belongs to you” or “your very own wife” or “the body that belongs to you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	4	4	ihqe	figs-hendiadys	ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ	1	to know to possess his own vessel	This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **honor** tells how a husband or man must live in **sanctification**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “by honorably setting it apart for God’s purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	4	5	utvd	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας	1	in the passion of lust	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	15	hdlr	figs-distinguish	οἱ περιλειπόμενοι	1	by the word of the Lord	This phrase gives us further information about **we who are alive**. It is not making a distinction between **who are left behind** and **we who are alive**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and survive” or “and remain here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	15	b786	figs-idiom	εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου	1	at the coming of the Lord	Here, **coming of the Lord** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [3:13](../03/13.md) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “until the Lord Jesus returns” or “for the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	4	15	xd2y	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας	1	by the word of the Lord	Here, the phrase translated **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never.” If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement as in the UST. Alternate translation: “will never precede those who are dead” or “are not permitted to come before those who have already died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1TH	4	16	ah7p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	the Lord himself … will descend	Here, **For** indicates that following events are related to the Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternately translation: “Certainly,” or "Indeed," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH	4	16	ah7p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	the Lord himself … will descend	Here, **For** indicates that following events are related to the Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternately translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	16	c26b	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου, καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ, καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ	1	the Lord himself … will descend	In this verse, Paul is describing events that happen at the same time **the Lord will descend from heaven**. He emphasizes the order of events by listing them prior to the main verb. If it is clearer in your language, you could place the main verb before the accompanying actions. You can also make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus himself will come down from heaven with a commanding shout, and with the archangel’s voice, and with God’s trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
 1TH	4	16	ygfp	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος	1	the Lord himself … will descend	Paul uses the word **himself** to emphasize that the Lord Jesus will come back in person. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus will come back personally” or “the very person, the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	4	16	z9ka		ἀρχαγγέλου	1	of the archangel	See Jude 9 for the only other use of this word in the Bible.
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	6	d2aj	figs-metaphor	μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here Paul speaks figuratively about the people “of the night” and “of the darkness” are if they are sleeping. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See notes for “darkness” at [5:4-5](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **sleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “let us not be like the rest of humanity, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	6	on3d	figs-imperative	μὴ καθεύδωμεν…γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Here, the verb forms **sleep**, **keep watch**, and **be sober** could also refer to: (1) commands. Alternate translation: “we must not sleep … we must keep watch and be sober” (2) appeals. Alternate translation: “let us not sleep … let us keep watch and let us be sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	6	x0zh	figs-nominaladj	οἱ λοιποί	1	we might keep watch and be sober	Paul is using the adjective **the rest** as a noun in order to describe those who are unprepared for Christ’s return. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like others who are not ready for the Lord Jesus to return” or “like the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH	5	6	q33e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	we might not sleep	Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “On the contrary,” or “Instead,” or "Rather," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH	5	6	q33e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	we might not sleep	Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “On the contrary,” or “Instead,” or “Rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	6	sdww	figs-metaphor	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	Here, Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are watch guards. He means that they should be aware and be prepared for the Lord’s return by living as God’s people should live. If your readers would not understand what it means to **keep watch** or **be sober** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “instead, we must stay spiritually alert and prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	6	osxu	figs-hendiadys	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should remain calmly alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	5	7	fxca	figs-parallelism	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index e7dc83cce1..8c7e66729a 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -61,14 +61,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	2	11	en8e	figs-metaphor	πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει	1	God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie	Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2TH	2	12	d63e	figs-activepassive	κριθῶσιν πάντες	1	they might all be judged	You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	12	pkw8		οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness	“those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth”
-2TH	2	13	w83a			0	General Information:	If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
+2TH	2	13	w83a			0	General Information:	If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
 2TH	2	13	bcd5			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul now changes topics.
 2TH	2	13	b3hh		δὲ	1	Now	Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
-2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” OR "we must thank God at all times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TH	2	13	dze5	figs-hyperbole	ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε	1	we ought always to give thanks	The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2TH	2	13	m418		ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν	1	we ought	Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
 2TH	2	13	ia4x	figs-activepassive	ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου	1	brothers having been loved by the Lord	If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2TH	2	13	v15j	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοὶ	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See:  [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: "to be among the first people who believe" or "among the first people whom God was saving" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
+2TH	2	13	l7a8	figs-metaphor	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**.  Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “among the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
 2TH	2	13	bpqn	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας	1	as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth	You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	2	14	e0gy	figs-ellipsis		1		
 2TH	2	15	u9ss		ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε	1	So then, brothers, stand firm	Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.

From e94ef05d1cf90d8c4d67d8c98a94c1588c37ce78 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 23:48:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 534/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5d2cb70d90..c1319bbb16 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father
 JHN	12	49	l77y	figs-doublet	τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω	1		Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)<br>2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)<br>3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)<br>4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 52def6d394dae3b7b9b3324bbcde2bb596b825f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Tue, 24 May 2022 23:58:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 535/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c1319bbb16..e9967b0350 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1804,8 +1804,8 @@ JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father
 JHN	12	49	l77y	figs-doublet	τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω	1		Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” In many ways this Passover meal parallels the sacrifice of Jesus  as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet, because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants, and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of master and guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover**, and **Jesus** is with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 5f0a40cb9bdf79ed452438a0150a926679b03e35 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 00:18:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 536/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e9967b0350..d6dc245601 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1812,11 +1812,11 @@ JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσ
 JHN	13	1	g86x	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	4	t7cu	figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
 JHN	13	4	gfe4	figs-explicit	λαβὼν λέντιον	1		Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	5	qfqd	figs-pastforfuture	βάλλει	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From eb3d704ddc3269e6de524f398ae40de3994d802e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 00:42:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 537/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d6dc245601..0afd821573 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1830,14 +1830,14 @@ JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μ
 JHN	13	9	bjgq	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	9	irnh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον,	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	10	dp8l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to wearing sandals while walking on dusty, dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	bbon	figs-activepassive	ὁ λελουμένος	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	tv57	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1		Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	13	11	tzj7	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	11	ccz4	figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Not all of you are clean	See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	12	p45l	figs-rquestion	γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν?	1	Do you know what I have done for you?	Jesus is using a question to emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	13	13	m9z8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος	1	You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’	Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	13	m9z8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος	1	You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’	Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	14	xlgr	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Διδάσκαλος	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, and I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε	1	you should also do just as I did for you	Jesus is using a statement to give an instruction. Jesus is telling his disciples to follow his example and serve one another. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “you also must do just as I did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	13	16	h6gt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From 9c29192bcc7b3075a093064aae694ab08df8ca2f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 00:47:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 538/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0afd821573..302104ae29 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1843,7 +1843,7 @@ JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν,
 JHN	13	16	h6gt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, and you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From a93b7220e343880d9d2e316966fce120a89c0597 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 00:48:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 539/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 302104ae29..1d1bcd4f3e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ JHN	13	16	h6gt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, and you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those whom he is speaking to will be blessed for serving each other because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From f0804aec9fa90675e93f3561e7ffa1486729fa03 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 00:50:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 540/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1d1bcd4f3e..c582c4b4d2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1845,7 +1845,7 @@ JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων το
 JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, and you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those whom he is speaking to will be blessed for serving each other because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην	1		Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From c88673649d0d1f2360bade5db6027babed7485be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 00:52:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 541/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c582c4b4d2..cbcab97c38 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1847,9 +1847,9 @@ JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων το
 JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those whom he is speaking to will be blessed for serving each other because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην	1		Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	13	18	tx1f	figs-quotemarks	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])

From beeb7d1702d935a6bbaeb28bee854f5af71fbc37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 00:55:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 542/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cbcab97c38..561d96bc93 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	13	18	tx1f	figs-quotemarks	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	**The one eating bread with me** here is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	The phrase, **The one eating bread with me**, here is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend would act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like he is my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	18	wr0c	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	19	qd39	figs-ellipsis	ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I tell you this now before it happens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	19	gg19	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this in [8:24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for chapter eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 289db64b8f7db5c5a2607efd60c78b5ab6533a7a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 01:02:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 543/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 561d96bc93..b7446be443 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ JHN	13	18	tx1f	figs-quotemarks	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄ
 JHN	13	18	v5pv	figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	The phrase, **The one eating bread with me**, here is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend would act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like he is my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	18	wr0c	figs-idiom	ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me	Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	19	qd39	figs-ellipsis	ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν	1	I tell you this now before it happens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	13	19	gg19	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this in [8:24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for chapter eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	19	gg19	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated **I am** in [8:24](../08/24.md), and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for Chapter 8. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	20	di3t	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	20	zcyh	figs-doublet	ὁ λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει…λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει	1		In this verse, **receiving** and **receives** mean to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “the one accept him” or “did not welcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	20	ksfj	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From f324119aef2eb185d019ae4d277b22e9ea4c1a81 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 01:08:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 544/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b7446be443..6e464f55cc 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1862,7 +1862,7 @@ JHN	13	20	zcyh	figs-doublet	ὁ λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει…λαμβά
 JHN	13	20	ksfj	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	21	bq84	figs-explicit	ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι	1	troubled	See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:33](../11/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	21	j7x1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	23	xvi8	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	23	xvi8	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	23	z8ze	translate-unknown	ἀνακείμενος	1	lying down at the table	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 764986668264540451fce3cfac5269a824cfabdd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 01:12:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 545/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6e464f55cc..24a28714a4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1865,9 +1865,9 @@ JHN	13	21	j7x1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	13	23	xvi8	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	23	z8ze	translate-unknown	ἀνακείμενος	1	lying down at the table	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος…λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	b22k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 19aa56f2847b1475e3f89118091684da414354eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 01:16:17 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 546/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 24a28714a4..2cca3dc1db 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1876,11 +1876,11 @@ JHN	13	27	agd7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	13	28	r37z	writing-background		0		In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	28	fl66	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1		See how you translated **reclining to eat** in [verse 23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	29	yagv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	29	p66v	figs-explicit	ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	29	p66v	figs-explicit	ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	29	rv4z	figs-quotations	τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ	1	that he should give something to the poor	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Give something to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	13	30	dw7m	writing-background	ἦν δὲ νύξ	1	It was night	In this sentence John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	31	wi4o	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	31	apde	figs-pastforfuture	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		In this verse, Jesus uses the past tense **has been glorified** twice figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	13	31	apde	figs-pastforfuture	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		In this verse, Jesus twice uses the past tense **has been glorified** figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	31	gd4y	figs-123person	ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have been glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	31	o91a	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated it in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ad0ccbb1503b0ea35d7363f2051a743e118b1938 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 01:17:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 547/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2cca3dc1db..9581431d78 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ JHN	13	31	wi4o	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	13	31	apde	figs-pastforfuture	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		In this verse, Jesus twice uses the past tense **has been glorified** figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	31	d6l8	figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	31	gd4y	figs-123person	ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have been glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	13	31	o91a	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated it in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	31	o91a	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	31	n421	figs-activepassive	ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	32	i7yz	translate-textvariants		0		In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	13	32	bfxt	writing-pronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 586c343854a7553881d2d95f1afd8bc04d0812e8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 01:20:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 548/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9581431d78..21d300b3fb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the
 JHN	13	33	zrqu	figs-infostructure	καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	33	sjwl	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	34	nmf5	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους	1	love	Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “just as I have loved you, so also you must love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	13	35	kyd9	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	everyone	Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples love each other. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	13	35	kyd9	figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	everyone	Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples loved each other. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	13	36	s0gc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	37	xpt1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	37	ye6m	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my life	See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])

From 69790170e93e0f74a3861df4304167bb29f6311f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 01:25:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 549/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 21d300b3fb..c58fee4ae0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1900,7 +1900,7 @@ JHN	13	37	ye6m	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω	1	lay down my
 JHN	13	38	qp88	figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις?	1	Will you lay down your life for me?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	13	38	juha	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1		Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	If your readers would misunderstand this negative statement, you could express it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely deny me three times before the rooster crows”
-JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)<br>2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

From 0e2e0624a637103a31b611729db1f0662d17f3be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 14:14:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 551/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c58fee4ae0..8c521e01ed 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ JHN	13	38	sp7p		οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρν
 JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ	1	the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times	Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)<br>2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My Father’s house”<br><br>Jesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
+JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)), who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also called him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)), who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
 JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In [verses 1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 9180b4d206249820681626a13678205210a5587b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 14:35:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 552/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8c521e01ed..826fc97982 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1904,16 +1904,16 @@ JHN	13	38	ef9n	figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως
 JHN	13	38	ui2h	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1		A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)), who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also called him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)), who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
-JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
+JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In [verses 1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	1	rq43	figs-declarative	πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε	1		Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	2	n3wl		εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	Father	The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?”
 JHN	14	3	sadi	grammar-connect-condition-fact	ἐὰν πορευθῶ	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	14	4	ir1d	figs-extrainfo	τὴν ὁδόν	1	the way	Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	14	5	aode	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	14	5	aode	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	14	5	o21d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	5	j2go	figs-rquestion	πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1		**Thomas** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	14	6	jdwf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the truth	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From cab91c128f30a09f327d445be19e3454eb73c3b8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 14:57:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 553/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 826fc97982..a0ccece1c9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1917,13 +1917,13 @@ JHN	14	5	aode	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated the name **T
 JHN	14	5	o21d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	5	j2go	figs-rquestion	πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1		**Thomas** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	14	6	jdwf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the truth	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	6	qoc0	figs-metaphor	ἡ ὁδὸς	1		Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	i8le	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	z9tr	figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	the life	Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	6	g5hn	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	no one comes to the Father except through me	Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	6	f95q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	7	wx89	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐγνώκατε με	1	Father	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	14	8	wwv7	translate-names	Φίλιππος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	14	8	wwv7	translate-names	Φίλιππος	1		See how you translated the name **Philip** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	14	8	fy8b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	8	kum1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Lord, show us the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	9	q2iy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 9562bb20e0ce07d0811e9d3c39f00457f8684037 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:12:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 554/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a0ccece1c9..9be00b3265 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1935,9 +1935,9 @@ JHN	14	10	hc1z	figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τ
 JHN	14	10	li33	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν	1	Do you not believe … in me?	See how you translated this expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	10	e4se	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	10	wh9w	figs-you	τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	10	seon	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	10	e3li	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message” or “The teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	10	seon	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated **from myself** in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	10	e3li	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **work** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	11	ew6g	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	I am in the Father, and the Father is in me	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	11	r2w8	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	12	gh64	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν,	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1945,8 +1945,8 @@ JHN	14	12	icjc	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ 
 JHN	14	12	h2rh	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	12	ui5t	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	12	cn14	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	13	bn30	figs-ellipsis	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Jesus is leaving out some a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-idiom	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself were requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	14	13	bn30	figs-ellipsis	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	14	13	n2id	figs-idiom	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Whatever you ask in my name	Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself were requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	so that the Father will be glorified in the Son	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	13	zr8g	figs-123person	ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Son	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “in me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

From 6032b8b220b6d864f436dbc0601f737675091558 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:17:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 555/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9be00b3265..c191882aec 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1951,11 +1951,11 @@ JHN	14	13	i138	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν
 JHN	14	13	j6nh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	13	zr8g	figs-123person	ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Son	Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “in me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	14	14	sgk6	figs-idiom	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	If you ask me anything in my name	See how you translated **in my name** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	14	15	bws1	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	15	bws1	figs-explicit	τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 966db72dce63d3d15ec142f6157ee84ee5dc11e7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:23:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 556/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c191882aec..cbfcdab13d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1965,15 +1965,15 @@ JHN	14	19	cil5	figs-pastforfuture	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ	1	the world	Here Jesus
 JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will know that I am in my Father	**On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	21	x8m8	figs-explicit	τηρῶν αὐτὰς	1		Here, **keeping** means obeying. See how you translated this word in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	21	qsu7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	21	jd80	figs-explicit	ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus will reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection, as also stated in [verse 19](../14/19.md). Alternate translation: “I will show myself to him after I live again” (2) Jesus will reveal his character to the minds of anyone who loves and obeys him, as suggested by his statement in [verse 23](../14/23.md). Alternate translation: “I will reveal to him what I am like” (3) Jesus will both reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection and reveal his character to everyone who loves and obeys him. Alternate translation: “I will reveal myself to him after I live again and will reveal what I am like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	Judas (not Iscariot)	Here, **Judas** is the name of a man who was another disciple of Jesus. He was not the other disciple named **Judas** who was from the village of Kerioth and betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	14	22	qet7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	14	22	a7aa	figs-explicit	τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	**Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	22	a7aa	figs-explicit	τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	**Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	22	v7dr	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	When **Judas** says **us**, he is speaking of himself and Jesus’ other disciples, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xez7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 3bcbe5bb4f1fe8d62d1022a4edaffaa2d0762e97 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:30:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 557/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cbfcdab13d..c43953e2f7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ JHN	14	22	r22b	translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης
 JHN	14	22	qet7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	22	a7aa	figs-explicit	τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	**Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	22	v7dr	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1	why is it that you will show yourself to us	When **Judas** says **us**, he is speaking of himself and Jesus’ other disciples, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xez7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xk31	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	23	ad6d	figs-exclusive	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	My Father	When **Jesus** says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and God the Father, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here
 JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	jhdc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ…Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	14	26	lbgf	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν.	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN	14	26	lbgf	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν.	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	14	26	n7ez		ὁ…Παράκλητος	1	Father	See how you translated this in [verse 16](../14/16.md).
 JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From 128bb1cfbd6e21fb4c58d447750fe775a6a9bfe5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:30:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 558/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c43953e2f7..6339548b1a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		J
 JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	jhdc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ…Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	26	lbgf	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν.	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	14	26	n7ez		ὁ…Παράκλητος	1	Father	See how you translated this in [verse 16](../14/16.md).
+JHN	14	26	n7ez		ὁ…Παράκλητος	1	Father	See how you translated **the Helper** in [verse 16](../14/16.md).
 JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

From a66bf4372bb495b01ae917f2c910b60ff36782dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:43:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 559/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6339548b1a..12e20f9f33 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot rec
 JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	19	cil5	figs-pastforfuture	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ	1	the world	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I live** to refer to when he comes back to life after his death. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Because I will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will know that I am in my Father	**On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ JHN	14	26	lbgf	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνε
 JHN	14	26	n7ez		ὁ…Παράκλητος	1	Father	See how you translated **the Helper** in [verse 16](../14/16.md).
 JHN	14	26	hk8n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	26	jjhy	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Father	Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 6eebb7fa1df185c296e20a0e920a5839244799cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:50:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 560/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 12e20f9f33..e5a31204cb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1979,10 +1979,10 @@ JHN	14	22	gv3a	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	not to the world	Here, **world*
 JHN	14	23	xez7	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	If anyone loves me, he will keep my word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	23	xk31	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	23	ad6d	figs-exclusive	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	My Father	When **Jesus** says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and God the Father, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	we will come to him and we will make our home with him	This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	dj2n	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους μου…τηρεῖ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	24	c3ju	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this would confuse your readers, you could say that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	24	c3ju	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this would confuse your readers, you could express that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	jhdc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ…Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1994,7 +1994,7 @@ JHN	14	26	ig83	figs-hyperbole	πάντα	1		Here, **everything** is an exaggerat
 JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that the world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	27	m6qq	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid	See how you translated this clause in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	28	s8bx	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, ὑπάγω καὶ ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said to you that I am going away, and I will come back to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])

From c7beed4145dd91fa2569d294dc25d8f809adc6c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:51:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 561/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e5a31204cb..dc0d8bba2c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@ JHN	14	27	t9c4	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; ε
 JHN	14	27	fb4o	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	27	jve8	figs-ellipsis	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	27	i7gm	figs-explicit	οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν	1		Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that the world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	27	nx8a	figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	world	See how you translated the **world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	27	m6qq	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid	See how you translated this clause in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	28	s8bx	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, ὑπάγω καὶ ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said to you that I am going away, and I will come back to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	14	28	ayiy	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, ἐχάρητε ἄν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that at this point his disciples don’t truly love him in the way that they should. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you loved me, but you don’t, you would be glad, but your aren’t” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])

From 1737a25e2b1c1333aed61a6e51879aedd2054a25 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:58:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 562/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dc0d8bba2c..04eb8593ca 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2004,8 +2004,8 @@ JHN	14	28	gtk5	figs-explicit	ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν	1	t
 JHN	14	28	ymq4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	29	cj9y	figs-ellipsis	εἴρηκα ὑμῖν	1	Father	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have told you this” or “I have told you what will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	14	30	ah3s	figs-explicit	ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this phrase in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ruler … is coming	Here **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ruler … is coming	Here, **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)<br>2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)<br>3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Remain in me”<br><br>Jesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.

From 73bb47766de518af0eaff207fdb735eceed880cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 15:58:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 563/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 04eb8593ca..3744a082c6 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2006,7 +2006,7 @@ JHN	14	29	cj9y	figs-ellipsis	εἴρηκα ὑμῖν	1	Father	Jesus is leaving
 JHN	14	30	ah3s	figs-explicit	ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this phrase in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ruler … is coming	Here, **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)<br>2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)<br>3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Remain in me”<br><br>Jesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).

From 43510fef48a8b1d61c27555ee8f108744a50cefe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 18:07:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 564/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3744a082c6..9b70740ccd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1690,7 +1690,7 @@ JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	whe
 JHN	12	16	u9hf	figs-explicit	ἐδοξάσθη	1	when Jesus was glorified	Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets have written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in Chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
 JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this sign	Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From d2638244c4612200667d5e643c8f2dc3d91f4023 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 18:09:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 566/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9b70740ccd..e7a326834a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@ JHN	14	30	ea6m	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν	1	ru
 JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)<br>2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)<br>3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vine<br><br>Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “Remain in me”<br><br>Jesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.
+JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.
 JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

From 9dc411f23239e22d0b8a597526acddcf8887f0a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 18:16:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 567/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e7a326834a..dcf9fab56f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2009,9 +2009,9 @@ JHN	14	31	n3et	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσ
 JHN	14	31	jhq1	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	in order that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	31	r9ub	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	intro	k9jd			0		# John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.
-JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
+JHN	15	1	aws2			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here,” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	15	1	fen5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	I am the true vine	Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	15	1	puzl	translate-unknown	ἡ ἀληθινή	1		The word translated **vine** refers specifically to the grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that produces fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	15	1	hqj7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	my Father is the gardener	Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	1	t4ne		ὁ γεωργός	1	my Father is the gardener	While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer”

From f8b8ba3a5894f9d147414716c0f58c59f9b17436 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 18:39:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 568/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dcf9fab56f..d98c144579 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2017,9 +2017,9 @@ JHN	15	1	w2d4	figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν
 JHN	15	1	t4ne		ὁ γεωργός	1	my Father is the gardener	While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer”
 JHN	15	2	p311	figs-exmetaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ	1	He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit	Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	15	2	wt8w		αἴρει αὐτό	1	takes away	Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away”
-JHN	15	2	enrh		καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	takes away	The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean”
+JHN	15	2	enrh		καθαίρει αὐτὸ	1	takes away	The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) to remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) to remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean”
 JHN	15	3	xn3j	figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	3	ls0g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	3	ls0g	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον	1	You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	3	l5zz	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	you	The words **You** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	15	4	qvv9	figs-explicit	μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν…ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε	1	Remain in me, and I in you	See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:56](../06/56.md). See also the discussion of **Remain in me** in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	I am the vine, you are the branches	See how you translated **vine** in [verse 1](../15/01.md) and “branch” in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From e9a05f615e75892374eb5ba93d0c0c6854f03068 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 19:04:28 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 569/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d98c144579..76b65d6c43 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2026,10 +2026,10 @@ JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς
 JHN	15	5	r4di	figs-explicit	ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	He who remains in me and I in him	See how you translated this similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	5	hzh4	figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	he bears much fruit	See how you translated **bears fruit** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1		In middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
+JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1		In the middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
 JHN	15	6	d5mt	figs-explicit	μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί	1		See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch, and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	15	6	k1tm	figs-metaphor	τὸ κλῆμα	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple, but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	6	ura6	writing-pronouns	καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1	he is thrown away like a branch and dries up	The first **they** in this verse refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	15	6	e789	figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	they are burned up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	7	knr4	figs-explicit	μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	ask whatever you wish	See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 94c0af6e54a8d7838533288b0936dd3b0e684f44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 19:30:41 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 571/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 76b65d6c43..21cc50b575 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2042,7 +2042,7 @@ JHN	15	8	z1ww	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**
 JHN	15	8	wpa6	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	that you bear much fruit	See how you translated a similar expression in [verse 5](../15/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	8	vtg5		γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	are my disciples	Alternate translation: “show that you are my disciples” or “demonstrate that you are my disciples”
 JHN	15	9	nf5v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	15	9	d32z	figs-metaphor	μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	Remain in my love	Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	thg9	figs-explicit	τηρήσητε…τετήρηκα	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	Here, **keep** and **kept** refer to obeying. See how you translated this word in [14:15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	10	cu4e	figs-metaphor	μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου…μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love	See how you translated the similar clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 54af35b6a2cd3b30984fae7282e81ef32e5fa0d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 19:34:23 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 572/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 21cc50b575..1869c45088 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2049,7 +2049,7 @@ JHN	15	10	k1nm	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	my Father	**
 JHN	15	11	rcv8		ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ	1	I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you	Alternate translation: “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
 JHN	15	11	r1p1	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	so that your joy will be complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that you will be joyful to the fullest extent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	13	uqny		μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ	1		Alternate translation: “The greatest love a person can have for his friends is to voluntarily die for them” or “The best way that a person can show that he loves his friends is to willingly die for them”
-JHN	15	13	bu8j	figs-explicit	τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	13	bu8j	figs-explicit	τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	13	emyr	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ	1	life	See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	15	15	b56f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	16	qj98	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν φέρητε	1	bear fruit	In this verse, **bear fruit** could mean: (1) preach the gospel to people who respond by trusting in Jesus, as suggested by the use of **go** before **bear**. Alternate translation: “would lead people to believe in me” (2) live in a manner that pleases God, as **bear fruit** is used in [verses 2–8](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “would do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From fe924485087b4e080531f4a249dd7cb67c6e8f90 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 19:41:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 573/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1869c45088..cbd89d0b47 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2053,11 +2053,11 @@ JHN	15	13	bu8j	figs-explicit	τὴν ψυχὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to
 JHN	15	13	emyr	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ	1	life	See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	15	15	b56f	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	16	qj98	figs-metaphor	καρπὸν φέρητε	1	bear fruit	In this verse, **bear fruit** could mean: (1) preach the gospel to people who respond by trusting in Jesus, as suggested by the use of **go** before **bear**. Alternate translation: “would lead people to believe in me” (2) live in a manner that pleases God, as **bear fruit** is used in [verses 2–8](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “would do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	16	v3je	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	16	v3je	figs-explicit	καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	that your fruit should remain	Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	16	kc4z	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε	1	that your fruit should remain	Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. It could mean: (1) the content of this clause is the purpose for Jesus choosing his disciples. Alternate translation: “and he chose you so that whatever you would ask” (2) the content of this clause is the purpose for the disciples’ fruit remaining. Alternate translation: “and this fruit would remain so that whatever you would ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	15	16	bcy1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	16	acqo	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1		See how you translated this in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	15	17	rib2		ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the commands Jesus referred to in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “These commands” (2) the command in the second half of this verse. Alternate translation: “This”
+JHN	15	16	acqo	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1		See how you translated **in my name** in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	15	17	rib2		ταῦτα	1		Here, **These things** could refer to: (1) the commands Jesus referred to in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “These commands” (2) the command in the second half of this verse. Alternate translation: “This”
 JHN	15	18	ntzw	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς μισεῖ	1	the world	Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If the world hates you, and it does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	15	18	d5ff	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	19	aj8s	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦτε	1	the world	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that his disciples are not **from the world**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you were from the world, but you are not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])

From d5f49f4243628bea0c57f639044d856bc766efc4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 19:49:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 574/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cbd89d0b47..91c6109d3d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2066,12 +2066,12 @@ JHN	15	19	ayo7	figs-infostructure	ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐ
 JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	20	wzg6	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Remember the word that I said to you	See how you translated this in [13:16](../13/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	20	a8kw	figs-metonymy	εἰ τὸν λόγον μου ἐτήρησαν…τηρήσουσιν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	15	21	eh1v	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	because of my name	Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [verses 18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, Jesus uses **my name** figuratively to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	21	eh1v	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	because of my name	Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [verses 18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my name	Here, Jesus uses **my name** figuratively to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	21	hs9x	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	22	m75h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that he did come and speak to the world. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not come and spoken to them, but I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	15	22	uble	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically the the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically to the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	23	u9u7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Because I have done the works that no one else did among them, they have sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	15	24	rnt4	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He has done **works that no one else did** among the people. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, but I did, they would have no sin, but they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])

From ecfd1c414686f860cadfd41996f042b5aa916719 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 20:04:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 575/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 91c6109d3d..b35d03c3c4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2071,12 +2071,12 @@ JHN	15	21	z35m	figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	because of my na
 JHN	15	21	hs9x	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	22	m75h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that he did come and speak to the world. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not come and spoken to them, but I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	15	22	uble	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically to the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	22	uj4o	figs-explicit	ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας	1	If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin	Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically to the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	23	u9u7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	24	bd47	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Because I have done the works that no one else did among them, they have sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	15	24	rnt4	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He has done **works that no one else did** among the people. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, but I did, they would have no sin, but they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	15	24	v23s	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they would have no sin	See how you translated this in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father** referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father**, referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

From 86d9c23936efc391700562c81bb9f5713839d9e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 20:04:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 576/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b35d03c3c4..ae955e48eb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@ JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of
 JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br>2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)<br>3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)<br>4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).

From e9a95224062be193883a6c0089e2d927f2b9bc8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 23:12:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 577/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ae955e48eb..9eccb488df 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)<br>2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)<br>3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)<br>4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>### “The hour is coming”<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
 JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From d2880bd385a6ffb7fcec0db3437ea1ce3ae27742 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 23:12:55 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 578/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9eccb488df..d5ad2e43e7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Fath
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
+JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
 JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From dbbda610bbb034aec7b1231eb28cb52c7216418e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 23:17:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 579/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d5ad2e43e7..383151f592 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2090,7 +2090,7 @@ JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **begi
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
-JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	2	hhgj	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυναγώγους	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	2	i79b	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 41e7cdb3de98d4dafd17fab09316f0355b7f1914 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Wed, 25 May 2022 23:18:26 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 580/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 383151f592..9b19b532ef 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2091,9 +2091,9 @@ JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
 JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	2	hhgj	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυναγώγους	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	16	2	i79b	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	16	2	i79b	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	2	xueq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of to what **an hour** refers. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	16	3	k4r6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	4	b8z1	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 7af9a04635793d1ed1681cee2f791d0060ecf688 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 00:20:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 581/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 9b19b532ef..e0dc206118 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2096,11 +2096,11 @@ JHN	16	2	hhgj	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυναγώγους	1	the hour is coming whe
 JHN	16	2	i79b	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	2	xueq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of to what **an hour** refers. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 JHN	16	3	k4r6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	16	4	b8z1	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	4	b8z1	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	4	blb2	figs-metonymy	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν	1	when their hour comes	See how you translated **hour** in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	4	dh5i	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀρχῆς	1	in the beginning	See how you translated **beginning** in [15:27](../15/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	5	gbpt	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	5	c542	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ	1		Here Jesus uses **and** to emphasize his surprise they they are not asking him where he is going like they had done previously in [13:36](../13/36.md) and [14:5](../14/05.md). Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “but none of you are even asking” or “but how is it that none of you asks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	5	c542	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ	1		Here Jesus uses **and** to emphasize his surprise that they are not asking him where he is going, as they had done previously in [13:36](../13/36.md) and [14:5](../14/05.md). Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “but none of you are even asking” or “but how is it that none of you asks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	5	cq44	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρωτᾷ με, ποῦ ὑπάγεις	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asks me where I am going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	16	6	zhlg	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Jesus speaks of **sadness** figuratively as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	6	kr4d	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From e7e219daf3548fedb929a865581eec13e5ade10f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 00:33:54 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 582/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e0dc206118..f5111dd5fa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2102,11 +2102,11 @@ JHN	16	4	dh5i	figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀρχῆς	1	in the beginning	See how you tr
 JHN	16	5	gbpt	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	5	c542	figs-explicit	καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ	1		Here Jesus uses **and** to emphasize his surprise that they are not asking him where he is going, as they had done previously in [13:36](../13/36.md) and [14:5](../14/05.md). Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “but none of you are even asking” or “but how is it that none of you asks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	5	cq44	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐρωτᾷ με, ποῦ ὑπάγεις	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asks me where I am going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	16	6	zhlg	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Jesus speaks of **sadness** figuratively as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	16	6	zhlg	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	Jesus speaks of **sadness** figuratively as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	6	kr4d	figs-metaphor	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	sadness has filled your heart	See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	7	g3ze	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you	If it would be more natural in your language, you can translate this double negative expression in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Helper will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	16	7	d1zd		Παράκλητος	1	Comforter	See how you translated this in [14:26](../14/26.md).
-JHN	16	8	bpu5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit who is called “the Helper” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	16	7	d1zd		Παράκλητος	1	Comforter	See how you translated **Helper** in [14:26](../14/26.md).
+JHN	16	8	bpu5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Helper” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	16	8	i78r	figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	world	See how you translated this in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	8	im9o	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως	1	world	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin**, **righteousness**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “about what is sinful and about what is righteous and about the fact that God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	8	gihm	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	world	Here, **righteousness** could refer to: (1) God’s **righteousness** that **the world** does not have. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness that the world lacks” (2) the false **righteousness** in **the world**, such as the actions of the Pharisees that people thought were **righteous**. Alternate translation: “about the world’s false righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From f2bd506a169260032e657514e9cfd9ec1a40cc61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 00:34:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 583/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f5111dd5fa..ffd944eb7a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@ JHN	16	7	d1zd		Παράκλητος	1	Comforter	See how you translated **Helper*
 JHN	16	8	bpu5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Helper” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	16	8	i78r	figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	world	See how you translated this in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	8	im9o	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως	1	world	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin**, **righteousness**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “about what is sinful and about what is righteous and about the fact that God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	16	8	gihm	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	world	Here, **righteousness** could refer to: (1) God’s **righteousness** that **the world** does not have. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness that the world lacks” (2) the false **righteousness** in **the world**, such as the actions of the Pharisees that people thought were **righteous**. Alternate translation: “about the world’s false righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	8	gihm	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	world	Here, **righteousness** could refer to: (1) God’s **righteousness**, which **the world** does not have. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness that the world lacks” (2) the false **righteousness** in **the world**, such as the actions of the Pharisees, which people thought were **righteous**. Alternate translation: “about the world’s false righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	9	v4hk		περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	about sin, because they do not believe in me	Alternate translation: “about their sinfulness because they are guilty of sin by not believing in me”
 JHN	16	10	t4qe	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	10	r121	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 332e344fb3c1e7bad5b63efc21d681c6ebeb56b0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 00:38:09 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 584/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ffd944eb7a..7361647ece 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2110,12 +2110,12 @@ JHN	16	8	bpu5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to
 JHN	16	8	i78r	figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	world	See how you translated this in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	8	im9o	figs-abstractnouns	περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως	1	world	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin**, **righteousness**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “about what is sinful and about what is righteous and about the fact that God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	8	gihm	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	world	Here, **righteousness** could refer to: (1) God’s **righteousness**, which **the world** does not have. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness that the world lacks” (2) the false **righteousness** in **the world**, such as the actions of the Pharisees, which people thought were **righteous**. Alternate translation: “about the world’s false righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	9	v4hk		περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	about sin, because they do not believe in me	Alternate translation: “about their sinfulness because they are guilty of sin by not believing in me”
-JHN	16	10	t4qe	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	9	v4hk		περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	about sin, because they do not believe in me	Alternate translation: “about their sinfulness, because they are guilty of sin by not believing in me”
+JHN	16	10	t4qe	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me	See how you translated the phrase **about righteousness** in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	10	r121	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	10	fmk5	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με	1	Father	Jesus uses this phrase to imply that anyone who could **see** him saw true righteousness. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will no longer see my righteous example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	11	l71y	figs-explicit	περὶ…κρίσεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	11	x2z1	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	the ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	11	l71y	figs-explicit	περὶ…κρίσεως	1		See how you translated the phrase **about judgment** in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	11	x2z1	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	the ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	11	dp4r	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	11	llxw	figs-pastforfuture	κέκριται	1		This could mean: (1) Satan has already been condemned to future judgment. Alternate translation: “has already been condemned” (2) Satan’s future judgment is so certain that Jesus uses the past tense. Alternate translation: “will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	16	13	j7gr	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of Truth	See how you translated this phrase in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From c685f31ca9679ea0cd2aca8c42d5fdae053b4686 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 00:44:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 585/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7361647ece..1ee9a5af19 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2118,10 +2118,10 @@ JHN	16	11	l71y	figs-explicit	περὶ…κρίσεως	1		See how you translate
 JHN	16	11	x2z1	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	the ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	11	dp4r	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	11	llxw	figs-pastforfuture	κέκριται	1		This could mean: (1) Satan has already been condemned to future judgment. Alternate translation: “has already been condemned” (2) Satan’s future judgment is so certain that Jesus uses the past tense. Alternate translation: “will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	16	13	j7gr	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of Truth	See how you translated this phrase in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	he will guide you into all the truth	Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	13	j7gr	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of Truth	See how you translated the phrase **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	he will guide you into all the truth	Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	pter	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could see the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	mzns		τὰ ἐρχόμενα	1		Alternate translation: “things that are about to happen” or “things that will soon take place”
 JHN	16	14	srk5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	16	14	nfxp	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **the things of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (2) who Jesus is and what he has said and done. Alternate translation: “my true identity and the things I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 5a90fa67cf96bdff4f464183e2925cba3dad0c17 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 00:46:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 586/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1ee9a5af19..af9a2f049a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθ
 JHN	16	13	pter	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	mzns		τὰ ἐρχόμενα	1		Alternate translation: “things that are about to happen” or “things that will soon take place”
-JHN	16	14	srk5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	16	14	srk5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	16	14	nfxp	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **the things of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (2) who Jesus is and what he has said and done. Alternate translation: “my true identity and the things I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	15	s73e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	15	rmq9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ	1	the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 74eeb4e241d1985b01cd3469920e32cd770d3072 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 00:55:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 587/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index af9a2f049a..d3c0686407 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2142,13 +2142,13 @@ JHN	16	20	p9x1	figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	but the
 JHN	16	20	p6v5	figs-activepassive	ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	20	i94b	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sorrow** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	21	km17	figs-genericnoun	ἡ γυνὴ ὅταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς; ὅταν δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως διὰ τὴν χαρὰν, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Jesus is speaking of women in general, not of one particular **woman**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “When women give birth, they have pain because their hour has come, but when they have given birth to their children, they no longer remember their suffering, because of the joy that men have been born into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	16	21	c71q	figs-metonymy	ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	16	21	c71q	figs-metonymy	ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	21	m474	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως	1	but your sorrow will be turned into joy	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **suffering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she no longer remembers that she suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	16	22	j7ge	figs-metaphor	χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	your heart will be glad	See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	23	qoi2	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **in that day** refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	23	g4qt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	16	23	w5jj	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	16	23	q75v	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	See how you translated this phrase in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	16	23	q75v	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	See how you translated the phrase **in my name** in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	24	gm2h	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	24	p83u	figs-activepassive	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	your joy will be fulfilled	See how you translated a similar phrase in [15:11](../15/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	25	m4wc	figs-parables	παροιμίαις…παροιμίαις	1	in figures of speech	See how you translated this word in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])

From 6251273f9adc503bdbb91a59b4df004076fadfaf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 01:01:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 588/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d3c0686407..c75d0ff262 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2151,23 +2151,23 @@ JHN	16	23	w5jj	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Fat
 JHN	16	23	q75v	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	See how you translated the phrase **in my name** in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	24	gm2h	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	in my name	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	24	p83u	figs-activepassive	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	your joy will be fulfilled	See how you translated a similar phrase in [15:11](../15/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	16	25	m4wc	figs-parables	παροιμίαις…παροιμίαις	1	in figures of speech	See how you translated this word in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-JHN	16	25	n93q	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	16	25	m4wc	figs-parables	παροιμίαις…παροιμίαις	1	in figures of speech	See how you translated this phrase in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+JHN	16	25	n93q	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	25	r73l		παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν	1	tell you plainly about the Father	Alternate translation: “I will tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
 JHN	16	25	bq3q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	26	sd3d	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will ask in my name	See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	26	vf63	figs-idiom	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	you will ask in my name	See how you translated this phrase in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	16	26	s8a5	figs-explicit	οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here Jesus implies that he will not have to **ask the Father** on behalf of his disciples because they can ask God directly after Jesus becomes alive again. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not say to you that I will need to ask the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	26	s8a5	figs-explicit	οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here Jesus implies that he will not have to **ask the Father** on behalf of his disciples, because they can ask God directly after Jesus becomes alive again. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not say to you that I will need to ask the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	26	cy76	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	27	b49q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I came from the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	28	wyz7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα	1	I came from the Father … going to the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	16	28	l3zb	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον	1	world	Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	16	28	l3zb	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον	1	world	Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	29	sol1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1	world	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	16	29	i23p	figs-parables	παροιμίαν	1	world	See how you translated this word in [verse 25](../16/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-JHN	16	30	u18y	figs-explicit	οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις, ἵνα τίς σε ἐρωτᾷ	1	world	By saying that Jesus does not need anyone to ask him questions, his disciples are implying that Jesus already knows what people will ask him before they ask. Since he already knows what they will ask him, he does not need them to ask him. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	30	u18y	figs-explicit	οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις, ἵνα τίς σε ἐρωτᾷ	1	world	By saying that Jesus does not need anyone to ask him questions, his disciples are implying that Jesus already knows what people will ask him before they ask. Since he already knows what they will ask him, he does not need them to ask him. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	31	c8cu	figs-rquestion	ἄρτι πιστεύετε?	1	Do you believe now?	This could mean: (1) Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (2) Jesus is asking a question in order to express doubt that the disciples really believe in him, since he knows they will soon leave him. Alternate translation: “Do you really trust me now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	16	32	wbs6	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	you will be scattered	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 25](../16/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	16	32	fbet	figs-pastforfuture	καὶ ἐλήλυθεν	1	you will be scattered	Here Jesus uses **has come** in the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the very near future. If this use of **has come** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and will come right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN	16	32	fbet	figs-pastforfuture	καὶ ἐλήλυθεν	1	you will be scattered	Here Jesus uses **has come** in the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the very near future. If this use of **has come** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and will come right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	16	32	yza2	figs-activepassive	σκορπισθῆτε	1	you will be scattered	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	16	32	zjnx		εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1		Alternate translation: “each of you to his own place” or “every one of you to his own place”
 JHN	16	32	k3br	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father is with me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])

From 34a7c8932df84e177a5c1264bd17d3e501f06607 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 15:27:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 589/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c75d0ff262..af16fc5279 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2175,21 +2175,21 @@ JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητ
 JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they were objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:<br><br>1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)<br>2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)<br>3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])<br><br>### Jesus is eternal<br><br>Jesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer<br><br>Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
+JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:\n\n1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)\n2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)\n3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])\n\n### Jesus is eternal\n\nJesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Prayer\n\nJesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
 JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
-JHN	17	1	an1o	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that things about what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	1	an1o	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that things about what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	17	1	k7tb	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	1	k7tb	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky toward God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	l8sa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	1	ya24	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	the hour has come	**Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	1	bk1m	figs-123person	σου τὸν Υἱόν…ὁ Υἱὸς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	2	jzlt	grammar-connect-logic-result	καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός	1		Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	17	2	jzlt	grammar-connect-logic-result	καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός	1		Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	17	2	cpi0	figs-123person	αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ…δώσῃ	1	all flesh	Throughout this verse Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	3	i5pm		αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ	1	all flesh	The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever”
 JHN	17	3	zmsw	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	all flesh	Jesus uses **the one whom you sent** and **Jesus Christ** to refer to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	5	k9ra	figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί	1	Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made	Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	5	g8at	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	5	ximp	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	Father	Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])

From 68844dbdbe7508cb5b4ae69b61d41746c1e0fb83 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 15:32:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 590/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index af16fc5279..e752ff1c37 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2195,18 +2195,18 @@ JHN	17	5	g8at	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an
 JHN	17	5	ximp	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	Father	Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	5	xhph	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ δόξῃ	1	Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	5	s4p3	figs-activepassive	πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Jesus uses **name** figuratively to refer to God himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	6	vbn8	figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	I revealed your name	Jesus uses **name** figuratively to refer to God himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	6	hn8z	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	from the world	See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	6	u8lc	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν	1	kept your word	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	8	bzvc	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	kept your word	See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	9	ndb1	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	I do not pray for the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	10	mql5	figs-activepassive	δεδόξασμαι ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	17	10	q0tm	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		This could mean: (1) **all things** are the means by which Jesus is glorified. Alternate translation: “by means of them” (2) Jesus is glorified **in** **all things**. Alternate translation: “within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	10	q0tm	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		This could mean: (1) **all things** are the means by which Jesus is glorified. Alternate translation: “by means of them” (2) Jesus is glorified **in all things**. Alternate translation: “within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	11	viya	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκέτι εἰμὶ…πρὸς σὲ ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will no longer … I am about to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	17	11	bk2h	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this world with people who oppose you, but they are in this hostile world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	11	bk2h	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this world with people who oppose you, but they are in this hostile world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	11	kp1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	11	dvel	figs-imperative	τήρησον	1		Here, **keep** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	17	11	yq9z	figs-metonymy	τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	keep them in your name that you have given me	Here, **name** could refer to: (1) God’s power. Alternate translation: “keep them by your power” (2) God himself, as in [verse 6](../17/06.md). In this case, Jesus would be requesting that God keep his disciples united with God. Alternate translation: “keep them in the unity with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	11	yq9z	figs-metonymy	τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	keep them in your name that you have given me	Here, **name** could refer to: (1) God’s power. Alternate translation: “keep them by your power” (2) God himself, as in [verse 6](../17/06.md). In this case, Jesus would be requesting that God keep his disciples united with God. Alternate translation: “keep them in unity with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	12	s5kw	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	I kept them in your name	See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	12	a4s8	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	12	buiv	figs-pastforfuture	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Jesus uses the past tense **perished** to refer to eternal punishment as if it had already happened, even though **the son of destruction** had not yet **perished**. If this use of the past tense might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “not one of them will perish, except for the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 58afca1768cfa21b61202057d89d9863ee51c669 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 15:41:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 591/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e752ff1c37..88511d3e5a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2208,25 +2208,25 @@ JHN	17	11	kp1d	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is a
 JHN	17	11	dvel	figs-imperative	τήρησον	1		Here, **keep** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	11	yq9z	figs-metonymy	τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	keep them in your name that you have given me	Here, **name** could refer to: (1) God’s power. Alternate translation: “keep them by your power” (2) God himself, as in [verse 6](../17/06.md). In this case, Jesus would be requesting that God keep his disciples united with God. Alternate translation: “keep them in unity with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	12	s5kw	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	I kept them in your name	See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	12	a4s8	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	17	12	a4s8	figs-metaphor	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	12	buiv	figs-pastforfuture	οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction	Jesus uses the past tense **perished** to refer to eternal punishment as if it had already happened, even though **the son of destruction** had not yet **perished**. If this use of the past tense might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “not one of them will perish, except for the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	17	12	az2m	figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	12	dkpa	figs-idiom	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of** is an idiom used to describe what a person is like. The defining characteristic of Judas was that he would be destroyed because he betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one characterized by destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	17	12	az2m	figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	12	dkpa	figs-idiom	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	Here, **son of** is an idiom used to describe what a person is like. The defining characteristic of Judas was that he would be destroyed because he betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one characterized by destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	17	12	dh0a	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	the son of destruction	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the son that must be destroyed” or “the son whom you will destroy”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	12	blz4	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the scriptures would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he would fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	13	p71q	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	13	jp4v	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I might give them my full joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	17	14	bc1y	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου	1	I have given them your word	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	14	bc1y	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου	1	I have given them your word	See how you translated **your word** in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	14	qf43	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	14	wz9e	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1		The phrase **from the world** could refer to: (1) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “they do not belong to the world, just as I do not belong to the world” (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “they did not come from the world, just as I did not come from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	15	hg22	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this use of **world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	15	s3vp	figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	keep them from the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	15	s3vp	figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	keep them from the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	16	pw1m	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ εἰσὶν, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	keep them from the evil one	See how you translated **from the world** in [verse 14](../17/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	17	qtld	figs-imperative	ἁγίασον	1	Set them apart by the truth	**Sanctify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	17	y53e	figs-explicit	ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Set them apart by the truth	The phrase **by the truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them by means of the truth” (2) the realm in which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them in the truth” (3) both the means and realm of the disciples’ sanctification. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them by means of and in the truth” See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	17	y5qx	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς	1	Your word is truth	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	17	y5qx	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς	1	Your word is truth	See how you translated **your word** in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	18	bh1a	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…εἰς τὸν κόσμον	2	into the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in the world. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	19	zam3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν	1		Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	19	zam3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν	1		Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	19	z4z8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	19	x08k	figs-explicit	ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	20	n7mp	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν	1	those who will believe in me through their word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From aac9d42ef8c54d679e5d8896476b8e8f0a37ca98 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 15:46:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 592/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 88511d3e5a..21e0a12c26 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2229,14 +2229,14 @@ JHN	17	18	bh1a	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…εἰς τὸν κό
 JHN	17	19	zam3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν	1		Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	19	z4z8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	19	x08k	figs-explicit	ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	20	n7mp	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν	1	those who will believe in me through their word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	20	n7mp	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν	1	those who will believe in me through their word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	21	jwiu	figs-explicit	ἵνα…ἵνα	1		The first **that** in this verse indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them into two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	21	s8a1	figs-doublet	σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί	1	they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	21	v6i7		ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1		Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
 JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	22	p4mj	figs-infostructure	κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	The glory that you gave me, I have given to them	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	spot	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 40b579a120261e4a306cebe27a687303bd054106 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Thu, 26 May 2022 15:50:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 593/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 21e0a12c26..538e376d53 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2240,17 +2240,17 @@ JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be br
 JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	spot	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	24	da83	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	24	pd24	figs-pastforfuture	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	17	24	xh1a	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	24	xh1a	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	24	fiv7	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	before the creation of the world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before we founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	17	24	hz83	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	25	ur9j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Righteous Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	25	xpf5	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world did not know you	Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who are opposed to God. Alternate translation: “those who are against you did not know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	26	xpi3	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά	1	I made your name known to them	Here, **name** refers to God himself. See how you translated this word in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	26	gk2j	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ	1	love … loved	Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	17	26	ilzj	figs-idiom	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	love … loved	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	17	26	gk2j	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ	1	love … loved	Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	17	26	ilzj	figs-idiom	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	love … loved	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)<br>2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)<br>3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../18/01.md) give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

From 52f3e0f0dd5b1d7055d0d11e4c2a8c8b9119625d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 18:13:57 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 595/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 538e376d53..810c787c08 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ JHN	17	1	an1o	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to ever
 JHN	17	1	b4pj	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ	1	he lifted up his eyes to the heavens	See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	17	1	k7tb	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	heavens	Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky toward God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	1	l8sa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	1	jup7	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	the hour has come	Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	1	ya24	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	the hour has come	**Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	1	bk1m	figs-123person	σου τὸν Υἱόν…ὁ Υἱὸς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	17	2	jzlt	grammar-connect-logic-result	καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός	1		Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@ JHN	17	2	vbt4	figs-metonymy	πάσης σαρκός	1	all flesh	Jesus is describ
 JHN	17	3	i5pm		αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ	1	all flesh	The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever”
 JHN	17	3	zmsw	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	all flesh	Jesus uses **the one whom you sent** and **Jesus Christ** to refer to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	17	4	h4hu	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι	1	the work that you have given me to do	Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	5	k9ra	figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί	1	Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made	Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	5	k9ra	figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί	1	Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made	Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	5	g8at	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	5	ximp	figs-imperative	δόξασόν	1	Father	Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	17	5	xhph	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ δόξῃ	1	Father	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@ JHN	17	18	bh1a	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον…εἰς τὸν κό
 JHN	17	19	zam3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν	1		Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	19	z4z8	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	19	x08k	figs-explicit	ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth	The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	20	n7mp	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν	1	those who will believe in me through their word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	20	n7mp	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν	1	those who will believe in me through their word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	21	jwiu	figs-explicit	ἵνα…ἵνα	1		The first **that** in this verse indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them into two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	21	s8a1	figs-doublet	σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί	1	they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2237,10 +2237,10 @@ JHN	17	21	v6i7		ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπ
 JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	22	p4mj	figs-infostructure	κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	The glory that you gave me, I have given to them	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	spot	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus' prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	24	da83	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	24	pd24	figs-pastforfuture	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	17	24	xh1a	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From fb0f80665f37735c4b908b1bf5dcba1530c3615c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 18:49:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 596/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 810c787c08..6f26334e6c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2251,11 +2251,11 @@ JHN	17	25	xpf5	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	the world
 JHN	17	26	xpi3	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά	1	I made your name known to them	Here, **name** refers to God himself. See how you translated this word in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	26	gk2j	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ	1	love … loved	Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	17	26	ilzj	figs-idiom	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	love … loved	Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)<br>2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)<br>3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).<br><br>### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN	18	intro	ltl2			0		# John 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)\n2. The priests question Jesus, and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)\n3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”\n\nThe Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).\n\n### King of the Jews\n\nWhen Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../18/01.md) give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	18	1	pxtm	figs-possession	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	John is using **of** to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	**Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	**Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount and the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	3	j08o		ὑπηρέτας	1		See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
 JHN	18	3	h1u5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From df08baac026721296a5caaedf397aedf3a0e9d8d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 18:53:02 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 597/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6f26334e6c..5d503d400d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2259,8 +2259,8 @@ JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1
 JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	3	j08o		ὑπηρέτας	1		See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
 JHN	18	3	h1u5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	18	4	sh2u	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	18	5	vg2d	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	4	sh2u	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	18	5	vg2d	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	5	qxyj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	5	g4hx	writing-background	ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	who betrayed him	In this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

From b55dce316cc5497eb9c49569e730f923eb57457a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 18:57:39 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 598/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5d503d400d..207c38de2f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ JHN	18	3	h1u5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present t
 JHN	18	4	sh2u	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	18	5	vg2d	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	5	qxyj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	5	g4hx	writing-background	ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	who betrayed him	In this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	6	b8tl	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	6	w38n	figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	fell to the ground	Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From cadae9ec3eabe986e5536c89a30d59ebdd4e041d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 19:02:23 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 599/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 207c38de2f..aeeb35875f 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2264,10 +2264,10 @@ JHN	18	5	vg2d	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus
 JHN	18	5	qxyj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	5	g4hx	writing-background	ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	who betrayed him	In this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	18	6	b8tl	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	18	6	b8tl	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	See how you translated **I am** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	6	w38n	figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	fell to the ground	Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	7	uf85	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	8	xdp8	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	18	7	uf85	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	See how you translated **Jesus the Nazarene** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	8	xdp8	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		See how you translated **I am** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	9	l8as	writing-background		0		In this verse John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	9	zpbq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word that he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order to fulfill the word that he said	Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 353e5ebd5845b948b5c063a66b6ec90aafa0ad53 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 19:32:55 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 600/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index aeeb35875f..bcee26bbfe 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2270,9 +2270,9 @@ JHN	18	7	uf85	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus
 JHN	18	8	xdp8	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		See how you translated **I am** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	9	l8as	writing-background		0		In this verse John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	9	zpbq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word that he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order to fulfill the word that he said	Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	18	10	betq	translate-names	Σίμων…Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	10	yq44	figs-explicit	μάχαιραν	1		The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order to fulfill the word that he said	Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	10	betq	translate-names	Σίμων…Πέτρος	1		See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	10	yq44	figs-explicit	μάχαιραν	1		The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	10	fe37	translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus	Malchus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό?	1	Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?	**Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	the cup	Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From cae0c2bf0cb9e66a10255a2b9d0dfce64f26d680 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 19:42:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 601/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 16 ++++++++--------
 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index bcee26bbfe..4a8998830b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2273,23 +2273,23 @@ JHN	18	9	zpbq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν ε
 JHN	18	9	bjp9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	This was in order to fulfill the word that he said	Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	10	betq	translate-names	Σίμων…Πέτρος	1		See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	10	yq44	figs-explicit	μάχαιραν	1		The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	10	fe37	translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus	Malchus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	10	fe37	translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus	**Malchus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό?	1	Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me?	**Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	the cup	Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	the cup	Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	11	cjx7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	18	12	cl3f	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	12	i6bz	figs-explicit	ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	seized Jesus and tied him up	The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	13	tiki	translate-names	Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα	1		**Annas** and **Caiaphas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	13	je4z	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	13	je4z	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	14	kzvh	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	18	14	xq5l	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	18	14	xq5l	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		See how you translated **to the Jews** in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	14	fkx1		συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
-JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	18	15	p7ms	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated this name in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	15	xshi	figs-explicit	ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν	1		Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ	1		Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than to let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	18	15	p7ms	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	18	15	xshi	figs-explicit	ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν	1		Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple, whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	15	hch7	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	15	sr05	figs-explicit	τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	16	o10j	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	16	o10j	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος	1		See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	16	utf4	figs-activepassive	ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	17	xw8d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	17	r82l	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου?	1	Are you not also one of the disciples of this man?	The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From ca9516c550ecad048e8ce73cb14208ff75e14ae7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:18:34 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 602/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4a8998830b..1422466a7a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2297,7 +2297,7 @@ JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main sto
 JHN	18	18	g8xj	figs-infostructure	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	Now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	οἱ δοῦλοι	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	20	ltlp	figs-hyperbole	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	18	20	s4k6	figs-genericnoun	ἐν συναγωγῇ	1		Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	18	20	vcv3	figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται	1	where all the Jews come together	Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ JHN	18	20	ebdf	figs-explicit	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refe
 JHN	18	21	dlu6	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς?	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. The Jewish law required the Jewish leaders to question witnesses first in legal cases. Therefore, Jesus is using this question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are breaking their own law by questioning him instead of questioning witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	21	x42e	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus uses **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “Take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	18	22	szv3	figs-rquestion	οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ?	1	Is that how you answer the high priest?	The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	18	22	szv3	figs-rquestion	οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ?	1	Is that how you answer the high priest?	The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	23	d76y		μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ	1	testify about the wrong	Alternate translation: “tell me what I said that was wrong”
 JHN	18	23	r8dy	figs-rquestion	εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις?	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	**Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	24	mojw	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἅννας…πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα	1	if rightly, why do you hit me?	For political reasons both **Annas** and **Caiaphas** were high priests at this time. See how you translated these names in [verse 13](../18/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From d2ebfd44aa4f01c3ba689c36c9925a1727b3acb9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:19:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 603/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1422466a7a..296b43ad27 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2314,7 +2314,7 @@ JHN	18	25	l2bj	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν
 JHN	18	26	oka8	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ?	1		One of the high priest’s **servants** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely saw you in the garden with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	26	jfba	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	26	pj7v	figs-explicit	τῷ κήπῳ	1		See how you translated **garden** in [verse 1](../18/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	27	msy6	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος	1	Peter then denied again	Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	27	msy6	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος	1	Peter then denied again	Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	27	jww8	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1	immediately the rooster crowed	See how you translated **rooster** in [13:38](../13/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	18	28	a6e7			0	General Information:	Here John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him.
 JHN	18	28	r4fk	writing-pronouns	ἄγουσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 8a0d27e5258d2a6faf0533f6f6ae14f40282b574 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:25:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 604/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 296b43ad27..ab06b84a83 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2322,7 +2322,7 @@ JHN	18	28	ija7	figs-explicit	ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀ
 JHN	18	28	fyx3	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον	1		The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	28	v6e4	writing-background	ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		In this sentence John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-doublenegatives	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1	they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governor’s palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover Festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	29	g7jo	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		**Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	40	ovim	translate-names	τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς	1		**Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From efd8022716c6a99b0175863a4700d79f9c4e71ee Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:26:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 605/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ab06b84a83..5ab1274c48 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2323,7 +2323,7 @@ JHN	18	28	fyx3	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον	1		The **governo
 JHN	18	28	v6e4	writing-background	ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		In this sentence John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-doublenegatives	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1	they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governor’s palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	29	g7jo	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		**Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	40	ovim	translate-names	τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς	1		**Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	29	c9aj	figs-abstractnouns	τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

From 51303d007e39fa25a8b6ab716d0a24cf3db114a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:32:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 606/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5ab1274c48..253cbffa6a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this
 JHN	18	29	g7jo	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		**Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	40	ovim	translate-names	τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς	1		**Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	29	c9aj	figs-abstractnouns	τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say "**this one**" as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From ba37a40372764b8372eafce84a8dcc1983caa5a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:37:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 607/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 253cbffa6a..03f10c608c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2328,10 +2328,10 @@ JHN	18	29	g7jo	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		**Pilate** is the name o
 JHN	18	40	ovim	translate-names	τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς	1		**Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	29	c9aj	figs-abstractnouns	τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say "**this one**" as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From bc119262dfab74377944a8ff40f6cb5fa93a5eec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:39:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 608/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 03f10c608c..f1727f78d3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2334,11 +2334,11 @@ JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1
 JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	33	tr28	figs-explicit	ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	34	liov	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	33	tr28	figs-explicit	ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	34	liov	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	18	35	en38	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	18	35	en38	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	wsd9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	2	My kingdom is not of this world	See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐντεῦθεν	2	My kingdom is not of this world	In this verse, Jesus uses **this world** and **here** figuratively to refer to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. See how you translated a similar use of **this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	bf3i	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they did not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])

From 73d261108e7182e3acdab07f3702ebb9e668a757 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:45:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 609/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f1727f78d3..8b49ddb498 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2341,7 +2341,7 @@ JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1
 JHN	18	35	en38	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	wsd9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	2	My kingdom is not of this world	See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	36	gq19	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐντεῦθεν	2	My kingdom is not of this world	In this verse, Jesus uses **this world** and **here** figuratively to refer to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. See how you translated a similar use of **this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	18	36	bf3i	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they did not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN	18	36	bf3i	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	My kingdom is not of this world	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	36	s2lq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	so that I would not be given over to the Jews	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that someone would not have handed me over to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	37	pfgj	figs-extrainfo	σὺ λέγεις ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι	1	I have come into the world	Here Jesus is probably answering Pilate’s question in the affirmative. However, since he doesn’t clearly say, ‘Yes, I am a king,’ you do not need to explain the meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
@@ -2350,14 +2350,14 @@ JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	H
 JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	37	ltn9	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	who belongs to the truth	This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	37	b8gv	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει	1	who belongs to the truth	Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	18	37	fa97	figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	my voice	Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	ygns	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?	1	What is truth?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** Festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From e891e0822c30841b30da3d2da7756b7e06775bbc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:47:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 610/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8b49ddb498..d9f1c2cd35 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ JHN	7	12	glq8	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλ
 JHN	7	12	c27a	figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	he leads the crowds astray	Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	13	yyiv	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
+JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters festival”
 JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	u12l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν το
 JHN	11	54	cg66		τὴν χώραν	1	the country	Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	54	h5jk	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	There he stayed with the disciples	Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
-JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1		Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival … before the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1		Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival … before the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	55	rsgm		τῆς χώρας	1		Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 50a01e4709b40a7664a7e8eb7eaa4fba144d07b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 21:55:03 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 611/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d9f1c2cd35..8259221fbe 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here,
 JHN	2	22	ewi1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	this statement	Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	22	gq2w	figs-genericnoun	τῇ Γραφῇ	1	believed	John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	2	23	kvn6	writing-newevent	ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	Now when he was in Jerusalem	**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
+JHN	2	23	n807		ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1		These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival”
 JHN	2	23	w3qv	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	2	23	ipd6	grammar-connect-logic-result	θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα	1		Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	23	u65n		τὰ σημεῖα	1	the signs that he did	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11
 JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat
 JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	13	v2ss	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	xbpv		Γαββαθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
-JHN	19	14	t5qt	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** marks a break in the storyline. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover Festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	19	14	t5qt	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** marks a break in the storyline. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	14	en2i		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1	the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
 JHN	19	14	qi7t	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the sixth hour	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	14	lc5y	figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Pilate said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2468,10 +2468,10 @@ JHN	19	30	vq53	figs-activepassive	τετέλεσται	1	He bowed his head and g
 JHN	19	30	vz56	figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	This clause is an idiom that means “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	31	jtq9	figs-infostructure	οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	31	zuk9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	31	c49h	figs-explicit	παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	31	c49h	figs-explicit	παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	h3j1	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	day of preparation	According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	oeeb	figs-genericnoun	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1		John is speaking of the three crosses that the men were hanging on, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	19	31	rodw	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1		John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover Festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	31	rodw	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1		John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	f96h	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	31	gz48	figs-explicit	κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 98034519b1203e45322ecb1ed7f70870ada67609 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 22:24:27 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 612/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 64 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 32 insertions(+), 32 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8259221fbe..b71d16d123 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ JHN	1	46	i4wp	figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθ
 JHN	1	46	shpn	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	e1ke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	ka53	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	**Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	**Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	1	48	am5y	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For th
 JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given … into his hand	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐ
 JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	24	eg5h	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον μου	1	he who hears my word	Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	24	s38a	figs-explicit	τῷ πέμψαντί με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	ql7q	figs-metaphor	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	will not be condemned	Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	24	p5jx		μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν	1		Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατ
 JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus is speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1419,12 +1419,12 @@ JHN	10	18	lo79	figs-metaphor	πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν	1		See how you
 JHN	10	18	s13n	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	19	wft1	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 JHN	10	19	g4rs	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	19	nici	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	19	nici	figs-metonymy	διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους	1		Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	20	uoce		δαιμόνιον ἔχει	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of him!” or “He must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	10	20	gm3r	figs-rquestion	τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε?	1	Why do you listen to him?	Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	10	21	zrwb	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου	1		Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	21	zrwb	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου	1		Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	21	mj2b	figs-rquestion	μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι?	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	The people are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that a **demon** could heal a **blind** person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	10	21	dcau	figs-metonymy	τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	21	dcau	figs-metonymy	τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	Can a demon open the eyes of the blind?	Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	22	f9cm	writing-background		0	General Information:	Some Jews begin to question Jesus during **the Festival of Dedication**. This verse gives background information about the time when the events of [verses 24–39](../10/24.md) took place. The next verse gives background information about the place where those events too place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	10	22	w25f	translate-unknown	τὰ ἐνκαίνια	1	Festival of Dedication	The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	23	v6wn	figs-synecdoche	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus was walking in the temple	**Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν 
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are g
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
 JHN	10	35	ieot	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς	1	the word of God came	**If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1482,7 +1482,7 @@ JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in
 JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	t8mj	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that
 JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	13	hf0a	figs-quotemarks	ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ JHN	12	21	rfff	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1
 JHN	12	23	dkmf	writing-quotations	ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων	1	as it was written	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	15	ts1f	figs-quotemarks		1		This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
 JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@ JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	Thi
 JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is a
 JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην	1	this hour	In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	28	t69i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, bel
 JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	37	g1z3		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	12	38	k15e	figs-activepassive	λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	38	n4m7	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	38	hps9	translate-names	Ἠσαΐου	1		See how you translated **Isaiah** in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This phrase introduces a quotation that occurs in the rest of this verse. The quotation is from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -1789,9 +1789,9 @@ JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπε
 JHN	12	44	kcnd	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	45	s6xx	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also see the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	u4o4	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1		See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος 
 JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	4	t7cu	figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ JHN	14	10	hc1z	figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τ
 JHN	14	10	li33	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν	1	Do you not believe … in me?	See how you translated this expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	14	10	e4se	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	10	wh9w	figs-you	τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	The words that I say to you	Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message” or “The teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	14	10	pgk6	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα	1	The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority	Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message” or “The teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	10	seon	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated **from myself** in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	10	e3li	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		See how you translated **work** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	11	ew6g	figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	I am in the Father, and the Father is in me	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ JHN	15	18	d5ff	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **worl
 JHN	15	19	aj8s	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦτε	1	the world	Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that his disciples are not **from the world**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you were from the world, but you are not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	15	19	x6q8	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος…τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	19	ayo7	figs-infostructure	ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ ἐστέ, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “But because you are not from the world, this world hates you, but I chose you from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	20	v53s	figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	20	wzg6	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	Remember the word that I said to you	See how you translated this in [13:16](../13/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	20	a8kw	figs-metonymy	εἰ τὸν λόγον μου ἐτήρησαν…τηρήσουσιν	1	Remember the word that I said to you	See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	21	eh1v	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	because of my name	Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [verses 18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ JHN	15	24	rnt4	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ 
 JHN	15	24	v23s	figs-metaphor	ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	they would have no sin	See how you translated this in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	24	z6we	figs-ellipsis	καὶ ἑωράκασιν	1		The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father**, referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	15	24	v6pt	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	they have seen and hated both me and my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	25	x7g9	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	to fulfill the word that is written in their law	Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	15	25	s5wj	writing-quotations	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	15	25	rod8	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	15	25	j2m2	figs-synecdoche	τῷ νόμῳ	1	law	Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@ JHN	15	25	jhqg	figs-quotemarks	ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν	1	law	This se
 JHN	15	26	eexc	figs-explicit	ὁ Παράκλητος	1		See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	26	tpw6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός…Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	15	26	tzi9	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the Spirit of truth	See how you translated **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ JHN	17	12	blz4	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	so t
 JHN	17	13	p71q	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	13	jp4v	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I might give them my full joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	17	14	bc1y	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον σου	1	I have given them your word	See how you translated **your word** in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	14	qf43	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	17	14	qf43	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	14	wz9e	figs-explicit	οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1		The phrase **from the world** could refer to: (1) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “they do not belong to the world, just as I do not belong to the world” (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “they did not come from the world, just as I did not come from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	15	hg22	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this use of **world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	15	s3vp	figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	keep them from the evil one	Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ JHN	19	6	bzm0	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ
 JHN	19	7	x7bg	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	7	vr7p	figs-idiom	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	7	xt93	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	19	8	lw3u	figs-metonymy	τοῦτον τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	19	8	lw3u	figs-metonymy	τοῦτον τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	8	nx2u	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	9	seyo	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	9	lb11	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2398,7 +2398,7 @@ JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		The Jewish leaders say **this one*
 JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
 JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	il9r	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he brought Jesus out	Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -2451,7 +2451,7 @@ JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your
 JHN	19	27	a8x3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	See, your mother	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	19	27	q615	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	19	27	q615	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	28	uynk	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	knowing that everything was now completed	**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	28	crd3	figs-activepassive	ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	knowing that everything was now completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	28	pxie	figs-explicit	πάντα	1	knowing that everything was now completed	Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2574,8 +2574,8 @@ JHN	20	19	e7cb	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 
 JHN	20	19	g8bu	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	20	19	qsmq	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	19	zj7j	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-metonymy	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	20	20	a444	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευρὰν	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-metonymy	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	20	a444	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευρὰν	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	20	nb0v	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον	1	he showed them his hands and his side	This could refer to: (1) the time when the disciples rejoiced, as in the UST. (2) the reason why the disciples rejoiced. Alternate translation: “because they saw the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	20	21	ylp8	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2601,8 +2601,8 @@ JHN	20	26	r3iz	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων	1
 JHN	20	26	m5tl	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated this in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	27	j85h	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	27	xgwl	figs-explicit	ὧδε	1		Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	27	ai73	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖράς μου	1		Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	20	27	tax6	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευράν μου	1		Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	27	ai73	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖράς μου	1		Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	27	tax6	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευράν μου	1		Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	27	ncc3	figs-doublet	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	Do not be unbelieving, but believe	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	20	27	n4pi	figs-ellipsis	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	believe	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	29	zgv1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2672,7 +2672,7 @@ JHN	21	17	kmch	figs-explicit	φιλεῖς με…φιλεῖς με…φιλῶ
 JHN	21	17	ayds	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, φιλεῖς με	1	He said to him a third time	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked him the third time if he loved him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	21	17	p8aa	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου	1	Feed my sheep	This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in verse 15 and “Take care of my sheep” in the previous verse. See how you translated those similar sentences in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	18	sqb7	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	21	18	bqps	figs-metonymy	ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε	1		Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it figuratively in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	21	18	bqps	figs-metonymy	ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε	1		Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it figuratively in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	21	18	qltf	figs-explicit	ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου	1	Truly, truly	Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν	1	Now	**Now** here indicates that in this sentence John is giving background information in order to explain what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	19	kpf6	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2689,7 +2689,7 @@ JHN	21	22	e3xi	writing-pronouns	ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν	1	If
 JHN	21	22	tef8	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι	1	I come	Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	23	c2cr	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the Apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 2920927f67631b89f684a6be37974ae1fb41a27e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 22:25:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 613/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b71d16d123..947829a484 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ JHN	1	17	kup2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη	1		The word *
 JHN	1	17	wios	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1		**Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	18	vf9q		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
-JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
+JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
 JHN	1	18	rflq	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who has a close relationship with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 11dfed8f8b687567d717a92e40d5900ec3f8a560 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 22:28:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 614/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 947829a484..0a60de0113 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ JHN	4	44	fx22		προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴ
 JHN	4	44	syl9		ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι	1		This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
 JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
-JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])

From 2ce6e3611207c8fa16fa1e8f68b3ff2510ab2478 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 22:29:00 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 615/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0a60de0113..c063819d01 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ JHN	4	45	inup	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτε οὖν	1		Here, **therefore*
 JHN	4	45	ews8		ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι	1		Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
 JHN	4	45	lm4g	grammar-connect-logic-result	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	4	45	r65x	figs-hyperbole	πάντα ἑωρακότες	1		Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	45	v9la	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	at the festival	Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	46	vp1m	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 50184c99bdf6cc33646310956b465111d4cab448 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 23:41:13 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 616/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 18 +++++++++---------
 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c063819d01..0fe1e6d964 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ JHN	4	49	ui6f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	4	49	y3vi		κύριε	1		The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	49	ycdt	figs-imperative	κατάβηθι	1		This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	50	n5mo	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate to whom they are speaking. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -662,14 +662,14 @@ JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how yo
 JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Man's authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	28	h9l7	figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	5	29	vwuo	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	5	29	vwuo	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	30	bzmq	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	30	f3za	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	30	n8o9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **righteous**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	30	ayn1	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	31	f9vc	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.	1		Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	32	nr3l	figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	another	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	33	athw	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	26	yef5	figs-activepassive	ἐχορτάσθητε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -809,8 +809,8 @@ JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** re
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	fpgo	figs-doublet	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	35	a7my	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ	1		Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτο
 JHN	6	39	p8s0	writing-pronouns	μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1		Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	40	mpm2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ	1		Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **l
 JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	k4bo	figs-metonymy	σάρξ μού	1		Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	51	ee9d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ ἄρτος	2		Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	51	c5z3	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	nb41	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	for the life of the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	52	v6g7	figs-synecdoche	οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	6	52	fj5p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν?	1	How can this man give us his flesh to eat?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 6d28c1338a4ecfa14f1f1563ca1b8b1b7e877abb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Fri, 27 May 2022 23:45:11 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 617/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 22 +++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0fe1e6d964..4b29725db9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ JHN	6	53	r7hh	figs-extrainfo	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ
 JHN	6	53	e2w9	figs-doublet	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		These two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	53	hkr8	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	53	quje	figs-explicit	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	53	j1ga	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν	1	you will not have life in yourselves	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	53	j1ga	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν	1	you will not have life in yourselves	Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	54	hc5d	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life	The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	54	etdh	figs-doublet	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		As in the previous verse, these two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	54	ym6w	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	raise him up	See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -893,12 +893,12 @@ JHN	6	55	tw5g	figs-extrainfo	σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου	1		Here Jesus is
 JHN	6	55	cik2	figs-extrainfo	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink	Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	55	j4ud	figs-doublet	ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1		As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	56	eaoy	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα	1		See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	56	u3w4	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει	1	remains in me	Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	56	rjpa	figs-ellipsis	κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	57	y334	figs-explicit	ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ	1		Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	krma	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	57	oczm	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	57	nhp9	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	57	oczm	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	57	nhp9	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα	1		Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	57	dba2	figs-extrainfo	καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	so he who eats me	Jesus is using **eating me** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	57	e6op	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ	1		Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	58	m2nz	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	This is the bread that has come down from heaven	John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background		0		In this verse John gives background informa
 JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	61	g3z7	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -923,11 +923,11 @@ JHN	6	62	ibnq	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See
 JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	ygqi	figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1		Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	fy9p	figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν	1		Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	63	plw8		πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
 JHN	6	63	gb29		καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
-JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	In this sentence John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	64	rlhr	figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες	1		The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	e9ex	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -942,10 +942,10 @@ JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does no
 JHN	6	67	ezer	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν?	1		John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	68	n5ty	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	68	g9l4	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα?	1	Lord, to whom shall we go?	**Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	6	68	tiwh	figs-possession	ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	68	v12o	figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1		John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	69	o3w6	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	6	69	qu0n	figs-possession	ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	70	m9ys	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν?	1	Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil?	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	70	k335	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	70	jl5i	figs-explicit	ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1		The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -956,9 +956,9 @@ JHN	7	intro	l712			0		# John 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<
 JHN	7	1	b99m	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	7	1	r94g	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	2	n2ud	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	2	m4ch	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	3	x8ce	translate-kinship	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	brothers	These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	3	id2z	figs-explicit	σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	the works that you do	Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	4	by1h	figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1		Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	7	4	uj59		ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι	1		Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
 JHN	7	4	mc8r	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς	1		John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])

From 7c5c2e847b313da4b61f451c668e883683d4f75e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 00:21:08 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 618/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 94 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 47 insertions(+), 47 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4b29725db9..f749affe40 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -987,10 +987,10 @@ JHN	7	13	n8bb	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the J
 JHN	7	14	yut8		τῆς ἑορτῆς	1		Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters festival”
 JHN	7	14	jqnk	figs-synecdoche	εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν	1		Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	15	u12l	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	15	obtt	figs-explicit	ἐθαύμαζον	1		The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	15	e7ve	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	15	k8wh	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	15	oqzy	figs-explicit	μὴ μεμαθηκώς	1		Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	15	oqzy	figs-explicit	μὴ μεμαθηκώς	1		Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	16	h7mr	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	of him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	17	vlcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	18	u5h6	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1003,11 +1003,11 @@ JHN	7	19	bfd2	figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι?	1
 JHN	7	20	hdud	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	20	l1rq		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	You have a demon	Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	7	20	r9wi	figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Who seeks to kill you?	**The crowd** is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	21	b63z	figs-explicit	ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	21	l1zf	figs-explicit	πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	22	o9n9	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	21	b63z	figs-explicit	ἓν ἔργον	1	one work	Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	21	l1zf	figs-explicit	πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	22	o9n9	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	d8sw	writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors	Here Jesus provides additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	7	22	w22v	figs-explicit	τῶν πατέρων	1		Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	22	w22v	figs-explicit	τῶν πατέρων	1		Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	cs9z	figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	on the Sabbath you circumcise a man	Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	dl6z	figs-genericnoun	ἄνθρωπον	1		Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	23	t21u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receive circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ JHN	7	28	ah7u	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	in the temple	Jesus and t
 JHN	7	28	w35k	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	of myself	See how you translated this phrase in verse [17](../07/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	a2h9	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1	he who sent me is true	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	rc3g	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1		Here, **true** could mean: (1) real. In this case, Jesus would be saying that he the God who is real sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful. In this case, Jesus would be saying that God is truly the one who sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the true sender” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	7	30	kci1	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	7	30	e0ce	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν	1		Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	30	pamg	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα	1		To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	30	pxr4	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	his hour had not yet come	Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ JHN	7	34	p7w6	figs-infostructure	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, ο
 JHN	7	35	zn29	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The Jews therefore said among themselves	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	7	35	ojvy	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	tc23	figs-rquestion	μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	35	ef1y	figs-explicit	τὴν διασπορὰν	1		Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	35	g64h	figs-possession	τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων	1		John records the **Jews** using **of** to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	7	36	ib6p	figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	What is this word that he said	Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	36	h18z	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ JHN	7	38	wtl7	figs-quotesinquotes	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ 
 JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here Jesus uses **rivers** figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	38	ebk7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ JHN	8	12	yc5p	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the world	Here, **world** ref
 JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me	Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In [verses 14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ JHN	8	17	l6ln	figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀλ
 JHN	8	18	gfd3	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	the Father who sent me bears witness about me	In addition to Jesus himself, God the **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father who sent me also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	18	ayl5	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	18	ycc8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	2	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	19	o66t	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1		In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	19	o66t	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1		In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	19	b26z	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	19	wcd1	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε.	1		Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	8	20	p01r	writing-background		0		In this verse John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ JHN	8	22	a4p4	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said	Here, **t
 JHN	8	22	upxp	figs-explicit	μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν	1		John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	8	22	mi1t		ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
-JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In [verses 23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In [verses 23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	23	zug9	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	a7ny	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1353,12 +1353,12 @@ JHN	10	1	ab9x			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus c
 JHN	10	1	i3tj	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	1	xq1f	translate-unknown	αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	sheep pen	A **sheep pen** is an enclosed or fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	1	zz7x	figs-explicit	κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής	1	a thief and a robber	The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “The gate guard” or “The person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	3	q48q	figs-ellipsis	ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	10	3	ploz	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ	1		In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	3	db3c	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	3	zxsd	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα	1		Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	3	zxsd	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα	1		Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	4	n1ta	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	5	z8dm	grammar-collectivenouns	τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν	1		Here, the word **voice** is singular in form, but it refers to all of the strangers’ voices as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the voices of strangers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-parables	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parable	This **parable** is an illustration from the work of shepherds that uses metaphors. See the discussion of parables in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “this analogy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
@@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ JHN	10	8	z4hb	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα	1		In this verse, Jesus uses **
 JHN	10	8	xa5u	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	yp3g	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	gda6	figs-metaphor	δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	9	xl78	figs-metaphor	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	9	nmvk	figs-activepassive	σωθήσεται	1	I am the gate	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	9	n70e	figs-idiom	εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται	1	I am the gate	The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	9	in9p	figs-metaphor	νομὴν εὑρήσει	1	pasture	Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1383,9 +1383,9 @@ JHN	10	10	ymc7	figs-genericnoun	ὁ κλέπτης	1	does not come if he would n
 JHN	10	10	nicf	figs-metaphor	ὁ κλέπτης	1		Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	10	h2gf	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	does not come if he would not steal	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	10	10	h56c	figs-ellipsis	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	steal and kill and destroy	Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	10	10	zho7	writing-pronouns	ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	10	zho7	writing-pronouns	ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	10	10	j2k6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	so that they will have life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	10	fnu5	figs-explicit	καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν	1		Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	11	x196			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
 JHN	10	11	xs4m	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	I am the good shepherd	Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	11	llr4	figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	lays down his life	Here Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		See how you trans
 JHN	10	28	bpx3	figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	no one will snatch them out of my hand	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	29	g82a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	My Father, who has given them to me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	the hand of the Father	Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	30	rs4j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I and the Father are one	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	31	a42t	figs-explicit	ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν	1		**The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1479,13 +1479,13 @@ JHN	10	36	bkl5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Thi
 JHN	10	37	wyd2	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		Here Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in the works	Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	t8mj	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because t
 JHN	11	3	i2ar	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	11	3	czm1	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	4	nk3g	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	11	4	nk3g	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	4	q343	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	4	y9vx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1		Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
@@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, 
 JHN	11	18	icrj	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	18	d35v	translate-bdistance	ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	11	19	pxw3	writing-background		0		This verse gives background information about the people who were present when this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	11	19	ctr6	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	about their brother	Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	19	ctr6	figs-explicit	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	about their brother	Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	19	m26v	translate-kinship	τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	about their brother	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	20	k7dy	figs-quotations	ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται	1	about their brother	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this statement as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “she heard that Jesus was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	11	21	ef5h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	my brother would not have died	**Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
@@ -1545,28 +1545,28 @@ JHN	11	23	hf5m	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	Your brother will rise ag
 JHN	11	24	f0qy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he will rise again	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	24	z7el	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise again	See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	24	bco7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει	1	he will rise again	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	11	24	lxqk	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	25	ky99	figs-explicit	ἡ ἀνάστασις	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	25	o9qv	figs-explicit	ἡ ζωή	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	25	chs2	figs-explicit	κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	even if he dies	Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	25	ef7a	figs-explicit	ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	26	a6gs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ζῶν	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	24	lxqk	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	25	ky99	figs-explicit	ἡ ἀνάστασις	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	25	o9qv	figs-explicit	ἡ ζωή	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	25	chs2	figs-explicit	κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	even if he dies	Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	25	ef7a	figs-explicit	ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	26	a6gs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ζῶν	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	fue3	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	js8v	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	11	27	mk4e	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	She said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	28	yd61	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	31	zpe9		οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	31	q0iv	figs-distinguish	οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν	1		This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-JHN	11	32	zmp7	figs-explicit	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	32	zmp7	figs-explicit	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	32	j2wr		Κύριε, εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	See how you translated this sentence in [11:21](../11/21.md).
 JHN	11	33	ct82		τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	33	qef6	figs-doublet	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John combines these phrases to express the intense emotional distress that Jesus was feeling. Alternate translation: “he was very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	11	33	s5uz	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	33	w7f8	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	33	w7f8	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	35	bj6b	figs-explicit	ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	The word translated **wept** is different than the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	36	b6ee		οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	loved	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ JHN	11	38	e72n		ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		See how you tran
 JHN	11	38	xu7k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it	John provides a brief break in the story to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	39	hevw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	39	l2pd	translate-kinship	ἡ ἀδελφὴ	1	Martha, the sister of Lazarus	**Martha** was Lazarus’ oldest **sister**. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a older or oldest **sister** here. Alternate translation: “the oldest sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	39	lt1d	figs-explicit	τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν	1		This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	39	lt1d	figs-explicit	τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν	1		This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	40	c082	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	40	q5mw	figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God?	Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	40	mpl5	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ JHN	11	45	rlf4			0	General Information:	[Verses 45–54] explain what happened a
 JHN	11	45	ksi3		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	47	yl3k	figs-explicit	Συνέδριον	1		The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	y70t	translate-names	Συνέδριον	1		**Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	q01y	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	ha2e		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1605,13 +1605,13 @@ JHN	11	50	fvry	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόλ
 JHN	11	50	zh9n	figs-synecdoche	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1	than that the whole nation perishes	Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and all the people of our nation would not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	51	qww5	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 51–52](../11/51.md) John interrupts the story to explain that Caiaphas was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	51	kw41	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from himself** could mean: (1) Caiaphas was speaking something he had thought of himself. Alternate translation: “on his own initiative” (2) Caiaphas was speaking from his own authority, which is how the phrase is used in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	51	mw4e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	11	51	mw4e	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	51	eh17	figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους	1	die for the nation	See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	gee2	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἔθνους	1		See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	52	mle1	figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	52	tpe1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1		If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered together into one	Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	53	psay		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
 JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to J
 JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1		Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival … before the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	55	rsgm		τῆς χώρας	1		Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this village name, **Bethany**, in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this man's name, **Lazarus**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this woman's name, **Martha**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		See how you translated **Mary** in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ JHN	12	12	t3jl	figs-explicit	τὴν ἑορτήν	1		Here, **festival** refers
 JHN	12	13	nu7x	figs-explicit	τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων	1		In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** to express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **the branches of the palm trees**, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	cw5w	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγαζον	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	13	hf0a	figs-quotemarks	ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1693,14 +1693,14 @@ JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated
 JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in Chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
 JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this sign	Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	19	i5uq	figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	see, the world has gone after him	The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	20	rbrb		τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	This refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
@@ -1721,14 +1721,14 @@ JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly,
 JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of  the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	12	26	ytxu	figs-idiom	ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will honor him	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	27	ytv9	figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης?	1	what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’?	Here Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην	1	this hour	In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	28	t69i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1736,16 +1736,16 @@ JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translat
 JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	31	fc6r	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	31	pv51	figs-explicit	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	31	o63p	figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	32	a7tc	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	32	ms6n	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	When I am lifted up from the earth	Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	32	n7i6		πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
-JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people, all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN	12	32	f45r	figs-hyperbole	πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	will draw everyone to myself	Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people, all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	12	33	b1zu	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	34	swpp	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	34	su0r	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ νόμου	1		The crowd is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	34	mx1k	figs-explicit	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The Son of Man must be lifted up	Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	jzfm	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Who is this Son of Man?	This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

From 8f90a7d2d3f1c9cadb39a80f110259a902d1b0e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 00:22:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 619/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f749affe40..1a3fc93ff8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1792,7 +1792,7 @@ JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλ
 JHN	12	46	nggy	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come as a light	Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	46	i31g	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	may not remain in the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also see the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	47	vehn	figs-metonymy	μου…τῶν ῥημάτων	1		Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	47	xlyd	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ	1		Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον	1	If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world	In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	47	u4o4	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1		See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	48	wtwv		τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	on the last day	See how you translated **my words** in the previous verse.
@@ -1810,20 +1810,20 @@ JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the wo
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	1	g86x	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	3	qtr3	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς	1	Father	Here, the word **knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	13	3	fd2t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything over into his hands	Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	4	t7cu	figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
 JHN	13	4	gfe4	figs-explicit	λαβὼν λέντιον	1		Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	5	qfqd	figs-pastforfuture	βάλλει	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	5	adm9	figs-activepassive	ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	6	hevx	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	6	bz27	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας?	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	**Peter** is using a rhetorical question here to show that he does not want Jesus to wash his feet. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash my feet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	13	7	o7nf	figs-explicit	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	7	o7nf	figs-explicit	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	8	oy8j	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	8	f6dg	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	If I do not wash you, you have no share with me	**Jesus** uses two negative statements to convince **Peter** to allow him to **wash** his **feet**. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I must wash you so that you can have a share with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1		Here, Jesus’ use of **no share with me** could imply: (1) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to receive his **share** of the inheritance that God promised to give his people. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will not share in God’s promised inheritance with me” (2) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being his disciple. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will no longer be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1841,13 +1841,13 @@ JHN	13	13	m9z8	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκ
 JHN	13	14	xlgr	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Διδάσκαλος	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, and I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε	1	you should also do just as I did for you	Jesus is using a statement to give an instruction. Jesus is telling his disciples to follow his example and serve one another. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “you also must do just as I did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	13	16	h6gt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην	1		Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 8b2efae80ff6f85579c11f08c53242994c8f9dce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 00:23:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 620/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1a3fc93ff8..f66f067ca0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1862,12 +1862,12 @@ JHN	13	20	zcyh	figs-doublet	ὁ λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει…λαμβά
 JHN	13	20	ksfj	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	21	bq84	figs-explicit	ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι	1	troubled	See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:33](../11/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	21	j7x1	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	23	xvi8	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	23	xvi8	figs-explicit	εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	23	z8ze	translate-unknown	ἀνακείμενος	1	lying down at the table	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος…λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος…λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	b22k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1886,7 +1886,7 @@ JHN	13	31	gd4y	figs-123person	ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρ
 JHN	13	31	o91a	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	31	n421	figs-activepassive	ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	32	i7yz	translate-textvariants		0		In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN	13	32	bfxt	writing-pronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	13	32	bfxt	writing-pronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	13	32	uaj7	figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	13	33	zki6	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From ec2c2543aeb548311f2608b1cb4e6f668085a532 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 00:27:06 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 621/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f66f067ca0..aeda22e131 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1962,7 +1962,7 @@ JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present
 JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	19	cil5	figs-pastforfuture	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ	1	the world	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I live** to refer to when he comes back to life after his death. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Because I will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will know that I am in my Father	**On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will know that I am in my Father	**On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -2025,7 +2025,7 @@ JHN	15	4	qvv9	figs-explicit	μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑ
 JHN	15	5	mw4t	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	I am the vine, you are the branches	See how you translated **vine** in [verse 1](../15/01.md) and “branch” in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	15	5	r4di	figs-explicit	ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	He who remains in me and I in him	See how you translated this similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	5	hzh4	figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	he bears much fruit	See how you translated **bears fruit** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	15	5	b1qd	figs-explicit	ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	he bears much fruit	Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	6	fgnm		ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται	1		In the middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
 JHN	15	6	d5mt	figs-explicit	μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί	1		See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	15	6	h6cu	figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch, and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2090,7 +2090,7 @@ JHN	15	27	ew2v	figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	the beginning	Here Jesus uses **begi
 JHN	16	intro	wb8v			0		# John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	16	1	pbc8			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
 JHN	16	1	hn4j			0	Connecting Statement:	Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
-JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	1	kz43	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	1	vui6	figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	you will not fall away	Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	2	hhgj	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυναγώγους	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	16	2	i79b	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God	See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ JHN	16	13	pau7	figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθ
 JHN	16	13	pter	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	v738	figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	he will say whatever he hears	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	13	mzns		τὰ ἐρχόμενα	1		Alternate translation: “things that are about to happen” or “things that will soon take place”
-JHN	16	14	srk5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	16	14	srk5	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	16	14	nfxp	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ	1	he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	Here, **the things of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (2) who Jesus is and what he has said and done. Alternate translation: “my true identity and the things I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	15	s73e	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	15	rmq9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ	1	the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2236,8 +2236,8 @@ JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is a
 JHN	17	21	v6i7		ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1		Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
 JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	22	p4mj	figs-infostructure	κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	The glory that you gave me, I have given to them	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could express this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	spot	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus' prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From e3a587ffc163b0288073848184143d83d48bddd4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 00:28:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 622/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index aeda22e131..62366e4932 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2288,7 +2288,7 @@ JHN	18	14	uqs5	figs-ellipsis	συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀπο
 JHN	18	15	p7ms	translate-names	Σίμων Πέτρος	1		See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	15	xshi	figs-explicit	ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν	1		Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple, whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	15	hch7	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	18	15	sr05	figs-explicit	τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	15	sr05	figs-explicit	τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus	In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	16	o10j	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος	1		See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	16	utf4	figs-activepassive	ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	17	xw8d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the wor
 JHN	18	20	ltlp	figs-hyperbole	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	18	20	s4k6	figs-genericnoun	ἐν συναγωγῇ	1		Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	18	20	vcv3	figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται	1	where all the Jews come together	Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	18	20	ebdf	figs-explicit	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	20	ebdf	figs-explicit	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	21	dlu6	figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς?	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. The Jewish law required the Jewish leaders to question witnesses first in legal cases. Therefore, Jesus is using this question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are breaking their own law by questioning him instead of questioning witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	21	x42e	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	Why did you ask me?	Jesus uses **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “Take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	22	ri22	writing-quotations	ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -2331,7 +2331,7 @@ JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say "**this
 JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 0bff335b35fec756fc0db8c26c247f019a9db3b7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 01:09:21 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 623/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 14 +++++++-------
 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 62366e4932..5a13faf08d 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2336,7 +2336,7 @@ JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John int
 JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	33	tr28	figs-explicit	ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	34	liov	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	34	liov	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	35	en38	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	wsd9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	2	My kingdom is not of this world	See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2367,10 +2367,10 @@ JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formattin
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
 JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	2	f1rj	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν	1		In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	2	f1rj	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν	1		In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	**Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	19	4	hn1f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	19	4	zd8v	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	19	4	zd8v	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	19	4	c6v2	figs-metaphor	αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω	1	I find no guilt in him	See how you translated a similar clause in [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	5	wyql	figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν	1		Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	19	5	t9wn	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον	1	crown of thorns … purple garment	See how you translated **crown**, **thorns**, and **purple garment** in [verse 2](../19/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2409,13 +2409,13 @@ JHN	19	14	t5qt	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** marks a break in the story
 JHN	19	14	en2i		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1	the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
 JHN	19	14	qi7t	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the sixth hour	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	14	lc5y	figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Pilate said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	15	vi6h	figs-explicit	ἆρον! ἆρον!	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	15	vi6h	figs-explicit	ἆρον! ἆρον!	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	15	krld	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	19	15	tlj2	figs-explicit	τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω	1	Should I crucify your King?	Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	15	tlj2	figs-explicit	τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω	1	Should I crucify your King?	Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	15	osy8	figs-irony	λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω?	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-JHN	19	16	t3yb	writing-pronouns	τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified	In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	19	16	t3yb	writing-pronouns	τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified	In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	19	16	dw2m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	16	j6jg	figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον	1		The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	16	j6jg	figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον	1		The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	17	qv6j	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	17	mwy4	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	17	hs8e		Γολγοθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.

From d3f68db5cde9d0b604752a775d40abc596a4d45b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 01:16:23 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 624/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 60 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 30 insertions(+), 30 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 5a13faf08d..8d7bd46dea 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2420,8 +2420,8 @@ JHN	19	17	qv6j	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανί
 JHN	19	17	mwy4	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	17	hs8e		Γολγοθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
 JHN	19	18	fb84	figs-ellipsis	μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο	1	with him two other men	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	19	19	cx5s	figs-explicit	ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	19	ziak	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	19	cx5s	figs-explicit	ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	19	ziak	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	19	gk8e	figs-activepassive	ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.	1	There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	20	ke3t	figs-activepassive	ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	20	k3mp	figs-explicit	τῆς πόλεως	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ JHN	19	21	qk7w	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ 
 JHN	19	21	js2b	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	21	ixay	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	19	22	sus9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	22	vgn9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	22	vgn9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	23	s74c	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	also the tunic	The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background	δὲ	1		There is a break from the main storyline that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	23	sk7l	figs-activepassive	ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου	1	also the tunic	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2449,17 +2449,17 @@ JHN	19	26	mva3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	19	26	cxlv		γύναι	1	Woman, see, your son	See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md).
 JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	a8x3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	See, your mother	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	q615	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	28	uynk	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	knowing that everything was now completed	**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	28	crd3	figs-activepassive	ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	knowing that everything was now completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	28	pxie	figs-explicit	πάντα	1	knowing that everything was now completed	Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	28	pxie	figs-explicit	πάντα	1	knowing that everything was now completed	Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	28	wh4n	figs-activepassive	τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	28	w999	writing-quotations	ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ	1		Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)).If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	28	ezfy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	29	x1cy	figs-activepassive	σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	29	x8z8	figs-explicit	ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	29	x8z8	figs-explicit	ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	29	gh7n	figs-explicit	σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	29	y2eg	translate-unknown	σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	29	mg3t	translate-unknown	ὑσσώπῳ	1	on a hyssop staff	Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2469,11 +2469,11 @@ JHN	19	30	vz56	figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	He bowed his
 JHN	19	31	jtq9	figs-infostructure	οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	31	zuk9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	31	c49h	figs-explicit	παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	31	h3j1	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	day of preparation	According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	31	h3j1	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	day of preparation	According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	oeeb	figs-genericnoun	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1		John is speaking of the three crosses that the men were hanging on, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	19	31	rodw	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1		John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	31	rodw	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1		John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	f96h	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	31	gz48	figs-explicit	κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	31	gz48	figs-explicit	κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main storyline in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει	1	The one who saw this	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2487,7 +2487,7 @@ JHN	19	36	b1kx	figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσετα
 JHN	19	37	h4kq	writing-quotations	ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	37	lnmt	figs-quotemarks	ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	19	38	ca0b	writing-newevent	μετὰ…ταῦτα	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	19	38	xtva	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	38	xtva	figs-explicit	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	38	nbg2	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Pilate** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	38	d3hz	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	38	e3ap	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -2509,7 +2509,7 @@ JHN	19	42	c70e	figs-infostructure	ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευ
 JHN	19	42	jsyu	figs-explicit	τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	42	jtfz	figs-euphemism	ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)<br>2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)<br>3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)<br>4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)<br>5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>We do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
-JHN	20	1	a8vl	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	1	a8vl	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	1	sb4m	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	20	1	qj3j	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1		See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	20	1	gqn8	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…βλέπει	1	first day of the week	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2518,7 +2518,7 @@ JHN	20	2	wn0k	figs-pastforfuture	τρέχει…ἔρχεται…λέγει	1
 JHN	20	2	g2rn	figs-explicit	μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	2	jm40	figs-123person	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a first person form earlier in the verse, then you will need to use the first person plural “us” here. Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	2	igzt	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	20	2	mkmh	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	20	2	mkmh	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	2	xd3w	figs-exclusive	οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1		When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	20	3	d6g3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	3	ci46	figs-verbs	ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο	1		If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
@@ -2533,7 +2533,7 @@ JHN	20	6	gw25	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…θεωρεῖ	1	linen cloths
 JHN	20	6	rjux	figs-123person	αὐτῷ	1	linen cloths	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 4](../20/04.md), then you will need to use the first person “me” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	6	ys3b	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	20	7	qt5a	figs-activepassive	τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	cloth that had been on his head	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had put on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	20	7	lw33	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	20	7	lw33	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	20	7	v9yg	translate-unknown	ὀθονίων	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	20	7	yc78	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον	1	but was folded up in a place by itself	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it up in one place by itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	8	vl84	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2545,15 +2545,15 @@ JHN	20	9	u5q9	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	rise	Here, *
 JHN	20	10	p5um	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς	1	went back home again	Since the disciples were staying within walking distance of Jesus’ tomb, the **homes** they went to must have been in Jerusalem. They did not go back to their homes in Galilee. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	11	kmzj	figs-explicit	Μαρία	1		**Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	12	bl51	figs-pastforfuture	θεωρεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	12	p9aw	figs-explicit	δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	12	p9aw	figs-explicit	δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	12	vzkb	figs-explicit	ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus’ head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	12	r6yy	figs-activepassive	ἔκειτο	1	She saw two angels in white	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had laid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	13	v5uj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	13	hjqb		γύναι	1		See how you translated the similar use of **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md).
-JHN	20	13	hmx8	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν	1	Because they took away my Lord	Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	20	13	hmx8	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν	1	Because they took away my Lord	Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	15	le9x	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1	Jesus said to her	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	15	jti2		γύναι	1		See how you translated this word in the previous verse.
-JHN	20	15	ml7c	figs-synecdoche	αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	20	15	ml7c	figs-synecdoche	αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	15	a5z2	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ	1	I will take him away	Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	16	p9v0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	16	kepb	figs-infostructure	Ἑβραϊστί, Ραββουνεί (ὃ λέγεται, Διδάσκαλε)	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “‘Rabboni’ (which means ‘Teacher’ in Hebrew)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -2582,10 +2582,10 @@ JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is a
 JHN	20	21	hw1z	figs-infostructure	καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	21	vhzq	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	22	vjs8	translate-symaction	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-JHN	20	22	avgi	figs-explicit	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	22	avgi	figs-explicit	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	22	v9el	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	23	a9j7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	they are forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	20	23	lb7g	figs-explicit	ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται	1		To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	23	lb7g	figs-explicit	ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται	1		To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	23	mw5s	figs-activepassive	κεκράτηνται	1	they are kept back	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	24	ogqd	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	20	24	wqyb	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated this in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@@ -2618,7 +2618,7 @@ JHN	20	31	mlqg	figs-you	πιστεύητε…ἔχητε	1	but these have been w
 JHN	20	31	p5k4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	31	uem2	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύοντες	1	life in his name	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	31	ip1i	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	31	vgwe	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	31	vgwe	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	31	qxdy	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	life in his name	Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)<br>2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)<br>3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)<br>4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Different words for “love”<br><br>In [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together like in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
 JHN	21	1	x44v	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	General Information:	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
@@ -2626,22 +2626,22 @@ JHN	21	1	yj6k	translate-names	θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		T
 JHN	21	2	et5h	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 2–3](../21/02.md) provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	2	b421	figs-activepassive	Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	with Thomas called Didymus	See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	2	m4gx	translate-names	Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	21	2	xyiv	figs-explicit	οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου	1		This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	2	xyiv	figs-explicit	οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου	1		This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	2	e1qx	translate-names	Ζεβεδαίου	1		**Zebedee** is the name of a man. He was the father of the disciples John and James ([Matthew 4:21](../../mat/04/21.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	3	pqlw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	3	zow1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	21	3	p8f0	figs-go	ἐρχόμεθα	1		Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-JHN	21	3	l2s6	figs-explicit	ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1		Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	3	l2s6	figs-explicit	ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1		Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	4	j7jx	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	5	jrth	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	5	wgd7	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1		Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	5	o62p	figs-explicit	μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε?	1		Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you surely do not have any fish to eat, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	21	6	l2jd	figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	you will find some	Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	6	l2jd	figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	you will find some	Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	u5c3	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	kfh9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	loved	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	7	h3p4	figs-explicit	τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο	1	he tied up his outer garment	Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	7	h3p4	figs-explicit	τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο	1	he tied up his outer garment	Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	eve2	writing-background	ἦν γὰρ γυμνός	1	for he was undressed	Here, **undressed** does not mean that Peter was naked. Rather, Peter had taken off **his outer garment** so that it would be easier for him to work. Now that he was about to greet Jesus, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off most of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	21	7	ab4d	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	threw himself into the sea	This implies that Peter jumped into the **sea** in order to swim to the shore. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “threw himself into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	7	ab4d	figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	threw himself into the sea	This implies that Peter jumped into the **sea** in order to swim to the shore. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “threw himself into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	8	wrd3	writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off	Here John provides this background information about the location of the boat the disciples were fishing in. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “for the boat was near the land, only about 200 cubits away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	8	k1j9	figs-123person	ἦσαν	1	for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off	If you translated “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse with a first person form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. You will also need to use first person plural pronouns in all occurrences of third person plural pronouns that refer to the disciples throughout the rest of this chapter. Alternate translation: “we were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	21	8	c1j8	translate-bdistance	πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	two hundred cubits	A **cubit** is a measurement of distance equivalent to a little less than half of one meter or about one yard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about 90 meters” or “about 100 yards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ JHN	21	9	ilgt	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπουσιν	1	two hundred cubits	Here Jo
 JHN	21	9	r0ka	figs-activepassive	ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην, καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a charcoal fire that Jesus had kindled, and a fish that Jesus had laid on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	9	oi9d	grammar-collectivenouns	ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον	1		The words **fish** and **bread**are singular nouns. These could mean: (1) Jesus had one fish and one loaf of bread, as in the UST. (2) Jesus had an unknown amount of fish and bread that are referred to collectively. Alternate translation: “some fish laid on it, and some bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	21	10	pwch	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	11	f7mi	figs-explicit	ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος	1	Simon Peter then went up	Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	11	f7mi	figs-explicit	ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος	1	Simon Peter then went up	Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	11	lsh9	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον	1	Simon Peter then went up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fish did not tear the net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	12	tq70	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	12	jvsm	figs-quotations	ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, σὺ τίς εἶ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to ask him who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -2673,20 +2673,20 @@ JHN	21	17	ayds	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, φιλ
 JHN	21	17	p8aa	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου	1	Feed my sheep	This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in verse 15 and “Take care of my sheep” in the previous verse. See how you translated those similar sentences in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	18	sqb7	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	21	18	bqps	figs-metonymy	ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε	1		Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it figuratively in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	21	18	qltf	figs-explicit	ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου	1	Truly, truly	Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	18	qltf	figs-explicit	ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου	1	Truly, truly	Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν	1	Now	**Now** here indicates that in this sentence John is giving background information in order to explain what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	19	kpf6	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	20	eg23	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	20	wzm9	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	20	ikd4	writing-pronouns	ἀκολουθοῦντα	1	loved	If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	21	20	ys31	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ	1	at the dinner	John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	20	ys31	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ	1	at the dinner	John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	20	aba3		Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν, ὁ παραδιδούς σε	1		See how you translated the similar sentence in [13:25](../13/25.md).
 JHN	21	21	u5rr	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	21	cf5h	figs-explicit	Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί	1	Lord, what will this man do?	Peter implies that he wants to know what will happen to John in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this one?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	21	cf5h	figs-explicit	Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί	1	Lord, what will this man do?	Peter implies that he wants to know what will happen to John in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this one?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	22	yc52	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	22	e3xi	writing-pronouns	ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν	1	If I want him to stay	Here, **him** refers to John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	21	22	tef8	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι	1	I come	Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	22	tef8	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι	1	I come	Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@ JHN	21	23	elmi	writing-pronouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…αὐτ
 JHN	21	23	qxqr		ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρὸς σέ	1		See how you translated this sentence in the previous verse.
 JHN	21	24	s5bp	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	In [verses 24–25](../21/24.md) John indicates the end of his Gospel by giving a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	21	24	d6t5	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, καὶ ὁ γράψας ταῦτα, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς αὐτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστίν	1	the disciple	In this verse John is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the disciple who testifies about these things and who wrote these things, and we know that my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	21	24	f7ww	figs-explicit	τούτων…ταῦτα	1	who testifies about these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to everything that John has written in this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything in this book … all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	24	f7ww	figs-explicit	τούτων…ταῦτα	1	who testifies about these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to everything that John has written in this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything in this book … all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	24	h5i9	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	21	24	l03o	figs-extrainfo	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here, **we** could refer to: (1) John and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, as in [1:14](..01/14.md) and [1 John 1:2–7](../../1jn/01/02.md). Alternate translation: “We eyewitnesses of Jesus’ life know” (2) the elders in the church at Ephesus where John lived at the end of his life. Alternate translation: “We elders of the church at Ephesus know” However, since who **we** refers to is uncertain, it would be best not to explain the meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	21	25	l3hz	figs-activepassive	ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν	1	If each one were written down	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone wrote down each one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 46e6040665b608ca635d6f5dd19299baddd0fccc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 01:27:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 625/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 22 +++++++++++-----------
 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8d7bd46dea..8c4906e1f7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδε
 JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ JHN	5	15	auad	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews*
 JHN	5	16	efg2	writing-background	καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ.	1	Now	The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	16	ef9i	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -624,9 +624,9 @@ JHN	5	19	mc1f	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to
 JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα	1		Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	20	y4yy	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	The phrase **makes them alive** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ JHN	5	25	croa	figs-123person	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		As in the p
 JHN	5	25	voy8	figs-explicit	ἀκούσουσιν…οἱ ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, **heard** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated “hearing” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will heed … those who have heeded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	25	k1ii	figs-explicit	ζήσουσιν	1		This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	26	x136	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	26	f5vq	figs-explicit	ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	life	Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	26	f5vq	figs-explicit	ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	life	Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	26	yv7o	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment	The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -670,10 +670,10 @@ JHN	5	30	n8o9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐ
 JHN	5	30	ayn1	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	31	f9vc	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.	1		Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	32	nr3l	figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	another	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	32	nr3l	figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	another	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	33	athw	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	5	34	dseu	figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here this phras
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated the man'
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated the name **Andrew** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	8	i0cw	translate-names	Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -746,12 +746,12 @@ JHN	6	12	qp1n	figs-quotations	λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτο
 JHN	6	13	h64z	translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1		Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	14	d7lp	figs-gendernotations	οἱ…ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	14	gmat		ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
-JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	14	g8zb	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	the prophet	Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	15	rfbr		γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
 JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
-JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])

From 6fa955e68de9d172378bd402b3ffbec3c24f77fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 01:28:43 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 626/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8c4906e1f7..dafa82a0d1 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -754,19 +754,19 @@ JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jes
 JHN	6	16	tmzf	figs-explicit	τὴν θάλασσαν	1		Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	17	zu3v	translate-names	εἰς Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them	In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	6	19	diko	figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	20	tjg9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	21	qtw5	figs-explicit	ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	they were willing to receive him into the boat	It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	22	v8cn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	6	22	ho60	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν	1		Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	22	ho60	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν	1		Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1		In this verse John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])

From f9ce8875ae3cde53012ae9e9e3d81c4981200a87 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 01:37:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 627/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 56 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------
 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index dafa82a0d1..3db317dffb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ JHN	6	22	mhjh	figs-explicit	πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκε
 JHN	6	23	w7qu	writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον	1		In this verse John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	23	hwtc	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κυρίου	1		Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	23	sqke	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ JHN	6	35	kh35	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσ
 JHN	6	37	vpz8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	37	n6bk	figs-explicit	πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ	1		In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	37	i92s	figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	38	cpi9	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	39	uqjy	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@@ -1135,9 +1135,9 @@ JHN	8	22	vskt	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπά
 JHN	8	22	mi1t		ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
 JHN	8	23	oc6i	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1		In [verses 23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	23	zug9	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	You are from below	The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	23	tg9d	figs-explicit	τῶν κάτω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	a7ny	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	I am from above	The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	23	qlv4	figs-explicit	τῶν ἄνω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	23	qlv4	figs-explicit	τῶν ἄνω	1		Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	svn1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ JHN	8	26	xj8y	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ,
 JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	27	i7gq	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	28	x6ca	figs-explicit	ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	When you have lifted up	Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	qsch	figs-123person	ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	8	28	er3s	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	28	tcs5	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I AM	See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here Jesus uses
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	42	nh4m	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	8	42	mk2w	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	42	p7iv	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1203,7 +1203,7 @@ JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1
 JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	44	hqmo		ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ	1		Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
 JHN	8	44	k1qu	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	the father of lies	Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	44	x11i	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	46	y3gz	figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας?	1	Which one of you convicts me of sin?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	46	kh6a	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	If I speak the truth	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	8	46	ibp1	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι?	1	why do you not believe me?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ JHN	8	48	ovbe	figs-explicit	Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ	1		Most Jewish peop
 JHN	8	48	fk8t		δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1		See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
 JHN	8	49	pgts		ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
 JHN	8	50	wmmd	figs-abstractnouns	ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου	1	there is one seeking and judging	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	8	50	fg43	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	there is one seeking and judging	Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	50	fg43	figs-explicit	ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	there is one seeking and judging	Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	50	d00s	figs-ellipsis	ὁ ζητῶν	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	50	cs55	figs-ellipsis	κρίνων	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	51	fb52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -1264,13 +1264,13 @@ JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here Jesus uses **Night**
 JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	7	ror0	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	In this clause John provides a brief break in the storyline in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	q68b	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	which is translated “Sent”	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	8	d1vq	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1		This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	10	m97n	figs-activepassive	πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί?	1	Then how were your eyes opened?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1281,24 +1281,24 @@ JHN	9	11	b5zf	figs-explicit	νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος	1		See how y
 JHN	9	11	ajxb	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	13	cu14	figs-pastforfuture	ἄγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	9	14	dl48	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	14	ef0w	figs-explicit	τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	14	qxy9	figs-metonymy	ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	15	d6xd	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	15	d6xd	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	Then again the Pharisees asked him	Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	15	exy2	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	15	g2vb	figs-explicit	ἐνιψάμην	1		See how you translated **washed** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	16	hdh9	figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	he does not keep the Sabbath	The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	16	hdh9	figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	he does not keep the Sabbath	The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	16	h0tt	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	16	k4sy	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?	1	How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?	Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	16	qn73		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	9	16	jeyz	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	17	lxnf	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	17	glud	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	17	lcb3	figs-metonymy	ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	9	18	y3wn	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	9	18	awp6	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	19	npf9	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	20	pg6a	figs-activepassive	τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	21	ahky	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1		The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	22	yq73	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	9	22	k2iw	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	they were afraid of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	22	yjv9	figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται	1	he would be thrown out of the synagogue	Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1324,10 +1324,10 @@ JHN	9	32	bzxd	figs-activepassive	τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου	1		If yo
 JHN	9	33	tt5e	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	Here, the formerly blind man uses a double negative sentence pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be **from God**. If this double negative pattern would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God would be able to do anything like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	9	33	pyin	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1	If this man were not from God, he could do nothing	The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	9	33	sd3s	figs-explicit	μὴ ἦν…παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated **from God** in [verse 16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	33	ry9j	figs-explicit	οὐδέν	1		Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	34	da3z	figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?	1	You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us?	The Jewish leaders are using a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	34	wo1z	figs-activepassive	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος	1	You were completely born in sins	The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
 JHN	9	35	amfh	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to:
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	f7y8	figs-idiom	ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	I
 JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	11	3	ue08	writing-quotations	ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	11	32	sn74	writing-quotations	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα αὐτῷ	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ JHN	10	37	wyd2	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		He
 JHN	10	37	us7v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	38	finz	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ δὲ ποιῶ	1	believe in the works	Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	10	38	k2zf	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	believe in the works	Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	10	38	t8uf	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	10	38	n8ue	figs-doublet	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	the Father is in me and that I am in the Father	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	39	eqh1	figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	went away out of their hand	Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	40	b41s	figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	beyond the Jordan	Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ JHN	11	2	c6r9	figs-events	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν 
 JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	3	i2ar	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	11	3	czm1	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	3	czm1	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	4	nk3g	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	4	q343	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1511,8 +1511,8 @@ JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus is using the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ JHN	11	20	k7dy	figs-quotations	ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχε
 JHN	11	21	ef5h	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	my brother would not have died	**Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	11	21	g9xt	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	23	c1rc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	11	23	j8p2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Your brother will rise again	Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	11	23	j8p2	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Your brother will rise again	Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	23	hf5m	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφός	1	Your brother will rise again	See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	24	f0qy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he will rise again	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	24	z7el	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσεται	1	he will rise again	See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is imp
 JHN	11	47	q01y	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	ha2e		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	48	ah4r	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον	1	take away both our place and our nation	Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	48	zy0k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἔθνος	1		Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	49	efq8	writing-participants	εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας	1	a certain man among them	This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ JHN	11	52	d85p	figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	would be gathered
 JHN	11	53	xyda	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	would be gathered together into one	John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	53	psay		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
 JHN	11	54	bnd8	figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	walk openly among the Jews	Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	54	cg66		τὴν χώραν	1	the country	Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	54	h5jk	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	There he stayed with the disciples	Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).

From 879100dae069aae57e069d73f16a9cc2e4d9c0f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 01:37:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 628/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3db317dffb..3bc8dbd512 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1720,7 +1720,7 @@ JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language do
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of  the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	12	26	ytxu	figs-idiom	ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From b3b1fc6c03326634567baffc9571f5aad8c74b24 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 01:42:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 629/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 24 ++++++++++++------------
 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 3bc8dbd512..c2713fd813 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1731,7 +1731,7 @@ JHN	12	27	hmv9	figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν
 JHN	12	27	ktpa	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1	this hour	Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	28	t69i	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	28	v2fk	figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω	1	glorify your name	In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	28	r6qk	figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	a voice came from heaven	Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	29	dnsk	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ…ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	30	kd86	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν	1		Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	31	hlcg	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Now is the judgment of this world	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ JHN	12	35	k6td	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς
 JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	xu4p	figs-idiom	υἱοὶ φωτὸς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness, which Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	37	s1wh	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@ JHN	12	38	y9ya	writing-quotations	ὃν εἶπεν	1	so that the word of Isaiah
 JHN	12	38	aa5b	figs-quotemarks	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled	This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	38	gx5x	figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη?	1	Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?	This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	38	tcb7	figs-activepassive	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lord	Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	40	q8k8	figs-quotemarks	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -1773,7 +1773,7 @@ JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθ
 JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ JHN	13	38	kfze	figs-genericnoun	ἀλέκτωρ	1		Jesus is not speaking of one
 JHN	14	intro	kv6m			0		# John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)), who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also called him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)), who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
 JHN	14	1	a2xv			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
 JHN	14	1	ughe	figs-you		0		In [verses 1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	1	w3dn	figs-metaphor	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Do not let your heart be troubled	Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	1	rq43	figs-declarative	πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε	1		Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	14	2	eca3	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	In my Father’s house	Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	2	v9px	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spi
 JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ JHN	16	32	zjnx		εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1		Alternate translation: “each of you
 JHN	16	32	k3br	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	the Father is with me	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	16	33	k6d6	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε	1	so that you will have peace in me	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience a peaceful feeling in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	33	wraa	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they were objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	16	33	ysh6	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ	1	so that you will have peace in me	Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	16	33	z7wj	figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	I have conquered the world	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	intro	nb2a			0		# John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:\n\n1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)\n2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)\n3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])\n\n### Jesus is eternal\n\nJesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Prayer\n\nJesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
 JHN	17	1	uf8z			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
@@ -2365,8 +2365,8 @@ JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστή
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
 JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)<br>2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)<br>3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)<br>4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)<br>5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>John explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
-JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	f1rj	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν	1		In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	**Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	19	4	hn1f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@ JHN	19	11	x2as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ
 JHN	19	11	fxu9	figs-metaphor	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	11	i7nu	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	11	vc79	figs-ellipsis	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2447,10 +2447,10 @@ JHN	19	25	b38l	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή	1		**Mary** is
 JHN	19	26	gkf1	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα	1	the disciple whom he loved	See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	26	mva3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	26	cxlv		γύναι	1	Woman, see, your son	See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md).
-JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	a8x3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	See, your mother	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	q615	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	28	uynk	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	knowing that everything was now completed	**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	19	28	crd3	figs-activepassive	ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	knowing that everything was now completed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 262f518e634eb4e0ad5be0de91be60c8e82d4a7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 01:45:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 630/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c2713fd813..fee9c71eaa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ JHN	20	8	b7h5	figs-123person	εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ 
 JHN	20	8	ww3z	figs-ellipsis	εἶδεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	8	eydm	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	9	jywe	writing-background	γὰρ	1	they still did not know the scripture	**For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	20	9	u5q9	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	rise	Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	20	9	u5q9	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι	1	rise	Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	10	p5um	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς	1	went back home again	Since the disciples were staying within walking distance of Jesus’ tomb, the **homes** they went to must have been in Jerusalem. They did not go back to their homes in Galilee. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	11	kmzj	figs-explicit	Μαρία	1		**Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	12	bl51	figs-pastforfuture	θεωρεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ JHN	21	3	p8f0	figs-go	ἐρχόμεθα	1		Your language may say “going” rat
 JHN	21	3	l2s6	figs-explicit	ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1		Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	4	j7jx	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	5	jrth	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	5	wgd7	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1		Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	21	5	wgd7	figs-metaphor	παιδία	1		Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	5	o62p	figs-explicit	μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε?	1		Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you surely do not have any fish to eat, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	6	l2jd	figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	you will find some	Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	7	u5c3	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ JHN	21	14	y94q	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	the third tim
 JHN	21	15	avdf		λέγει…λέγει…λέγει	1	do you love me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	15	xwxd	figs-explicit	ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε	1	the third time	The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this in your translation. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with great esteem … I love you with affection” or “do you love me deeply… I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	15	t1uj	figs-explicit	πλέον τούτων	1		Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the other disciples who were there with Jesus and Peter. This meaning would indicate Jesus is asking Peter if he loves Jesus more than the other disciples love him. Alternate translation: “more than these disciples love me” (2) the fish, boat, and other equipment that were used for catching fish, which was Peter’s former job. Alternate translation: “more than these fishing tools” or “more than your former job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	21	15	qja3	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου	1	Feed my lambs	Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** figuratively to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	21	15	qja3	figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου	1	Feed my lambs	Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** figuratively to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	16	szk8	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει…λέγει	1	do you love me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	16	p9vr	translate-ordinal	δεύτερον	1	do you love me	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “time number 2.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	21	16	rfew	figs-explicit	ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε	1	do you love me	The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@ JHN	21	22	tef8	figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι	1	I come	Jesus uses **come** here t
 JHN	21	22	tf23	figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ?	1	what is that to you?	**Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	23	c2cr	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the Apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	23	wb7e	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει	1	the brothers	John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 96a8c5474ed6dedb43ab4103e1b44729e532471d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 13:43:45 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 631/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fee9c71eaa..f98d77efaf 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2363,10 +2363,10 @@ JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραβ
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	h11k	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	40	gq8w		λῃστής	1	Now Barabbas was a robber	The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
-JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)<br>2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)<br>3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)<br>4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)<br>5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Purple garment”<br><br>Purple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “You are not Caesar’s friend”<br><br>Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Gabbatha, Golgotha<br><br>John explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
+JHN	19	intro	u96u			0		# John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
 JHN	19	1	u3gi			0	Connecting Statement:	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
 JHN	19	1	yay2	figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him	**Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	19	2	mzrb	figs-synecdoche	πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν	1		John uses **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	2	f1rj	figs-explicit	ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν	1		In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Hail, King of the Jews	**Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	19	4	hn1f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From ba30e014de09a9c35156e74139686bb220b09881 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:04:33 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 632/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 8 ++++----
 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f98d77efaf..493bd04aaf 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2378,11 +2378,11 @@ JHN	19	5	i2ay	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	19	6	pgs5	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	6	ha6y	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	6	bzm0	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν	1		See how you translated a similar clause in [verse 4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	19	7	x7bg	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	7	vr7p	figs-idiom	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	19	7	x7bg	figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews answered him	Here, **The Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	19	7	vr7p	figs-idiom	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God	Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something they think he is not. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	7	xt93	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	19	8	lw3u	figs-metonymy	τοῦτον τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	19	8	nx2u	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	19	8	lw3u	figs-metonymy	τοῦτον τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **word** refers to what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	19	8	nx2u	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he grew even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he grew even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	9	seyo	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	9	lb11	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	10	wcm8	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς?	1	Are you not speaking to me?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 97545c6a423d229e9d2ccef5a6fa49a9e288632b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:14:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 633/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 493bd04aaf..99ea573ce9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2391,14 +2391,14 @@ JHN	19	11	x2as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ
 JHN	19	11	fxu9	figs-metaphor	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	11	i7nu	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	11	vc79	figs-ellipsis	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess in varying amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
 JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	il9r	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he brought Jesus out	Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

From a6acf9cbbbb319923363981f692b7619d515366b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:20:40 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 634/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 99ea573ce9..523b203fab 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2399,9 +2399,9 @@ JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Cons
 JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
 JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	il9r	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he brought Jesus out	Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	13	v2ss	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	xbpv		Γαββαθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.

From 84ba567cf8e891a98183f7479532530637ee7f88 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:24:12 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 635/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 523b203fab..a1807bfc8e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθό
 JHN	19	13	v2ss	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	xbpv		Γαββαθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
 JHN	19	14	t5qt	writing-background	δὲ	1	Now	**Now** marks a break in the storyline. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	19	14	en2i		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1	the sixth hour	In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
+JHN	19	14	en2i		ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη	1	the sixth hour	In this culture, people counted the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
 JHN	19	14	qi7t	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	the sixth hour	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	14	lc5y	figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Pilate said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	15	vi6h	figs-explicit	ἆρον! ἆρον!	1	Should I crucify your King?	**Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From b943fe361a22d36354fad79dbf38a2f8067945ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:33:31 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 636/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a1807bfc8e..46d41781c7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ JHN	19	16	dw2m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1		If your language
 JHN	19	16	j6jg	figs-explicit	ἀπήγαγον	1		The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	17	qv6j	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	17	mwy4	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	to the place called “The Place of a Skull,”	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	17	hs8e		Γολγοθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
+JHN	19	17	hs8e		Γολγοθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
 JHN	19	18	fb84	figs-ellipsis	μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο	1	with him two other men	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	19	cx5s	figs-explicit	ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	19	ziak	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 15247c0076279a4de11cdd62c095272d7094c2db Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:38:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 637/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 46d41781c7..7a8950720b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2421,7 +2421,7 @@ JHN	19	17	mwy4	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	to the place called “The Pla
 JHN	19	17	hs8e		Γολγοθᾶ	1		Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
 JHN	19	18	fb84	figs-ellipsis	μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο	1	with him two other men	John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	19	cx5s	figs-explicit	ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	19	ziak	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	19	ziak	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** on which Jesus was crucified. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross they used to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	19	gk8e	figs-activepassive	ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.	1	There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	20	ke3t	figs-activepassive	ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	20	k3mp	figs-explicit	τῆς πόλεως	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From ecfb5f21f04816b230f66f54ed4fd2b1b5c2b131 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:43:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 638/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 7a8950720b..2715bb07aa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2426,7 +2426,7 @@ JHN	19	19	gk8e	figs-activepassive	ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς
 JHN	19	20	ke3t	figs-activepassive	ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	20	k3mp	figs-explicit	τῆς πόλεως	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	20	mgb7	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί	1	The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	20	bzub	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστί	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	20	bzub	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστί	1		See how you translated this phrase, **in Hebrew**, in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	20	w41e	figs-explicit	Ῥωμαϊστί	1	Latin	**Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language spoken by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	21	qk7w	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	21	js2b	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 53ca9a10322a304ff02110cad39892fa0bef2ed3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:53:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 639/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2715bb07aa..10ec7973b8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2441,12 +2441,12 @@ JHN	19	24	umc2	translate-unknown	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβα
 JHN	19	24	us8x	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	24	j1f9	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	24	yrxw	figs-quotemarks	διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον	1	so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said	In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	19	25	octl	figs-possession	τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	19	1	v3ea	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		See how you translated this name in [18:29](../18/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	19	25	octl	figs-possession	τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross on which Jesus was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	19	1	v3ea	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		See how you translated **Pilate** in [18:29](../18/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	25	b38l	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή	1		**Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	26	gkf1	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα	1	the disciple whom he loved	See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	26	mva3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	19	26	cxlv		γύναι	1	Woman, see, your son	See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md).
+JHN	19	26	cxlv		γύναι	1	Woman, see, your son	See how you translated **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md).
 JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	a8x3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	See, your mother	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From e023e17bb8308d20016b52ce8ca26e808b48faf4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 14:55:22 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 640/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 10ec7973b8..e3b6c8e26a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ JHN	19	26	mva3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	19	26	cxlv		γύναι	1	Woman, see, your son	See how you translated **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md).
 JHN	19	26	t7tc	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Woman, see, your son	Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	a8x3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	See, your mother	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	27	iz8j	figs-explicit	τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια	1	See, your mother	In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and who is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “to me … I took her into my own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	27	qc7d	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	See, your mother	Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	27	q615	figs-metonymy	ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	From that hour	Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	28	uynk	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1	knowing that everything was now completed	**After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])

From 3fc16e6f531aed4339856fb9c245e7ebcce0f48a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 15:00:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 641/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index e3b6c8e26a..fe318dca79 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2459,9 +2459,9 @@ JHN	19	28	wh4n	figs-activepassive	τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ	1		If your l
 JHN	19	28	w999	writing-quotations	ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ	1		Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)).If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	28	ezfy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	29	x1cy	figs-activepassive	σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	29	x8z8	figs-explicit	ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	29	x8z8	figs-explicit	ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he had said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	29	gh7n	figs-explicit	σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	29	y2eg	translate-unknown	σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	19	29	y2eg	translate-unknown	σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	29	mg3t	translate-unknown	ὑσσώπῳ	1	on a hyssop staff	Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	30	u8xq	figs-explicit	τὸ ὄξος	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	30	vq53	figs-activepassive	τετέλεσται	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 40f324da8369217a7f7d4973e0941177d58aa2d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 15:15:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 642/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fe318dca79..09f8b2fd60 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2463,7 +2463,7 @@ JHN	19	29	x8z8	figs-explicit	ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους	1	A container ful
 JHN	19	29	gh7n	figs-explicit	σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	29	y2eg	translate-unknown	σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	29	mg3t	translate-unknown	ὑσσώπῳ	1	on a hyssop staff	Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	19	30	u8xq	figs-explicit	τὸ ὄξος	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	30	u8xq	figs-explicit	τὸ ὄξος	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	See how you translated this phrase, **the sour wine**, in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	30	vq53	figs-activepassive	τετέλεσται	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	30	vz56	figs-idiom	παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	This clause is an idiom that means “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	31	jtq9	figs-infostructure	οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])

From f7466e8402863409e7fa0e39101576de43c82e65 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 15:34:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 643/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 09f8b2fd60..0ff3007f34 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2470,11 +2470,11 @@ JHN	19	31	jtq9	figs-infostructure	οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ 
 JHN	19	31	zuk9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	31	c49h	figs-explicit	παρασκευὴ	1	day of preparation	Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	h3j1	figs-explicit	ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ	1	day of preparation	According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	31	oeeb	figs-genericnoun	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1		John is speaking of the three crosses that the men were hanging on, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN	19	31	oeeb	figs-genericnoun	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1		John is speaking of the three crosses on which the men were hanging, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	19	31	rodw	figs-explicit	ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου	1		John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	31	f96h	figs-activepassive	ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	31	gz48	figs-explicit	κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	to break their legs and to remove them	The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	19	32	q2yq	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	who had been crucified with Jesus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man with whom they had crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	35	p17b	writing-background		0		This verse is a break from the main storyline in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει	1	The one who saw this	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 5bfd4d705bca0e337c044af5203fff47f1521699 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 15:46:19 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 644/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0ff3007f34..76f6dc2234 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ JHN	19	38	ojo8	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1	if he c
 JHN	19	39	mjy8	translate-names	Νικόδημος	1	Nicodemus	**Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	39	gqkc	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον	1	Nicodemus	This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	ekyu	figs-explicit	φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	Nicodemus	According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	39	d3d2	translate-unknown	σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	19	39	d3d2	translate-unknown	σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	19	40	m9k6	translate-unknown	ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων	1		Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

From d3065e748efed860ea1e24b210aa575a20f4298f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 15:50:15 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 645/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 76f6dc2234..982f98e196 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ JHN	19	39	mjy8	translate-names	Νικόδημος	1	Nicodemus	**Nicodemus** was
 JHN	19	39	gqkc	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον	1	Nicodemus	This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	ekyu	figs-explicit	φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	Nicodemus	According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	d3d2	translate-unknown	σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this weight in terms of modern measurements either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	19	40	m9k6	translate-unknown	ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων	1		Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	41	uib1	figs-activepassive	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος	1	Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ JHN	19	41	bx6g	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθε
 JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	42	c70e	figs-infostructure	ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	42	jsyu	figs-explicit	τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	42	jtfz	figs-euphemism	ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+JHN	19	42	jtfz	figs-euphemism	ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant, and it accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)<br>2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)<br>3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)<br>4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)<br>5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>We do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
 JHN	20	1	a8vl	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	1	sb4m	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])

From 20d80e372c4903e0fb49ca5caedf4375a07f4514 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 17:42:24 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 646/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 982f98e196..d01b135a5e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2508,10 +2508,10 @@ JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰο
 JHN	19	42	c70e	figs-infostructure	ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	42	jsyu	figs-explicit	τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	42	jtfz	figs-euphemism	ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant, and it accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)<br>2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)<br>3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)<br>4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)<br>5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>We do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
+JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
 JHN	20	1	a8vl	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	1	sb4m	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-JHN	20	1	qj3j	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1		See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	20	1	qj3j	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1		See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	20	1	gqn8	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…βλέπει	1	first day of the week	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	1	bdw5	figs-activepassive	βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον	1	she saw the stone rolled away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “sees that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	2	wn0k	figs-pastforfuture	τρέχει…ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 4debfdb6b58d8bd5f52720888ca482ef9685128f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 17:43:29 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 647/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index d01b135a5e..6b46c9aaf3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2515,10 +2515,10 @@ JHN	20	1	qj3j	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1		See how you
 JHN	20	1	gqn8	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…βλέπει	1	first day of the week	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	1	bdw5	figs-activepassive	βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον	1	she saw the stone rolled away	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “sees that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	2	wn0k	figs-pastforfuture	τρέχει…ἔρχεται…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	2	g2rn	figs-explicit	μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	2	g2rn	figs-explicit	μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to Chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	2	jm40	figs-123person	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a first person form earlier in the verse, then you will need to use the first person plural “us” here. Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	2	igzt	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	20	2	mkmh	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN	20	2	mkmh	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	Here Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	2	xd3w	figs-exclusive	οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1		When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	20	3	d6g3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	3	ci46	figs-verbs	ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο	1		If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])

From a652b123b05142ff73ba13a24386ec7c96976d51 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 17:44:59 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 648/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 6b46c9aaf3..84e7e4f78b 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2520,8 +2520,8 @@ JHN	20	2	jm40	figs-123person	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you t
 JHN	20	2	igzt	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	20	2	mkmh	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	Here Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	2	xd3w	figs-exclusive	οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1		When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	20	3	d6g3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	3	ci46	figs-verbs	ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο	1		If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+JHN	20	3	d6g3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	the other disciple	See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	3	ci46	figs-verbs	ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο	1		If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went**  would be in the dual form here. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 JHN	20	3	g0ky	writing-pronouns	ἤρχοντο	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **they** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	20	3	jgzx	figs-123person	ἤρχοντο	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a first person singular form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. Alternate translation: “we went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	4	c5kr	figs-123person	ἔτρεχον…οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχειον	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 2](../20/02.md), then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “we were running together, and I quickly ran ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

From 63b7dfc55c6aaf5270a64cd9bb0b4d91d275e5eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 17:46:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 649/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 84e7e4f78b..cd84b20ac9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2525,7 +2525,7 @@ JHN	20	3	ci46	figs-verbs	ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο	1		If you translated
 JHN	20	3	g0ky	writing-pronouns	ἤρχοντο	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **they** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	20	3	jgzx	figs-123person	ἤρχοντο	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a first person singular form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. Alternate translation: “we went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	4	c5kr	figs-123person	ἔτρεχον…οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχειον	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 2](../20/02.md), then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “we were running together, and I quickly ran ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	20	4	sc6u	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	4	sc6u	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated **the other disciple** in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	5	jbbz	figs-123person	βλέπει…οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν	1	linen cloths	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in the previous verse, then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “I see … but I did not enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	5	wm6r	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει	1	linen cloths	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	5	m9qn	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths that they had wrapped Jesus’ body in for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])

From 83aadea5b773b8f454d435efb5632c5336bd1ccb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 17:53:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 650/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cd84b20ac9..b4a518a355 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2528,16 +2528,16 @@ JHN	20	4	c5kr	figs-123person	ἔτρεχον…οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ
 JHN	20	4	sc6u	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated **the other disciple** in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	5	jbbz	figs-123person	βλέπει…οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν	1	linen cloths	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in the previous verse, then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “I see … but I did not enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	5	wm6r	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει	1	linen cloths	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	5	m9qn	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths that they had wrapped Jesus’ body in for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	20	5	m9qn	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for Chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which they had wrapped Jesus’ body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	20	6	gw25	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…θεωρεῖ	1	linen cloths	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	6	rjux	figs-123person	αὐτῷ	1	linen cloths	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 4](../20/04.md), then you will need to use the first person “me” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	20	6	ys3b	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	20	6	ys3b	translate-unknown	ὀθόνια	1	linen cloths	See how you translated **linen cloths** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	20	7	qt5a	figs-activepassive	τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	cloth that had been on his head	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had put on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	7	lw33	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	20	7	v9yg	translate-unknown	ὀθονίων	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	20	7	v9yg	translate-unknown	ὀθονίων	1		See how you translated **linen cloths** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	20	7	yc78	figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον	1	but was folded up in a place by itself	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it up in one place by itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	20	8	vl84	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	8	b7h5	figs-123person	εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and I believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	20	8	vl84	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	the other disciple	See how you translated **the other disciple** in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	8	b7h5	figs-123person	εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	8	ww3z	figs-ellipsis	εἶδεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	8	eydm	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1	he saw and believed	John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	9	jywe	writing-background	γὰρ	1	they still did not know the scripture	**For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

From 73a98e02cee4f02285a42a3fb7ce66973bd81960 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 18:00:56 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 651/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index b4a518a355..491097e07c 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ JHN	20	13	v5uj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν…λέγει	1		Here John use
 JHN	20	13	hjqb		γύναι	1		See how you translated the similar use of **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md).
 JHN	20	13	hmx8	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν	1	Because they took away my Lord	Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	15	le9x	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1	Jesus said to her	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	15	jti2		γύναι	1		See how you translated this word in the previous verse.
+JHN	20	15	jti2		γύναι	1		See how you translated the word **Woman** in the previous verse.
 JHN	20	15	ml7c	figs-synecdoche	αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	15	a5z2	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ	1	I will take him away	Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	16	p9v0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 862c38d527c7c13c96a3d064408cb68aae9b3a5d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 18:04:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 652/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 491097e07c..f062b3671e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2557,11 +2557,11 @@ JHN	20	15	ml7c	figs-synecdoche	αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Here,
 JHN	20	15	a5z2	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ	1	I will take him away	Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	16	p9v0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	16	kepb	figs-infostructure	Ἑβραϊστί, Ραββουνεί (ὃ λέγεται, Διδάσκαλε)	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “‘Rabboni’ (which means ‘Teacher’ in Hebrew)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	20	16	dgjf	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστί	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	16	dgjf	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστί	1		See how you translated **in Hebrew** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	16	k468		Ραββουνεί	1	Rabboni	Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning later in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
 JHN	20	17	dzs7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	17	q3x5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πατέρα μου…Πατέρα ὑμῶν	1	my Father and your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	20	17	whh9	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου	1	brothers	Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples who are like brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	17	whh9	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου	1	brothers	Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples, who are like brothers,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	17	dokk	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	brothers	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “say to them that I go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	20	17	hogb	figs-pastforfuture	ἀναβαίνω	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-doublet	πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

From 06826557818bb788147e9db8db50b0ba49cff317 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 18:08:47 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 653/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index f062b3671e..c6d66445b7 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2575,9 +2575,9 @@ JHN	20	19	g8bu	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαί
 JHN	20	19	qsmq	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	19	zj7j	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	20	bk9f	figs-metonymy	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	20	20	a444	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευρὰν	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	20	a444	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευρὰν	1	he showed them his hands and his side	John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	20	nb0v	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον	1	he showed them his hands and his side	This could refer to: (1) the time when the disciples rejoiced, as in the UST. (2) the reason why the disciples rejoiced. Alternate translation: “because they saw the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	20	21	ylp8	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	20	21	ylp8	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated **Peace to you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	21	hw1z	figs-infostructure	καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	21	vhzq	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])

From 836460b4af2e1d0531500cb3046f7c593ac67723 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 18:18:37 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 654/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index c6d66445b7..a3431fe368 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2581,7 +2581,7 @@ JHN	20	21	ylp8	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you tr
 JHN	20	21	env3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	21	hw1z	figs-infostructure	καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	21	vhzq	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	20	22	vjs8	translate-symaction	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+JHN	20	22	vjs8	translate-symaction	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		When Jesus **breathed on them**, he did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
 JHN	20	22	avgi	figs-explicit	ἐνεφύσησεν	1		Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	22	v9el	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	23	a9j7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	they are forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 42304a8e42db94077bf28109f5d2e3cccc7b72a4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 18:28:30 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 655/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index a3431fe368..ad05711eb2 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ JHN	20	22	v9el	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	20	23	a9j7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	they are forgiven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	23	lb7g	figs-explicit	ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται	1		To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	23	mw5s	figs-activepassive	κεκράτηνται	1	they are kept back	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	20	24	ogqd	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	20	24	ogqd	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	20	24	wqyb	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated this in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	20	24	krgw	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	24	x8jz	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From 3ff64e66418942f5aa7640e1056cb9f15999b488 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 18:30:36 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 656/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ad05711eb2..829eee29d9 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2588,10 +2588,10 @@ JHN	20	23	a9j7	figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	they are fo
 JHN	20	23	lb7g	figs-explicit	ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται	1		To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	23	mw5s	figs-activepassive	κεκράτηνται	1	they are kept back	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	24	ogqd	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	20	24	wqyb	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated this in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JHN	20	24	wqyb	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **the Twelve** in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	20	24	krgw	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	20	24	x8jz	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	20	25	n8vc	figs-infostructure	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe, unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN	20	24	x8jz	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	See how you translated **Didymus** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	20	25	n8vc	figs-infostructure	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	25	i7ex	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	Unless I see … his side, I will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	20	25	ss17	figs-possession	τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων	2		In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	20	25	xasr	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated **his side** in [verse 20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 45d9de224006a3ff4253bd13411cbbb53f058dc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 18:34:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 657/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 829eee29d9..0af0195e42 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2592,13 +2592,13 @@ JHN	20	24	wqyb	figs-nominaladj	τῶν δώδεκα	1		See how you translated **
 JHN	20	24	krgw	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	24	x8jz	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	See how you translated **Didymus** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	20	25	n8vc	figs-infostructure	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	20	25	i7ex	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	Unless I see … his side, I will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	20	25	ss17	figs-possession	τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων	2		In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	20	25	i7ex	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	Unless I see … his side, I will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN	20	25	ss17	figs-possession	τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων	2		In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **mark** made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	20	25	xasr	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated **his side** in [verse 20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	25	iqn0	figs-ellipsis	οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1		Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	26	vzm5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	26	r3iz	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων	1	while the doors were closed	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	20	26	m5tl	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated this in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	20	26	m5tl	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated **Peace to you** in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	27	j85h	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	27	xgwl	figs-explicit	ὧδε	1		Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	27	ai73	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖράς μου	1		Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

From 28c3ad0c86df6681efe6564bdc6dc05bdc8755f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 18:35:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 658/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0af0195e42..fa97e45100 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2602,7 +2602,7 @@ JHN	20	26	m5tl	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you tr
 JHN	20	27	j85h	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	27	xgwl	figs-explicit	ὧδε	1		Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	27	ai73	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖράς μου	1		Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	20	27	tax6	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευράν μου	1		Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	20	27	tax6	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευράν μου	1		Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	27	ncc3	figs-doublet	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	Do not be unbelieving, but believe	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	20	27	n4pi	figs-ellipsis	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	believe	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	29	zgv1	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From e3a92d03aa80dce67613b899af55bf17c7610eaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 21:05:16 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 659/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fa97e45100..cfb3b3bafb 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ JHN	20	29	q81m	figs-ellipsis	πεπίστευκας…πιστεύσαντες	1
 JHN	20	29	sax7	figs-activepassive	μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες	1	you have believed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God blesses those not having seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	29	q9fb	figs-ellipsis	μὴ ἰδόντες	1	who have not seen	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	30	yd1j	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	In [verses 30–31](../20/30.md) John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-JHN	20	30	azxu		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
+JHN	20	30	azxu		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated the term **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	20	30	xz6j	figs-activepassive	ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	signs that have not been written in this book	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since John wrote this Gospel, you should use the first person pronoun “I” to indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “which I have not written in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	31	zlc5	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** could mean: (1) the miraculous signs that John wrote about in his Gospel and mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these signs” (2) everything that John wrote about in his Gospel. Alternate translation: “everything in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	31	am9l	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται	1	but these have been written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2620,12 +2620,12 @@ JHN	20	31	uem2	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύοντες	1	life in his name	Jesus is
 JHN	20	31	ip1i	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	31	vgwe	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	31	qxdy	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	life in his name	Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)<br>2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)<br>3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)<br>4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Different words for “love”<br><br>In [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together like in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
+JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)\n2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)\n3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)\n4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The metaphor of sheep\n\nBefore Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun for these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Different words for “love”\n\nIn [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together, as in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
 JHN	21	1	x44v	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	General Information:	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	21	1	yj6k	translate-names	θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		This **Sea** was also called “the Sea of Galilee.” See how you translated the similar name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	2	et5h	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 2–3](../21/02.md) provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	2	b421	figs-activepassive	Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	with Thomas called Didymus	See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	21	2	m4gx	translate-names	Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	21	2	m4gx	translate-names	Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you translated **Cana of Galilee** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	2	xyiv	figs-explicit	οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου	1		This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	2	e1qx	translate-names	Ζεβεδαίου	1		**Zebedee** is the name of a man. He was the father of the disciples John and James ([Matthew 4:21](../../mat/04/21.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	3	pqlw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])

From 481cd7d3d2bd64fc80fe514e9e22e8083af7f490 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 21:32:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 660/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index cfb3b3bafb..85297af170 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@ JHN	21	9	ilgt	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπουσιν	1	two hundred cubits	Here Jo
 JHN	21	9	r0ka	figs-activepassive	ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην, καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a charcoal fire that Jesus had kindled, and a fish that Jesus had laid on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	9	oi9d	grammar-collectivenouns	ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον	1		The words **fish** and **bread**are singular nouns. These could mean: (1) Jesus had one fish and one loaf of bread, as in the UST. (2) Jesus had an unknown amount of fish and bread that are referred to collectively. Alternate translation: “some fish laid on it, and some bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	21	10	pwch	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	11	f7mi	figs-explicit	ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος	1	Simon Peter then went up	Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	11	f7mi	figs-explicit	ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος	1	Simon Peter then went up	Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	11	lsh9	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον	1	Simon Peter then went up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fish did not tear the net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	21	12	tq70	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	12	jvsm	figs-quotations	ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, σὺ τίς εἶ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to ask him who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@ JHN	21	18	bqps	figs-metonymy	ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε
 JHN	21	18	qltf	figs-explicit	ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου	1	Truly, truly	Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν	1	Now	**Now** here indicates that in this sentence John is giving background information in order to explain what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	19	kpf6	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	See how you translated the phrase **Follow me"" in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	20	eg23	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	20	wzm9	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	20	ikd4	writing-pronouns	ἀκολουθοῦντα	1	loved	If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From ecd2c0213ded3c72885b24bd1c08eeff3d9ac0c2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 21:40:46 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 661/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 85297af170..beb787f272 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@ JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated t
 JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	23	c2cr	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the Apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	23	wb7e	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει	1	the brothers	John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	23	cs14	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	the brothers	The pronoun **him** here refers to Peter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	23	elmi	writing-pronouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…αὐτὸν	1	the brothers	The pronouns *he** and **him** here refer to John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

From 26414d3afb211bc30c6c72ff13bbfe43268ca500 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 21:47:20 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 662/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index beb787f272..fcadb1c2d8 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ JHN	10	33	h4kp		ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	making yourself God	Thi
 JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	11	3	ue08	writing-quotations	ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN	11	3	ue08	writing-quotations	ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	11	32	sn74	writing-quotations	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα αὐτῷ	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτ
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)<br>2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one-year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”<br><br>In [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
+JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when they worry about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])

From fd87b9dd7de0a992f98aafdf3da12807359da64e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 21:51:35 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 663/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 6 +++---
 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index fcadb1c2d8..0496e94b7e 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1489,11 +1489,11 @@ JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτ
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when they worry about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
+JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when they worry about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	2	c6r9	figs-events	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair	Here, John refers to an event that what would happen at a time after the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
+JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who wrote scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+JHN	11	2	c6r9	figs-events	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair	Here, John refers to an event that would happen at a time following the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	3	i2ar	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])

From c90946035846f5c79a8376cbe24e8d19a7ac59a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 22:13:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 664/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 12 ++++++------
 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 0496e94b7e..8f85c54f72 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1492,20 +1492,20 @@ JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jes
 JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when they worry about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who wrote scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+JHN	11	1	p19k	translate-kinship	Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς	1		Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	2	c6r9	figs-events	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair	Here, John refers to an event that would happen at a time following the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+JHN	11	2	xlio	translate-kinship	ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος	1		Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	3	i2ar	figs-ellipsis	ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	sent for Jesus	Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+JHN	11	3	g1im	figs-declarative	Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ	1		Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick**, because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 JHN	11	3	czm1	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	11	4	nk3g	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	This sickness is not to death	Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	4	q343	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	11	4	y9vx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1		Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	asqb	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	11	4	ad99	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	11	5	w6tg	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+JHN	11	4	ad99	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus' relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	11	5	w6tg	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	6	vx3p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

From 3e11f490d93ace183ae8d20e35a408e91941a937 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 23:20:01 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 665/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8f85c54f72..2c35caf887 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1511,8 +1511,8 @@ JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	11	8	p4x9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	8	y4jm	figs-rquestion	πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ?	1	Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again?	Here the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	9	uv34	figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας?	1	Are there not twelve hours of light in a day?	Jesus is using the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world	Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer to himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete, and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

From 5f9a2a7af58bf6df9c30dd08d37e3c059f785950 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 23:20:49 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 666/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 2c35caf887..4ab795fba3 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ JHN	11	13	leg3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	11	13	pf8u	figs-possession	τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου	1		John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
 JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
-JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “ for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	1	b2r5	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		**Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	1	eglj	translate-names	Βηθανίας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	1	xoy8	translate-names	Μαρίας…Μάρθας	1		**Mary** and **Martha** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From d961622e09f5db20d2685b10608dfd93cdd750bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 23:21:05 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 667/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 4ab795fba3..13f35e54c0 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1525,7 +1525,7 @@ JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρ
 JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
 JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “ for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	1	b2r5	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		**Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	11	1	eglj	translate-names	Βηθανίας	1		See how you translated this name in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	11	1	eglj	translate-names	Βηθανίας	1		See how you translated **Bethany** in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	1	xoy8	translate-names	Μαρίας…Μάρθας	1		**Mary** and **Martha** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	e043	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		**Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

From 0f9caa1f3cf8ce64b022b91ede9a633f18949280 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 23:24:25 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 668/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 4 ++--
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 13f35e54c0..ba9debbbfa 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1529,8 +1529,8 @@ JHN	11	1	eglj	translate-names	Βηθανίας	1		See how you translated **Betha
 JHN	11	1	xoy8	translate-names	Μαρίας…Μάρθας	1		**Mary** and **Martha** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	e043	translate-names	Θωμᾶς	1		**Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	16	dzc3	figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	who was called Didymus	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ	1	he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put him in the tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	**Didymus** is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	11	17	we1k	figs-activepassive	ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ	1	he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put his body in the tomb four days earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	11	18	icrj	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	18	d35v	translate-bdistance	ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	fifteen stadia away	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	11	19	pxw3	writing-background		0		This verse gives background information about the people who were present when this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

From ddadc33aa12bf94aef873b6f1b492a404ae654c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 23:44:32 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 669/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ba9debbbfa..1d116de2c4 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ JHN	11	26	a6gs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ζῶν	1	whoever lives and believes in
 JHN	11	26	fue3	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	js8v	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	11	27	mk4e	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	She said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	28	yd61	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 04ae959f27289630379248a6e9b780e6e7491fb2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sat, 28 May 2022 23:58:42 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 670/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 10 +++++-----
 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 1d116de2c4..8af8af58fe 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1557,19 +1557,19 @@ JHN	11	27	mk4e	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	She said to him	Here John uses th
 JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	28	yd61	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	11	31	zpe9		οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
+JHN	11	31	zpe9		οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	31	q0iv	figs-distinguish	οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν	1		This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 JHN	11	32	zmp7	figs-explicit	ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	fell down at his feet	Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	32	j2wr		Κύριε, εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός	1	my brother would not have died	See how you translated this sentence in [11:21](../11/21.md).
-JHN	11	33	ct82		τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
+JHN	11	33	ct82		τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	33	qef6	figs-doublet	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John combines these phrases to express the intense emotional distress that Jesus was feeling. Alternate translation: “he was very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	11	33	s5uz	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	33	w7f8	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	11	35	bj6b	figs-explicit	ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	The word translated **wept** is different than the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	36	b6ee		οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	loved	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
+JHN	11	35	bj6b	figs-explicit	ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	The word translated **wept** is different from the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	36	b6ee		οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	loved	See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ?	1	Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?	Some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	37	a76u	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ	1	opened the eyes	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	11	38	e72n		ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 33](../11/33.md).

From 509728cf359f296e3893612712d46cb8309443a6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 29 May 2022 00:13:10 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 671/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 8af8af58fe..36befb13e5 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ JHN	11	47	yl3k	figs-explicit	Συνέδριον	1		The **Sanhedrin** is the name
 JHN	11	47	y70t	translate-names	Συνέδριον	1		**Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	q01y	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	47	ha2e		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
+JHN	11	47	ha2e		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	48	ah4r	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον	1	take away both our place and our nation	Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

From 9c5f0cac24070d289d6da84fce50d046bd9fee95 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 29 May 2022 00:17:14 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 672/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 36befb13e5..ad0434f11a 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to J
 JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1		Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival … before the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	55	rsgm		τῆς χώρας	1		Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

From 9bd3bca9ed084522ca2ca9d7034eea9a93d43ebe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: justplainjane47 <justplainjane47@noreply.door43.org>
Date: Sun, 29 May 2022 00:18:48 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 673/674] Edit 'en_tn_44-JHN.tsv' using 'tc-create-app'

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 2 +-
 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index ad0434f11a..757a1be918 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ JHN	11	56	y3xz	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1		The people were standin
 JHN	11	56	i7en	figs-idiom	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	56	p2wz	figs-rquestion	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1	What do you think? That he will not come to the festival?	The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	56	x6im	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν?	1		The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
+JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief priests	This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier, the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this village name, **Bethany**, in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

From aa60810038d4f27a571a22155b6b179261025543 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Larry Sallee <larry.sallee@unfoldingword.org>
Date: Sun, 29 May 2022 12:12:02 -0400
Subject: [PATCH 674/674] Fixed punctuation errors in John

---
 en_tn_44-JHN.tsv | 32 ++++++++++++++++----------------
 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-)

diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 757a1be918..5eb75cefdd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -168,13 +168,13 @@ JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew
 JHN	1	41	vfsj	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	41	roca	translate-names	Σίμωνα	1		**Simon** is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title "Messiah" means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for 'Christ'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title “Messiah” means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	42	f5wo	writing-quotations	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means 'Peter'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Peter’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	1	43	bhl6	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		**Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
 JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing God's will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing God’s will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
 JHN	4	34	bnke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Fath
 JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	h9em	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority** and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Man's authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Man’s authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	28	h9l7	figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ JHN	5	47	b8dd	figs-rquestion	πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πι
 JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important Metaphors in this Chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Parenthetical ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase, **After these things**,  introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase, **After these things**, introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	2	ebel	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ JHN	6	5	thts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here could mean
 JHN	6	5	cxta	figs-idiom	ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	5	v4hi	grammar-collectivenouns	πολὺς ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated the man's name,**Philip**, in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated the man’s name,**Philip**, in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ JHN	6	27	czb3	figs-distinguish	ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 
 JHN	6	27	b94w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός	1	Son of Man … God the Father	**Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-idiom	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1		To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God  ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1504,7 +1504,7 @@ JHN	11	4	wln1	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ
 JHN	11	4	y9vx	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1		Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	11	4	asqb	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	11	4	ad99	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus' relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN	11	5	j6r4	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	5	w6tg	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus	Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	6	vx3p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	11	7	zq1l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1630,9 +1630,9 @@ JHN	11	57	glb6	figs-events	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	Now the chief prie
 JHN	12	intro	qzv4			0		# John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	1	s1v2	writing-newevent	οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	Six days before the Passover	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	12	1	bepc	translate-names	Βηθανίαν	1		See how you translated this village name, **Bethany**, in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this man's name, **Lazarus**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	1	ii2v	translate-names	Λάζαρος	1		See how you translated this man’s name, **Lazarus**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	1	z1jp	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	had raised from the dead	Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this woman's name, **Martha**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	12	2	ohcf	translate-names	Μάρθα	1	had raised from the dead	See how you translated this woman’s name, **Martha**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	2	m6al	translate-unknown	τῶν ἀνακειμένων	1	had raised from the dead	At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	12	3	l85m	translate-names	Μαρία	1		See how you translated **Mary** in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	12	3	c8kf	translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	a litra of perfume	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ JHN	12	23	pfmt	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus
 JHN	12	23	ekcc	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	j0dp	figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	24	m255	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly, I say to you	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of  the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	24	gq2y	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit	Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	He who loves his life will lose it	Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father
 JHN	12	49	l77y	figs-doublet	τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω	1		Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” In many ways this Passover meal parallels the sacrifice of Jesus  as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet, because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants, and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of master and guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” In many ways this Passover meal parallels the sacrifice of Jesus as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet, because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants, and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of master and guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover**, and **Jesus** is with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@ JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be br
 JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	spot	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus' prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus’ prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	17	24	da83	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	17	24	pd24	figs-pastforfuture	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	17	24	xh1a	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	where I am	Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ JHN	18	28	bj1x	figs-metonymy	τὸ Πάσχα	1		John is using the name of this
 JHN	18	29	g7jo	translate-names	ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1		**Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	40	ovim	translate-names	τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς	1		**Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	29	c9aj	figs-abstractnouns	τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say "**this one**" as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ JHN	20	2	igzt	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	If you
 JHN	20	2	mkmh	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν	1	disciple whom Jesus loved	Here Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	20	2	xd3w	figs-exclusive	οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1		When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	20	3	d6g3	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	the other disciple	See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	3	ci46	figs-verbs	ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο	1		If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went**  would be in the dual form here. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+JHN	20	3	ci46	figs-verbs	ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο	1		If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** would be in the dual form here. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
 JHN	20	3	g0ky	writing-pronouns	ἤρχοντο	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **they** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	20	3	jgzx	figs-123person	ἤρχοντο	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a first person singular form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. Alternate translation: “we went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	20	4	c5kr	figs-123person	ἔτρεχον…οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχειον	1	the other disciple	If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 2](../20/02.md), then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “we were running together, and I quickly ran ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -2676,7 +2676,7 @@ JHN	21	18	bqps	figs-metonymy	ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε
 JHN	21	18	qltf	figs-explicit	ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου	1	Truly, truly	Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	19	ys3m	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν	1	Now	**Now** here indicates that in this sentence John is giving background information in order to explain what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	21	19	kpf6	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	See how you translated the phrase **Follow me"" in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	21	19	k8z1	figs-idiom	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Follow me	See how you translated the phrase **Follow me** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	21	20	eg23	figs-pastforfuture	βλέπει	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	20	wzm9	figs-explicit	τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the disciple whom Jesus loved	This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	20	ikd4	writing-pronouns	ἀκολουθοῦντα	1	loved	If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])